Boolc .K \2,CU Copyright^ .. COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT. t A ?T FIEST BOOK II LATH; CONTAINING GRAMMAR, EXERCISES, AND VOCABULARIES, ON THE METHOD OP CONSTANT IMITATION AND REPETITION. JOHN M'C LINTOCK, A.M., PROFESSOR OF LANGUAGES, GEORGE R. CROOKS, A.M., ADJUNCT PROFESSOR OF LANGUAGES IN DICKINSON COLLEGE. HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS, 82 CLIFF STREET, NEW YORK. 1846. ^A Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1846, By Harper & Brothers, In the Clerk's Office of the Southern District of New York. PREFACE. This book is designed, as the title-page states, to contain within itself Grammar, Exercises, Reading- book, and Dictionary; in short, all that the pupil will need before commencing the regular reading of Cae- sar or any other easy Latin author. It has been pre- pared, as far as possible, on the following principles : 1. The object of studying languages is twofold : (1), the acquisition of the languages themselves ; and (2), the mental discipline gained in acquiring them. 2. No language can be thoroughly acquired with- out the outlay of much labour and time. All schemes which promise to dispense with such outlay must be pronounced visionary and chimerical. 3. But labour without fruit does not contribute to mental cultivation. Labour and pain are not neces- sary companions : learning should not be " wrung from poor striplings like blood from the nose, or the plucking of untimely fruit." # 4. The grammar of a language cannot be understood until the language itself is at least partially acquired. 5. The vernacular may be learned, so far as its use is concerned, without grammar : a foreign living lan- guage may be so learned, but never so thoroughly, nor even so rapidly, as with grammatical aids. In the study of a dead language grammar is indispensable. 6. "A grammar intended for beginners should be formed altogether differently from one intended for * Milton. IV PREFACE. the higher classes, both in the distribution of the mat- ter and in the mode of presenting it. Those who think that the pupil should use the same grammar from the beginning of his course to the end, are quite in error."* 7. In elementary books, or in teaching, no etymo- logical form nor grammatical principle should be pre- sented to the pupil without an immediate application thereof to practice, which should be kept up, both orally and in writing, from the very first lesson. 8. The all-important rule of practice, in the acqui- sition of language, is imitation and repetition. This is no new invention ; all good teachers have known and used it ; but yet it has been but slightly employ- ed in elementary books heretofore. 9. Models for imitation should be simple at first, and gradually made more complicated ; but they should always be selected from pure authors, say, in Latin, from Cicero and Caesar. 10. The pupil's ear should be trained to correct- ness from the beginning, and the simplest rules of prosody learned and applied as soon as possible. For this purpose, the quantity of all syllables should be marked in elementary books, and attention to it should be strictly enforced by the teacher. 11. The foreign idiom, both as to the use and ar- rangement of words, should be made familiar to the pupil by constant practice. Nothing can be more hurtful than exercises in which foreign words are used in the idiom, and according to the arrangement of the vernacular. How far we have been successful in carrying out these principles, the book itself must show. * Kiihner • PREFACE. V We have aimed to combine the advantages of con- stant repetition and imitation of Latin sentences from the beginning, with a more thorough drilling in ety- mological forms than is common. In order to effect this combination, we have necessarily deviated from the ordinary grammatical course to some extent ; but we trust that experienced teachers will find, from an examination of the table of contents alone, that our arrangement is not devoid of systematic and even logical order. While we have not gone out of our way to bring in novelties, we have yet adopted every new method which we have deemed to be an improvement. None of the class-books of any repute in England or Ger- many have escaped our notice in the preparation of this work ; and we have made free use of them all, without slavish adherence to any. Perhaps the most marked peculiarity of the etymological part of the book will be found to be the doctrine of the genders of nouns of the third declension, which we have reduced, for the first time, to a form at once philosophical, we hope, and practical. * Some steps toward the meth- od here presented have been taken by Madvig, Weis- senborn, and others in Germany ; but none of these writers has brought out a clear exposition of the doc- trine, adapted to the actual purposes of instruction. The arrangement, also, of the verbs,f according to the formation of the perfect-stem, founded mainly upon the classification of Grotefend (better set forth by Allen), will be found, we trust, to be an improve- ment upon any yet offered. * The summary of rules, with all the exceptions, will be found to occu- py two pa^es only, viz., p. 132, 133. t Lessons lxii.-lxix., and p. 268-279. 1* VI PREFACE. The Syntax, in its details, generally follows Zumpt ; but in the arrangement, especially of Part II., we have approached nearer to the plan of Billroth. The admirable syntax of Becker, adopted by Kuhner in his Greek and Latin Grammars, we deem too dif- ficult for beginners. The Exercises are selected, as far as possible, from Caesar's Gallic War. Although we have laboured hard to keep out bad Latin, we do not hope that all our sentences will escape criticism. We have found, from actual experiment in our classes, that the exer- cises to be rendered from English into Latin are within the capacity of any student of ordinary indus- try who studies the book in order ; and we do not know that this can be said of any book of the kind, of equal extent, in use among us. A few words as to the use of the book may not be out of place. Our own method has been to employ the lessons, for a considerable time at least, entirely in oral instruction, the teacher pronouncing first the Latin sentences distinctly, and requiring the pupil to give the corresponding English without book ; and then pronouncing the English sentences, and requi- ring the pupil to give the corresponding Latin. As the quantities are marked (in Part I.) in all syllables except those to which the general rules apply, we require the pupil to observe quantity in his pronun- ciation from the very beginning, so that he learns prosody by practice before the rules are given. For the purpose of review, the summary of Etymology (Part III.), which contains, in short compass, all that is necessary to be learned by heart, will be found very convenient. After the student has passed PREFACE. Vll through Parts I. and II., he will find little difficulty in committing accurately the Rules of Syntax (Part IV.), with most of which he will be already familiar. The Reading Lessons at the end will give him easy practice in the syntax* and in word-building. For the convenience of those who may need it, we have condensed into a few pages, in Appendix I., all of Prosody that is essential for the understanding of hexameter verse. The preparation of this book was originally sug- gested by our sense of the inadequacy of the ordina- ry modes of instruction, and especially by the ad- vantage which we ourselves had derived from the use of Ollendorff's method in the study of the Ger- man language. Finding that Rev. T. K. Arnold had prepared a series of books on the same principle, we used them in our own classes for some time, with a view to revising them for republication. They were found unsuited to our purpose in many respects, and we therefore formed the design of preparing an entirely new series, adapted to the use of American schools. The first of these is now presented to the public. Dickinson College, April 7, 1846. * # * In Part I. the quantity is marked on all syllables except those to which the general rules apply. At the beginning of Part II. additional rules of quantity are given, and the marks are subsequently omitted on many syllables, in order to afford the pupil exercise upon the rules. In the Syntax and Reading Lessons they are omitted almost entirely. Great pains have been taken to ensure accuracy in the marks of quantity, but we can- not hope to have avoided error entirely. * Our Second Book in Latin will contain a fuller development of Syntax, in a series of progressive exercises in writing Latin. TABLE OF CONTENTS. INTRODUCTION. Page } 1. Division of the Letters 1 § 2. Syllables, Quantity, Accent 1 §3. Pronunciation . . 3 § 4. Division of "Words 4 PART I. PARTIAL EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF "VVORDS. Summary of Essential Points 8 §5. First Declension of Nouns. — First Conjugation of Verbs. (I. — V.) 10 First Declension of Nouns, Nominative, Vocative, and Genitive Cases 10 First Conjugation of Verbs, Intransitive 14 First Declension of Nouns, Accusative Case. — First Conjuga- tion of Verbs, Transitive 17 First Declension of Nouns, Dative and Ablative Cases . .19 § 6. Second Declension of Nouns. — Second Conjugation of Verbs. (VI.— VIII.) .22 Second Declension, Masculine . . . . . . .22 Second Declension, Neuter. — Second Conjugation of Verbs . 26 $ 7. Adjectives of First Class, Three Endings. (IX. — X.) . . .28 Forms of Adjectives in us, a, um 28 Some forms of E s s e, to be 30 § 8. Third and Fourth Conjugations of Verbs. (XI.) . . .33 § 9. Passive Verbs. (XII.— XIII.) 36 § 10. Third Declension of Nouns, Partial Treatment. (XIV. — XV.) . 40 § 11. Adjectives of Second Class, Two Endings. (XVI.) . . .44 § 12. Adjectives of Third Class, One Ending. (XVII.) . . .46 § 13. Fourth Declension of Nouns. (XVIII.) . . . . .48 § 14. Fifth Declension of Nouns. (XIX.) 51 § 15. Pronouns. (XX.— XXXI.) 53 Pronoun, Personal, 1st Person. Verb, 1st Person . . .53 Pronoun, Personal, 2d Person. Verb, 2d Person . . .57 Pronoun, Personal, 3d Person 61 Pronouns, Demonstrative 63 Pronoun, Relative 6S Pronoun, Interrogative 70 X TABLE OP CONTENTS. Page Pronouns, Indefinite 72 Pronouns, Correlative 74 § 16. Numerals. (XXXII.— XXXIII.) . . . .' . .77 § 17. Verbs of Third Conjugation in io. (XXXIV.) ... 81 §18. Verbs, Deponent. (XXXV.) 83 § 19. Adverbs. (XXXVI.) 85 § 20. Prepositions. (XXXVII.— XXXVIII.) 88 § 21. Analysis of Tense formations. (XXXIX.— XLI.) ... 92 PART II. FULLER EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDS. § 1. Additional Rules of Quantity 99 § 2. Tenses of Verbs for Completed Action, Partial Treatment. (XLIIL— XL VI.) 102 Perfect Tenses of E s s e 102 Perfect Tenses of 1st, 2d, and 4th Conjugations .... 104 Perfect Tenses of 3d Conjugation 106 § 3. Third Declension of Nouns, Fuller Treatment. (XL VII. — LVII.) 110 Irregular Nouns 129 Summary of Rules of Gender, Third Declension . . . .132 §4. Comparison of Adjectives. (LVIII. — LX.) .... 134 §5. Comparison of Adverbs 140 § 6. Supine. (LXI.) . . .141 § 7. Tenses of Verbs for Completed Action, Active Voice. Fuller Treatment. (LXIL— LXIX.) .144 Forms of Perfect Stem, 1st Conjugation 144 Forms of Perfect Stem, 2d Conjugation 146 Forms of Perfect Stem, 3d Conjugation 149 Forms of Perfect Stem, 4th Conjugation 159 § 8. Tenses for Completed Action, Passive Voice. (LXX.) . .162 I 9. Participles. (LXXL— LXXV.) 165 Present Participle Active .165 Future Participle Active 168 Perfect Participle Passive .' 170 Ablative Absolute 172 § 10. Infinitive. (LXXVL— LXXIX.) 176 Forms of Infinitive 176 Accusative with Infinitive 178 § 11. Gerund. (LXXX.) 184 § 12. Gerundive. (L XXXI.— L XXXII.) 187 Gerundive used for Gerund 187 Gerundive used to express Duty or Necessity .... 189 $ 13. Imperative Mood. (L XXXIII.) 192 § 14. Sentences 194 $ 15. Conjunctions. (L XXXI V.—L XXXV.) 195 TABLE OF CONTENTS. XI § 16. Subjunctive Mood, (LXXXVL— XCIH.) 199 Subjunctive Present 199 Subjunctive Perfect 202 Subjunctive Imperfect and Pluperfect. Conditional Sen- tences 205 Subjunctive with u t, n e (Purpose) 209 Subjunctive with ut (Consequence). Succession of Tenses .212 Subjunctive with quin, quo, quominus. Periphrastic Forms 214 Subjunctive with quum 217 Subjunctive in Relative Sentences 220 § 17. Oratio Obliqua. (XCIV.) 223 § 18. Impersonal Verbs. (XCV.— XCVI.) 226 1 19. Irregular Verbs. (XCVIL— CI.) 230 Posse 230 Velle, Nolle, Malle 232 Ferre ....'....;.. 234 Fieri, Edere 236 Ire, Quire, Nequire 238 § 20. Defective Verbs. (CII.) 241 part in. SUMMARY OF ETYMOLOGY. § 1. Letters, Quantity, fyc. . 247 § 2. Noun 248 § 3. Adjective 251 § 4. Numerals 254 § 5. Pronoun 255 §6. Verb 258 1. Classes of Verbs 258 2. Parts of the Verb 258 3. Conjugation 259 4. The Auxiliary E s s e, to be 260 5. Paradigms of Regular Verbs 261 6. Verbs in io of the 3d Conjugation 266 7. Deponent Verbs 266 8. Periphrastic Conjugation 266 9. Formation of Perfect Stem 267 10. Lists of Verbs, with various Perfects and Supines . . . 268 First Conjugation 263 Second Conjugation 269 Third Conjugation 271 Fourth Conjugation 276 Deponent Verbs 277 Inchoative Verbs 279 11. Irregular Verbs, Paradigms 279 12. Defective Verbs 282 Xii TABLE OF CONTENTS. Page 13. Impersonal Verbs . 283 $ 7. Adverb 285 § 8. Preposition 288 § 9. Conjunction 289 § 10. Interjection 290 PART IV. SUMMARY OF SYNTAX. PART I. SIMPLE SENTENCES. I. Subject and Predicate 293 II. Use of Cases 295 Nominative 295 Genitive 295 Dative 298 Accusative 300 Ablative . . . . * . . . . . . .302 UL Use of the Indefinite Verb 306 Infinitive . - 306 Participle 307 Gerund 308 Gerundive 308 Supine 309 PART II. COMPOUND SENTENCES. I. Co-ordinate Sentences 310 II. Subordinate Sentences . . 310 A. Participial Sentences . 311 B. Accusative with Infinitive 312 C. Conjunctive Sentences . 313 D. Relative Sentences 316 E. Interrogative Sentences 318 Oratio Obliqua . . . 319 Appendix I. Prosody 323 Appendix II. Greek Nouns . . 326 Appendix III. The Calendar .327 Appendix IV. Abbreviations 329 "Word-building 333 Reading Lessons 340 Latin-English Vocabulary 355 English-Latin Vocabulary 383 INTRODUCTION* § 1. DIVISION OF THE LETTERS. (1.) The letters are the same as in English, with the omission of wj^ k is used in but few words, and y and zjmly in words borrowed from the Greek. (2.) Six are vowels. 1 viz., «, e, % o 9 u,y : the remaining nineteen are consonants. 2 1 Sounds formed by an u mjiterrurrt ed emission of the air from the throat. Called vowels (vocales = sotrrrdmg letters), because capable of being sounded by themselves. a Sounds formed by interrupting the emission of air from the throat. Called consonants (con-sonare = to sound together), because incapable of being sounded by themselves. (3.) The consonants are divided into (a) Liquids, 3 I, m, n, r; (b) Spirants, 3 /z, s,jf (c) Mutes, 3 6, c, d,f, g, Jc, p, q, t] v; 3 The Liquids are formed by a partial interruption of the voice ; the Spi- rants chiefly by the breath ; and the Mutes by a more complete interrup- tion of the passage of the air from the tliroat. i7is regarded, indeed, sim- ply as an aspiration, though in many words it fills the place of a conso- nant. (d) Double consonants, 4 x; z. 4 JTis compounded of c s, gs, and z (occurring only in Greek words) of d s. (4.) The union of two vowels into one syllable forms a diphthong. These are, in Latin, au, e u, ae, o e (gen- erally written ce, «), and, in a few words, ei, oi, ui. § 2. SYLLABLES, QUANTITY, ACCENT. (5.) Every word contains as many syllables as vow- els ; e. g., mil e s, a soldier, is not pronounced in one syl- lable, as the English word miles, but in two, mi-les. (6.) The quantity of syllables (that is, their length * This Introduction may be omitted by very young pupils in their first study of the work ; but the references to it in the subsequent lessons Bhould be carefully attended to. 2 ClUANTITY. ACCENT. or shortness) depends upon that of the vowels which they contain. The dash ("*") placed over a vowel de- notes that it is long ; the semicircle ( w ), that it is short. A vowel that may be used either as long or short is marked ( r ), and is said to be common. (7.) The following rules for the quantity of sylla- bles must be carefully observed : (a) All diphthongs are long ; e. g., mens-se, tables; aTu-rum, gold. (b) A vowel followed by another vowel is short ; e, g., Deus, God. This rule applies, even though h intervene between the two vowels, as h is not regarded as a consonant (3, b, n. 3) ; e. g., traho, veho. (c) A vowel followed by two consonants, or a doub- le one (3, d), is long by position ; e. g., in am ant, the a before nt is long by position. [JSP [Every syllable to which none of these three rules is applicable will be marked with its proper quantity in the following pages, until other rules are given.] (8.) A word of but one syllable is called a Monosyl- lable ; of two, a Dissyllable ; of more than two, a Pol- ysyllable. Thus, lex is a monosyllable ; leg is, a dis- syllable ; in col as, a polysyllable. (9.) The last syllable of a word is called the yjtir mate ; the next to the last, the penult ; the second from the last, the antepenult. Thus, in the word incolas, the syllable lalfTs the ultimate, co, the penult, and in the antepenult. (10.) The accent of a syllable is a stress or eleva- tioji of the voice in pronouncing it. Observe the fol- lowing rules : (a) Every dissyllable is accented on the penult ; e. g., bonus, pono. (b) Every polysyllable is accented, 1. On the penult, when the penult is long ; e. g., amare. PRONUNCIATION. 3 2. On the antepenult, when the penult is short; e.g., animus. § 3. PRONUNCIATION. (11.) [Almost every modern nation has its own way of pronouncing Lat- in. But as the vowels have nearly the same sounds in all the different countries of Continental Europe, there is something approaching to uni- formity in their pronunciation ; the English, however, give peculiar sounds to some of the vowels, and they pronounce Latin, therefore, unlike all the rest of the world. In this country two methods prevail, which, for convenience' sake, may be called the Continental and the English. We give them both, stating, at the same time, our decided preference for the first, both on the score of consistency and convenience. In both methods the consonants are pronounced nearly as in English.] (a) The Continental Method. Table of Vowel Sounds. Short a, as in hat. Long I, as in machine. Long a, as in father. Short 6, as in not. Short e, as in net. Long 6, as in no. Long e, as in there. Short u, as in tub. Short I, as in sit. Long u, as in full. Diphthongs. se or ce, as e in there. au, as ou in our. eu, as eu in feud. ei (rarely occurring), as i in nice. (b) The English Method. The vowels have the English long or short sounds. Exc. A final, in words of more than one syllable, has a broad sound ; as, fama (fame-ah). Monosyllables. In monosyllables, if the vowel be the last letter, it has the long sound ; as me, do ; if any other letter, the short sound ; as e L 6i>. 4 DIVISION OF WORDS. Dissyllables and Polysyllables. (1.) The vowel of an accented penult has the long sound, (a) Before another vowel ; as, D e us. (b) Before a single consonant; as 9 J 6 vis. It has the short sound, (a) Before two consonants, or a double consonant ; as, mundus, rexit. (2.) The vowel of an acc ented antepe nult has the short sound ; as, regibus. (3.) An accentea^vTrw&\ before a mute and liquid has usually the long sound ; as, s a era. § 4. DIVISION OF WORDS. (12.) I. Words are divided, according to their sig- nification, into eight classes, called Parts of Speech, viz., Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Prep- osition, Conjunction, Interjection. (13.) The Noun is the name of an object (person, or thing) ; e. g., John, man, house. Nouns are divided into, (a) Proper, denoting individual objects ; e.g., John, Ccesar, Rome. (b) Common, denoting one or more of a class of objects ; e. g., man, house, horses. (c) Abstract, denoting a quality; e. g., goodness, haste, virtue. (14.) The Adjective expresses a quality or property belonging to an object ; e. g., good, small ; as, a good boy, a small house. (15.) The Pronoun is a substitute for the noun; e. g., he, she, it, are substitutes for man, woman, book. (16.) The Verb declares something of a person or thing. DIVISION OF WORDS. 5 E. g., the boy dances ; the boy sleeps ; the boy is good. (In this last case the quality "good" is affirmed of "boy," by means of the verb is.) 52IP 5 Participles, Gerunds, and Supines are words partaking in the meaning of the verb, and in the form of the noun. (17,) The Adverb qualifies the meaning of a verb, adjective, or other adverb ; e. g., the boy learns rapid- ly ; the boy is remarkably faithful ; the boy learns very rapidly. (18.) Prepositions express the relations of objects simply ; e. g.,from me ; in the house. (19.) Conjunctions connect words and sentences ; e. g m , Thomas and John went to town ; Thomas went, but John remained. (20.) Interjections are merely signs of emotion ; e. g], alas!) (21.) II. Words are divided, according to their form, into, (1) Four inflected, viz., Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb. < " " ' ' -^ (2)Pour uninfected, viz.. Adverb, Preposition, Con- junction, Interjection. Rem. Inflection is the variation of a word to express different rela- tions ; e. g., boy, boys, the boy's hat ; I love, I am \o\ed, &c. The in- flection of Nouns is called Declension ; of Verbs, Conjugation. The Latin language makes much more use of inflection than the English. (22.) III. Words are divided, according to their jfo?-- mation, into, (1) Derivative, i. e., derived from other words. (2) Primitive, i. e., not derived from other words. E. g., manly, manhood, are derivatives from the primitive man. (3) Compound, i. e., made up by the union of two or more words. (4.) Simple, i. e., not so made up. E. g., m an-kind is a compound, made up of the two simple words man and kind. A 2 PART I. PARTIAL EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDS, INCLUDING TENSES OF VERBS FOR INCOMPLETE ACTION. SUMMARY. [The rules and statements on this page and the following are to be thoroughly learned, as they must be applied constantly.] (23.) Of the Letters. (1) Six are vowels, a, e, i, o, u, y ; (2) Four liquids, I, m, n, r ; (3) Three c-sounds, c, g, q ; (4) Two ^p-sounds, b, p ; (5) Two ^-sounds, d, t ; (6) Two double consonants, x, z. (7) The diphthongs are au, eu, ae, oe (and rarely ei, oi, ui)> (24.) General Rules of Quantity. (1) A vowel before another is short ; e. g., via. (2) A vowel before two consonants, or a double one, is long by position ; e. g., am a nt. [As a mute followed by a liquid causes some exceptions to this rule, we shall mark the quantity, in that case, doubtful ; thus, I gri.] (3) All diphthongs axe long ; e. g., mens e§, au-rum. [In the following pages of Part I., the quantity of all syllables is marked, except those which are covered by the above rules.] (25.) General Rules of Gender. [In English, gender is determined by sex alone ; e. g., man is mas- culine, woman feminine. But in Latin, gender is determined partly by the meaning of nouns, and partly by their endings. The general rules here given from the meanings apply to nouns of all the declensions.] SUMMARY. 9 I. Masculines: Names of male beings ; of most rivers, wvnds, mountains, months, and nations. II. Feminines : Names of female beings, cities, countries, trees, plants, and islands. III. Neuters : All indeclinable words. IV. Common : Such as have but one form for masculine and feminine ; e. g., exul,«n exile (male or female). [These four rules are contained in the following verses.] (25. a.) Males, rivers, winds, and mountains most we find With months and nations Masculine declined; 'But females, cities, countries, trees we name, As Feminine ; most islands, too, the same. Common are such as both the genders take, ■ And Neuter all words undeclined we make. [There are many exceptions from these rules, which must be learned by observation.] Explanation of Marks and Abbreviations. The mark w indicates a short vowel. " " — indicates a long vowel. " " = indicates that two words or phrases are equiv- alent to each other. " " -{- between two words shows that they are com- pounded together. e. g. means, for example (exempli gratia). Passages in brackets [ ] are not meant to be committed to memory. In the Exercises, words in parentheses ( ) are not meant to be translated. The References are made to paragraphs, not to pages. In a reference, R. means Remark ; N. means foot-note. § 5. FIRST DECLENSION OF NOUNS.— FIRST CON- JUGATION OF VERBS. (I.— V.) LESSON I. First Declension of Nouns. — Nominative, Vocative, and Genitive Cases. (26.) Examples. (a) Shade or shadow, (b) Of the shade, (c) The wood, (d) Of the wood, Umbra. Umbrae. Sylva. Sylvse. (27.) The Latin has no article. Umbra may be a shade, or tjie shade, according to its connection with other words. (28.) The words umbra and sylva are names of things belonging to certain classes, and are, therefore, common nouns (13, b). (29.) In English, certain words (of, with, by, &c.) are generally placed before nouns, to express their re- lations to other words ; e. g., of the wood, &c. ; but in Latin these relations are commonly indicated by dif- ferent endings of the noun (21, (2),R.) ; e. g., sylv-a, the wood; sylv-se, of the wood. (30.) That part of the noun to which the ending is added is called the stem; e. g., sylv- is the stem of sylv-a; terr- is the stem of terr-a, the earth. (31.) There are in Latin six endings, which, added to the stem, form six cases, the Nominative, Genitive, Dative, Accusative, Vocative, Ablative. (32.) And as we may speak of objects as one or more, there are two numbers, the singular and plural, FIRST DECLENSION. 11 distinguished by their endings ; e. g., umbra, the shad- ow ; umbrse, the shadows. (33.) In this lesson we shall use but three cases, the nominative, vocative, and genitive. (a) The nominative answers to the question who? or what ? and gives the simple name of the thing spok- en of. In the example (26, a), umbra, shade, is in the nominative. (b) The same form of the noun, when spoken to, is called the vocative ; e. g., umbra, shade ; O shade ! (c) The genitive expresses, in general, those rela- tions which are expressed in English by the possessive case, or by the preposition of, and answers to the ques- tion whose? of whom? of what? e. g., umbra, the shade (of what?), sylvae (of the wood). Here sylvae is in the genitive. (34.) There are five declensions of nouns, distin- guished from each other by the endings of the geni- tive singular. In this lesson we shall use only nouns of the FIRST DECLENSION. Case-Endings and Paradigm. — Nominative and Gen- itive. (a) E>~DI> T GS. Nona, and Voc. Gen. S;n £ . a Plur. 3d arum. (b) By adding these endings to the stem sylv-, we get the following PARTIAL PARADIGM. Nom. and Voc. Gen. Sing. riur. sylv-a, the wood ; O wood ! sylv-se, the woods ; O woods ! sylv-ae, of the wood. \ sylv-arum, of the woods. (36.) (a) Thus, nouns of the first declension have the noin. and voc. ending a (short), and the gen. ending ae (long, 24, 3). 12 FIRST DECLENSION. (b) The penult a of the gen. pi. is long, (c) They are of the feminine gender, except the names of men or male beings, or rivers: thus, sy iv-a is fern.; but naut-a, a sailor, poet-a, a poet, and the like, are masc. [A few Greek nouns of this declension end in e fern., and as, es, masc. See Appendix.] (37.) EXERCISE. [In the Vocabularies, the nom. case is always given, with the genitive ending subjoined.] I. Vocabulary. Queen, regina, 39. Croion, corona, ae. Wing, ala, ae. ''Dove, columba, ae. Feather, pluma, ae. Daughter, f ilia, ae. A Celt, Celta, ae. Farmer, agricola, ae. (m.) Rose, rosa, oe. Maid-servant, ancilla, ae. II. Translate "into Latin. Of a crown. — Of a queen. — O Galba ! — Of crowns. — Of a feather. — Of eagles. — Of the Celt. — Wings. — Hoses. — Of doves. — Of injuries. — Of a daughter. — O daughter! — Of the province. — Languages. — Provinces. — Belgians. — Of the prov- inces. — Of the maid-servant. — O maid-servant ! — The farmers. — O farmer!— Of memory. — O Belgian! — Of Gaul. — The eagles. III. Answer the questions in the foot-note.* [A few questions are subjoined in the foot-notes, merely as specimens to the first lessons.] Galba, Gralba, ae. (w.) Flight, fuga, ae. Province, provincia, ae. Memory, recollection, memoria, ae. Gaul, Gallia, ae. Eagle, aquila, ae. A Belgian, Belga, ae. Injury, injuria, ae. Language, lingua, ae. LESSON II. First Declension of Nouns. — Nominative, Vocative, and Genitive Cases. (38.) Examples, (a) The queen's crown. \ Corona reginse. * What is the quantity of u in umbra ? (24, 2.) Of ae in sylv-ae ? (24, 3.) Of u in columba ? (24,2.) Of the penult (9) in f Ilia ? (24,1.) Of i in Hnc-na? Of i in ancilla ? (24, 2.) FIRST DECLENSION. 13 (a) Rule of Position. — The genitive (when unemphatic) stands after the noun on which it depends; e. g., re- g 1 n ae in (a) stands after corona. (h) The queen's crown (i.e., Re gin as corona. not the king's). (b) Rule of Position. — The genitive (when emphatic) stands before the noun on which it depends ; e. g., in (b) reginse stands before corona. [Words in the exercises considered emphatic are in italics.] (39.) EXERCISE. I. Translate into English. Ala columbae. Rosa ancillas. Piuma aquilas, Galbce f iiga. O regina (voc). Provincia Galliae. Filia agricolae. Memoria fugas. Regince f ilia. O f ilia ! Columbce pluma. Aquilarum fuga. II. Answer the questions in the foot-note * III. Translate into Latin. The wings of eagles. O eagle. Galba's daughter. The shades of the woods Fuga Belgarum. Plumas aquilarum. Injilridriim memoria. Lingua Celtarum. Filiae reginarum. Lingua Belgarum. The queen's dove. The farmer's eagle. The flight of doves. The girl's rose. The queen's opinion. The flight of the Celts. The wings of the doves The memory of the queen. The girl's dove. The language of the province. The recollection of an injury. O Belgians ! O Celts ! The flight of the queen. * 1. What is the quantity of the ultimate (9) of a n c i 1 1 ae ? Why ? (24, 3.) Of its penult? (9.) Why? (24,2.) Of the penult of G alii se ? Why? (24. 1.) 2. "What is the quantity of a in i n j u r i a r u m ? (366.) in memoria? (36, a.) 3. What is the stem ofcolumba, a 1 a, r o s a ? &c. (30.) 4. What is the gender of ro s a, al a, fuga? &c. (36, c.) W r l\at is the gender ofG-alba, agricola? (25, a.) 5. What is the case of r o s a, p r o v i n c i ce, i n j u r i a r u m, m e m o- r i a ? What their number ? 6. How many cases have Latin nouns ? (31.) Whnt are they ? (31.) B 14 FIRST DECLENSION. LESSON III. First Declension of Nouns. — Nominative and Genitive Cases. — First Conjugation of Verbs. — Intransitives. (40.) Examples. To fly, To dance, (a) The eagle flies, (b) The girl dances, volare. saltare. aquila volat. puella saltat. (41.) SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. (a.) Every sentence (e. g., the eagle flies) consists of two parts: 1. The subject, i. e., that of which something is de- clared (a noun, or some word used instead of a noun) ; e. g., eagle. 2. The predicate, i. e., that which is declared of the subject (generally a verb) ; e. g., flies. Rem. The predicate is frequently an adjective or participle connected with the subject by the verb is ; e. g., the rose is sweet. (b.) The verb in the predicate agrees with the sub- ject in number and person; e. g.,the eagle flies: here flies is in the third person singular, to agree with eagle. (42.) Active Verbs are those which express activi- ty ; e. g., the eagle flies, the boy dances. Active verbs are either (a) Transitive, i. e., such as require an object to complete their meaning ; e. g., the boy killed (whom ? or what ?) the squirrel. Here killed is a transitive verb. (b) Intransitive, i. e., such as do not require an ob- ject ; e. g., the birds fly ; the boy dances. [All the verbs used in this lesson are intransitives.] (43.) (a) The infinitive form of a verb expresses its action indefinitely, without reference to person or time ; e. g., to dance, to plough. FIRST CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 15 (b) The indicative mood of a verb expresses its action definitely, as a fact or question ; e.g., he ploughs. Does he dance? [The imperative and subjunctive moods are treated of here- after.] (44.) Tenses. (a) The present tense expresses incomplete action in present time ; e. g. 9 I am ploughing, I plough. (b) The imperfect tense expresses incomplete ac- tion in past time; e.g., I was ploughing, I ploughed. (c) The future tense expresses incomplete action in future time ; e. g., I shall be ploughing, I shall plough. [Rem. As these three forms all express imperfect or incomplete action, they should be called Present Imperfect, Past Imperfect, Future Im- perfect. But as the present names are fixed by almost universal usage, we retain them ; advising the student to fix distinctly in his mind the principle that these forms properly express action as con- tinuing or incomplete. The tense-forms for completed action will be given hereafter.] (45.) Conjugations. (a) In Latin, the different moods, tenses, numbers, and persons of verbs are expressed by various end- ings ; and the affixing of these to the proper stem of the verb is called conjugation. (21, Rem.) (6) There are four conjugations of verbs, distin- guished by their infinitive-endings. (c) The infinitive-ending of the first conjugation is are (along) ; e.g., vol-are, to fly ; ar-are, to plough. (rf) To find the stem of any verb, strike off the in- finitive-ending ; e. g., vol-are, stem vol-; ar-are, stem ar-. To form any mood, tense, &c, of a verb, affix the proper ending to the stem thus found. 16 FIRST CONJUGATION. INTRANSIT1VES. (46.) SOME ENDINGS OF THE FIRST CONJUGATION. [P infinitive, are. INDICATIVE. | 3d Sing. 3d Plural. Present. at. ant. Imperfect. abat. abant. Future. abit. abunt. (47.) By affixing these endings to the stem v 6 1-, we get the following PARTIAL PARADIGM. infinitive, vol-are, to fly. INDICATIVE. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. Present. vol-at, he, she, it flies. vol-ant, tliey fly- Imperfect. vol-abat, he, she, it was flying. vol-abant, they were flying. Future. vol-abit, he, she, it toillfly. vol- abunt, they will fly- Rem. In Latin we need not use the personal pronouns he, she, it, or they, with the verb, as in English, because the person-endings t and n t indicate the person sufficiently.* (48.) EXERCISE. I. Vocabulary. Girl, puella, se. Forces, copios,t arum (pi.), Sailor, nauta, oe (m.). A Belgian, Belga, 89. To hasten, festln-are. To watch, vigil-are. Galbd, Galba, 39. To fly, vol-are. To dance, salt-are. To cry out, exclam-are. To sup, ccen-are. To walk, ambul-are. II. Example. The eagle flies. J A qui la volat. Rule of Position. — The subject nominative generally pre- cedes the verb; e. g., in the above example, aquila precedes volat. [In the above example, which word is the subject ? Why ? (41, a, 1.) Which the predicate? Why 1 (41, a, 2.) How does volat agree with aquila? Why? (41, b.)] III. Translate into English. Columbae volant. — Ancilla saltat. — Puellae exclamant. — Re- gina coenabat. — Puella ambulabat. — Copiae festinant. — Aqui- lae volabant. — Galba festinabit. — Regina saltat. — Nautae vigi- labant. — Filia reginas saltabit. — Belgae festinant. — Filia Gal- * But when a new subject is introduced, or emphasis is required, the personal pronoun must be used in Latin. t Copia, in the singular, means abundance; in the plural, forces. FIRST CONJUGATION. TRANSITIVES. 17 bae exclamat. — Puellae ambiilabant. — Copiae Belgamm festlna. bunt.- — Saltabant. — Ambulabant. — Ccenabunt. — Nauta ambula^ bit. — Vigilabunt. — Nautse saltant. — Agricola coenabit. IV. Answer the questions in the foot-note.* V. Translate into Latin. The dove flies. — The girl walks. — The maid-servant hastens. — The sailors dance. — The queen's maid- servant cries out. — The farmer was supping. — The queen will sup. — The sailor was watching. — The farmer's daughter will dance. — The girl's dove will fly. — The queen's maid-servant will walk. — She was hast- ening. — They were watching. — He (or she) was supping. — The eagles were flying. — Galba was hastening. — The forces of the Belgians will hasten. — Eagles will fly. — The sailors were crying out. — The queen was walking. LESSON IV. First Declension of Nouns, Accusative Case. — First Conjugation of' Verbs, Transitives. (49.) To love, Queen, Daughter, (a) The queen loves her daughter. am-are. regina. fllia. Regina f 1 1 i a m a m a t. The queen her-daughter loves. Rem. The possessives, his, her, &c, are not expressed in Latin, except for the sake of perspicuity or emphasis. (50.) (a) It has been stated (41) that every sentence consists of two parts, subject and predicate ; so the English sentence (49, a) contains the subject, queen, and the predicate, loves. But this predicate is limited by * What is the quantity of the ultimate of Columhcz ? Why ? (24, 3.) Of the penult? Why? (24,2.) Of the ultimate a of puella? (36, a.) Of the pe- nult? (24,2.) Why? Of the antepenult ? Why? (24,1.) Whatkindof action does volant express ? (44, a.) In what time ? What kind does am- bulabal ? (44, b.) In what time ? In what tenses may incomplete action be expressed ? (Pres., past, and fut.) What is the stem of volant ? Of ex- clamant ? Of ccenabant ? [The stem may be found by striking off any tense-ending.] Why can the personal pronoun be omitted in Latin? (47, Rem.) When must it be used ? (47, Rem., N.) B2 18 OBJECT ACCUSATIVE. the word daughter, which is called the direct object of the verb. So, in the Latin sentence (49, a), we have, Subject. Direct object. Predicate. Regina. filiam. amat. (b) A verb thus taking an object is called a Trans- itive verb (42, a), and its direct object is said to be in the Objective case in English (e. g., daughter), and in the Accusative case in Latin (e. g., fill am). We have thus the following : (51.) Rules of Syntax, (a) The Accusative is the case of the direct object. (b) Transitive verbs govern the accusative. (52.) The accusative-endings of the first declension are, Sing, am; e. g., fili-am, regm-am, daughter, queen. Plur. as ; e. g., fili-as, regin-as, daughters, queens. (53.) EXERCISE. I. Vocabulary. Moon, lima, oe. To delight, delectare. Medicine, medicma, ee. To take possession of; ) occip§r6> or, to seize, ) Island, insula, as. To call, vocare. To (prep.), l ad. (with accus.). Poet, poeta, se. To praise, laudare. To love, am are. Earth, terra, as. To prepare, parare. 8hade or Umbra, *. Shadow, > To obscure, obscurare. To arm, armare. Through (prep.), per (with ace). II. Example. The poet praises the queen. I Poeta reginamlaudat. Rule of Position. — The object accusative stands before the transitive verb ; e. g., in the above example, the object re gin am stands before the transitive verb laud at. III. Translate into English. Luna nautas delectat. — Agricola f Ilias amat. — Ancillse medl- cinam parant. — Umbra terrse (33, c) lunam obscurat. — Nautae reginam laudant. — Galba copias armabat. — Umbra sylvarum agi-icolas delectat. — Galba sylvas occupat. — Copise Belgarum sylvas occupabant. — Columbse per sylvas volabant. — Regina ancillas vocat. — Ancillae reginam amant. — Agricola f lliam voca- FIRST DECLENSION. DATIVE AND ABLATIVE. 19 bat. — Regina poetam laudabit. — Rosse ancillas delectant. — Co- pias armabunt (47, Rem.). — Sylvas occupabunt (47 Rem.). IV. Answer the questions in the foot-note .* V. Translate into Latin. The moon delights the farmer. — The farmer's daughter (38, b) prepares the medicine. — The eagle's feathers delight the queen. — The Belgians arm (their) forces. — The shade of the wood de- lights the poet. — Galba will take possession of the wood. — (They) walk through the woods. — (They) take possession of the island.— The farmer loves (his) daughter. — The farmer's daugh- ter praises the poet. — The queen will call the maid-servants. — The queen loves (her) maid-servants. — The shadow of the earth will obscure the moon. — The poet will praise the sailors. LESSON V. First Declension. — Dative and Ablative Cases. (54.) The dative case of nouns expresses the object to or for which any thing is done ; e. g., the man gives (to) the boy a book. Here boy is in the dative case. Rem. The accusative case, book, is the direct object of the verb gives ; the dative, boy, the remote object. (55.) (a) The ablative case of nouns expresses the person or thing with, from, in, or by which any thing is done ; e. g., he filled the cup with wine. Here, with wine would be expressed in Latin by one word, in the ablative. (b) The ablative is also governed by prepositions expressing the relations with, from, by, &c. (56.) The Dative endings are, Sing, ae : Plur. Is (long). * (I.) What pronouns are not expressed in Latin? (47,R.,49,R.) For what purpose are they sometimes used ? (2.) By what is the transitive verb limited? (By a direct object.) What is the case of the direct object in Latin ? (51, a.) What is the direct object of a in a t, 1 a u d a t ? &c. 20 DATIVE AND ABLATIVE. The Ablative endings are. Sing, a (long) : Plur. Is (long). (57.) FIRST DECLENSION. CASE-ENDINGS AND PARADIGM COMPLETE. Singular. Plural. Norn. a. 89. Gen. se. arum. Dat. 38. is. Ace. am. as. Voc. a. 89. Abl. a. Is. Singular. Plural. Nom. sylv-a, a wood. sylv-39, woods. Gen. sylv-39, of a ivood. sylv-arum, oj woods. Dat. sylv-39, to a wood. sylv-Is, to woods. Ace. sylv-am, a wood. sylv-as, woods. Voc. sylv-a, O wood ! sylv-39, O woods ! Abl. sylv-a, ivith, &c, a wood. sylv-Is, with, &c, woods. Rem. Some nouns of this declension are used only in the plural; viz., d I v 1 1 i 83, riches ; n u p t i 89, a marriage ; i n s i d i ae, an ambush. (58.) EXERCISE. I. Vocabulary. Way, via, 39. To show, monstrare. Ambush, or snares, insidio?, arum (used only in the pi.). Wild beast, fera, 39. To give, dare.* To beseech, obsecrare. Letter, litters, arum.t Friendship, amicitia. II. Examples. (a) The farmer shows the way to the girls. * confirmare. To establish, To strengthen With (prep.), cum (governing the ab- lative case). To abound, abundare 3 (with abl.). Deserter, perfuga, 39. Tear, iacryma, 39. Inhabitant, incola, 33 (25, IV.). Agricola puellisviam mon- strat. Rule of Position. — The remote object usually precedes the direct; e. g., in example (a), puellts precedes mam. (b) The queen walks with the j Regina ciim ancillis ambu- maid-servants. 1 lat. Rule of Position. — The preposition and its noun precede the verb; e. g., in example (&), the words cum ancillis precede ambuldt. * Dare has a short before re. t LittSra, sing., means a letter (as of the alphabet) ; Htteros, plur., a letter = an epistle. FIRST DECLENSION. 21 III. Translate into English. Galba insidias parat. — Galba Belgis (54) insidias parat. — Bel- gae amieitiam confirmant. — Belgae cum regina amici tiara confir- mant. — Insula fens* abundat. — Poeta reginae (dat., 54) rosam dabat. — Copias per insiilam festinant. — Perfugse reginam obse- crabant. — Perfugae cum laci*5*mis reginam obsecrabant. — Per- fuga reginae (dat., 54) litteras dabat. — Incolae reginam obse- crabant. IV. Translate into Latin. The poet praises the queen. — Galba establishes friendship. — Galba establishes friendship with the Belgians. — The Belgians will prepare snares. — The Belgians will prepare snares for the inhabitants (54). — The islands abound (in) herbs (58, III., note). — Poets give roses to queens (54). — The Belgians are beseech- ing Galba. — The Belgians are beseeching Galba with tears. — The queen will establish friendship. — The queen will establish friendship with the Belgians. — The deserters will beseech the queen. — The deserters will beseech the queen with tears. — The Belgians were preparing snares. — The Belgians were preparing snares for the deserters (54). * Ferls is the abl. Rule of Syntax. — The all. case is used with all verbs and adjectives of abounding and wanting. § 6. SECOND DECLENSION OF NOUNS.— SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBS. (VI.— VIII). LESSON VI. Nouns. — Second Declension, Masculine. (59.) Examples. Crassus, Crass-us. Messenger, nunti-us. To hasten, festinare. The messenger of Crassus hastens. The messengers hasten. Of Crassus, messengers, Crass-i. nunti-i. Nunti-us Crass-i festmat. Nunti-i festinant. (60.) The Second Declension comprises all nouns whose gen. sing, ending is I (long). The nom. has two endings, us for masc. gender, and um for the neut. (61.) The case-endings for the masculine gender are as follows : Sing. Plur. Nom. US. Nom. 1. Gen. 1. Gen. orum. Dat. 6. Dat. is. Ace. um. Ace. OS. Voc. e. Voc. i. Abl. o. Abl. Is. Rem. The nouns in us of this declension are the only Latin nouns in which the vocative-ending differs from the nominative. (62.) By adding these endings to the stem serv- of the noun serv-us (a slave), we get the PARADIGM. Sing. Plur. Nom. serv-us, a slave. serv-i, slaves. Gen. serv-I, of a slave. serv-orum, of slaves. Dat. serv-6, to or for a slave. serv-is, to or for slaves. Ace. serv-um, a slave. serv-6s, slaves. Voc. serv-e, O slave ! serv-i, O slaves ! Abl. serv-6, with, by, &c, a slave. serv-is, with, by, &c, slaves. SECOND DECLENSION. 23 [Rem. L Nearly all nouns in us are masc. ; but the names of trees, plants, &c, are fern, by the general rule (25, a). The four nouns, alvus, belly; colus, distaff; humus, ground; vannus, fan, are also fern. Virus, juice; pelagus, the sea; vulgus, the common people, are neuter. Rem. 2. Filius, son, and proper names in ius, take i for the voc- ative-ending; e. g., fill, O son! TullI, O Tully ! Rem. 3. Deus, God, has deus for voc. sing. ; and in the plural N. and V. dii, G. deorum, D. and Abl. diis, Ace. deos.] [For Greek nouns of this declension, see Appendix.] (63.) I. Vocabulary. EXERCISE. Master (of a family or of slaves), do- rnin-us, I. Slave, serv-us, T. Village, vTc-iis, I. Ambassador, or lieutenant, legat-us, I. Garden, hort-us, T. To, ad (prep, with ace). In, in (prep, with abl.). Captive, captiv-us, I. A German, German-us, I. To call, vocare\ To recall, revocare.* To call together, convocare.* An u^Eduan, iEdu-us, I. Tojlog, verberare. To ride (on horseback), equitare\ He rides to the village, ad vicum e qui tat. AVhen to implies motion, it must be translated by ad with the accusative. II. Translate into English. Domlnus servum vocat. — Servus domino (54) medicinam par- at. — Crassiis vicum occupat. — Nuntius Crassi vigilat. — Servi ad vicum festinant. — Nuntius legato (54) viam monstrat. — Servi dominos laudant. — Agricola ad vicum equitat. — Captivi festina- bunt. — Galba copias (48, I.) Germanoriim convocat.* — Nun- tius captivos re vocat. — Servi in horto ambulabunt. — ^dui Crasso (54) insidias parabant. — Nuntius copias iEduoriim revo- cabat. — Dominus sei*vos verberat. III. Translate into Latin. [Recollect that words in parentheses ( ) are not to be translated.] The messengers call-together the iEduans. — The slaves pre- pare medicines for (their) master (dat., 54). — The iEduans take- possession-of the woods. — The master praises (his) slaves. — The slave is hastening to (ad, with ace.) the woods. — The ambassa- dors ride to the village. — Crassus will prepare an ambush for the * The prefix con gives the verb the additional meaning of together ; the prefix re of back, as in revbedre and convocare. 24 SECOND DECLENSION. JEduans. — The lieutenant calls together the Germans. — The messenger will show the way to the captives (54). — The slaves are watching. — The master flogs (his) slave. — Galba will recall the lieutenant. — The Germans were preparing an ambush for Galba (54). — The slave was showing the way to the mes- senger (54). — The messenger was hastening to the village. — The slaves are watching in the garden. LESSON VII. Nouns. — Second Declension, Masculines continued. (64.) All nouns of the second declension whose stem ends in r reject the ending u s in the nom. and e in the voc. ; e. g., N. and V. ager, field, instead of ager-u s 9 ager-e. Moreover, most of those which have e in the nominative drop it in the oblique* cases ; e. g. 9 N. ager, G. Sgri instead of ager-I. (65.) Learn the following PARADIGM. SINGULAR. Nom. ager, field (m). puer (m.), boy. vir, man. Gen. agr-I, of the Jield. puer-I, of the boy. vir-I, of the man. Dat. agr-o, to or for Jield. puer-o, to or for. vir-6, to dr for. Ace. agr-um, field. puer-iim, boy. vir-um, man. Voc. ager, O field I puer, O boy ! puer-6, with, by, fyc. vir, O man ! Abl. agr-6, with, by, 8? c, field. vir-6, with, by, SfC. PLURAL. | Nom. agr-i, fields. puer-i, boys. vir-I, men. Gen. agr-6rum, of fields. puer-ortim, of boys. vir-orum, of men. Dat. agr-is, to or for fields. puer-is, to or for. vir-Is, to or for. Ace. agr-os, fields. pneY-os, boys. vir-os, men. Voc. agr-i, O fields ! puer-T, O boys ! vir-I, O men / Abl. agr-is, with fields. puer-is, with, by, SfC. vir-Ts, with, by,fyc. Rem. Only the following nouns keep the e in all the cases, viz., adul- ter, adulterer ; puer, boy; socer, father-in-law ; gener, son-in-law ; ves- per, evening ; llberl (used only in plural), children ; with the com- pounds of fer and ger; e. g., Lucifer, Lucifer ; corniger, homed. * The oblique cases include all the cases except the nominative and vocative. SECOND DECLENSION. 25 (66.) I. Vocabulary. EXERCISE. Boy, puer, I. Master (of a school), magister, tri (64). Father-in-law, socer, I (65, R.). Herb, herba, ae. Scholar, discipul-us, I. Son, ffli-us, I (62, R. 2). II. Example. (a) The wood abounds in wild beasts. Man, vir, I. Game, lud-us, I. Son-in-law, gener, I (65, R.). Children, llberi, orum (rarely used in singular). Field, ager, agri (64). Sylva feris abundat. The wood in -wild -beasts abounds. (a) Rule of Syntax. — The ablative case is used with ad- jectives and verbs of abounding and wanting. III. Translate into English. Puer magistrum amat. — Regina soceriim amabit. — Pueri in agro ambiilabunt. — Agri herbis (abl., 66, II., a) abundant. — Ag- ricola per agros (58, II., b) equitat. — Agricola soceriim vocat. — Puellae magistrum laudant. — Viri in agris ambulabant. — Ludi pueros delectant. — Regina generos amabit. — Viri ad vicum festinabant. — Agricola liberos amat. — Magister discipulos con- vocat. IV. Translate into Latin. The girls walk in the fields. — The field abounds in herbs (66, II., a). — The sailor calls back the boys. — The queen loves (her) son-in-law.- — The queen gives (her) son-in-law (dat., 54) arose. — The scholars love (their) master. — The fields abound in herbs (66, II., a). — The farmers were walking through the fields. — The son of the master calls the boys. — The master walks in the garden with (his) sons. — The herbs of the field delight the poet. — Games delight girls. — The farmer shows the way to the boy. — The master will praise (his) scholars. — The master will flog (his) scholars. c 26 SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBS. LESSON VIII. Nouns. — Second Declension, Neuter. — Verbs, Second Conjugation. (67.) Slave. servus masc). Cup. poculiim (neut.). To fill. implere. The slave fills his master 's Servus poculum domim cup. implet. The-slave the-cup qf-his-master fills. (68.) The case-endings of the second declension for the neuter gender are, Sing. Plur. Nom. Ace, Voc. urn. a. Gen. 1. orum. Dat., Abl. 6. is. Rem. The endings of the nom., ace., and voc. are always the same in neuter nouns. In this declension, those of dat. and abl. are alike also. (69.) By adding these endings to the stem pocul-, we get the PARADIGM. Nom. Gen. Dat. Arc. Voc. Abl. Sing. pocul-um, a cup. pocul-i, of a cup. pocul-o, to or for a cup. pocul- urn, a cup. pocul-um, O cup ! pocul-6, with, by, &c, a cup. Plur. pocul-a, cups. pocul-orum, of cups. pocul-is, to or for cups. pocul-a, cups. 1 6cul-a, O cups ! ] 6cul-is, with, from, &c, cups. THE SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBS. (70.) The second conjugation comprises all verbs whose infinitive-ending is ere (e long before re) ; e. g., m on- ere, to advise; doc- ere, to teach. (71.) SOME ENDINGS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBS. infinitive, ere. INDICATIVE. 3d Sing. 3d Plural. Present. et. ent. Imperfect. ebat. ebant. Future. ebit. ebunt. SECOND CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 27 (72.) By affixing these endings to the stem mon-, we get the following PARTIAL PARADIGM. infinitive, mon-ere, to advise. INDICATIVE. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. Present. nion-et, he, she, &c, advises. mon-ent, they advise. Imperfect. mon-ebat, he, she, &c, was advising, mon-ebant, they were advising. Future. mon-ebit, he, she, &c, will advise. mon-ebunt, they will advise. EXERCISE. To Jill, implere (70). Danger, perlciilum, I. To fear, tiniere (70). Forum, forum, I. Town, oppidum, l. (73.) I. Vocabulary. Assistance, auxilmm, I (6 To ask, e?itreat, rogare. Camp, castra, drum (pi.) To move, movere (70). Cup, poculum, I. Wine, vinum, I. II. Translate into English. Legatus auxilium rogat. — Galba copias ad (63, 1., E^ 3 ) castra revocat. — Servus poculum vino (55, a) implet. — Crassiis castra movet. — Copiae ad oppidum festinabant. — Agricola oppidum laudat. — Copiae Germanorum ad castra festinabunt. — Nuntius periculum timet. — Pueri per forum ambulant. — German! peri- cula non timent. — Legati per oppidum ambiilabunt. — Agi'icolal oppida JEduorum laudabat. — Crassiis oppidum occiipabat. — Servi pociila implebant. III. Translate into Latin. The JEduans were asking assistance. — The Germans will move (their) camp. — The Germans were praising the town.-— The ambassadors of the iEduans hasten to (63, I., I^ 8 ) the camp. — The forces of the Belgians fear the danger. — The mes- senger will recall the ambassadors to the camp. — Galba's mes- senger will recall the Germans to the town. — The ambassadors praise the towns of the Germans. — The farmers were walking tli rough the forum. — The boy walks through the town. — The sailors will not fear the danger. — Crassus will not move (his) camp. — The Germans were-taking-possession-of the town.- The servant was filling the cup. § 7. ADJECTIVES OF FIRST CLASS. (IX.— X.) LESSON IX. Adjectives. — Class I, us, a, um. (74.) The Adjective (14), in Latin, agrees with the noun in gender, number, and case, and therefore has endings to distinguish these; e. g., puer bon-us, a good boy ; puella bon-a, a good girl; dbnum bon- um, a good gift. (75.) We divide adjectives into three classes, ac- cording to their endings. Those of the^rs^ class have the fern, ending of the first decl. of nouns, and the masc. and neut. endings of the second. Thus, (76.) ENDINGS. PARADIGM. STNGULAK. M. F. N. M. F. N. N. US. a. um. bon-us. bon-a. bon-iim. G. i. ae. i. bon-I. bon-ae. bon-I. D. 6. ae. 6. bon-6. bon-ae. bon-6. A. um. am. um. bon-um. bon-am. bon-um. V. e. a. um. bon-e. bon-a. bon-um. A. 6. a. 6. bon-6. bon-a. bon-6. PLURAL. N. I. ae. a. bon-I. bon-ae. bon-a. G. orum. arum. orum. bon-orum. b on- arum. bon-orum. D. is. is. is. bon-Is. bon-Is. bon-Is. A. 6s. as. a. bon-6s. bon-as. bon-a. V. i. oe. a. bon-I. bon-ae. bon-a. A. IS. IS. Is. bon-Is. bon-Is. bon-Is. (77.) Adjectives whose stem ends in er do not take the endings us of the nominative and e of the vocative. (a) Most of them drop the e in inflection ; e. g., pulcher, pulchr-a, pulchr-um, beautiful; pulchr-I, pulchr-se, pulchr-i, &c. ADJECTIVES OF FIRST CLAS3. 29 (b) But as per, rough; lacer, torn; liber, free; miser, miserable ; prosper, fortunate ; tener, tender (and the com- pounds of ger and f er; e. g., corniger, flammifer), re- tain it; e. g., miser, miser-a, miser-iim, miser-i, miser-ae, miser-i, &c. (78.) I. Vocabulary. EXERCISE. Good, bon-us, a, urn. Great, rnagn-us, a, urn. Many, mult- us, a, um. Thick, dens-us, a, um. Broad, wide, lat-us, a, um. My, me-us, a, um. Thy, tu-us, a, um. II. Examples. (a) The slave fills the large cup. His, hers, its (own), sm-us, a, um. To see, videre. Master (of slaves), herus, I. To have, habere. Example, exemplum, L River, fluvius, 1. To frighten, terrere. Serviis poculuinmagnum implet. Rule of Position. — (a) The adjective, unless emphatic, fol- lows the noun; e. g., in the above example, magnum follows poc iilum. (b) The slave fills the queen's large cup. Serviis magnum reginae poc- iiliim implet. Rule of Position. — (b) When the noun governs another in the genitive, the adjective stands first, and the genitive between it and its noun ; e. g., in example (b), magnum reginae pociilum. III. Translate into English. Regina f Iliam suara amat. — Serviis pSciilum meum implet. — Servi pociila magna implent. — Pueri magistriim boniim amant. — Belgae vicos multos habent. — Agricola boniis viam monstrat. — Magister pueros bonos docebit. — Magistri bom exempla bona pueris (54) dant. — Legatiis magnam reginae (78, II., b) coronam videt. — Perfiigae ad fliiviiim latum festinant. — Serviis magnum pueii (78, II., b) pociilum implebat. — Sylvae densae nuntios ter- rent. — Pueri sylvam densam timebunt. — Servus boniis herum amat. IV. Translate into Latin. The iEduans have many villages. — The queen loves (her) C2 30 SOME FORMS OF ESSE. good son. — The farmer shows the thick wood. — Good slaves love (their) masters. — Good masters love (their) slaves. — The Belgians have many towns. — The broad rivers frighten the de- serters. — The boy sees the large town. — Crassus recalls the good lieutenant. — The son praises the great queen. — The Germans have large villages. — He praised thy slave. — He loves thy daugh- ter. — He will praise his own daughter. — The deserters were hastening to the broad river. — The slave will fill the large cup of his master (78, II., b). — The lieutenant will see many villages of the Belgians (78, II., b). — The thick wood will frighten the boys. LESSON X. Some Forms of E ss e. — Adjectives continued. (79.) Learn the following forms of the irregular verb Esse, to be : infinitive, esse, to be. INDICATIVE. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. Present. est, is. sunt, are. Imperfect. erat, was. erant, were. Future. ent, he, she, it will be. erant, they will be. /on \ / \ t j 7 • • I Inertia vitium est. (80.) (a) Indolence is a vice. I 7 _ I Indolence a vice is. Here Inertia is the subject of the sentence ; v I- t i u m is the predicate ; both in the nominative. Rule of Syntax. — (a) The noun in the predicate must be in the same case as the subject, when it denotes the same person or thing. (81.) (b) The rose is beauti- 1 Rosa pulchra est. Jul. I The rose beautiful is. Here r 6 s a is the subject, and pulchra the pred- icate ; both in nom. sing. fern. Rule of Syntax. — (b) "The adjective in the predicate agrees with the subject in gender, number, and case. [As a general rule, a sentence should not end with a monosyllable ; but in short passages, such as the above, especially when the word before est ends in a vowel, or m, it is admissible.] ADJECTfVES, CLASS FIRST. 31 I Europe, Europa, 03. ! Peninsula, peninsula, ae. ! Anger, Ira, as. ! Illustrious, clariis, a, urn. i Crow, cor v us, I. Black, niger, a, urn (77, a). Not, non (always placed before the word which it qualifies) I Ahvays, semper (adv.). Cow, vacca, ae. \ Attica, Attica, ae. Britain, Britannia, 89. Ireland, Hibernia, ae. (82.) EXERCISE. [Refer to Rules of Position (78, II.) and to Rem. on adjectives ending in er (77).] I. Vocabulary. Happy, beatiis, a, urn. True, verus, a, urn. Friendship, amicitia, ae. Everlasting, sempiternus, a, um. Labienus, Labienus, 1. Foolish, stultus, a, um. Tender, tener, a, um (77, b). Flame, ilamma, ae. Red, ruddy, ruber, a, 11m (77, a) . A leaf, folium, 1. Bull, taurus, 1. Horned, corniger, a, um (77, b). Lamb, agnus, 1. Miserable, miser, a, um (77, b). Rem. In such phrases as the good, the wise, Sec, the noun (men J is omitted in Latin, as in English ; e. g., good men = b o ni ; fools = s tultl ; the happy = b e ati. Also, many things = multa (neut.) ; all things = o m n 1 a. II. Examples. The good are always happy. True friendships are everlast- ing. Labienus was a lieutenant. The foolish are not happy. III. Translate into English. Puella pulchra est (81, b). — Herbae agroriim tenerae sunt (81, b). — Alae aquilarum magnse sunt. — Flamma rubra est. — Folia rosarum pulchra sunt. — Tauri cornigeri sunt. — Agni teneri in agris sunt. — Regina pulchra in horto ambulabat. — Puer agnos pulchros videt. — Vera amicitia sempiterna est. — Stulti miseri sunt. — Europa peninsula (80, a) est. — Attica peninsula est. — Ira vitium est magnum. — Crassus legatus erat. — Labienus legatus clarus erat.— Corvus plumas mgras habet. — Stulti non sunt beati. — Bonus semper beatiis est. IV. Translate into Latin. The queen was beautiful, — The queen's daughter was beau- Bom semper beati sunt. Veras amicitiae sempiternae sunt. Labienus legatus erat. Stulti non sunt beati. 32 ADJECTIVES OF FIRST CLASS. tiful. — The beautiful daughter walks in the garden. — The fields abound in tender herbs (66, II., a). — The feathers of doves are beautiful. — The feathers of crows are black. — The flames were ruddy. — The leaves of roses are tender. — -Cows are horned. — The queen walks in the garden with (cum) her beautiful daugh- ters (f lliabus*). — The girl will see the tender lambs in the fields. — The good are not always happy. — Fools are not always mis- erable. — Crassus was a great lieutenant. — Britain is an island. — Ireland is an island. — Geneva is a large town. — Anger is always a vice. — Everlasting friendships are true. — Friendships are not always everlasting. * Filia, daughter, anddea, goddess, have abl. pi. in abiis, instead of is, to distinguish them from filiis, sons, diis, gods. § 8. THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS. LESSON XI. Verbs.— Third and Fourth Conjugations. (83.) The Third Conjugation comprises all verbs whose infinitive ending is ere (e short before re); e. g. 9 scrib-ere, to write. (84.) SOME ENDINGS OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION. infinitive, ere. INDICATIVE. Singular. Plural. Present. It. unt. Imperfect. ebat. ebant. Future. et. ent. (85.) By affixing these endings to the stem scrib-, we get the following PARTIAL PARADIGM. infinitive, scrib-ere, to write. I INDICATIVE. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. Present. scrib-it, he, she, &c, writes. scrlb-unt, they write. Imperfect. scrib-ebat, he, she, &c, was writing. scrib- ebant, they were writing. Future. scrib-et, he, she, &c, will write. scrib-ent, they wilL write. THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. (86.) The Fourth Conjugation comprises all verbs whose infinitive-ending is ire (i long before re) ; e. g., aud-Ire, to hear. (87.) SOME ENDINGS OF THE FOURTH CONJUGATION. infinitive, ire. INDICATIVE. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. Present. It. iunt. Imperfect. iebat. iebant. Future. iet. ient. (88.) By affixing these endings to the stem aud-, we have the following 34 THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS. PARTIAL PARADIGM. infinitive, aud-Ire, to hear. INDICATIVE. 3d Sing. 3dPlur. Present. Imperfect. aud-it, he, she, &c., aud-iebat,&e,s&e, &c, hears. was hearing. aud-mnt, they hear, aud-iebant, they were I hearing. Future. aud-iet, he, she, &c, will hear. aud-ient, they will hear. (89.) I. Vocabulary. To send, mittere (83). In (prep.), m.* To sleep, dormire (86). Bed-chamber, cubiculiim, I. To run, currere (83). To rule, regere (83). A Gaul, G-allus, I. Tower, castellum, I. EXERCISE. Small, parvus, a, iim. To come, venire (86). A Roman, Romanus, a, iim. To lead, ducere (83). World, mundus, I. To conquer, vincere (83). To fortify, miinire (86). Divitiacus, Divitiacus, I. II. Example. Crassus comes to the large j Crassiis magniim ad oppi- town. j diim venit. Rule of Position. — The adjective belonging to a noun gov- erned by a preposition is frequently placed before the preposition, e. g., magnum in the example. III. Translate into English. Belgaelegatos mittunt. — Belgae legatos ad Crassiim mittunt. — Pueri in ciibiculo dormiunt. — Puellae parvo (89,11.) in ciibiculo dormiebant. — Regina magnum ad oppidum veniet. — Galba co- pias Romanorum ducit. — Dii (62, R., 3) mundum regunt. — Deus mundum semper regit. — Roman! Gallos vincebant. — Le- gatiis castella muniebat. — Mdui nuntium ad Labienum mittunt. — Copiae Belgariim ad oppidum venient. — Divitiacus copias ^Eduorum ducebat. IV. Translate into Latin. The horse runs. — The boy sleeps. — The boy was running. — The slave comes. — Crassus fortifies many towers. — The slave was coming to (63, 1., I3P) his master. — The beautiful boy will sleep in a little bed-chamber (89, II.). — The gods always govern * In, signifying into or unto, governs the accusative ; signifying in governs the ablative. THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS OF VERBS. 35 the world. — The Romans are coming to the large town. — The farmer was sleeping in the field. — Divitiacus was leading the forces of the iEduans. — The Belgians send messengers to Cras- sus. — Crassus sends a messenger to the Belgians. — The girls will sleep in a little bed-chamber.- — Crassus will fortify the towers. — The Romans take-possession-of the towers of Gaul. § 9. PASSIVE VERBS. (XII.— XIII.) LESSON XII. Verbs. — Passive Voice. — First and Second Conjuga- tions. (90.) The endings of the third persons of verbs, in the tenses for incomplete or continued action (44), are the same in the passive as in the active voice, with the addition of the svllable ur. Thus, we have in the (91.) FIRST CONJUGATION. PRESENT. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. Active. am-at, he, she, it, loves, am-ant, they love. Passive. am-at-wr, he, she, it is loved* am-ant-wr, they are loved. IMPERFECT. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. Hm-dbat, he was loving. am-abat-wr, he was loved, am-dbant, they were loving, am-abant-wr, they were loved. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. am-dbit, he shall or will love. . a.m-dbunt, they shall or will love. am-abit-wr, he shall or will be loved. am-abunt-wr, they shall or will be loved. (92.) SECOND CONJUGATION. PRESENT. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. Active. mon-ei, he advises, mon-ent, they advise. Passive. Taon-et-Hr, he is advised. | mon-ent-tfr, they are advised. IMPERFECT. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. mon-ebdt, he was advising, mon-ebant, they were advi- sing. mon-ebat-ur, he was advised. mon-ebant-wr, they were advised. FUTURE. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. mon-ebtt, he will advise, mon-ebunt, they will ad- vise. mon-ebit-Mr, he will be advised. mon-ebunt-tfr, they will be advised. * The English language has no forms for incomplete action in the pass- ive voice. He is loved, he was loved, dec, the house is built, &c, properly express action complete. An awkward periphrasis — he is being loved, Crassus legatum vocat. Legatus a Crasso vocatiir. PASSIVES OF FIRST AND SECOND CONJUGATIONS. 37 (93.) EXERCISE. I. Vocabulary. Game, sport, ludus, I. I Wine, vmum, I. To delight, delectare. | Seize, occupare. II. Examples. (a) Crassus calls the lieuten- ant. (b) The lieutenant is called by Crassus. In these examples, the same action is expressed (viz., the calling of the lieutenant) in {a) by the active form, in (b) by the passive. Ev- ery sentence in which a transitive verb occurs may thus be changed into the passive form. The agent (Crassus) is the subject nomina- tive in (a) ; and in (b) is expressed by the ablative (Crasso J with the preposition a, by. Hem. If the subject be a thing, not a person, nor considered as a per- son, the preposition is omitted ; e. g., Poculum vino impletur, the cup is filled with wine. (This is the abl. of cause or means.) III. Translate into English. Auxiliiim a legato rogatur. — Auxilium a legato rogabatur. — Auxilium a legato rogabitur. — Copiae a Galba revocantur. — Pocu- lum a servo implebatiir. — Oppida a Crasso occupabantur. — Me- dicina ab ancillls parabitur. — fueri bom a magistro laudantur. — Copiae Germanorum a Labieno revocabuntur.— Pocula vino (93, II., R.) implentur. — Pueri ludis (93, II., R.) delectantur. IV. Translate into Latin. The master is loved by (his) scholars. — The master will be loved by (his) good scholars. — The cups will be filled (with) wine (93, II., R.). — The Germans were called together by Crassus. — The villages were seized by the Romans. — The towns will be seized by the iEduans. — Medicines are prepared by the slaves. — Good boys will be praised by their masters. — The good boys will be advised by their masters. — The scholars are taught by their master. — The scholar was taught by his the house is being built — is sometimes employed, but is not to be approved. The house is building is a form sanctioned by usage, but in many verbs it would be ambiguous. The pupil must remember, then, that in the exer- cises in the First Part, the forms is loved, is advised, was advised, &c, are used to express incomplete action. D 38 PASSIVES OF THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. master. — The girls are delighted with games (93, II., R.). — The slaves will be delighted with games. — The queen is praised by (her) maid-servant. — The queen was praised by (her) maid- servant. — The queen will be praised by (her) maid-servant. LESSON XIII. Verbs. — Passive Voice. — Third and Fourth Conjuga- tions. (94.) THIRD CONJUGATION. PRESENT. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. Active. reg-it, he, she, it rules, reg-unt, they rule. Passive. regit-wr, he, she, it is ruled. regunt-wr, they are ruled. IMPERFECT. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. reg-ebat, he was ruling. ||regebat-wr, he was ruled. reg-ebant, they were ruling. \\regebBiit-ur, they were ruled. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. reg-et, he shall or will rule, reg-ent, they shall or will rule. reget-ur, he shall or will be ruled. regent-z/r, they shall or will be ruled. (95.) FOURTH CONJUGATION. PRESENT. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. Active. aud-it, lie hears. aud-iunt, they hear. Passive. audit-wr, he is heard. |audiunt-wr, they are heard. IMPERFECT. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. aud-iebat, he was hearing. aud-iebant, they were hear- ing. audiebat-ilr, he was heard. audiebant-i/r, they were heard. FUTURE. 3d Sing. 3d Plur. aud-iet, he shall or will hear. aud-ient, they shall or will hear. aud-iet-wr, he shall or will be heard. audient-xir, they shall or will be heard. (96.) I. Vocabulary. EXERCISE. disponerS. A Roman, Romanus, I. A Gaul, Galliis, i. To lay aside, deponere. To distribute, Garrison, presidium, 1. arrange, II. Translate into English. Legati a Belgis mittuntiir. — Mundus a Deo regitiir. — Copiae PASSIVES OF THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS. 39 Romanorum a Galba ducuntur. — Galli a Romanis vincuntiir. — Ira a reglna deponitur. — Castellum a Labieno munltur. — Praesi- dia a legato disponuntur. — Legati adiEduos mittebantur. — Co- piae iEduorum ad vicum ducentur. — Epistola aregina scribitur. — Oppida Belgarum muniebantiir. — Nuntii ad Crassiim mittentur. III. Translate into Latin. Galba is conquered by the Belgians. — The camp is fortified by Crassus. — The forces of Crassus are led to the camp. — The forces of the iEdui are sent to the village. — Anger will be laid- aside by the queen. — Galba was conquered by the Gauls. — Let- ters will be written by the queen. — Letters are written to (ad) Crassus. — The garrisons are not distributed by Crassus. — The towers are not fortified by the Belgians. — The world is always governed by God. — The Germans are ruled by a lieutenant. — A letter will be written by the queen. § 10. THIRD DECLENSION OF NOUNS.— PARTIAL TREAT ME N T. (XI V.— XV.) LESSON XIV. Nouns. — Third Declension. (97.) The Third Declension comprises all nouns whose gen. sing, ends in I s. Rem. To find the stem of any noun of this declension, strike off is from the gen. sing.; e. g., gen. horn in is (of a man), stem horn in. (98.) The case-endings are as follows : Singular. Plural. M. &F. Neut. M. &F. Neut. 1ST. — — N. es. a (la). G. is. is. G. iim (ium). urn (ium). D. I. I D. ibus. ibus. A. em (lm). like N. A. es. a (la). V. like N. like N. V. es. a (la). A. e(I). e(i). A. ibus. ibus. Rem. 1. The nom. ending is not given, because of the many forms in which that case occurs. Of the changes to which the stem is sub- ject, see hereafter (Part II.). 2. Of the endings im, I (in ace. and abl. sing.), and ia, ium (plur.), see hereafter (Part II.). 3. The genders of all nouns of this declension are marked in the vo- cabularies. The general rules of gender (25, a) of course apply to this declension: special rules are given (355). "We give here only (99.) Partial Rule of Gender. — Most nouns which add s to the stem to form the nominative are feminine. (100.) PARADIGMS MASCULINE AND FEMININE FORMS. Sing. Speech (m. ). Honour (m.). City (f.). Nation (race), f. Law (f.). N. and V. sermd. honor. urb-s. gens (gents). lex (legs). • Gen. sermon-is. honor-is. urb-is. gent-is. leg- is. Dat. sermon-i. honor-i. urb-T. gent-I. leg-i. Ace. sermon-em. honor-em. urb-em. gent-em. leg -em. Abl. sermon-e. honor- e. urb-e. gent-e. leg-e: Plur. Speeches. Honours. Cities. Races. Laws. N., A., V. sermon-es. honor-es. urb-es. gent-es. leg-es. Gen. sermon-um. honor-um. urb-mm. gent-rum. leg-iim. D. and A. sermon-ibus. honor-ibus. urb-ibus. gent-ibus. leg-ibiis. THIRD DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 41 Rem. 1. Observe that d or t in the stem is dropped in the nom. before s; and c or s combined with s to form x ; e.g., laus = laud-s ; arx = arc s; lex = leg-s; gens = gent- s. 2. All the endings are short bnt i (dat. sing.) and es (X., A., Y. plnr.). (101.) EXERCISE. L Vocabulary. [In the following vocabularies, the stem of every noun of the third de- clension is placed immediately after the nominative form, and before the erenitive ending.] King, rex, (reg) is, m. Law, lex, (leg) is, f. To abrogate, abrogare. Just, jusMs, a, urn. Worthy, dignus, a, am. Rock, petra, oe. Tree, arbor, (arbor) is, f. To build a nest, nidificare. CcEsar, Caesar, (Caesar) is. And. et (conj.). Pari, pars, (part) is, f. Consul, consul, (consul) is, m. Common people, plebs, (pleb) is, f. ; General, imperator, (imperator) is, m. To leave, relinquere. \ A Helvetian, Helvetius, I. II. Translate into English. Rex leg-es„abrogat. — Copiae ad urb-ern festinant. — Leg-es justae sunt. — Pars pleb-is orb-em relinquit. — Magna pars pleb- is urb-4m relinquit. — Aquilae in petris et arbor-ibus nidrficant. — Leg-e* a reg-e abrogantur. — Copiae ad urb-ern revocantur. — Helve*ii ad Caesar-em legatos rnittunt. — Nuntiiis serrnon-em consul-is laudat. — Imperator nuntios revocat. — Rex dignis (54, and 82, I., R.) honor-es dabit. — Copiae Belgariini urb-em relin- quebant. — Caesar ad vicos festinabat. — Legati ad imperator-em mittuntur. — Imperator nuntios ad urb-em mittet. — Legatus part-ein copiarum revocabit. III. Translate into Latin. The laws were just. — The king will revoke the laws. — The general will leave the village. — The consuls send ambassadors. — The consuls recall the ambassadors. — Doves build their nests in gardens and trees. — The consuls are praised. — The city is for- tified. — Honours will be given. — Honours are given to the wor- thy (82, I., R.). — Ambassadors will be sent to the consuls. — Honours are given to Caesar (54). — The speech of the consul is praised. — Honours are given to the general. — A great part of the common-people will leave the city. — The consuls will recall the common-people. — The ambassadors will leave the city. — The general will be sent. — Caesar will be recalled. — The laws were unjust. D2 42 THIRD DECLENSION. LESSON XV. Nouns, — Third Declension, continued. (102.) PARADIGMS. NEUTER FORMS. Sing. Sea (n.). Song (n.). Work (n.). Animal (n.). N., A., V. a. D. Abl. mare, mar-is. mar-i. marl. carmen, carmm-is. carmm-i. carmm-e. opus. 6per-is. 6per-I. 6per-e. animal, animal-is. animal-i. animal-I. Plur. Seas. Songs. Works. Animals. N., A., V. G. D., Abl. mar-ia. mar-ium. mar-ibus. carmm-a. carmin-um. carmin-ibus. 6per-a. oper-iim. oper-ibus. animal-Ta. animal-ium. animal-ibus. Rem. 1. Neuters whose nom. ends in al, ar, or e, take I for abl. sing. ending; ia, nom. plur., and mm, gen. plur. 2. Partial Rule of Gender. — Nouns whose stems end in al or ar are neuter. (103.) I. Vocabulary. EXERCISE. To cure, heal, sanare\ To mitigate, mitigare. River, flumen, (flumm) is (n.). To swim across, transnare (gov. ace). Work, opus, (5per) Is (n.). Fish, piscis, (pise) Is (m.). Time, tempiis, (tempor) is (n.). To change, mutare. Man, homo, (homin) is (m.). Stormy, turbid, turbidus, a, um. Name, nomen, (nomin) Is (n.). To enrol, conscribere. Treaty, fcedus, (feeder) Is (n.). To violate, violare. Spoil or booty, prseda, ae. Ally, socius, I. Summer, sestas, (sestat) is (f.). Cold, frigus, (frigor) is (n.). Burden, onus, (oner) Is (n.). To carry, portare. Wound, vulniis, (vulner) is (n.). II. Translate into English. Consul nomina conscribit. — Caesar fcedus {ace.) violabat, £t prsedam sociis (54) dabat. — iEstas frigus {ace.) mitigat. — Per- fugae flumen {ace.) transnabant. — Magnum opus est. — Flumen piscibus abundat {66, I., a). — Tempus homines mutat. — Tem- pora miitantur. — Frigus aestate (93, II., R.) mitigabitur. — Copise Belgarum flumina transnabant. — Servus onus {ace.) magnum portat. — Caesar nomina non consciibet. — Onus mag- num est. — Medicina vulnus sanat. — Carmina puellas delectant. — Nomina hommum miitabuntur. — -Maria turbida sunt. — Flu- men magnum erat turbidum. — Magna sunt onera captivorum. THIRD DECLENSION. 43 III. Translate into Latin. The Germans violate treaties. — The consuls will not enrol the names. — The slaves were carrying great burdens. — The messenger was-swimming-across the river. — The boy swims- across the river.-^— Great burdens are earned. — The burden will be carried by the slave. — The rivers abound in fish (66, I., a). — The wounds are healed. — The burdens are great. — The lieu- tenant will not violate the treaty. — The names are enrolled by the consuls (93, II.). — The treaty is violated. — The treaty is violated by Caesar. — The treaty will be violated, and the spoil will be given to the allies (dat.). — The consul enrols the names of the deserters. — The names of the deserters will be enrolled. — The wounds of the prisoners will be healed. § 11. ADJECTIVES OF THE SECOND CLASS. LESSON XVI. Adjectives. — Second Class. — Two Endings. (104.) Adjectives of the Second Class have is in the nom. sing, for masc. and fern, endings, and e for the neuter. They are declined throughout like the third declension of nouns ; e. g., brevis, short. (105.) PARADIGM. SINGULAR. PLURAL. Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. N.V. brev-is. brev-is. brev-e. brev-es. brev-es. brev-Ta. a. brev-is. brev-is. brev-is. brev-ium. brev-ium. brev-iiim. D. brev-1. brev-I. brev-I. brev-ibus. brev-ibus. brev-ibus. Ace. brev-em. brev-ein. brev-e\ brev-es. brev-es. brev-ia. Abl. brev-I. brev-I. brev-I. brev-ibus. brev-ibus. brev-ibus. Rem. 1. Twelve adjectives* of this class take er for the ending of the nom. sing. masc. instead of is; e. g., acer, acris, acre; cele- ber, Celebris, celebre. Rem. 2. The abl. has e instead of % in juvenis, a youth; oedllis, adile. The gen. pi. has um instead of ium in celer, swift. (106.) I. Vocabulary. EXERCISE. ► omnis, e. Father, pater, (patr) is. Noble, nobilis, e. Every, ) All, the whole, ) Sweet, dulcis, e. To demand, poscere. Soldier, miles, (mllit) is (m.). Study, zeal, stiidium, I. Kind, benigniis, a, um. Dog, canTs, (can) is (c, 25, IV.). To endure, tol8rare\ Hostage, obses, (obsid) is (c, 25, IV.) Uncertain, incertus, a, um. Useful, utilis, e. Iron, ferrum, I. Gold, aurum, I. Severe, heavy, gravis, S. Life, vita, ae (f.). Brave, fortis, e. Patiently, patientSr (adv.). Wolf, lupus, i (m.). Like, similis, 8. A chief, princeps, (princip) is (c, 25, IV.). Acer, sharp. Alacer, cheerful. Campester, of the plain, Cel<5 ber, famous. Celer, swift. Equester, equestrian. Paluster, marshy. Pedester, pedestrian. Saluber, salubrious. Sylvester, woody. Terrester, terrestrial. Volucer, swift. ADJECTIVES, SECOND CLASS. 45 Pater filio benignus est. Canis lupo similis est. II. Examples. (a) The father is kind to his son. (b) The dog is like (to) the wolf. (c) Rule of Syntax. — The dative case is used with all adjec- tives that are followed by the words to or for in Eng- lish : hence with adjectives expressing (a) advantage or disadvantage, (b) likeness or unlikeness. [Adjectives of likeness or unlikeness also take the gen.] III. Translate into English. Milites omnes periculum timent. — Imperator fortis milites omnes convocat.— Vita brevis est. — Vita est brevis et incerta. — Vinum est dulce. — Principes fortes oppida omnia muniebant. — Caesar obsides nobiles poscit. — Tempiis breve est. — Non omnes milites sunt fortes. — Ferrum utile est. — Auriim et ferriim sunt utllia hominibus (106, II., c). — Miles vulniis grave patienter tolerat. — Consul fortis pericula non timebit. — Ferrum utile hominibus (106, II., c) est. — Milites fortes vulnera gravia pa- tienter tolerabunt. — Studium est pueris (106, II., c) utile. — Imperator militibiis (106, II., c) benignus erat. — Canis lupo similis est. IV. Translate into Latin. The noble queen comes to the city. — The brave lieutenant en- dures patiently (his) severe wound. — All the soldiers hasten to the camp. — The brave chiefs will fortify many towns. — The noble hostages come to Caesar (63, I., iy). — The time is un- certain. — Soldiers are not always useful. — Towns are useful for men (106, II., c). — Noble ambassadors are sent. — Many hostages are demanded by the consuls (93, II.). — All the soldiers will be called together. — Not all chiefs are noble. — Wine is sweet and iron is useful. — The dangers are not fear- ed by the brave soldiers (93, II.). — The brave lieutenant praises the noble chief. — Dogs are like wolves (106, II.). — The study of letters (litterarum) is useful for all (106, II.). — The soldiers are kind to the prisoners (106, II.). — Gold is heavy. —Iron is not like gold (106, II.). Even in these, the ending Is is sometimes found in nom. sing. masc. ; c. g., tumultus equestris, Liv., xxix., 35. § 12. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD CLASS. LESSON XVIL Adjectives. — Third Class. — One Ending. (107.) Adjectives of the Third Class have but one ending in the nominative for all three genders ; e. g. 9 felix (m., f. 9 n.), happy; audax (m., f., n.), bold; pauper (m., f., n.), poor. (108.) paradigm. — Felix, happy. SINGULAR. PLURAL. Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fern. Neut. N.V. felix. felix. felix. felic-es. felic-es. felic-ia. G. felic-is. felic-Ts. felic-is. felic-ium. fellc-mm. felic-ium. A. felic-i. felic-i. felic-i. fellc-ibus. fellc-ibus. fellc-ibus. Ace. felic-em. felic-em. felix. felic-es. felic-es. felic-ia. Abl. felic-i. felic-i. felic-i. fellc-ibus. fellc-ibus. fellc-ibus. [Rem. 1. The abl. has e instead of I (a) in pauper, poor; sen ex, old (gen. senis) ; princeps, chief; compos, possessed of, and most end- ing in es; e. g., h o s p e s, guest ; p ub e s, grown up, &c. Also in the compounds of corptts, color, and pes. (b) Participles in ns have, as participles, e, but as adjectives I; e. g., florenterosa, the rose blooming; florenti rosa, in a blooming rose. (c) Adjectives used as nouns take e; e. g., sapiens, a wise man, abl. sapiente. Rem. 2. The gen. pi. takes um instead of ium in vetu s, old (veterum) ; cons or s, partaking of; degener, degenerate; dives, rich; mops, helpless ; m e m 6 r, mindful ; immemor, unmindful ; sup- pi ex, suppliant; uber, rich; vigil, watching. Also in all which take e in the abl. ; e. g., princeps, principe, principtim.] ADJECTIVES. THIRD CLASS. 47 (109.) EXERCISE. I. Vocabulary. War, bellum, I. Fierce, atrox, (atroc) is (107). To wage, carry on, gerere. Horse-soldier, eqnes, (equit) is (in.). Tenacious, tenax, (tenac) is (107). Wise, sapiens, (sapient) is (107). Death, mors, (mort) is (f.). To renew, redintegrare. Rich, dives, (divit) is (107). To terrify, terrere. II. Example. The inhabitants carry on a fierce war. Stag, cervus, I. Poicerful, potens, (potent) is (107). Scout, explorator, is (m.). To kill, occidere. Battle, praelium, I. And, et (conj.). Sivift, velox, (veloc) is. Horse, equus, I. Citizen, civis, (civ) is (c., £5, TV.). Incolse bellum atrox gerunt. [Refer to 78, II., a.] III. Translate into English. Incolae bella magna et atrocia gerunt. — Nuntius velox ad castra venit. — Equites veloces ad sylvam festinant. — Vir sapiens mor- tem non timet. — Discipulus memoriam tenacem habet. — Me- moria in pueiis est tenax. — Imperator nuntium velocem mitt^t. — Principes fortes praelium atrox redintegrabunt. — Cervus ve- lox est. — Equus velox currit. — Canes sunt veloces. — Sapiens (82, I., R.) non semper dives est. — Divites non semper beat! sunt. — Princeps potens legatos mittit. — Principes potentes captivos occidunt. — Imperator principes omnes convocat. IV. Translate into Latin. The thick woods terrify the swift messenger. — The fierce battle terrifies all the inhabitants. — The noble general was prais- ing the swift messenger. — The illustrious consul sends ambas- sadors to (63, I., ISP) the powerful chief. — The powerful chief will kill all the prisoners. — Rich (men) are not always wise. — The wise (man) does not fear the fierce battle. — The soldiers praise the rich citizen. — The memory in boys is al- ways tenacious. — Dogs and horses are swift. — The consul will not renew the fierce battle. — The illustrious general will recall the swift horse-soldiers. — Rich citizens fear fierce wars. — The fierce battles were terrifying all the hostages. — The wise general calls-together all the ambassadors. — The fierce battle will be renewed. — All the prisoners will be killed by the powerful chiefs (93, II.). — The swift messengers are frighten- -Great wars are carried on. -Rich citizens are killed. § 13. FOURTH DECLENSION OF NOUNS. LESSON XVIII. Nouns. — Fourth Declension. (110.) The Fourth Declension comprises all nouns whose gen. sing, ends in us (long). The nom. ending for masculines is u s, and for neuters u ; e. g., f r u c t- u s, fruit, masc. ; corn-u, horn, neut. (111.) The case-endings are as follows: Sing. Masc. Neut. Plur. Masc. Neut. N. and V. US. U. N. and V. US. ua. Gen. US. us or u. Gen. uum. uum. Dat. Ul. u. Dat. ibus. ibus. Ace. um. u. Ace. us. ua. Abl. . u. u. Abl. lbus. ibus. (112.) By adding these endings to the stems fruct- \ii^.; J3y aaamg x and corn-, we get the PARADIGM.* Sing., fruit (m.). Plur., fruit. Sing., horn ( n. ). Plur., horns. N. and V. fruct-us. fruct-us. Gen. fruct-us. fruct-uum. N., A., V. corn-u. corn-ua. Dat. fruct-ui. fruct-ibus. Gen. corn-us, or u. corn- uum. Ace. fruct-um. fruct-us. Dat, Abl. corn-u. corn-ibus. Abl. fruct-u. fruct-ibus. [Rem. 1. The following take ubus in dat. and abl. plur. instead of ibus, viz., acus (£,), needle; arcus (m.), bow ; artus (m.), joint; ficus it), Jig-tree; lac us (m.), lake; partus (m.), birth; portus (f), harbor; querciis (f.), oak ; speciis (m.), den ; tribus (f.), tribe; pecu (n.), cattle; veru (n.), a spit.\] 2. The feminine nouns of this declension are, acus, needle; anus, * The fourth declension is only a contracted form of the third : thus, N. fruct-us. G. fruct-uis, contr. fructus. D. fruct-ui. Ace. fruct mm, contr. fructum, &c. t The following verses embrace these : Arcus, acus, portus, veru, Ficus, lactis, artus, Specus, quercus ; also, pecu, Tribes too, and partus. NOUNS. FOURTH DECLENSION. 49 old woman; domus, house; ficiis, Jig; manus, hand ; nurus, daughter-in-law ; portlcus, gallery ; t r 1 b u s, tribe ; quercus, oak. Also, Idus, -Mm (used only in plural), the Ides* 3. Domiis (f.), house, is thus declined : Sing-. Plur. N., V. doni-us. doni-us. G. -mini -drum. u -ibus. Ace. -os, -us (rarely). Abl. -Ibus. 4. The gen. domi is used only in the sense of at home; e. meae, at my home, at my house. (113.) EXERCISE. I. Vocabulary. , domi To lead over, or across, transducers. Approach, adventus, us (m.). To atvait, expectare. Singing, cantus, us (m.). Fruit, fructus, us (m.). To adorn, ornare. Four, quattuor (indeclin.). To build, aedificare. Horn, coram, us (n.). Army, exercitus, us (m.). Harbour, portus, us (m.). Enemy, hostls, (host) is (c, 25, IV.). Bird, avis, (av) is (£). II. Examples. (a) The Helvetians lead part of their forces across the Rhine. (b) Ccesar leads a great ar- my of Germans across the Rhine. Grief, luctus, fist (m.). To lay aside, deponere. Sadness, mceror, orist (m.). Tempest, procella^ae. To raise, tollere. • Wave, fluctus, us (m.). Star, sldus, (sider) is (n.) (102). Shore, littus, (littor) is (n.) (102). Wind, ventus, I (ni.). Roll, volvere. Boundary, finis, (fin) is (m.). The Rhine, Hhenus, i. Ship, navis, (nav) is (f.). Helvetii partem c5piarum Rhenum transducunt. C se s a r magnum Germano- rum exercitum trans Rhenum transducit. Rule of Syntax.— {a) Verbs compounded with the prepo- sition trans are generally followed by two accusatives ; e. g., partem and Rhenum in (a), (b) But sometimes the preposition is repeated ; e. g., trans in (b). III. Translate into English. Helvetii Casdris (38, b) adventiim expectabant. — Adventu * Acus, manus, tribus, domus, porticus, and Idus. The rest are fern, by the general rule (25, II.). t Moeror = silent grief ; luctus — mourning. E 50 NOUNS. FOURTH DECLENSION. (abl., 55, a) Csesaris hostes terrentur. — Avis puellam cantu (55, a) delectat. — Fructus arbores (acc.pl.) ornant. — Fructus terrae agricolam delectant. — Pater domus (ace. pi.) quattuor sedifica- bit. — Naves in portu sunt. — Regma luctum deponit. — Sapientes luctum et mcerorem deponunt. — Procella magnos fluctus (ace. pi.) tollebat. — Procella fluctus (ace. pi.) ad sidera tollit. — Puer tauriim cornu (abl., 55, a) tenet. — Cornua cervi magna sunt. — Fluctus magni ventis (55, a) volvuntur. — Legatus exercitum du- cit. — Legatus ab ^Eduis (from the iEduans ; i. e., their country) exercitum ducit. — Agricola tauriim cornibus (55, a) tenebat. — Adventiis patris puellam delectabit. — Csesar exercitum flumen transducit (113, II., a). — Legatus per fines Helvetioriim exer- citum ducet. — Ariovistiis Germanos ti*ans Rheniim transducit (113, IL, b). Rem. Home As translated by domum, the ace. of domus; thus, The sailor leads the boy home — Nauta pueruni domum ducit. IV. Translate into Latin. My father will build four houses. — The tempest is rolling great waves to the shores (63, 1., HP). — Vast waves are raised to the stars by tempests. — The turbid sea is rolling vast waves to the shores. — The farmer leads the girls home from (ab) the city. — Csesar will lead the army over the turbid river. — Cassius leads the army through the boundaries of the JEduans and Helvetians. — The Helvetians await the coming of Caesar. — The boy will hold the bull by the horns (55, a). — The farmer is delighted by the fruits (55, a) of the earth. — The king lays aside his griefs and sadness. — The singing of the birds (avium) will delight the soldiers. — The trees are adorned by many fruits. — There are many large ships in the harbour. — The winds raise the great waves to the stars. — The lieutenant was leading the army of the iEduans across the Rhine. (Repeat trans (113, II., b) ). — The horns of bulls are large. — The queen will lay aside her grief and sadness. — The master sends his slaves home. § 14. FIFTH DECLENSION OF NOUNS. LESSON XIX. Nouns. — Fifth Declension. (114.) The Fifth Declension comprises all nouns whose gen. ending is el. The nom. ending is es. (115.) There are but few nouns of this declension, and they are all feminine except dies, day, and me- ridies, mid-day; and even dies is fern, in the sing. when it means a fixed day. (116.) The case-endings are as follows: Sin*. Plur. N.V. es. es. G. ei. eruni. D. flL ebiis. Ace. Abl. em. e. es. ebus. Rem. In the gen. and dat. the e in e i is long when a vowel stands be- fore it; e. g., di-el: short when a consonant stands before it; e. g. t fid-el. (117.) By adding the endings to the stems r- and di-, we get the PARADIGMS. Thdng (f). N. V. G. D. Ace. Abl. Singular. r-es. r-ei. r-ei. r-em. r-e. Plural. r-es. r-erum. r-ebus. r-es. r-ebus. Day (m.). Singular. di-es. di-el. di-el. di-em. dl-e. Plural. di-es. dl-erum. di-ebus. di-es. di-ebus. Rem. Only res, dies,, specie; dat., and abl. plur. are wanting , have the plur. complete ; in all others. the gen., (118.) I. Vocabulary. EXERCISE. Hope, spes. ei. Day, dies, ei (m.). To appoint, constitiiere. To had out, e due ere. To lead back, reducere. Line of battle, acies, ei. To draw tip, instniere. About, circiter (prep, with ace). About mid-day, circiter meridiem. Victory, victoria, es. Mid -day, meridies, ei (m.). Sixth, sextus, a, urn. Reward, praemiuni, i. Sun, sol, (sol) is (m.). Setting, occasus, us. Seventh, septimus, a, urn. Out of, e or ex (prep, with ablative). Faith, promise, fides, SI. The next, postSrus, a, um To fight, pugnare\ 52 NOUNS. FIFTH DECLENSION. Caesar aciem instriiit. Poster 6 die castra movent. II. Examples. (a) Ccesar draws up the line of battle. (b) The next day they move the camp. (c) Rule of Syntax. — The point of time at which any thing occurs is expressed by the ablative ; e. g., in (b) postero die. — At sun-set = so lis occasu. III. Translate into English. Spes victories milites delectat. — Milites spe (93, II., R.) vic- toriae delectantur. — Diesvenit. — Caesar diem constituit. — Caesar diem ciim legatis constituit. — Imperator fortis exercitum educit, et aciem instriiit. — Circiter meridiem pugnant. — Caesar, circiter meridiem, exercitum in castra reducit. — Sexto die (118, II., c) Caesar exercitum ex castris educit. — Spes praemiorum piieros delectat. — Pueri spe praemiorum delectantur. — Solis occasu Helve til castra movebant. — Septimo die Belgae copias omnes ex castris educebant. — Solis occasu Ariovistus aciem instriiit. — Circiter meridiem proeliiim redintegrabunt. — Consul clarus diem ciim legatis constituit. — Principes nobiles fidem violant. IV. Translate into Latin. The hope of victory delights the noble chiefs. — The consul about mid-day leads out the army and renews the fierce battle. — The powerful chiefs, at the-setting of-the-sun (118, II., c), kill all the prisoners. — The day will come. — The consul, at the setting of the sun, will renew the great battle. — At the setting of the sun the great battle will be renewed. — On the sixth day all the forces will be led back to the camp. — The Germans ap- point a day with Caesar. — The next day the Germans move (their) camp- — -Ariovistus, on the next day, draws out the line of battle. — Caesar appoints the mid-day with the ambassadors. — About mid-day the messengers come. — About mid-day the con- sul will come. — Caesar will not violate (his) promise. § 15. PRONOUNS. (XX.— XXXI.) LESSON XX. Pronouns. — Substantive-Personal and Adjective- Personal. — Verbs, First Person. (119.) The three pronouns ego, I; tu, thou; sui, of himself, herself, itself, are called Substantive, because they are used as substantives, not as adjectives ; and Personal, because they express the person speaking, the person spoken to, and the person spoken of (120.) The Substantive-Personal Pronoun of the first person is thus declined : Norn. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Sing. Plur. ego, J. nos, we. mei, of me. nost 4 I of us. nostrum, ) mihl, to me. nobis, to us. me, me. nos, us. me, by me, &c. nobis, by us, &c. (121.) Derived from the Substantive-Personal Pro- nouns are the Adjective-Personal or Possessive Pro- nouns ; called Adjective, because they agree with nouns ; and Possessive, because they express possession (my, thy, his, &c). (122.) The Adjective-Personal Pronouns of the frst person are declined, in both sing, and plur., like adjec- tives of the First Class (76, 77, a). They are, (a) Derived from me I, N. meus, mea, meum, my, m^. Gr. mei, meae, mei, of my (voc. masc. ml). &c. &c. (like b 6 n u s, 76.) (b) " from nostrl, N. noster, nostra, nostrum, our, ours. G-. nostrl, nostroe, nostrl, of our. &c. &c. (like p u 1 c h e" r, 77, a). (123.) The following forms of Verbs in the first per- son must now be learned : E2 54 PERSONAL PRONOUNS. FIRST CONJUGATION I FIRST PERSON ENDING S. infin. act., are. infin. pass., dri. Indie, present. Imperfect. Future. 1st Sing. 1st Plur. Act. J Pass. 6, or. amus. j amur. Act. Pass. abam. abar. abamiis. j abamur. Act. abd. abimus. Pass. abor. abimur. (124.) Thus, from the stem am, of am- a re, to love, we have : infin. act., amare, to love. infin. pass., amari, to be loved. Indie. Pres. Act. am-6, I love. am-amus, we love. Pass. am-6r, I am loved. am-amur, tee are loved. Imperfect. Act. am-abam, I was loving. am-abamus, we were h Pass. am-abar, / was loved. am-abamur, we were loved. Future. Act. am-abo. I shall love. am-abimus, we shall love. Pass. am-abor, I shall be loved. am-abimur, we shall be loved. [Rem. The student will learn the passive endings readily by observing that r is the passive characteristic, which is added to the active; the con- sonant ending of the active, where it has one, being dropped.] (125.) EXERCISE. I. Vocabulary. Book, liber, bri (m.), (64). Friend, amicus, i (m.). Brother, frater, (fratr) is (m.). Cicero, Cicero, (Ciceron) is (m.). Sister, soror, (soror) is (f.). With (i. e., at one's house), apud (prep. ace). Fault, culpa, se. Yesterday, heri (adv.). II. Examples, (a) I have a hook. All my (possessions), omnia mea* (neut. pl.). Five, quinque. Sharply, acriter. To-morrow, eras (adv.). Very much, greatly, valde (adv.). To blame, vituperarS. To sing, cantare. Three, tres, tiia (adj. of Class II.). Est mihi liber (i. e., there is a book to me). Rule of Syntax. — The dative case is used with est or sunt, to denote the person who has or possesses something.* The thing possessed is nom. to est or sunt. Puer me cum in horto heri ambulabat. (6) The boy icas walking with tM in the garden yes- terday. Rule of Position. — The preposition cum is suffixed to the personal pronouns ; e. g., mecum, with me; nobiscum, with us, instead of cum me, ciim nobis. [Recollect that the personal and possessive pronouns are not expressed in Latin, unless emphasis or perspicuity demands it.] * This is called the Dative of Possession, and should always be referred to as such by the pupil. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. FIRST PERSON. 55 III. Translate into English. Ego canto, amicus audit. — Ego et frater ambulamus.* — Ego et filius meus festmamus. — Sunt mihi tres libri (125, II., a). — Sunt mihi quattuor equi et quinqiie canes. — In horto ambula- bam. — A bonis (82, I., R.) amabor. — Cicero a me laudatur. — Hostes nobiscum (125, II., b) acriter pugnant. — Heri in agris ambulabamus. — Pater ad nos nuntium mittet. — Culpa nostra est. — Cras in hort5 caenabimiis. — Delectabamur. — Pueri in horto nobiscum ambulabunt. — Litterarum studiumf (38, b) mihi (106, II,) utile erit. — A magistro laudabar. — Omnia mea mecum porto. — Ego a fratre valde amor.— -Nos laudamur, puellse vitu- perantiir. — Nos a magistro verberabimur. IV. Translate into Latin. We praise the beautiful girl. — We have (125, II., a) four large cups. — I have (= there are to me) four sons and three daughters (125, II., a). — We shall praise Caesar's brave soldiers. — I walk, my friend rides. — I and my sister will ride.* — I and my brother will walk* in the king's garden. — I and my father will sup* in the garden to-morrow. — We shall always praise the wise and good.— The works of Cicero will be praised by us (93, II., b), the works of Caesar by the soldiers. — The fault is mine. — We have many large cups (125, II., a). — I have three beautiful sisters. —I have four brothers. — My father will walk with me in Cae- sar's garden (Ctesdrts m horto). % — The study of literature is iseful to us (106, II.). — To-day we shall sup with (apud) Crassus. LESSON XXI. Pronouns, Personal and Possessive, continued, — Verbs, First Person, continued. (126.) The following are some of the endings for the first person in verbs of the * If a predicate have two or more nominatives, connected by a conjunc- tion, it takes generally the plural number ; and if the nominatives be of different persons, the verb takes the first person rather than the second, the second rather than the third. t Litterarum s t u d i u m = the pursuit (or study) of literature (letters) . % In all such cases, put the prep, between the genitive and the noun governed by the prep. 56 VERBS. FIRST PERSON. SECOND CONJUGATION. STEM. SINGULAR ENDINGS. PLURAL ENDINGS. Active. Passive. Active. Passive. Present. moil" e6. eor. emus. emur. Imperfect. mon- ebam. ebar. ebamus. ebamur. Future. mon- ebo. ebor. ebimus. ebimur. [Rem. The student will learn these forms readily by observing that they differ chiefly from those of the first conjugation in having I be- fore the last syllable instead of a. By adding the endings, as above given, to the stem mon-, which stands at the left hand, he will form the paradigm of monere, to advise] (127.) The following are some of the endings for the first person in the third and fourth conjugations. THIRD CONJUGATION. STEM. SINGULAR ENDINGS. PLURAL ENDINGS. Present. Imperfect. Future. reg- reg- reg- Active. 6. ebam. am. Passive. or. ebar. ar. Active. imus. ebamus. emus. Passive. imur. ebamur. emur. [Rem. Compare these with the endings of the 2d conj., and observe that, 1. In the pres. e is dropped in the sing., and i assumed in the plur. 2. The imperfect is precisely the same. 3. But the future is a new form. 4. By adding the endings to the stem placed at the left, you form the paradigm of r egg re, to rule] (128.) FOURTH CONJUGATION. STEM. SINGULAR ENDINGS. PLURAL ENDINGS. Present. Imperfect. Future. aud- aud- aud- Active. i6. iebam. iam. Passive. ior. iebar. iar. Active. imus. iebamus. iemus. Passive. imur. iebamur. iemur. [Rem. Observe that the endings of the 4th conj. differ from those of the 3d simply by prefixing the letter f. In the 1st plur. the i pre- fixed combines with that of the endings imus, imur, and forms imus, (129.) I. Vocabulary. Fierce, ferox, (feroc) is (107). Nothing, nihil (neut. indecl.). To be well, valere. To arrange, disponere. II. Example. I have nothing to do with Antony (125, II., a). EXERCISE. Wicked, improbils, a, urn. Garrison, presidium, l. Latin, Latmiis, a, iim. Antony, Antonius, i. Nihil est mihi ciim Antonio (i. e., there is nothing to me with Antony). VERBS. SECOND PERSON. 57 III. Translate into English. 2d Conjugation. — Ego et frater valemus (125, III.*). — A magistro docebimur. — Linguam Latinam doceo. — A patre mo- neor. — A magistro bono docemur. — Ab hoste timebar. — Hos- tium adventum non timebo. 3d Conjugation. — Regebamur. — Prassidia disponebamus. — A Deo regimur. — Ego exercitum ducam. — A filio meo relinquar. — Liipos feroces occidimus. 4th Conjugation. — Castella muniemus. — Avium cantum audi- miis. — Cras ad urbem veniam. — Nihil est mihi cum improbis. — Nihil est nobis cum hostibus. IV. Translate into Latin. 2d Conjugation. — I and my son are well (125, III.*). — We shall see the brave soldiers. — I am taught by good masters. — We were fearing the approach of the enemy. — 1 was teach- ing the Latin language. — We shall be feared by the enemy. — We shall be advised by our father. 3d Conjugation. — We were led by a brave general. — I was killing three wolves. — We are ruled by a good king. — We shall arrange the garrisons. — I shall bring (ducere) my daughter from (ab) the city. — We shall lead the forces of the Germans. 4th Conjugation. — We were heard by the master. — We shall sleep in the little town (89,11.). — We shall come to the town to-morrow. — I shall be heard by the girls. — We were fortifying the towns. — We have nothing to do with the foolish (129, II.). — I have nothing to do with Caesar. LESSON XXII. Pronouns.- — Substantive-Personal and Adjective- Per- sonal. — Verbs, Second Person. (130.) The Substantive-Personal Pronoun of the second person is thus declined : | Norn. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Al>l. Sing. Plur. td, thou. vos, you. tui, of thee. vestri, > of vestrum, ) you. tibl, to thee. vobis, to you. te, thee. ;tu, thou. vos, you.Wos, you. te, by. vobis, by. 1 (131.) The following are some of the endings of t\. second person of verbs of the 58 PERSONAL PRONOUN. -SECOND PERSON. FIRST CONJUGATION. STEM. SINGULAR ENDINGS. PLURAL ENDINGS. Pres. Imp. Fut. am- am- am- Act. as. abas, abis. Pass. arls. abaris. aberis. Act. atis. abatis. abitis. Pass. ammi. abaminl. abimini. (132.) I. Vocabulary. EXERCISE. Yesterday, heri. (adv.). I To wound, vulnerare. To-day, hodie (adv.). I To fight, pugnare. II. Translate into English. Cras meciim coenabis. — Tu me amas, ego te amo. — Vos vobiseiim pugnatis. — Tu cantas, nos audimus. — In horto ambu- labatis. — Tu a patre valde amaris. — Vos vituperamini, nos lau- damiir. — Nihil est Ubi cum Csesare. — Cras vobiscum coenabo. — Nos laudabimur, vos vituperabimim. — Nihil vobJs est cum bo- nis. — Heri ambulabatis. — Hodie pugnabitis. — Laudabamini. — Vulnerabimini. — Vocatis. — Vocamini. — Amatis. — Amamini. — Cantabatis. — Vocabamini. III. Translate into Latin. ' To-day ye were supping with us (125, II., b). — Ye love us, we love you. — Ye were singing, we were hearing. — Ye have nothing to do with the king (129, II.). — Thou wast greatly loved by Caesar. — Ye shall be praised by our master. — Ye shall be blamed by the good (82, 1., R.). — Ye are called by the mes- senger.— Thou lightest with thyself* (125, II., b).~ Ye shall sup with us to-morrow. — Thou wilt fight to-morrow. — Thou wast loving. — Thou wast loved. — Thou wilt blame. — Thou wilt be blamed. — Ye are praising. — Ye are praised. — Thou woundest. — Thou art wounded. LESSON XXIII. Pronouns, Personal and Possessive, continued. — Verbs, Second Person, Second Conjugation. (133.) The following are some of the endings for the second person, in verbs of the * Tecum. VERBS. SECOND PERSON. 59 SECOND CONJUGATION. STEM. SINGULAR ENDINGS. PLURAL ENDINGS. Pres. Imp. Fut. nion- mon- nion- Act. es. ebas. ebis. Pass. eris. ebarls. eberis. I Act. etis. ebatis. ebitis. Pass. emmi. ebamini. ebiminl. (134.) The Adjective-Personal (or Possessive) Pro- nouns of the Second Person are 9 tuus, a, urn, thy ; and vester, vestra, vestrum, your. N. tuus, a, um, thy, thine. G. tin, 33, i, of thy, &c. N. vester, vestra, vestrum, your. G. vestri, vestrae, vestri, of your. (135.) EXERCISE. I. Vocabulary. (a) Derived from t u I, (b) Derived from vestri, Thou art, es (2d person sing. ind. pres. of esse). Ye are, estis (2d person pi. of do.). I ivas, eram (1st imperf. do.). Cause, > causa. For the sake of, S causa (abl.). To learn, discere. II. Examples. (a) N e is an interrogative particle used in asking questions. It is annexed to the word to which it especially refers ; e. g., (1 ) Do you teach the boy ? Tune puerum doces ? Of concerning; de (prep. abl.). To laugh, ridere. To rejoice, gaudere. Safety, salus, (saliit) is (f.). Leader, guide, dux, (due) is (m.). Why, cur (adv.). Because, that, quod (conj.). (2) Do you teach the boy ? (3) Do you teach the boy ? D 6 c e s n e puerum ? Pueriimne doces ? In (1) tu has the emphasis; in (2) doces; and in (3) puerum. (b) Ye are warned, for the sake of your (own) safety. Vestrse salutis causa monemim. Rule of Position. — Causa, for the sake of (the abl. of causa, a cause), is always placed after the genitive which depends on it. (c) I was your leader. | Dux ego vester eram. III. Translate into English. Videsne serviim meum ? (135, II., 2). — Tuae salutis causa (135, II., b) moneris. — Cur ridetis ? — Vestrae salutis causa monemim. — Gaudeo quod tu et pater tuus valetls (125, III., *)• 60 VERBS. SECOND PERSON. — Videbasne milites ? — De culpa tua monebaris. — Cur ridsba- tis. — Hostium adventum non timebis. — Tuae salutis causa mon- eberis. — Nos discemus, vos docebimini. — Timetisne Cse saris adventum? — Esne tu beatus ? — Culpa tua est {the fault is thine). — Pueri in horto vobiscum ambulabant. — Magister ego vester eram (135, II., c). IV. Translate into Latin* [The emphatic words are in italics.] Did you see your master ? — Do you fear the approach of Caesar? — Are you happy? — You were warned (advised) for the sake of your own safety. — Are you and your father well t (125, III., *). — The fault was yours. — You shall see the ene- my, but (sed) shall not fear (them). — I am your friend. — I was your friend. — You teach, but we learn. — You shall teach, but we shall learn. — Why do you not (non) fear the master ? — You were warned of (d e) your fault. — Do you see your slaves ? — Are you Caesar ? — Why do you fear the master ? — You shall see great cities and many men. — We shall sup with you to-mor- row. — You shall be warned, for the sake of your own safety. — We rejoice that you and your daughter are well (125, III., *). LESSON XXIV. Verbs, Second Person, Third and Fourth Conjugations. (136.) The following are some of the endings of the second person in verbs of the THIRD CONJUGATION. STEM. ACTIVE ENDINGS. PASSIVE ENDINGS. Pres. Imper. Fut. reg- reg- reg- •2d Sing. IS. ebas. es. 2d Plur. ItlS. ebatis. etis. 2d Sing. ens. ebaris. eris. 2d Plur. lmmi. ebanrini. emini. (137.) The following are some of the endings of the second person in verbs of the FOURTH CONJUGATION. STEM. ACTIVE ENDINGS. PASSIVE ENDINGS. Pres. Imp. Fut. aud- aud- aud- 2d Sing. Is. iebas. ies. 2d Plur. ItlS. iebatis. ietis. 2d Sing. iris. iebaris. ieris. 2d Plur. lmmi. iebammi. iemml. When you, your, occur, translate them both in sing, and plur., for the sake of practice. PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 61 (138.) Observe, (a) That the present endings of the 3d and 4th conjugations are nearly alike, the vowel (i) of the fourth being long (I). (b) That the imperfect and future endings of the fourth conjugation differ from those of the third by prefixing the letter i. EXERCISE. (139.) Vocabulary. Plant, planta, os. To sow, to plant, serere. To find, invenire. Orator, orator, (orator) is (m.). Voice, vox, (voc) is (f.). To react, legere. Whence, unde (adv.). Long, longe (adv.). Badly, male. To punish, punire. So, tam (adv.). Bird, avis, (av) is (f.) (140.) Translate into English. 3d Conjugation. — Cur non scribis. — Arbores et plantas sere- batis. — Hodie ad Caesarem mitteris. — Cur tam male scribis ? — Ad castra reducemim. — Legis-ne Ciceronis opera ? — Scribis- ne epistolam ad Caesarem? 4th Conjugation. — Unde venis? — Cur tam longe dormis ? — Magistrum bonum invenies. — Audis- -ne magistri vocem? — Ciir non venietis ? — A Caesare audiris. — A magistro puniemini. — Oratorem audietis. — In horto dor- miebatis. — Cantum avium auditis. (141.) Translate into Latin. [Refer to 135, II.] 3d Conjugation. — Are you writing a letter ? — Thou wast planting a tree to-day. — Were (you) reading the works of Cicero ? — Why do you read so badly ? — Are you writing a letter to the messenger? — Thou wilt read Csesar to-day. — Thou art sent to the camp. — Thou wilt be led by the ambassadors. 4th Con- jugation. — Why do you not come ? — Ye shall hear the voice of Caesar. — Thou wilt sleep in the camp. — Ye shall be heard by the master.— -Thou shalt be punished. — Ye are heard. — Thou shalt hear the singing of the birds. LESSON XXV. Pronouns. — Substantive- Personal and Adjective- Per- sonal, Third Person. (142.) The Substantive Pronoun of the third per- son is thus declined : F 62 PERSONAL PRONOUN. -THItti) PERSON. Sing. Mom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. sui, of himself, sibl, to him- se, himself &c. se, by himself, herself itself. sui, of ilcem- self, &c. &c. Plur. — sibl, to them- se, themselves. se, by them- selves. selves. selves, &c. (143.) The Adjective Pronoun of the third person is declined like an adjective of the first class : thus, Derived from sui, N. suus, a, um, his, hers, its, his own. G. sui, se, I, of his, hers, its, &c. Rem. Observe that sui is not a regular pronoun of the third person, like the English he, she, it, but reflexive ; e. g., puer s e laudat, the boy praises himself. It therefore has no nom. case. [The nom. pronouns he, she, it, are not often expressed in Latin; but when they must be, a demonstrative pronoun, generally hie, is, or i lie, is employed.] EXERCISE. (144.) Vocabulary. Hand, mantis, us (f.) (112, 2). To love (with esteem), dilig-ere. To live, viv-ere. To contend, contend-ere. To defend, defend-ere. To burn, incend-ere. Townsman, oppidanus, a, um. A Sequa?iian, Sequanus, l. (145.) Examples. (a) Ccesar calls Divitiacus to himself. (b) The girl writes the let- ter with her own hand. Among, inter (prep.). Corn, frumentum, i. From (prep.) a or ab.t A legion, legio, (legion) Is (f ). To rule, command, imper-are (with dat. of person). To send away, ; > dimitt-ere. Caesar Divitiacum ad se vocat. Puella epistolam manti sua scribit. [Rem. Se is often doubled, for the sake of emphasis.] (c) Men always love them- selves. (d) The good live not for themselves, but for all. Homines semper sese dili- gunt. Boni non sibl, sed omnibus vivunt. (146.) Translate into English. Hostes inter se contendunt. — Oppidani se suaque ab hosti- bus defendebant. — Helve til oppida sua omnia incendunt. — Cae- sar tres legiones seciim habet. — Consul legatos ab se dimittet. — Sapiens omnia sua* secum portat. — Helvetii et Sequani ob- * Omnia sua = all his (property) ; the noun being understood. t A is used before consonants only ; ab before either vowels or consonants. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 63 sides inter sese dabant. — Boni sese non diligunt. — Helve til frumentum omne* secum portabant. — Improbi sibi semper vi- vunt. — Sapiens sibi semper imperat (147). (147.) Rule of Syntax. — The Dative is used with some verbs signifying to command, to rule, to obey, (148.) Translate into Latin. Good men do not praise themselves. — The townsmen were fighting with each other (inter s e). — The wise man always carries all his (property) with him. — Bad men always love them- selves. — The general has three legions with him. — The towns- men will carry all their corn with them. — Bad men do not rule themselves (147). — The iEduans will defend themselves and their (property) from the soldiers. — Caesar was dismissing the messenger from him self. — The Germans will burn their villages. LESSON XXVI. Demonstrative Pronouns. (149.) The Demonstrative Pronouns are so called because they are used to point out an object ; e. g., this, that, these, those. (150.) Is, that (often used for he, she, it (143, R.), is thus declined; also idem, the very same, com- pounded of is and dem. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. N. is, ea, id. il, eoe, ea. idem, eadeni, idem. iidem, eoedem, eadem. G. ejus. eorum, earurri, eorum. ejusdem. eorundem, ea- ruridem, eo- rundem. D. el. us, or eis. eidem. ilsdem. Ace. eum, eain, id. eos, eas, ea. eundem, ean- dem, idem. eosdem, eas- dem, eadem. Abl. eo, ea, eo. us, or eis. eodem, eadem, eodem. ilsdem. (151.) The following forms of the verb esse, to be, must now be learned. * Frumentum omnS = all their corn. 64 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. TENSES. 8INGULAE. Present. Imperfect. Future. 1st. sum, I am. eram, was. ero, shall or will be. 2d. es, thou art. eras. eris. 3d. est, he, she, 6cc.,is. erat. erit. PLURAL. Present. Imperfect. Future. 1st. sumus, we are. eramiis, were. erimus. 2d. estis, ye are. eratis. eritis . 3d. sunt, they are. erant. erunt. EXERCISE. (152.) Vocabulary. To keep off, ) To prevent, ) ^ To refrain, temperare. Merchant, mercator, (mercator) is (m.). Colour, color, (color) is (m.). And, atque (conj.). Plato, Plato, (Platon) is. (153.) Examples. (a) The Helvetians contend with the Germans, and keep them off from their boundaries. (b) The father calls his (own) son to him(self). (c) The father calls his daughter and her son to Yi\m(self). 13P 1 Observe carefully, that if his, hers, its, refers to the principal sub- ject of the sentence, it is expressed by the possessive (suus, a, iim) ; but if not, by the genitive (ejus) of the demonstrative (is, ea, id). (154.) Translate into English. (1) Is, ea, id, used for he, she, it (personal). Ii ab injuria temperant. — Is est in provincia tua. — Merca- tores ad eos ssepe veniunt. — Ab ils multa (82, I., R.) poscimiis. — Belgse cum iEduis contendunt, eosqiie suis finibus (153, a) prohibent. (2) I s, used as demonstrative, this, that ; also, i d e m, as the same. * Suis finibus is in the ablative. All verbs of separating, depriving, Sec, may take a noun in the ablative, with the direct object in the accusative. Elegant, elegans, (elegant) is. Gladly, willingly, libenter (adv.). Way, journey, iter, (ltiner) is (n.). Kingdom, regnilm, I. Flower, flos, (flor) is (m.). Writer, scriptor, (scriptor) is (m.). Never, nunquam (adv.). Helvetii cum Germanis con- tendunt, eos que suis fini- bus prohibent.* Pater f ilium suum ad se vo- cat. Pater filiam suam et f ilium ejus, ad se vocat. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 65 In eo itinere Caesar Crassum videt. — Dumnorix, eo tempore (118, II., c) regnum tenebat. — Non semper idem floribus (125, II., a) est color. — In ea provincia sunt quattuor legiones. (3) Distinction between ejus and suiis, a, um. Cicero est scriptor ciarus ; ejus libros libenter legimus. — Caesar ad se Dumnorigem atque filium ejus vocabit. — Plato est scriptor elegans ; ejus opera libenter lego. Dux ego vester eram. — Es-ne tu Socrates ? — Estisne beati ? — Caesar dux vester erat. (155.) Translate into Latin. They were walking in the garden yesterday. — The king will give them (dat., 54) rewards. — They are in Gaul. — Mer- chants never come to them. — We were demanding rewards of (ab) them. — In that province Caesar finds many deserters. — In that province there are three legions. — At that time (abl., 118, II., c) Caesar was leading the army. — Horses (125, II., a) have not always the same colour. — Caesar calls Divitiacus and his brothers to him (self). — Caesar is an elegant writer ; we read his works with pleasure. — I am your leader. — You shall be our leader. — Caesar was our leader. — The iEduans contend with the Helvetians, and keep them off their boundaries. LESSON XXVII. Demonstrative Pronouns, continued. (156.) The Demonstrative hie, haec, hoc, this, points out an object which is present to the speaker, and is called demonstrative of thej^r^ person; e. g., this book (of mine), hi c liber. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Sing. Plur. hie, haec, hoc. hi, hse, haec. hujus. horum, harum, hortim. hale, his. hunc, hanc, hoc. hos, has, haec. hoc, hac, hoc. his. Rem. Hie is used also (as was stated 143, R.) for he, site, it ; e. g., hi c dicit, he (this man) speaks. (157.) Iste, ista, istud, this, that, points out an F 2 66 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. object which is present to the person spoken to, and is called the demonstrative of the second person ; e. g., that book (of yours), iste liber. Norn. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Sing-. Plur. iste, ista, istud. isti, istae, ista. istius. istorum, arilm, orum. isti. istls. istum, istam, istud. istos, istas, ista. isto, ista, isto. istls. Rem. Iste is often used to denote contempt; e. g., iste-ne dicit? Does that fellow speak ? (158.) II le, ilia, illud, points out an object re- mote from the speaker (that, the former, opposed to hie), and is called the demonstrative of the third per- son. It is used often for the personal pronoun he, she, it (143, R.). It is declined throughout like iste, ista, istud. Rem. In the genitives, istius, illius, ipsius, the penult I is long, contrary to the general rule (24, 1) that a vowel before another is short. (159.) Ipse, ipsa, ipsum, is properly an adjunc- tive pronoun, as it is added to other pronouns ; e. g., J (and not another) praise myself. I Ego me ipse laud6. I praise myself (and not another). | Ego me ipsum laudd. EXERCISE. (160.) Vocabulary. Opinion, sententia, oe. To please, placere. To displease, displlcere. Sou I, animus, I. Proverb, pro v erbium, l. Lazy, ignavus, a, um. Excellent, \ . „ w « CefeWe^5 pra ° larUS ' a ' Um - Reason, ratiS, (ration) is (f.). (161.) Examples. (a) This opinion pleases me, that displeases (me). Animal, animal, (animal) is (neut.). Plea-sing, agreeable, gratiis, a, um. Base, turpis, e (104). Friend, amicus, I. To boast, prsedicare. To obey, parere (with dat., 147). Old, vetus, (veter) is (108, R,., 2). Song, carmen, (carmm) is (n.). Precept, prasceptum, I, Haec sententia mi hi placet, ilia displicet. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 67 Rule of Syntax. — Verbs of pleasing, obeying, persuading, commanding, favouring, and the reverse,take the Dative case. Iste tutis amicus vir clarus est. Animus ipse se mo vet. Turpe est de seipso prae- dicare. (b) That friend of yours is an illustrious man. (c) The soul itself moves it- self. (d) It is base to boast of one 1 s self. Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive is used as the subject of a verb, and is then regarded as a noun in the neuter gen- der; e. g., praedicare (to boast), in (d), is nom. to est, and turpe (base) agrees with it in the neuter. (162.) Translate into English. (a) Hi pueri magistro parent. — Has litterae valde me delec- tant. — Ciceronis libri valde mihi placent : eos libenter lego. — Hoc bellum grave est. — Hie puer bonus est, ille ignavus. (b) Ista tua f ilia pulchra est. — Istud tuum carmen mihi (106, II., c) gratiim est. — Praeclara sunt ista tua praecepta. — Vetiis illud proverbhim mihi placet. (c) Omne animal seipsum diligit. — Imperator ipse militibus (147) imperat. — Ego me ipse non laudabam. — Tu teipsum laud- abis. — Sapiens sibi ipsi imperat. (d) Jucundiim est amare. (163.) Translate into Latin. (a) That illustrious precept was-pleasing-to (placebat) Cato. — That brave general will command the soldiers. — The soldiers willingly obey this brave general. — This precept pleases me, that displeases (me). — The works of Caesar please me very much; I read them gladly (libenter). (b) That horse of yours is a beautiful animal. — I keep in memory (memoria teneo) that excellent precept of yours. — Those songs of yours are pleasing (grata) to me. — That letter of yours was delighting me very much. (c) The soul rules itself (161, c) by reason (ratione, 55, a). — The poet himself praises himself (159). — Caesar himself will command the legions (161, c). — The soldiers willingly (libentSr) 68 RELATIVE PRONOUN. obey Caesar himself. — Do you (135, II., 1) praise yourself ?- Wise men themselves always rule themselves (147). (d) It is pleasant to love (one's) friends. — It is base to boast of (one's) friends. — It is agreeable to please (one's) father. LESSON XXVIII. (164.) The Relative Pronoun (who, which), qui, q u se, q u 6 d, is thus declined : Sing. Plur. qui, quae, quod. qui, quae, quae. cujus. quorum, quarum, quibus. quorum. quern, quam, quod, quos, quas, quae. quo, qua, quo. quibus. Hem. duicunque, quae cun que, quodcunque (whosoever, which- soever, whatsoever) is declined like qui, quae, quod: cunque be- ing simply annexed to the different cases. (165.) The Relative commonly refers to some preceding word, which is therefore called the antecedent ; e. g., The man, who lives well, is happy. Here man is the antecedent; who, the relative. The sentence in which the relative occurs is call- ed the relative sentence ; the other the principal or antecedent sentence ; e, g. (above), the man is happy, is the principal sen- tence : who lives well, the relative sentence. EXERCISE. (166.) Vocabulary. Poor, aegens, (aegent) is (108). Enough, satis (adv.). Nearest to, neighbours to, proxnnus, a, iim. To dwell, incolere (intrans.). To inhabit, incolere (trans). Blood, sanguis, (sangum) is (m.). Also, etiam (conj.). Heart, cor, (cord) is (n.). To despise, contemnere. Magnanimous, magnanlmus, a, urn. Honest, honourable, honestus, a, iim. (167.) Examples, (a) The boy, who reads, learns. Fountain, fons, (font) is (m.). Water, aqua, 33. Winter-quarters, hiberna, orum (pi.). To winter, hiemare. Arethusa, Arethusa, 33. To return, restore, reddere. Virtue, virtus, (virtut) is (f.). To repel, propulsare. To vaunt, ostentare. Fame, fama, ae. To do, to make, facere. One, unus, a, um. Puer, qui legit, discit. RELATIVE PRONOUN. 69 The girl, who reads, learns, (b) The boy, whom we see, is handsome. The girl, whom we see, is handsome. P u e 1 1 a, q u ae legit, discit. Puer, quern videmus, est pulcher. Puella, quam videmus, est pulchra. Rule of Syntax. — The Relative Pronoun must agree with its antecedent in gender and number (as in (a) ), but its case is fixed by the construction of the relative sentence (e. g., in (a) qui is nomin. to legit: in (b) quern is ace, governed by videmus). (c) /who write. We who write, (d) He is poor who has not enough. Ego, qui s crib 6. Nos, qui scribimus. Rule of Syntax. — The verb in the relative sentence agrees with the relative in number, but takes the person of the antecedent. f (1) iEgens est is, qui non satis habet. (2) Is aegens est, qui non satis habet. (3) Qui non satis habet, is aegens est. (4) Qui non satis habet, gegens est. Rule of Position. — The relative generally stands at the be- ginning of its sentence, and (1) as near to its antecedent as possible. (2) I s and qui are made emphatic when is begins the principal sentence and qui the relative sentence ; (3) and still more emphatic when the relative sentence stands first. (4) The antecedent is often omitted entirely. (168.) Translate into English. (a) Proximi sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt. — Omne animal, quod sanguinem habet, habet etiam cor. — Cae- sar, tres legiones, q u ae in provincia hiemabant, ex hibernis edu- cit. — Omnia (82, I., R.) quae pulchra sunt, honesta sunt. (b) Felix est rex, quern omnes elves amant. — In hac insu- la est fons aquae dulcis, cui nomen est Arethusa (125, II., a). 70 INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. — Ariovistus obsides reddit, quos habet ab JEduis. — Gallise sunt partes tres, quarum unam Belgae incolunt. (d) (1) Beat! sunt ii, quorum vita virtute (abl., 55, a) regi- tiir. — (2) Is fortis est, qui injuriam propulsat. — (3) Qui se ostentat, is stultus dicitur (is called a fool). — (4) Qui famam bonam contemnit, virtu tern contemnit. — Fortis et magnanimus est, non qui facit, sed qui propulsat injur! am. (169.) Translate into Latin. (a) The songs which we hear are pleasant (grata) to us (106, II., c). — The king who rules wisely is happy. — All animals which have blood have also hearts. — Caesar leads across the Rhine the five legions which were wintering in the province. (b) Happy is the teacher whom all (his) scholars love. — In that (ea) island (there) is a city whose name is (to which the name is*, 125, II., a) Syracuse (Syracuse). — In this (hac) city there is a fountain whose name is Arethusa. — Of Britain (there) are three parts, of which (gen.) the English inhabit one. (d) (1) Happy is he whose life is ruled by the precepts of virtue. — He is wise who diligently serves (colit) the gods. — (2) They are brave who repel an injury. — (3) They who vaunt themselves are called fools. — (4) Who repels an injury, is brave and magnanimous. LESSON XXIX. Interrogative Pronoun. (170.) The Interrogative Pronoun is precisely like the Relative in form, excepting that for the nom., sing., and masc., it has quis, and for the nom. and ace, neut., quid; thus, quis, quae, quid. (171.) Quisnam, quaenam, quidnam, express a more emphatic interrogation than the simple quis, quae, quid, the syllable nam answering to our English "pray ;" e. g., Pray, what are you doing ? \ Quidnam agis ? * Sunt, plural, because Syracussa is plural. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 71 (172.) In asking questions, the different cases of qui s can be used as substantives or as adjectives, excepting that (1) In the nom. sing, masc, quis is used as a substantive. In the noni. sing, masc, qui is used as an adjective. (2) In the nom. and accus., neut., quid is used as a sub- stantive. In the nom. and accus., neut., quod is used as an ad- jective. Quis venit ? Qui homo venit ? Quis homo est ? Quid times ? Quod periculum times ? (1) Who comes ? What man comes 1 Who is the man 1 (2) What do you fear ? What danger do you fear 1 (173.) The answer yes is given by repeating the verb which asks the question ; no, by repeating the verb with non. Vero (certainly), added to the verb in an affirmative answer, gives it more emphasis ; e. g., Are you writing ? I am writing. Are you reading ? I am not reading. Will you do what I ask ? I will certainly do (it). EXERCISE (174.) Vocabulary. Scribis-ne ? S cribo. Legis-ne ? Non lego. Faeies-ne quae* rogo? Faciarn vero. New, novus, a, iim. News, novl (neut. gen. of novus, used with a neut. adj. or pronoun). Nilm, interrogative particle, used when no is expected as the an- swer. To do, agere. To be among, interesse (inter + esse) ; but quid interest 1 = what is the difference ? Between, among, inter (prep., ace). Beast, brute, bestia, ae. An evil, malum, I. Without, sine (prep., abl.). Figure, figura, ae. Mortal, mortalis, e. Certainly, verd (affirmative parti- cle). To carry, vehere. Immortal, immortalis,t 6. * Heec, quae, plural, should be translated this, what, singular, t Observe the force of in prefixed to adjectives. Mortalis = mortal; in -f- mortalis = immortalis, immortal. 72 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. (175.) Examples. (a) What is the news ? (b) Is there anything new? (There is not, is there ?) (c) Why do you laugh ? Quid est novi? (=What is there of new?) Num est quidnam novi? (N u m expects the answer no.) Quid rides? (176.) Translate into English. Quis nos vocat? — Cujiis hie liber est? — Quern vides? — Quid agis. — Quid interest inter hominem et bestiam ? — Quam domum invenies sine mails ? — Quid legis? — Epistolam. — Quae amicitia est inter improbos ? — Num Caesarem times ? — Non ti- meo. — Qua in urbe (125, IV. . N., t) siimus? — Quis homo est? — Ego sum Caesar. — Num animus f iguram habet ? — Sunt ne homines mortales ? — Sunt vero. — Quid times ? Caesarem vehis. (177.) Translate into Latin. Who calls me ? — Whose are those books ? — What men do you see ? — What are you writing ? — A letter. — What book are you reading ? — What is the difference between the good and the wicked ? — Who is the soldier ? — What is the difference be- tween wolves and dogs ? — Do you not fear the enemy ? — I do not fear (them.) — What man will you find without a fault (cul- p a) ? — In what town are we ? — Whose house is this ? — What city will you find without evils? — What is the difference between men and beasts ? — What do you fear ? You are car- rying the king. — Are men immortal (num) ? — They are not. LESSON XXX. Indefinite Pronouns. (178.) The Indefinite Pronouns denote an object in a general way, without reference to a particular indi- vidual ; 6. g., any one, some one, &c. They are, 1. duidam, a certain one, &c., plural, some. 2. Gluivis, > 7 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 73 3. Quisquam, any, any one (e. g., when it is denied that there are any). [Neut. quicquam (subst.) ; quodquam (adj.). This pronoun is used chiefly in negative sentences.] 4. duispiam, somebody, some (neut). 5. Aliquis, some one, something (neut.); any (adj.). 6. duisque, each, unusquisque,mc& one (stronger than qui s que). 7. Ecquis? used interrogatively, (does) any one? anything? §3^ Observe carefully that each of the above takes quid in neuter nom., and ace, when used substantively; and quod when used adjectively. EXERCISE. (179.) Vocabulary. The tenth, decimiis, a, urn. A javelin, tragula, ae. To see, to notice, conspicere. Judgment, discretion, consilium, I. Eternity, aetemitas, (aBtemitat) is (f.). Maker, artificer, faber, fabri (m.). Fifth, quintus, a, urn. Youth, juventus, (juventut) is (f.). Fortune, fortuna, ce. Forever, in aetemum. Belong, pertinere\ (180.) Examples, (a) Something new. Each one of us. A certain thing new. Some dignity. Art, ars, (art) is (f.). Form, forma, 89. To discover, invenire. For, etenim, conj. (always stands first in its clause). Cultivation, humanity, humanitas, atis (f.). Common, communis, is, e. Bond, vinculum, I. Dignity, dignitas, (dignitat) is (£}. Body, corpus, (corpor) is (n.). Aliquid novi. Unusquisque nostrum. Quiddam novi. Aliquid dignitatis. Rule of Syntax. — The indefinite pronouns may be used partitively, and then govern the genitive. (b) A certain one of the sol- diers. Some of the soldiers. Quidam (sing.) ex militi- biis. Quidam (plur.) ex militl- biis. Rem. The ablat. with ex is used instead of the genitive, especially with quidam. (181.) Translate into English. Quidam ex militibiis decimae legionis veniebat. — Quinto die (118, II., c) tragula a quo dam milite conspicitur. — Viri, in quibus aliquid consilii (180, a) est, magnanimi sunt. — Tempiis G 74 CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. est pars qusedam geternitatis. — Cuivis (125, II., a) animali corpus est. — Quilibet est faber fortune suse. — Unicuique* (125, II., a) nostrum (180, 120) est animus immortalis. — Quisque nostrum (180) in eeternum vivet. — Animus non habet formam aliquam, nee figuram. — Aliquid novi invenies.— Etenim omnes artes, quse ad humanitatem pertinent, habent quod dam commune vinculum. (182.) Translate into Latin. [The pronouns of the lesson are italicized in the exercise.] Some of the soldiers of the fifth legion are wounded (pres.).— On the fifth day (118, II., c) the enemy is noticed by a certain soldier of the tenth legion. — Men, in whom there is some dignity (180), are magnanimous. — To each man (=of men) there is a soul and a body. — I will give the book to any-one-you-please of the scholars. Each one of us shall live forever. — You will discover a certain thing new. — Some of the soldiers are in the city. — For all the arts which belong to cultivation have a certain common bond. — Youth is a certain part of life. — Is not (estne) any man-you-please the maker of his own fortune ? — Has the soul (use num) any form or figure ? LESSON XXXI. Correlative Pronouns. (183.) Correlative Pronouns are such as answer to each other ; e. g. 9 how great ? so great. How many ? so many, &c. [This correlation is often expressed in English by adverbs or conjunc- tions : such a man as : as is the general, so are the troops, &c] (184.) The Correlative Pronouns are Demonstrative. Relative. Indefinite. talis, such. tantus, so great, so much. *tot, so many. *totidem, just so many. quails ; as, of what kind. quantus, as great. / *quot, as many. qualiscunque, of whatever kind. quantu scunque, however great. aliquantus, somewhat great. ^aliquot, some. *quotquSt, however many. * Unus and quisque" are both declined in iinusquisque\ Unus ■•s gen. fin i us, ania-mus. mone-mus. reg-i-mus. audl-mus. tis. ama-tis. rnone-tis. re°:-i-tis. audi-tis. 4. aud- ;i(u). nt. 1 ama-nt inone-nt. reg-u-nt audi-u-nt. Rem. Observe that the voir els are long- before the person-endings in 1st, 2d, and 4th conjugations, except where they come before o or t. In those before o, the general rule (24, 1) prevails ; and it is also an invariable rule, in L atin, that no vowel in a final syllable can be long before t. (236.) EXERCISE. [The pupil should hereafter analyze the tense-forms, as they occur, some- what as follows :] Amas: verb-stem, am-; pres. tense-stem, am-; connecting vowel, a; 2d per s. ending, s. Monemiis : verb-stem, mon- ; pres. tense-stem, mon- ; con- necting vowel, e ; 1st plur. ending, mus. Itegitis: verb-stem, reg-; pres. tense-stem, reg-; connect- ing vowel, i ; 2d plur. ending, tis. Audiunt: verb-stem, aud-; pres. tense-stem, aud-; con- necting vowels, i and u; 3d plur. ending, nt. In like manner, analyze Festinas, habet, videtis, convoco, festinatis, Vigllamus, prohibent, legit, habetis, pugnat, Vocatis, poscimus, donnimus, muniunt, laudant, Revocant, veniunt, auditis, ambulamus, vulneramus. LESSON XL. Analysis of Tense-Formations, continued. Active. (237.) IMPERFECT TENSE. (a) Per son-endings i , m, s, t, mus, tis, nt. (b) The tense-stem, (1.) In 1st conj. adds ab to the verb-stem ; e. g (2.) In 2d conj. " eb " c. g (3.) In 3d conj. " eb " e. g (4.) In 4th conj, u leb " e. g. am-ab. m 6 n - e b. reg-eb. aud-ieb. 94 ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. (c) The connecting vowel a is used to join the tense- stems and person-endings; e. g., amab-a-m. Con. Stem. Vow. Endings. FORMS COMPLETE. 1. 2. 3. 4. m. amaba-m. moneba-m. regeba-m. audieba-m. 1. am-ab- s. amaba-s. moneba-s. regeba-s. audleba-s. 2. mon-eb- t amaba-t. moneba-t. regeba-t. audieba-t. 3. reg-eb. a. mus. amaba-mus. moneba-miis. regeba-mtis. audieba-mus. 4. aud-ieb- tis. amaba-tis. moneba-tis. regeba-tis. audleba-tis. nt. amaba-nt. moneba-nt. regeba-nt audleba-nt. FUTURE TENSE. (238.) I. We treat the 1st and 2d conjugations first. In these, (a) The person-endings are, o, s, t, mus, tis, nt. (b) The tense-stems, precisely like the imperf. in the same conjugations, (1.) In 1st conj., add ab to the verb-stem; e. g., am-ab. (2.) In 2d conj., " eb . " e. g., mon-eb. (c) The connecting vowel i is used to join the tense- stems and person-endings; e. g., amab-i-t ; moneb- I-t. But in the third person plural, u is used instead of I; e. g., amab-u-nt. Rem. In the 1st person the connecting vowel is dropped (as in 234, c, R. 1) ; thus, amab-o (not amab-i-o). (239.) TABLE. Tense-Stem. Connecting Vowel. Person- Endings. FOKMS COMPLETE. 0. 1. amab-o. 2. moneb-o. 1. am-ab- ft amabi-s. monebi-s. i. amabi-t. monebi-t. 2. mon-eb- "1 mus. 1 tis. amabi-mus. monebi-mus. amabi-tis. monebi-tis. u. nt. amabu-nt. monebu-nt. (240.) II. The 3d and 4th conjugations present some irregularity in the future. (a) The person-endings are, m, s, t, mus, tis, nt. (b) The tense-stem, (1) In the 3d conj., is the simple verb-stem; e.g., reg. (2) In the 4 th conj., it adds i to the verb-stem; e.g., aud-i. ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. 95 (c) The connecting vowel e is used to join the tense-stem and person-endings; reg-e-mus, aud-i- e-mus. But in the first person a is substituted for e in both conjugations; e. g., reg-a-m, aud-i-a-m, not reg-e-m, audi-e-m. (241.) TABLE. Tense-Stem. Con'g. Vowel. Pers. Endings. FORMS COMPLETE. 3. 4. reg- a. m. rega-m. audia-m. it rege-s. audie-s. rege-t. audie-t. audi- e. <( urns. rege-mtis. audie-mus. 1 tis. Ut. rege-tis. audie-tis. rege-nt. audie-nt. (242.) (a) EXAMPLES. Amabatis: verb-stem, am-; tense-stem, amab-; imperf. con. vowel, a; 2d plur. ending, -tis. Amabitis: verb-stem, am-; tense-stem, amab-;/^. con. vowel, i; 2d plur. ending, -tis. Audiemiis: verb-stem, aud-; fut. tense-stem, audi-; con- necting vowel, e; 1st plur. ending, -mils. j|2P The pupil should keep up the habit of finding any tense-form which he may need to use, by putting together its proper parts ; e. g>, stem, ending, &c, rather than by recurring to the paradigms.] (b) Analyze the following : Laudabam, laudabo, laudabitis, Docebamus, muniebamus, legam, Occidebant, dormiebatis, scribemus, Dormiam, audiet, docebunt, &c. &c. &c. LESSON XLI. Analysis of Tense- Formations, continued. PASSIVE VOICE. (243.) The passive-endings are, Sing. 1st person, r; 2d person, ris or re; 3d person, tur. Plur. 1st person, mur; 2d person, mini; 3d person, ntur. (244.) These endings are affixed to the tense-stems, formed as in the active voice, and with the same con- 96 ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATIONS. necting vowels. Only the following apparent irregu- larities are to be noticed. (a) In the 1st pers. pres. indie, the ending r is added to the full present active form ; e. g\, a m o, amo-r; doceo, doceo-r, &c. (b) In the 3d conj., 2d pers. sing., pres., e is used for con- necting vowel instead of i ; e. g., reg-e-ris, reg-e-re, in- stead of re g-i-ris, &c. (c) In the 1st and 2d conj., future, 2d pers. sing., e is used for connecting vowel instead of i ; e.g., moneb-e-ris, amab- e-ris, instead of amab-i-ris, moneb-i-ris. (245). EXERCISE. Examples. — Docentiir: verb-stem, doc-; pres. tense-stem, doc-; connecting vowel, e; 3d plur. pass, ending, -ntiir. Amabamiir: verb-stem, am-; imperf. tense-stem, amab-; imperf. conn, vowel, a; 1st plur. pass, ending, -mur. Audientiir: verb-stem, aud-; fat. tense-stem, audi-;/w£. conn, vowel, e; 3d plur. pass, ending, -ntiir. Regor: verb-stem, reg-; pres. act. 1st pers., re go-; 1st pers. pass, ending, -r. (246.) Analyze Regebamiir, occidemiir, laudantur, Docebimur, audiemim, videbimur, Timebaris, ddceberis, docebuntur, Docebamini, amatiir, regitiir, &c. &c. &c. PART II. FULLER EXHIBITION OF THE FORMS OF WORDS. § 1. ADDITIONAL RULES OF QUANTITY. LESSON XLII. [The student should now leam thoroughly the following rules of quantity, most of which he has seen illustrated frequently already.] GENERAL RULES. (246.) (1) A vowel before another is short ; e. g., vi-a. (2) A vowel before two consonants, or a double one, is long by position ; e. g,, b e 1 1 urn. - Rem. A mute followed by a liquid in the same syllable renders the preceding short vowel common in verse; e.g., volu-cris. (In prose, the short vowel remains short.) (3) All diphthongs and contracted syllables are long ; e. g., au-rum, co-go (for co+ago). SPECIAL RULES. (1.) Final Syllables. 1. Monosyllables. (247.) (a) Most monosyllables ending in a vowel are long ; but the particles que, ve, ne, pte, &c, attached to other words, are short. (b) Most monosyllables ending in a consonant are long ; but the nouns cor, f e 1, m e 1, v i r, 6 s (ossis) ; the pronouns q u i s, quid, q u 6 1 ; and the particles nee, in, an, ad, sed, with all ending in t, are short ; also es, 2d person of sum. 2. Dissyllables and Polysyllables. (A) Final Vowels. (248.) a final is short in nouns, except the abl. of the 1st de- clension ; long in verbs, and in indeclinable words, except it a, quia, e j a. (249.) e final is short in nouns (except 5th declension) and verbs (except imperatives) ; long in adverbs de- rived from adjectives of the first class, with ferme, fere, ohe. (250.) i final is long ; but mi hi, tibi, sibl, ibi, ubi, are common ; nisi, quasi, short. 100 ADDITIONAL RULES OF QUANTITY. (251.) o final is common ; but long in dat. and abl. cases of nouns and adjs. used as adverbs (e. g., falso, &c.) ; ego, duo, 6c to, are short. (252.) u final is always long ; e. g., diu. (B) Final Consonants. (253.) All final syllables ending in a consonant (except s) are short. Rules for & final. (254.) Final as, es, 6 s, are generally long ; e.g., am as, doces, equos. Rem. 1. 6 s is short (1) in nouns which have short penult in the gen. ; e. g., mil e" s (mill t -is). 2. 6 s is short in comp 6 s, imp o«. (255.) Final is and us are generally short; e. g., reg-is, domin- ii s. Rem. 1. I s is long (1) in dat. and abl. plural of nouns ; (2) in 2d per- son sing, of verbs of 4th conjugation ; (4) compounds of vis ; e. g., mavis, quamvis, &c. 2. u s is long (1) in nouns of 3d decl. which have ii long in the penult of gen.; e.g., virtus (utis), pal us (u d i s) ; (2) in gen. sing., and N., A., V. plur. of 4th declension. (2.) Derivation and Composition. (256.) Derivative and compound words generally retain the quantity of the primitive and simple words ; e. g., a mo, a micus ; p 6 no, im p 6 no. (3.) Increase. [A noun is said to increase when it has more syllables in the gen. than in the nom. [e.g., mil-es, mil- it -is ; here It is the increase); a verb, when it has more syllables than the 2d pers. sing, indie. (e.g., am-as, am- at -is ; here at is the increase.] (257.) In the increase of nouns, a and o are generally long ; e, i, u, y, short. (258.) In the increase of verbs, a, e, and o are generally long ; i, u, short. Rem. e before se is generally short. (4.) Penults. (259.) Every perfect tense of two syllables has tlie first long (as v I di), except b i bi, f i di, t u li, d e di, s t e ti, and s c i di. (260.) Penults of adjectives, (1) id us, icus, short; (2) ADDITIONAL RULES OF aUANTITY. 101 i n us, doubtful (often long) ; (3) i 1 is and b i lis, derived from verbs, short ; from nouns, long. [All exceptions to the above rules that are not stated will be marked in the vocabularies.] (261.) EXERCISE ON QUANTITIES. [Give the quantity of the unmarked syllables of the following words, with the rule for each.] 1. Final Vowels. Ipse, agmine, die, regere, rege, docebere, re, move, movere, bene (adv., from bonus), Caesare, optime (adv., from optimus), me, dommi, vigilia, audi, adventu, ire, hi, consilio, consule, de, tertia, vigilia, contra, roga, m6neo, ita, fructu, amo. 2. Final Consonants. Obsides, bonas, vigilias, amat, miles (militis), milites, rogaveras, has, bonum, lampas (lampadis), pedes (peditis), pedites, illas, adventus (gen.), regis, simul, audis, linter, auditis, vigiliis, caput, virtus (virtutis), dominis, manus, regitur, regitis, munio, muniveras. 3. Increase. Amatis, militis, audiris, obsidem, monemus, monebatis, itineris, rSgabas, mSnebamur, audimus, monebimini, voluptatis, sermonis, murmure, pSdites, clamorem, mihtes, vulturem, amatis, monebatis, monetote, audite, iegimus, pedem, segetis (from seges). 4. Penults. Maledicus, mirificus, beneficus, facilis (from facio), puSrilis (from puer), fimabilis (from amo), servilis (from servus). § 2. TENSES OF VERBS FOR COMPLETED AC- TION.— PARTIAL STATEMENT. (XLIIL— XL VI.) LESSON XL1II. Tense Forms for Completed Action. — Indicative. (262.) In Part I. we made use only of those tenses of the verb which express action as continuing or incomplete, viz., the' present, imperfect, and future. There are three tenses also for completed action, viz., perfect {I have written), imperfect (I had written), fu- ture perfect {I shall have written). The stem for all these is the same. (263.) The endings for these three tenses are, SINGULAR. PLURAL. Perfect. Pluperf. Fut. Perf. 1st. 1. eram. ero. 2d. isti. eras, eris. 3d. it. erat. erit. 1st. imus. eramus. erimus. 2d. istis. gratis, eritis. 3d. ( erunt, or \ ere. grant. erint. (264.) By adding these endings to the perfect-stem fu- of the verb esse, to be, we obtain the forms per- fect {I have been), pluperfect {I had been), future per- fect {I shall have been). Tense-Stem. Perfect. Pluperfect. Future Perfect. (1- eram. ero. 1 isti. gras. eris. Fu- Ht. erat. erit. ) imus. eramus. erimus. | istis. gratis. eritis. 1, erunt, or ere. grant. erint. (265.) Double use of the Perfect. — It must be carefully ob- served that the Latin perfect has two uses, one answering to the English perfect, and the other to the English imperfect. TENSES FOR COMPLETED ACTION. 103 Praise, laus, (laud) is (f.). After, post (prep. ace). Before, ante (prep. ace.). Because, quia (conj., 248). How long ? quamdiu (adv.). Afterward, postea. Virtuous, probus, a, um. Si ib vita semper probi fueri- mus, etiam post mortem beati e rim us. Thus, Jul means not only I have been, but I was. We call the former the perfect present ; the latter the perfect aorist,* which expresses momentary action in past time ; e. g., Crassus was chief of the embassy — Crassus princeps legationis fuit. EXERCISE. (266.) Vocabulary. To be over, to preside over, to com- mand, praeesse (proe-f-esse, to be before). To be wanting, de-esse (de-f-esse, to be from). To be in, to be present at, interesse (inter+esse, to be among). Sick, aeger, gra, gram (77, a). (267.) Examples. (a) If we shall have been al- ways virtuous in life, after death also we shall be happy, (b) The Roman soldiers were present at many bat- tles. Rule of Syntax. — The compounds of esse with the prepo- sitions p r ae, i n t e r, o b, p r o, d e, take the dative case. (268.) Translate into English. Themistocles vir magnus et clariis fuit. — Cur heri in schola non fuisti ?■ — Quia ciim patre in horto fui. — Quamdiu in urbe fuistis ?■— Sex dies (191, c). — Ante bellum in urbe fueramus. — Crassus legatus (225, a) copiis Romanorum prsefuerat. — Nunquam deerit tibi laus hominum, si semper probus fueris. — iEgerne (135, II., a) fuisti heri ? — Ante Ciceronis setatem oratores multi et clari fuerant, nee postea defuerunt.— Csesar prseliis multis interfuit. (269). Translate into Latin. [Recollect the double use of the perfect {present and aorist, 265).] Divitiacus commanded (prsefuit) the forces of the iEduans. Milites Romani proem's multis interfuerunt. * The awist use of the perfect is more common in Latin than the present. 104 TENSES FOR COMPLETED ACTION. — Tf you shall have been always virtuous in life, after death also you shall be happy. — If we are always virtuous, the praise of men shall never be wanting to us. — We were not in school yesterday, because we had been in the garden with (our) fa- ther. — Had you been (135, II., a) in our garden ? — Have you been sick ? — How long have you been in the city ? Four days (191, c). — The lieutenant had been in the city before the war. — Before the age of Caesar there had been many and great generals ; nor were they wanting afterward. — Caesar and the Roman soldiers were present at many battles. LESSON XLIV. Tenses of Verbs for Completed Action, continued. (270.) The tense-stem of the perfect tense is form- ed in most verbs as follows : (1) In 1st conj. by adding av to the verb-stem ; e. g., am-av. (2) In 2d conj. " u " e. g., mon-u. (4) In 4th conj. " iv " e.g., aud-iv. [The third conjugation is treated in the next lesson.] (271.) By adding the perfect-endings (263) to the tense-stems formed (as in 270), we obtain the follow- ing perfect-tense forms of am are, to love ; m on ere, to advise ; audi re, to hear* PRF.-STEMS. ENDINGS. 1st conj. 2d conj. 4 th conj. amav- monu- audiv- /, thou, he, we, ye, they, > I, isti, it, lmus, istis, erunt, or 1 j ere, ( have loved, have advised, have heard. * In the first, second, and fourth conjugations, it is ohvious that the per- fect is made up of the crude-form of the verb and/wi; e.g., ama-fui = amavi ; mone-fui = monui ; audi-fui = audivl. PERFECT TENSE. 105 EXERCISE. (272.) Vocabulary. Preceptor, praeceptor, (proeceptor) is (m.). Tribune, tiibuniis, I (m.). Sister, soror, (soror) is (f.). Disgrace, ignonimia, ae (f.). Pleasant, jucundus, a, tim. All night, per totam noctem. Diligently, diligenter (215, 2, b). From every side, undique" (adv.). To excite, excitare. Puerum amavi. A puero (i. e., from a boy) matrem amavi. (273,) Examples. (a) I loved the boy. (b) From my boyhood I have loved my mother. [Obs. In (a) the perfect aorist is used; in (b) the perfect Resent.'] (274.) Translate into English. Caesar omnes undique mercatores ad se (145, a) convocavit. — A puero fratrem et sororem amavi. — Cur per totam noctem vigilavisti ? — Quia pater seger fuit. — Milites diu et acriter pug- naverunt.- — Hos pueros* magister diligenter docuit linguam Latinam.* — Tua ipsiiis (159) causa (135, II., b) te saepe monui. — Timor ignominies Germanos ad virtutem excitavit. — Jucun- dum avium (78, II., b) cantiim audivimus. — Dormivistine ? — Non dormivi. — Caesaris adventus oppidanos terruit. [Inflect all the verbs in this lesson through the perfect tense, and form the perfect according to (270).] (275.) Translate into Latin. Caesar called together all the lieutenants from every side to himself (145, a). — From my boyhood I have loved my precep- tors. — The good preceptor taught me* the Greek language. — Caesar called-together all the lieutenants and tribunes (tribunos- que, 202, N.) of the soldiers to himself. — The slaves have watched all night. — (Your) father has often advised you for your own sake (135, II., b). — The Gauls took-possession-of Rome. — The love of glory has always excited the Romans to bravery. — We have diligently taught the boys. — Why did you not sleep ? Because my mother was sick. — They have heard the pleasant singing of the birds. — We have fortified all the * Verbs of teaching take two accusatives, one of the person, the other of the thing. 106 PERFECT TENSE. towers of Gaul. — The coming of Caesar terrified the ZEduans and Helvetians. — I have often walked in Caesar's garden, on- the-other-side-of the Tiber (trans Tiberim). LESSON XLV. Tenses for Completed Action, continued. — Perfect Tense, Third Conjugation. (276.) The perfect tense-stem of most verbs of the third conjugation is formed by adding s to the verb- stem ; e. g., Perfect-stem, reg-ere, to rule, reg-s = rex- scrib-ere, to write, scrib-s = scrips- lud-ere, to play, lud-s = lus- (277.) Rules of Euphony. (1) A k-sound before s forms x; dtic-s = dux; reg-s = rex. Rem. c, g, h, gn, qu, are classed among k-sounds. v also (generally) before s forms x; viv-s = vix. (2) b before s is changed into p; e.g., scrib-s = scrips; nti b-s = nups. (3) A t-sound is (generally) dropped before s; 1 u d- s = 1 ti s ; claud-s = claus. Rem. t and d are the t-sounds. (278.) By adding the perfect-endings (263) to the stems of reg-ere, scrib-ere, lud-ere, we obtain the perfect tense-forms (have ruled, have written, have played). PERFECT-STEMS. ENDINGS. (r£g-s = ) rex- jscrlb-s = ) scrips- (lud-s = ) lus- J, thou, he, we, ye, they, >I, isti, It, Imus, istis, erunt, orl ) ere\ ( have ruled, have written, have played. PERFECT TENSE. 107 EXERCISE. (279.) Vocabulary. Suddenly, subito. To say, dicere. To draw (as a sword), stringere. Sword, gladlus, I. Trial, judicium, I. To lead together, conducere. (280.) Examples. To divide, dividere. Household, farailia, as. Orgetorix, Orgetorix, (Orgetorig) is. A dependent, cliens, (client) is (a). Nature, natura, 33. Stoic, stoicus, I. (a) Did not Ccesar say these things ? (b) Did Ccesar say this (i.e., is it possible that he did) ? Nonne Caesar haec dixit ? (No nne is used in asking ques- tions when the answer yes is expected.) Num Caesar haec dixit ? (N u rn is used when the answer no is expected.) (281.) Translate into English. [Recollect double use of perfect (265).] Caesar dims legiones conscripsit ; tres ex hibernis eduxit. — Principes Gerrnanorura omnes suas copias Rhenum (113, II., a) transduxerunt. — Consul gladium strinxit. — Nonne (280, a) gladios strinxistis ? — Num iniperator gladium sti'inxit ? — Or- getorix ad judicium omnem.suam familiam et omnes clientes conduxit. — Caesar exercitum in duas partes divlsit. — Nonne epistolam ad pati^em scripsisti ? — Stoici diviserunt naturam hominis in animum &t corpus. — Multas litteras hodie scrip- simus. [What is the force of e in eduxit ? of con in conduxit ? of trans in transduxit ? Describe the formation of the perfect, and the euphonic changes, in all the verbs of this lesson.] (282.) Translate into Latin. The soldiers suddenly drew their swords. — Caesar levied five legions in Italy. — Caesar levied six legions in Italy, and led out four from (their) winter-quarters in Gaul. — The iEduans en- deavoured to lead (113, II., a) all their forces across the Rhine. — The general divided the army into five parts. — Did Caesar say these (things) yesterday (280, b) 1 — Did you not write a let- ter to your brother ? — Have you written a letter to the king (280, b) ? — Orgetorix led-toge ther all his household to the trial. 108 PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT. — Orgetorix led-together to the trial all his household and all (his) dependents. — Why have you drawn (your) sword ? — Why have you not written to (your) father ? — The iEduans levied many soldiers. — We have divided the nature of man into soul and body. LESSON XL VI. Tenses for Completed Action, continued. — Pluperfect and Future Perfect Tenses. (283.) (a) The pluperfect tense simply adds to the perfect tense-stem the imperfect of esse (to be); viz., eram, eras, &c. (b) The future perfect simply adds to the perfect tense-stem the future of esse ; viz., ero, eris, &c. ; but in 3d plural it changes u into i; viz., erint, instead of erunt. (284.) Thus, from am-are, mon-ere, reg-ere, aud-ire, we have, PRF.-STEM. PLUPERFECT-ENDING. 1. amav- 2. rnonu- 3. rex- 4. audiv- /, thou, he, we, ye, they, > eram, eras, erat, eramiis, eratis, erant, < had loved, had advised, had ruled, had Jieard. FUTURE PERFECT. 1. amav- 2. monu- 3. rex- 4. audiv- > ero, ens, erit, erimiis, eritis, erint, < shall have loved, shall have advised, shall have ruled, shall have heard. EXERCISE. (285.) Vocabulary. Defiles, angustiae, arum (pi. To err, errare. To draw, ducere. A principle, principium, I. To attach, oppugnare. Near, juxta (prep. ace). Already, jam (adv.). To take by storm, expugnarS. (286.) Translate into English. (a) Pluperfect. — Milites dm et aeriter pugnaverant. — Pater filium ssepe moniierat. — Duas legiones in Italia conscripsera- mils. — Helve tii jam per angustias copias suas transduxerant. — PLUPERFECT AND FUTURE PERFECT. 109 Ccesar castella Galliae muni ve rat et tres legiones ex hlbernis eduxerat. (b) Future Perfect. Hem. The future perfect is sometimes used in Latin, when in Eng- lish we should use the simple perfect or future ; e. g., When I {shall) have written the I daum epistolam s c r i p s e r 6, ad te letter, I shall come to you. \ veniam. Quum amicum in horturn duxero, ad te veniam. — Hand erravero, si a Platone principium duxero. — Quum hostes cas- tella expugnaverint, urbem ipsam (159) oppugnabunt. — Haud erraveris, si a Cicerone principia duxeris. (287.) Translate into Latin. (a) Pluperfect. — The general had drawn his sword. — Near the city the soldiers had fought long and spiritedly. — Caesar had levied one legion in Italy, and led-out seven from (their) win- ter-quarters in Gaul.— -The Helvetians had already led their forces across the Rhine (113, II., a), through the boundaries of the Sequanians. — I had often advised you for your own sake (135, II., b). (b) Future Perfect (R., 286, b). — When we have written the letters, we shall come to the city. — We shall not have err- ed, if we shall have drawn (ducere) our principles from Plato. — When Caesar shall have taken-by-storm the city, he will at- tack the tower itself (159). K § 3. NOUNS OF THIRD DECLENSION— FULLER TREATMENT. (XLVIL— LVII.) [The third declension contains more nouns than all the others togeth- er. It also involves greater difficulties ; and we therefore give it a full treatment in the following section, which should be carefully studied.] LESSON XLVIL (288.) The genitive-ending of the third declension is is. Rem. To find the stem of any noun of this declension, strike off is from the gen.; e.g., G., n 6 m in is (of a name), stem, nom in. (289.) ENDINGS FOR ALL THE CASES. SINGULAR. PLURAL. M. and F. N. M. and F. N. N. — N. es. a (ia). G. IS. is. G. ilm (ium). urn (ium). D. 1. I. D. ibus. ib iis. A. em (im). like Nom. A. es. a (ia). V. like Nom. like Nom. V. es. a (ia). A. 6(1). e(i). A. ibus. lbiis. (290.) The nom.-ending is not given, because of the many- forms in which that case occurs. The most common nom.-end- ing is s ; but the stem itself is often employed as the nom. ; and is often, again, changed. We make six classes, which must be carefully distinguished, viz. : (291.) CLASSES. I. Nouns which add s to the stem in the nominative with- out any vowel change. (Feminines.) II. Nouns which insert a connecting vowel (e or i) before adding s. {Feminines.) III. Nouns which change the stem-vowel (i into e) before adding s. [Masculines.) NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS I. Ill V. Nouns which present the unchanged stem in the nom- inative without adding s. {Masculines, except -al, -ar, -ur, which are Neuter.) VI. Nouns which present the stem changed in the nomina- tive without adding s. {Masculines, Feminines, and Neuters.) (292.) [Before entering- upon the paradigms, the student should learn thoroughly the following rules of euphony, which prevail generally in Latin nouns and verbs.] (1) c or g before s unites with it to form x ; e. g., le g-S is written lex; arc-s = arx; voc-s = vox, &c. (2) d or t before s is dropped; e. g., laud-s = laus; quie t-s = quies ; parent-s = parens. (293.) Class I. — The Nominative adds s to the Stem, without any Vowel change. {Feminines.) Sing. City (f.). Citadel (f.). Praise (f.). Race (nation), f. Quiet (f.). N. and V. urb-s. arx (arc-s). laus (laud-s). gens(gent-s). quies. Gen. urb-is. arc-is. laud-Is. gent-is. quiet-is. Dat. urb-I. arc-i. laud-T. gent-I. quiet-i. Ace. urb-em. arc-em. laud-em. gent-em. quiet-em. Abl. urb-e. arc-e. laud-e. gent-e. quiet-e. Plur. Cities. Citadels. Praises. Races (nations). N., A., V. urb-es. arc-e s. laud-es. gent-es. quiet-es. Gen. urb-Tum. arc-ium. laud-urn. gent-mm. quiet-um. D. and A. urb-ibus. arc-ibus. laud-ibus. gent-ibus. quiet-ib iis. On this class, observe carefully that, (294.) As to the case-endings, iii m is the gen. plur. ending of those nouns whose stems end in two consonants ; e. g., urb-s, urb-is, urb-ium; nox, noct-is, noct-ium; cohors, cohort- is, cohort- ium. (295.) As to gender, they are mostly feminine. Hence, Rule of Gender.— Nouns which add s to the stem, without changing the stem- vowel, to form the nom., are feminine. [Rem. Exceptions. The following are masculines : 1. dens (dent-is), tooth. mons (mont-Ts), mountain. fons (font-is), foun tain. pons (pont-is), bridge. rudens (rudent-is), rope. *bidens (bident-Is), hoe. *torrens (torrent-is), torrent. *tridens (trident-is), trident. *"oriens (orient-is), east. *ocddens (occident-Ts), west. * These nouns in ens are properly adjectives, with a masc. noun under- stood ; e. g. } oriens sol, torrens amnis, &c. 112 NOUNS, THIRD DECLENSION, CLASS I. 2. Grex, (greg) is, a flock; also a few nouns in ix and ax. 3. Paries, (pariet) is, wall; pes (pedis), / flos, f lor -is, flower. ) II. Feminines either 1. Add s without changing the stem-vowel; e.g., urb-s, urb-is, city ; nox (noct-s), noct-is, night; vox (voc-s), voc-is, voice; quies, quiet-is, quiet. 2. Insert a vowel (e or i) before adding s ; e. g., nub-e-s, nub-is, cloud ; nav-i-s, nav-is, ship. 3. Drop n, and change i into o ; e. g., imago, im agin -is, image; grando, grandin-is, hail. III. Neuters either 1. Add e to the stem ; e. g., mare, mar -is, the sea. 2. Present the unchanged stem al, ar, ur, or; e.g., ani- mal, animal-is, animal; calcar, calcar-is, spur; fulgiir, fulgur-is, lightning; sequor, sequor-is, sea. 3. Change in of the stem into en, or into ur, and er, or, or ur into us ; e. g., carmen, carmin-is, song ; ebur, ebor-is, ivory; opus, 6per-is, work; corpus, cor- por-is, body ; crus, crur-is, leg. * Abundant illustrations of these rules have been given. The student should now learn them thoroughly by heart, and apply them in the sub- sequent lessons. EXCEPTIONS. 133 Exceptions. [. 2. [. 1. Only merges, mergitis (f.), sheaf, f er, feminine : linter, boat, er, neuter: cadaver, uber, verber, ver, tuber, spin- ther, with all the names of plants in e r. or, feminine : arbor, tree. or, neuter: cor, ador, aequor, marmor. Rem. The neuters have 6 (short) in the stem ; the mas- culines, o (l07lg). r o S The abstract nouns in io are all feminine ; e. g., ratio I " I (f.), ratioms, reason. I. 4. None. II. !. pluiimus. very many, ) * small, parvus. less, minor. least, minimus. old, senex. older, senior. wanting. young, juvenis. younger, junior. wanting. outward, exteras. more outward, exterior. outermost, extremes. beloiv, inf eras. lower, inferior. lowest, infimus, or above, sup eriis. higher, superior. highest, supremus, or summus. kind, posterus. hinder, posterior. hindmost, postremiis. (371.) Several adjectives have no positive, but form the comparative and superlative from a preposition, adverb, or obsolete word. Comparative. Superlative. {on this side, citra.) [within, intra.) {beyond, ultra.) [near, prope.) {bad, deter.) nearer, citerior. inner, interior. farther, ulterior. nearer, propior. worse, deterior. former, prior. nearest, citimus. inmost, intimus. nearest, } « « . ' > proximus. next, ) r worst, deterrimus. first, primus. Rem. 1. Dives, rich; richer, ditior, divitior; richest, ditissimus, divi- tissimus. (Cicero uses the longer form, Caesar the shorter.) 2. Compound adjectives in dicus, ficus, volus, add entior for the comp., and entissimus for the superl. ; e. g., bene -volus (benevolent), bene vol- entior, benevol- entissimus. EXERCISE. (372.) Vocabulary. Disgraceful, unworthy, indigniis, a, urn (in-r-dignus). Infamy, disgraceful crime, flagi- tium, i. Wisdom, sapientia, oe. The Suevians, Suevi, oram. Warlike, bellicosiis, a, iim. Condition, conditio, (condition) is. America, America, ra. Emperor, imperator, oris (355, 1., 2). IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 139 Indigmim est a superiore vinci; indignius ab inferi- or e atque humiliore. (373.) Examples. (a) It is disgraceful to be conquered by a superior ; more disgraceful (to be conquered) by one inferior and lower. [Here the infin. pass, vinci is used as a neut. noun, noin. to est, and ndignum agrees with it in the predicate.] (b) What is better for man Quid est ho mini m e 1 i u s sa- ilian wisdom ? p i e n t i a (360, c) 1 [Here homini is in the dat. (advantage or disadvantage, 106, II., b).] (374.) Translate into English. Nihil est melius quam (360, b) sapientia. — Hibernia ninor est quam Britannia. — Nihil est pejus flagitio. — Hos- es celeriter loca (209) superiora occiipabant. — Maxima )ars Aquitaniae obsides ad Caesarem misit. — Suevorum gens jst longe maxima et bellicosissima Germanorum omnium 367, b). — Ariovistus agrum Sequanum, qui optimus erat otius Galliae occiipavit. — ^Infima est conditio et fortuna ser- orum.— Primus et maximus regum Homanorum fuit itomulus. (375.) Translate into Latin. It is disgraceful to be conquered by a junior, more disgrace- ul by a senior. — What is better than virtue ? what worse than ice ? — What is better for man than honour ? Wisdom. — Eu- ope is less than Asia ; Asia than America — The bravest of he Belgians were seizing the higher grounds (loca). — The neatest part of Gaul made (fecit) a surrender. — The first ind greatest of the Roman emperors was Caesar. — The poor ire often more benevolent (371, R. 2) than (quam) the rich. —The worst (men) are often more-happy than (quam) the ►est. — Among the Helvetians (by) far the richest and noblest vas Orgetorix. § 5. COMPARISON OF ADVERBS. (376.) Adverbs derived from adjectives admit of comparison. The comp. is the neuter form of the comparative of the adjective : the superlative substi- tutes e for u s. Learnedly, doct- e ; more learnedly, doct- i ii s ; most learnedly, doct- is si me. Joyfully, lset- e ; more joyfully, lset- i ii s ; most joyfully, laet-is si me. Happily, felic-iter ; more happily, felic-ius ; most happily, f elic- i s s i m e Well, bene ; tetter, melius ; best, optime. [No separate exercise upon these is necessary.] § 6. SUPINE. (377.) The Supine presents the action of the verb under the form of a noun in two cases, the accusative and ablative. The former supine ends in um, the lat- ter in u ; which endings are added to the supine-stem of the verb. LESSON LXI. Supines. (378.) The Supine-stem is formed by adding to the verb-stem, (1) In 1st conj., at; e. g., am-at-. (2) In, 2d conj., it; e. g., mon-it-. (3) In 3d conj., t; e. g., reg-t = rect-. (4) In 4th conj., it; e. g., aud-it-. [Rem. Many supines, however, use different connecting vowels, or take s (and not t) before um and u. For this reason, therefore, all supine-stems will be given in the following' vocabularies. Where no supine-stem is given, it is to be understood that the verb has no supine.] (379.) The supine in um is a verbal noun of the accusative case, and is put after verbs of motion to express the design of that motion ; e. g., Legati ad Csesarem veniunt rogatum* auxilium. Ire dormitum. (a) Ambassadors come to Ctesar to ask assistance. (b) To go to sleep (to sleep- ing). (380.) The supine in u is a verbal noun of the ablative case, and is used after adjectives signifying good or bad, easy or diffi- cult, pleasant or unpleasant, &c. * Rogatum = accus. answering to the question whither. 142 SUPINE. Est facile f a c t u.* Est mirabile d i c t u. (a) It is (a thing) easy to do (or, to be done). (b) It is (a thing) wonderful to tell (or, to be told). (381.) The following are nearly all the supines in u which are in use : dictu, audit u, cognitu, factu, invent % memoratu. EXERCISE. (382.) Vocabulary. To ash, demand, postulare (postu- lat). To congratulate, gratulari (gratu- lat), dep. To come together, convemre (con+ venire, conven-, convent-). To complain, queror (quest). Custom, consuetudo, (consuetudin) is (f., 355, II., 3). To collect corn, frumentari (friimen- tat). A Trevirian, Trevir, I (65). (383.) Example. To besiege, oppugnare (oppugnat). Hand, band of men, manus, us. Wonderful, mirabilis, e (104). Very easy, perfacilis, e (104). To do, facere (fact). To say, tell, dlcere (diet). Best, optimus, a, urn (370). To find, invenlre (in+venlre), in« vent. To happen, accidere. To endure, tolerare (tolerat). Senate, senatus, us. (a) Divitiacus came to Rome to ash assistance. Divitiacus Romara venit auxiliiim postulatiim. Rule of Syntax.— The accusative is used with the names of towns and small islands, to answer* to the question whither ; e. g., in (a) Romam. (384.) Translate into English. 1. Supine in urn. — Principes civitatis ad Caesarem gratu- latum convenerunt. — Treviii magna manii (55, a) castra op- pugnatiim venerunt. — L egati ab iEduis venerunt, questum. — Caesar ex consuetudine unam legionem misit frumenta- tum. — Legati Romam ad senatiim venerunt auxilium pos- tulatum. 2. Supine in u. — Est perfacile factu. — Est jiicundum au- di tu. — Qusedam (178, 1) sunt turpia dictti. — Quod optimum est factu, faciam. — Virtus difficilis est inventu. — Multa accidunt dura toleratu. F actu as ablative of respect, wherein. SUPINE. 143 (385.) Translate into Latin. [Words in Italic to be rendered by supines.] 1. Supine in um. — The consuls, according to (ex) custom, ;ent a large band to collect corn, — All the chiefs of the JEduans /vere coming to Rome to ask assistance. — All the ambassadors, iccording to custom,* came-together to Caesar to congratulate him). — The soldiers of the tenth legion came to the general to vmplain.— -The Germans came (in) a large band to attack the own. 2. Supine in u. — It is (a thing) wonderful to be heard. — tV^hat (quod) is base to be said, I will not say. — What is diffi- cult to be done, I will do. — A true (verus) friend is difficult to )e found. — Some-things are very easy to be done. * According to custom = ex consuetudine. § 7. TENSES OF VERBS FOR COMPLETED AC- TION.— PERFECT, PLUPERFECT, AND FU- TURE PERFECT. — FULLER STATEMENT. (LXIL— LXIX.) (386.) It has been stated (262) that the tense-stem of the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect tenses is the same. In Lessons XL IV., XLV. we gave one mode of forming this tense-stem for each conjugation. There are several other modes, which we now proceed to state, taking up the conjuga- tions separately. To -make the tables complete, we shall repeat the first method at the head of each. LESSON LXIL Forms of Perfect-stem. — First Conjugation. (387.) There are four ways of forming the per- fect-stem in the first conjugation. I. By adding sly to the verb-stem ; am -are, am -a v. II. " u. " son-are, son-ii. III. reduplicating* the first con- > , „ , r • !** J >d-are, ded-. sonant with e ; ^ IV. lengthening the stem-vowel ; juv-are, j u v-. On this table, observe that Class I. contains most of the verbs of the first conjugation. II. contains eleven simple verbs (of which a list may be found, 661). III. contains but Uuo simple verbs, viz., dare, to give, and stare, to stand. IV. contains but two simple verbs, viz., jiivarS, to assist, and lavarS, to wash. (388.) To form the perfect, pluperfect, or future perfect of a * To reduplicate a consonant is to prefix it to a stem with some con- necting-vowel ; thus, mord-, reduplicate with o, momord; st- are, re- duplicate with e, stest-, but the second s is dropped, st6t-> PERFECT-STEM, FIRST CONJUGATION. 145 verb of any of the above classes, simply add the endings of those tenses respectively to the perfect-stem ; thus : Infinitive. Perfect-stem. Perfect tense. To forbid, vet-are, v e t u - To give, dare, ded- To help, juv-arS, juv- isti. it. imus. istis. erunt, or ere. Pluperfect. Future Perfect. eram. eras. erat. eramus. eratis. erant. ero. eris. erit. erimus. eritis. erint. EXERCISE. (389.) [J^ 3 Hereafter, in all the vocabularies, the perfect and supine stems of verbs will be given in parentheses, immediately after the infini- tive. When no perfect or supine stem is given, it will be understood that those forms of the verb are wanting ; and where two are given, that the verb uses both. Thus : to help, juvare (juv-, jut-) ; to glitter, micare (micu-) ; to fold, plicare (plicav-, plicu-, plicat-, plicit-). In these exam- ples micare has no supine ; plicare has two perfect and two supine forms.] (390.) Vocabulary. To demand (command), imperare (av-, at-). To give, dare (ded-, dat-, 387, III.). Hunger, fames (is), (300). To tame, domare (domu-, domit-, 387, II.). To shine, or flash forth, emicare (emicu-, e+micare, 387, II.). To surround, circumstare (stit- and stSt-). The sand, dry ground, aridum, i (neut. Africanus, ) Africanus, I. Numantia, Numantia, ae. A defence, fortification, munitio (nis), (f., 333, R.). Even up to, as far as, usque (adv.). Great, ingens, (ingent) is (107). Standard, signum, I. Tooth, dens, (dent) is, [m., 295, R.). On the very day of his ar- rival. Eodem quo venerat die ( — the very day on which day he had come). (398.) Translate into English. Hannibal Saguntum delevit, Scipio Carthaginem. — Scipio Africanus urbes duas potentissimas, Carthaginem et Numan- tiam delevit. — Caesar has mumtiones diligenter auxit. — Galli partem collis, usque ad murum oppidi, castris (55, a) conripleverant. — Adventiis legati summa spe et voluntate urbem complevit. — Diu barbari in fide manse rant. — Ita complures dies (191, a) manserant castra. — Caesar eodem die (118, II., c) in iEduos castra movit. — Imperator, eodem quo venerat die (397) castra movit. — Brutus et Cassius, in- terfectores (225, a) Caesaris, bellum ingens moverunt.* — Legiones, simiilatque nostra signa viderunt, portas aperue- runt. — Equus fraenos momordit. — Spopondistine pro am- ico ? Spopondi. (399.) Translate into Latin. Scipio destroyed Carthage, a most powerful city. — God has filled the world with all blessings (bona, neut.). — Socrates never laughed. — The forces of the Gauls had filled the whole (o m n e m) place, even-up to the wall of the town. — The Gauls had filled-up the higher (superior) part of the hill with (their) very-crowded (d e n s i s s i m u s) camp. — The coming of Caesar filled the army with the highest hope and good-will. For many years the barbarians had remained in friendship and * In the sense of excited, stirred un. PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 149 fidelity (fide que). — Csesar moved (his) camp into the (terri- tory of the) JEduans on the very day of his arrival. — The ene- my saw our soldiers, and fled. — The horses were champing the bits. — The wolf bit the dog with his teeth (55, a). LESSON LXIV. Perfect-stems, — Third Conjugation. (400.) The perfect-stem in the third conjugation is formed in six ways. I. By adding s to the verb-stem ; s c r i b -ere, s c r i p - s -. II. " u " col-ere, c 6 1-u -. III. " v, or iv " pet-ere, pet-iv-. IV. reduplication ; cur r -ere, c u c u r r -. Y. lengthening the stem-vowel ; f u g-ere, f u g-. VI. taking the simple verb-stem ; v o 1 v -ere, v o 1 v -. We shall take up these separately, treating in this lesson only the first. (401.) Class I. — Perfect- stem formed by adding s to the Verb-stem. Most verbs of the third conjugation come under this class. It has already been illustrated, but we here give a fuller ac- count of the rules of euphony, in connexion with the various stem -endings. 1. b before s or t passes into p. Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. To write, scrib-ere, scrips-I (scrib-s-i), scriptum (scrib-tum). To many, nub-ere, nups-i (nub-s-i), nuptum (nub-tum). 2. A c-sound -f-s = x (c, g", h, v, gu, qu are classed witb c-sounds. If a stem ends in c t, the t is dropped, and the c unites with s to form x). Any c-sound before t = c. Infinitive. . Perfect. Supine. To lead, duc-ere, dux-i (duc-s-i), duc-tum. To cover, teg-ere, tex-i (teg-s-i), tec-tum (teg-tum). To draw, trah-ere\ trax-i (trah-S-I), trnc-tuni (trnh-rmn). N2 150 PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. To live, vlv-ere, vix-i (viv-s-i), vic-tum (viv-tum). " . c extinc-tum To quench, extmgu-ere, extmx-I (extmgu-s-I), ^ ( e xtingu-tum). To boil, coqu-ere, cox-I (coqu-s-I), coc-tuin (coqu-tum). We class here also, Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. To flow, flu-ere (fluv-), flux-I (fluv-s-I), flux-urn (fluv-sum). To build, stru-ere (struc-), strux-i (struc-s-I), struc-tum. 3. d or t before s either {a) is dropped, or (b) passes into s. Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. (a) To divide, divid-ere, divis-I (divid-s-i), divl-sum (divid-sum). (b) To yield, go, ced-ere, cess-I (ced-s-i), ces-sum (ced-sum). To send, mitt-ere, mis-I (mit-s-I), mis-sum (mit-sum). 4. (a.) m or r before s sometimes passes into s. Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. To press, prem-ere, press-i (prem-s-I), pres-sum (prem-sum). To bear, ger-ere, gess-i (ger-s-I), ges-tum (ger-tum). [b.) But if m be retained, it assumes p before it. Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. To take, sum-ere, sum-ps-I (sum-s-i), sump-tum (sum-turn). 5. If the stem ends in rg, the g is dropped before s. Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. To scatter, sow, sparg-ere, spars-i (sparg-s-i), spar-sum. EXERCISE. (402.) Vocabulary. To bind, surround, cingere (cinx-, cinct-, 401, 2). To draw up, instruere (instrux-, in- struct-, 401, 2). To shut, claudere (claus-, claus-, 401, 3, a). To retreat, recedere (re+ced&re, cess-, cess-, 401, 3, b). To approach, accedere (ad-f-cedere, cess-, cess-, 401, 3, b). To grant, concedere (con+cedere, cess-, cess-, 401, 3, b). To bear, carry on, gerere (401, 4, a). To spend, consumere (con-fsumere, sumps-, sumpt-, 401, 4, b). (403.) Examples. (a) In all directions. (b) Upon an expedition. Rampart, vallum, I. Triple, triplex, (tripffc) is (107). Janus, Janus, I. Numa, Numa, se. Veteran, veteranus, a, iim. In three divisions, tripartito (adv.). Suddenly, repente (adv.). By -night, noctu (adv.). There, ib! (adv.). Dragon, draco, (dracon) is (333). Arms, arma, orum {used only in plu- ral). Neighbouring, finitimus, &, urn, State, clvitas, (civitat) is (293). In omnes partes. In expeditionem. PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 151 (404.) Translate into English. In tua epistola nihil milii scripsisti de tuis rebus. — Bar- bari vallo et fossa (55, a) hiberna cinxerunt. — Caesar tripli- cem aciem instruxit legionurn veteranarum. — Romani tem- plum Jam bis post Numae regnum clauserunt. — Imperator exercitum in dnas partes divisit. — Caesar tripartito mllites equitesque in expeditionem mi sit. — Principes repente ex oppido cum copiis recesserunt. — Mllites noctu usque ad castra accesserunt. — Caesar obsidibus (54) libertatem con- cessit. — Gerniani cuni Helve tiis bellum gesserunt. — Mag- nuni et gi'ave onus armoruni nailites pressit. — Explorator ad castra hostium ace es sit, atque ibi magnam partem diei con- sump sit. — Cadmus dentes draconis spars it. (405.) Translate into Latin. The ambassador wrote nothing concerning his own affairs. — The scout approached even-up to the walls of the town. — The lieutenant sent-away messengers in all directions. — Caesar sent- away the horsemen in three divisions into the neighbouring states.- — Cadmus slew (interfecit) the dragon and sowed his (ej us) teeth. — Caesar drew up the veteran legions in (abl.) a triple line. — The soldiers spent a great part of the day in the camp. — The enemy approached the town by-night. — The townsmen shut the gates. — The Helvetians retreated by night with all (then*) forces. — Caesar sent-away the scouts in three divisions upon an expedition. — The general sent-away the mes- sengers by night in all directions. — The soldiers approached even-up-to the rampart, and there spent a great part of the day. LESSON LXV. Perfect- stem. — Third Conjugation, continued. (406.) Class II. — Perfect-stem adds u to the Verb- stem, (a) Without change of the verb-stem (see list, 6G6, II., a) ; e.g., To noujish, maintain, al-ere, al-u-i, al-tum. To honour, cultivate, col-Sre, col-u-i, cul-tunL 152 PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. (b) With change of verb-stem (666, II., b). To place, pon-ere, pos-ii-I,* pos~i tufli. To beget, gign-ere, gen-ii-i, gen-i-tum. Class III. — Perfect-stem adds v or iv to the Verb- stem. (a) Adds v (and lengthens stem-vowel, if short). (List, 666, III., a.) [These generally drop n, r, or s c,t or change the order of the letters. They must be carefully observed, as they occur in the vocabularies.] To despise, spern-ere, To be accustomed, suesc-ere, sprev-I, spre-tum (spern-tum). suev-i, sue -tarn. (b) Adds iv (list, 666, III., b). To seek, strive after, pet-ere, pet-iv-T, EXERCISE. (407.) Vocabulary. pet-I-tum. Spaniard, Hispamis, I. Command, jussus, us. Against, contra (prep., ace). People, populus, I. Immediately, statim. Avienus, Avienus, I. To instigate, stir up, instigare (av-, at-). To place in, to put into, imponere (im-j-ponere, 406, b). To remove, removere (remov-, re- mot-, re+movere). To arrange, distribute, disponere (dis+ponere, 406, b). To relate, commemorare (av-, at-, con-J-memorare) . (408.) Examples, (a) By the command of Cce- Property, famitia, oe. To cross over, transire (trans+IrS, iv-, it-). To decree, determine, decernere (decrev-, decret-, de-f-cernere). To discourse, disserere (disseru-, dissert-, dis-f-serere). To plunder, diripere (ripu-, rept-, di+rapere)4 A beast of burden, jumentum, I. Sacred rites, sacra, orum (n., pi.). Instead of, pro (prep., abl.). Advice, counsel, consilium, I. On account of, 6b (prep., ace). To despise, spernere (406, III., a). Winter, hiems, (hiem) is (293). Jussu (abl., 55, a) Csesaris. * P6no = p6sino ; posm = pos-iv-i. f In these verbs the n or sc does not properly belong to the root, but is employed simply to strengthen the present indicative and infinitive ; to know, no -ere, strengthened nose- ere, &c. X Observe that the compounds of rapere, fa cere, caper e, with prep- ositions, change a into i in the infinitive; diripere, con fi cere, acci- pere. PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 153 In naves imp one re {put into ships). Ad exercitum. Ad fines iEduorum. (b) To place on shipboard. (c) With (near) the army. On the borders of the JEduans. Ad is often used by Caesar in the sense of near or with (i. e., along with). (409.) Translate into English. Hispani, jussu Caesaris, eos exercitus quos (165) contra pop- iiluni Rornanum multos jam annos (191, a) aluerant, statim dimiserunt. — Aviene (voc), quod {because) in Italia milites populi Romani contra rempublicam instigasti (349, N.) ; et, pro multibus, tuam familiam in naves imposuisti; 6b eas res, ab exercitu meo te removeo. — Csesar legiones quas in Italia, hibernomm causa (135, II., &), disposuerat, ad se revocavit. — Cur consilium meum sprevisti? — Caesar, his de causis qnas commemoravi, Rheuum ti'ansire deer eve rat. — Multi salutem sibi (dat.) in fuga petiverunt {or petierunt, 349, N.). — Caesar totam hiemem (191, a) ipse ad exercitum (408, c) manere decrevit. — Caesar duas legiones ad fines iEduorum posuit. (410.) Translate into Latin. The Spaniards had maintained an army (for) many years (191, a). — Orgetorix maintained, at-his-own-expense (sumptu suo), a large number of soldiers. — Caesar placed the camp on- the-borders-of (408, c) the Sequanians. — Socrates discoursed concerning (de) the immortality of the soul. — The pirates plundered many towns. — Caesar distributed three legions in Italy, for-the-sake-of winter-quarters. — Thou-hast-despised my counsels ; thou-hast-instigated the soldiers against the re- public ; thou hast put beasts-of-burden instead of soldiers into the ships : on-account-of these things, I remove thee from my army. — The Romans honoured most-religiously (maxima religione) the sacred-rites of Jupiter. — Caesar, for (de) these reasons, had determined to cross the Rhine. — Many sol- diers sought safety for themselves (by) flight. — The inhabitants sought peace from (a) the Romaus. 154 PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. LESSON LXVL Perfect-stem. — Third Conjugation, continued. (411.) Class IV. — Perfect-stem reduplicates the first Consonant. [Some of these present vowel-changes, which must be carefully ob- served, (a) When the first vowel is i or u, the first consonant is reduplicated with that vowel -, (b) in other verbs, with e. (c) The compounds of dare, to give, with!.] (a) First vowel i, o, or u. Infinitive. Perfect. Supine. To learn, disc-ere, di-dic-i (s dropped), (no supine). To demand, posc-ere, po-posc-I, (no supine). To beat, tund-ere, tu-tud-i, tu-sum (tud-sum). (b) Other verbs reduplicate with e (note vowel-changes in stems). Infinitive. To fall, cad-ere, Perfect. ce-cid-i (1 short), Supine. ca-sum (cad-sum). To drive, repel, pell-ere, pe-pul-i, pul-sum. To fell, kill, csed-ere, ce-cid-i (1 long), caes-um. (c) Compounds of dare. Infinitive. To add, ad-dere, Perfect. ad-did-I, Supine. ad-di-tum. To lose, per-derS, per-did-i, per-di-tum. EXERCISE. (412.) Vocabulary. The whole, universus, a, um. Duty, service, munus, (muner) is (345), Walls, maenia, mm (pi., neut.). Corning together, conflict, cpngres- sus, us. Seventy, septtiaginta (indecl.). To touch, tangere (tetig-, tact-, 411, b). To spare, parcere (peperc-, parcit-, pars- ; governs dative). (413.) Examples. (1) To demand peace of Csesar. To surround, cingere (401, 2). Nobody, nemo, (nemm) is (m. and f, 25, a). Woman, miilier, is (f., 25, a). Child, infant, infans, (infant) is (c, 25, a). Thirty, triginta. Eighty, octoginta. Immense, immensus, a, urn. Swm-of -money, p^cunia, ae. To add, addere (411, c). (a) Caesar&m pacem pos- cere ; or(i)pacem aCae- sare poscere. PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 155 Rule of Syntax. — Verbs of demanding (a) govern two ac- cusatives, one of the person, the other of the thing ; but (b) the person may be put in the ablative with the preposition a or ab. (2) About twenty. (3) To give one's self wholly up. (4) The leader spared wom- en. C irciter vi ginti. T 6 1 u m se dare ( = to give one's self whole up). Dux mulieribus peper- c/&. C 1 1. Rule of Syntax. — Verbs of sparing govern the dative. |iy Observe, the perfect of cadere, to fall, is cecidi; of caedere, to fell or kill, cecidi. (414.) Translate into English. Legati ad Caesarem venerunt, eumque pacem (413, 1, a) poposcerunt. — Hoc a me (413, 1, b) munus universa pro- vincia poposcit. — Pueri linguam Latinam didicerant. — A Graecis Galli urbes maenibus cingere didicerunt. — Nostri, in primo congi*essu, circiter septuaginta ceciderunt; in his Quintus Fulginius. — Arbor vetus cecidit, quam (165) ferro (55, a) nemo cecidit. — Legatus, simulac provinciam tetigit, inertias (dat.) totum se dedit. — Postquam Caesar venit, obsides, arma, servos poposcit. — Milites non mulieribus, non infanti- bus, pepercerunt. — Caesar legionibus cohortes circiter ti*i- ginta addidit. — Mors null! (194, R. 1) hominum (partit. gen.) pepercit (413, 4). (415.) Translate into Latin. The iEduans demanded peace of Caesar (413, 1, b). — The whole province demanded peace of the Romans (413, 1, a). — Of-our-men (nostri, nom., pi.) about eighty fell; among them, Labienus. — Have you (135, II., a) learned the Latin language? — The farmer felled very-many (plurimas) trees in the wood. — As soon as the lieutenant touched the province, he plundered many towns. — The general demanded seventy hostages, and an immense sum of money. — The old trees fell. — This service the general demanded of me. — The leader spared all the temples of the gods ; but the soldiers spared not (non) women nor (non) children. — Caesar added to the foot- soldiers about twenty cohorts. — Caesar added to the foot-soldiers thirty horse-soldiers. PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. LESSON LXVII. Perfect-stem, — Third Conjugation, continued. (416.) Class V. — Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem- vowel of the Yerh. (a) Without vowel-change. To read, gather, leg- are, leg-i, lec-tum. To conquer, vine -ere, vlc-i, vie- turn. (b) With vowel-change. To drive, ag-e re, eg-i, ac-tum. To break, fran g-ere, freg-i, frac-tum. (c) io verbs (199). Tofly, fug-i6, fug-ere, fug-i, fug-i-tum. To take, cap-id, cap-ere, cep-I, cap -turn. To cast, jac-id, jac-ere, jec-i, j ac-tum. To dig, fod-io, fod-ere, fod-i, fos-sum. To make, do, fac-io, fac-ere, f ec-I, fac-tum. EXERCISE. (417.) Vocabulary. Remains, remnant, reliquiae, arum (pi.) (57, ■&.). To collect, colligere (leg-, lect-, con-J- legere). To receive, take back, recipere (cep-, cept-, re+capere). Headlong, praeceps, (praecipit) is (adj., 107). To receive, accipere (cep-, cept-, ad+ capere). To bring -tog ether, to compel, cogere (coeg-, coact-, con-f agere). To break through, perfringere (freg-, fract-, per+frangere). Dart, javelin, telum, I. (418.) Examples. (a) To betake one' s self back. He went back to his house. (b) Within the memory of our fathers. To hurl, conjicere (jec-, ject-, con-f- jacere). To undertake, suscipere (cep-, cept-, sub-j-capere). To finish, conf icere (fee-, feet-, con-f- ficere). To begin, incipere (incep-, incept-, in+capere). Safe, tutus, a, um. Cappadocia, Cappadocia, se. A district, pagus, I. JEgypt, JEgyptus, i (£). Easily, facile (adv.). Trial, judicium, I. Family of slaves, f amilia, ae. Sere cipere. Se do mum recepit. Patrum nostrorum me- moria (abl., 55, a). PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. 157 (c) Lucius Cassius, the con- L. Cassius, consul. sul. The (prcenomen) first name is rarely written out. L . stands for L u c i u s, T. for Titus, &c. Consul is in apposition (225, a) with L. Cassius. (d) In mid-summer, |Media ae state (118, II., c). (419.) Translate into English. Servus mens orationes et historias et carmina legit. — Le- gatus reliquias exercitus co lie git, itineribusque tutis per Cap- padociam se in Asiam recepit. — Nostii acriter impetum fe- cerunt atque praecipites hostes egerunt. — Labienus, cum his copiis quas a Cassare acceperat, ad fines JEduorum con- tendit. — Pompeius magnam ex Asia et .^Egypto classem cog- ger at. — Milites facile (adv.) hostium aciem per fr egerunt atque in eos hnpetum fecerunt. — Hie pagus tinus, patrum nostrorum memoria, L. Cassium consiileni (418, c) interfece- rat, et ejus exercitum sub jugum (323, N.) miserat. — Hostes subito tela in nostros conjecerunt. — Pompeius bellum vere (in the spring, 118, II., c) suscepit, media aestate confecit. (420.) Translate into Latin. The general had collected (cogere) great forces. — Pompey brought-together a great army from Asia and Egypt. — Have you read the books of Cicero ? — The general collected the remnant of his army, and betook himself into Gaul. — Our (men) drove the enemy headlong, and slew many. — Labienus had received four legions from Caesar. — Labienus, with the legions which he had received from Caesar, hastened to the confines of the iEduans. — Orgetorix brought-together to the trial all his family-of-slaves from every side. — The enemy brought-together all (their) ships into one place. — The Homans easily broke-through the line-of-battle of the iEduans. — Caesar finished the great war in-mid-summer (418, d) which he had begun in-the-spring (118, II., c). o 158 PERFECT-STEM, THIRD CONJUGATION. LESSON LXVIII. Perfect-stem. — Third Conjugation, concluded. (421.) Class VI. — P erf ect- stem = simple Verb-stem, (a) Stems ending in u or v (list, 666, VI., a). To sharpen, To roll, acu-Sre, volv-ere, acu-i, volv-i, acu-tum. volu-tum. (b) Consonant-stems (list, 666, VI., b). To turn, vert-ere, vert-i, ver-sum. (c) Compounds of can do and fendo (obs.) belong here; To burn, incend-erg, incend-i, incen-sum. To defend, ward off, defend-ere, defend-i, defen-sum. EXERCISE. (422.) Vocabulary. The back, tergum, I. To flow together, confluere (conflux-, conflux-, con+fluere, 401, 2). Discipline, disciplina, se. Austerity, severity, severitas, (seve- ritat) is (293). To dissolve, dissolvSre* (solv-, solut-, dis+solvere). To return, revert6re (revert-, re- vers-, re+vertere). (423.) Examples. (a) The general appointed a day for the council. (b) What (number of) long ships he had. (c) To divide or distribute among. To appoint, to station, to determine, constituere (stitu-, stitut-, con+sta- tuere). To divide, to distribute, distribuere* (bu-, but-, dis-f-tribuere). Desirous, covetous, ciipidus, a, iim (governs genitive). To know, learn, cognoscere (cognov-, cognit-, con-|-noscere). To turn, vertere (421, b). Imperator diem c o n c i 1 i o (dat.) constituit. Quidquid n avium (180) lon- garum habebat. Distribuere (with ace. of thing, and dat. of person). (424.) Translate into English. Hostes terga verterunt. — Divitiae (57, It.) quae ad Romam confluxerunt, morum disciplinam severitatemque di s sol- ver unt Caesar diem cum legatis constituit. — Dies, quam Caesar constituerat cum legatis, venit, et legati ad eum PERFECT-STEM, FOURTH CONJUGATION. 159 (150) reverterunt.— Milites sese (145, c) fortiter (215, 2) defenderunt. — Hostes copias suas in tres partes distribu- erant. — Caesar, quidquid navium longarum habebat, legatis praefectisque (423, c) distribuit. — Procellae fluctus vastos ad littora volverant. — Caesar exercitum flumen (113, II., a) transducere constituit. — Caesar Dumnorigem JEduum se- cum (125, II., b) ducere constituit, quod (conj.) eum cupi- dum imperii (synt., 696, b, 1) cognoverat. — iEdui ex itinere domum (113, III., R.) reverterunt. (425.) Translate into Latin. The soldiers defended the city very bravely (376). — The general stationed the foot-soldiers near (ad, 408, c) the wall of the town. — On-the-next-day (118, II., c) Caesar stationed all the horse-soldiers in-front-of (p r 6) the camp. — The chiefs of the states returned to Caesar. — The day which Caesar had ap- pointed for the council came, and the chiefs of the states re- turned to him. — Our (men) turned their backs. — The riches of the Romans had dissolved (their) discipline and austerity of manners. — What money (423, b) he had he distributed among (423, c) the lieutenants and soldiers. — The iEduans divided their forces into two parts. — The tempests rolled vast waves to the stars. — The general determined to take (ducere) the lieutenant with him. — The seas were rolling great waves to the shores. LESSON LXIX. Perfect-stem. — Fourth Conjugation. (426.) The perfect-stem in the fourth conjugation is formed in Jive ways. I. By adding i v to verb-stem ; a u d -ire, a u d - 1 v -. II. " u " aper-ire, aper-u-. III. " s " sep-ire, sep-s-. IV. lengthening stem-vowel ;ven -ire, v e n -. V. talcing simple verb-stem ; comper -ire, c o m p e r -. 160 PERFECT-STEM ? FOURTH CONJUG (427.) On this table, observe that Class I. contains most of the verbs of the fourth conjugation. [Numerous examples have already occurred. Any peculiar supines are given in the vocabularies.] II. contains four simple verbs (see list, 667, II.). Infinitive. To open, uncover, aper-ire, To leap, sal-ire, III. contains nine simple verbs (see list, 667, III.), Perfect. aper-u-J, sal-u-i, Supine. aper-tum. sal- turn. Infinitive. vine-Ire, To bind, To think, sent-ire, [V. contains but one verb. Infinitive. To come, ven-ire, V. contains two verbs. Perfect. vinx-I (vinc-s-i), s-I (sent-s-i), < Supine. vinc-tum. sen-sum (sent-sum). Perfect. ven-i, To ascertain, find, comper-ire, comper-I, To discover, reper-ire, reper-i, EXERCISE. Supine. ven-tum. Supine. comper-tum. reper-tum. (428.) Vocabulary. To leap down, desilire (desilu- and desili-, desult-, de+salire). To come near, to approach, appro- pinquare ( ad + propinquare, av-, at-), with dot. To agree, consentire (con+sentire, 427, III.). To disagree, dissentire (dis+s entire, 427, III). To come to, reach, arrive at, perve- nire (per+venire, 427, IV.). To come together, assemble, conve- nire (con+venire, 427, IV.). To find, invenire (m+venire, 427, IV.). Thither, to that place, eo (adv.). To open, aperire (427, II.). When, quum. Youth, juventus, ( jiiventiit) is (f.). To lay waste, popular!, dep. (popii- lat-). After that, postquam (adv.). Example. (a) In a battle of cavalry. lEquestri praelio. Mule of Syntax. — The ablative is used to express the man- ner of an action, especially with an adjective. (429.) Translate into English. Milites ex navibus desili erunt et hostibus (391, 2) appro- pinquarunt (349, N.). — Oppidani portas aperuerunt, et se, atque oppidum Caesari dederunt. — Hostes inter se dissense- runt. — Omnes cives una mente (abl., 428, a) consense- PERFECT-STEM, FOURTH CONJUGATION. 161 runt.— Helve til jam per angustias copias suas transduxerant, et in iEduorum fines pervenerant, eorumque agros popiila- bantur. — Caesar cum Labieno Numantiam (711) pervenit, ibique consules invenit. — Quum milites e5 convene- runt, naves unum in locum coegerunt.— Eo postquam Cae- sar pervenit, obsides et arma poposcit. (430.) Translate into Latin. After-that the townsmen saw the standards, they opened the gates, and gave themselves (up) to Caesar. — The Germans, in the cavalry battle (428, a), leaped-down from (their) horses. — Thq general led the army through the straits, and on the seventh day arrived at the boundaries of the Germans. — The towns- men leaped-down from the wall. — All the soldiers agreed (with) one mind and voice (vox). — When Caesar arrived-at the town, the townsmen opened the gates. — When the general reached Numantia, he called together the citizens. — When the horsemen reached the town, the townsmen opened the gates. —The lieutenant led-back the soldiers to the town, and there Pound the general. 02 § 8. FORMS OF TENSES FOR COMPLETED AC- TION, PASSIVE. LESSON LXX. Tenses of Verbs for Completed Action. — Indicative Passive. (431.) The tenses for completed action, passive {perfect, pluperfect, future perfect), are compounded of the perfect participle passive and of the tenses of the verb esse, to be: thus, amatus sum, I have been loved ; amatus es, thou hast been loved, &c. (432.) (a) The perfect participle of any verb is the form of which the supine is the accusative, and is inflected (like an ad- jective of three terminations) with the endings us, a, um; thus : w Supines. Amat-um, Perf. Part. amat-iis, a, iim, loved. Monit-um, momt-us, a, iim, advised. Rect-um. rect-us, a, um, ruled. Audit-um, audit- us, a, um, heard. (b) The perfect participle, then, of any verb, is formed by adding the inflection-endings us, a, um to the supine-stem. PERFECT FORMS, PASSIVE. 163 (433.) PARADIGM. PERFECT PASSIVE. aniatus, a, urn, < Singular. sum, / have been loved. es, thou hast been loved. est, he, she, it, has been loved. amati, 83, a, < Plural. sumus, we have been loved. . estis, ye or you have been loved. sunt, they have been loved. PLUPERFECT. amatus, a. una, < S ingular. eram, 7" had been loved. eras, thou hadst been loved. erat, he, she, it, had been loved. aniati, ae, a, < Plural. eramus, we had been loved. eratis, ye or you had been loved. erant, they had been loved. FUTURE PERFECT. amatus, a, una, < Singular. ero, / shall hav been loved. eris, thou wilt have been loved. erit, he, she, it, will have been loved. amati, as, a, < Plural. erimus, ice shall have been loved. eritis, you will have been loved. erunt, they will have been loved. (434.) Vocabulary. To rout, to defeat, pellgre (pSpul-, puis-, 411, b). To divulge, enuntiare (e-fnuntiare, av-, at-). Sure, certain, eertus, a, urn. To drive back, repellere (repul-, repuls-, re+pellere). Private information, indicium, I. (435.) Examples, (a) To inform any one. (b) Ccesar was informed. (c) All Gaul is divided into three parts. Beaming, mitiurn, I. Casticus, Casticus, T. Conference, colloquium, I. To hold, obtinere (obtinu-, obtent-, ob+tenere). Departure, discessus, us. Nobility, nobilitas, (nobilitat) ts (f., 293). Aliquern certiorem fa- cere ( = to make any one more certain). Caesar certior factus est ( = Ccesar ivas made more certain). Gallia est oranis divisa in partes tres. 164 PERFECT FORMS, PASSIVE. The perfect passive participle is sometimes used with est as an ad- jective, and is then to be rendered as a present tense; e. g., in (c), est divisa = ^s divided. (436.) Translate into English. Miles vulneratus est. — Bella gesta erant. — Exercttus Cassii ab Heivetiis pulsus erat, et sub jugum missus erat. — Ea res Helvetiis (54) per indicium enuntiata est. — Helvetii de Caesaris adventu certiores facti sunt. — tJbi de Caesaris ad- ventu Helvetii certiores facti sunt, legatos ad eum miserunt. — Barbari telis (93, II., b, R.) et munitione repulsi sunt. — Ini'tium fugae a Dumnorige et ejus equitibus factum est. — Legati a Divitiaco, iEduo (225, a) ad Caesarem missi erant. — Pater Castici regnum in Sequanis multos annos (191, Rule) obtinuerat et a senatu populi Romani amicus (80, a) appella- tus erat. — Dies colloquio (54) const! tutus est, ex eo die quintus. (437.) Translate into Latin. The centurions of the first ranks were wounded on the same day (118, II., c). — Caesar was informed (435, a) of (de) the approach of the enemy. — The general had been informed of the departure (d i s c e s s u s) of the Germans. — The beginning of the flight had been made by the soldiers of the tenth legion. — The tenth legion had been defeated by the Germans, and had been sent under the yoke. — The conspiracy of the nobility was divulged to the Helvetians through private -information. — The war had been carried-on (for) many years (191, Rule). — The enemy were driven-back by the darts of the soldiers. — Ambas- sadors were sent by Cassius the consul (225, a) to the chiefs. — The iEduans were called friends (80, a) by the senate of the Roman people. — The townsmen were wounded by the darts of the soldiers. — The horsemen of the enemy were driven-back by the darts of the soldiers. — A day had been appointed for tho conference. §9. PARTICIPLES. (LXXL— LXXV.) (438.) The Participle presents the idea of the verb under the form of an adjective : (a) the rising sun ; (b) I saw the boy writing a letter. Sometimes, as in («), its use is wholly adjective ; again, as in (b), it governs the case of its verb. There are two active participles in Latin, the participle of the present and the participle of the future ; two passive, the perfect and the verbal in dus. LESSON LXXL Present Participle Active. (439.) (a) The endings of the present participle active for the four conjugations are, 1. 2. 3. 4. -ans, -ens, ens, -iens. (b) By adding these endings to the stems respectively of the verbs am-are, mon-ere, reg-ere, aud-ire, we obtain the present participle active : Loving, advising, ruling, hearing. Aui-ans, mon-ens, reg-ens, aud-iens. (440.) The present participle is declined like an adjective of the third class (108). Singular. Plural. N. V. Amantes, amantia. Gen. Amantium. Dat. Amantibus, &c. Rem. The abl. sing, ending is I when the part, is used strictly as an adj.; e. g., in florenti rosa, in a blooming rose. N. V. Amans. Gen. Amantls. Dat. Amanti, &c. 166 PRESENT PARTICIPLE ACTIVE. (a) Observe carefully that the Latin present participle ac- tive expresses incomplete or continued action ; the language has no active participle to express complete action. We cannot translate the English having loved by any Latin active parti- ciple. (b) But deponent verbs (206) have both participles, the pres- ent and the perfect ; exhorting, hort-ans; having exhorted, hort-atus. EXERCISE. * (441.) Vocabulary. 406, To rise, orlii (dep., ort-). To desire, cupere (id-, iv-, it-, III., b). Labour, toil, labor, (labor) is (m., 319). Watching, watchfulness, vigilantia, se. Especially, praesertim (adv.). To depart, discedere (dis+cedere, 401, 3, b). To weep, flere (flev-, flet-, 395, II.). To look upon or at, intueri (dep.). All, the whole, cunctus, a, iim. To worship, adore, adorare. Eye, oculus, 1. A Persian, Persa, ae. To doubt, dubitare (av-, at-). To set out, prof Icisci {dep., profect-). To sit, sedere (sed-, sess-, 394, V.). Firmament, heaven, caelum, I. To shine, micare (389, K§p). The sun, sol, (sol) is (m., 319). Full, plenus, a, urn (with gen.). To be wanting, de esse (with dot.). Star, stella, as. To set (e. g., as the heavenly bod- ies), occidere (occid-, occas-, ob-f cadere). To throw before, projicere (jec-, ject-, pro+jacere). (442.) (a) Recollect that, to form pres. part, act., you add to the stem ans in 1st conj. ; e. g., am-ans : ens in 2d and 3d conjs. ; e. g., mon-ens, die-ens: iens in 4th conj.; e.g., aud-iens. Also, add lens in the io verbs (199) of 3d conj.; e. g., ctip-io, cup-iens; fac-io, fac-iens. (b) In deponent verbs, the same rules apply: hort-ari, hort-ans: 6r-iri, or -l ens; intu-eri, intu-ens, &c. The perf. act. part, in deponents adds iis, a, um to the supine-stem: hort-ari, hortat-iis, &c. (c) The participle is used to abridge discourse. (1) He heard me when I ( He heard me saying that, said that= ) Me id dicentem audivit. things = 1 C God, \ Deti eus, omnia giibernans. . „ m , . , , . C (The man) desiring. (3) To him that desires— { \ ., u /. I Gupienti. PRESENT PARTICIPLE ACTIVE. 167 ." „ __ , . . , r ( He threw himself before Ccesar, at (d) He threw himself at! , . f J J Caesar's feet, t a- n --j ~j- *. \ Se Coesari ad pedes projecit. (e) Can enim, vero, or auteni stand first in a clause or sen- tence ? (No.) (443.) Translate into English. Me id dicentem audivistine ? — P ersae solem 6 r i e n- tem (442, c) adorant. — Labienus, suos (his men) hortatus, cupientibus signum dat. — Non enim labor aut vigilantia, cupienti praesertim aHquid (178, 5), Cassio deerat (267, b). — Caesar ab hibernis in Itaiiam discedens, legatos convocat. — Mulieres flentes sese Caesari (442, d) ad pedes projece- runt. — Nemo, cunctam i n t ii e n s terram, de divma providen- tia dubitabit. — Caesar, in Itaiiam proficiscens, legatos omnes ad se revocavit. — DMtiacus, flens, a Caesare haec (these things) petebat. — Cicero Catonem vidit in horto s e- dentem. — Quanta (184, R. 1) est sapientia Dei, omnia giiber nantis ? (444.) Translate into Latin. [The words which illustrate the lesson are in Italic.] The firmament is full of shining (438, a) stars. — No one, when he looks at ( = looking, 442, c, 1) the firmament and stars, will doubt respecting (d e) the wisdom of God. — Did they hear me (135, II., a) when I said ( = saying) that (id) ? — The bar- barians were -worshipping the setting sun. — Labienus, having exhorted (440, b) his men, made an attack upon the enemy (in hostes). — Caesar willingly gave the signal to the soldiers when they desired it ( = desiring). — To him that desires ( = de- siring) anything, no labour will-be-wanting (267, b). — Caesar, departing from winter-quarters, gives rewards to the soldiers. — The eye, not seeing itself (se, ace.), sees other-things (alia). — The iEduans, weeping, threw themselves at the feet of Caesar (442, d). — I saw my brother sitting in the garden yesterday. — How-great is the power of God, who governs (= governing) the world ? 168 PARTICIPLE FUTURE ACTIVE. LESSON LXXII. Participle Future Active. (445.) The ending of the future participle active is urus, which, added to the supine-stem, forms the participle ; e. g., About to love, or one who will love, amat-uriis. About to advise, or one who will advise, monit-urus. (446.) PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION The different tenses of e s s e (to be), joined with the participle future active, form what is called the periphrastic conjugation. C amaturus sum, I will love, am about to love, intend to love. Pres. \ amaturus es, thou, &c, &c. ( So through all the persons. C amaturus eram, i" was about to love, intended to love, &c. Past. \ amaturus eras, thou, &c, &c. ' So through all the persons. ( amaturus ero, I shall be about to love, shall be on the point of lov- Fut. < w ' .'° w „ ,, amaturus ens, thou, &c, &c. ^ So through all the persons. EXERCISE. (447.) Vocabulary. To call upon, invocare (in-f-vocare, av-, at-). To collect into a flock, congregare (av-, at-). Foreign, alienus, a, iim. To procure, comparare (av-, at-, con -f-parare). To last, durare (durav, durat).* To implore, implorare (in+plorare, av-, at-). (448.) Example. The Athenians sent ambas- sadors to consult the oracle. Alone, solus, a, iim (194, 1). To cross over, trajicere (trajec-, tri- ject-, trans+jacere).t Ammon, a surname of Jupiter, Ham- mon, is. To behold, spectare (av-, at). To proceed, pergere (perrex-, per- rect-). To consult, consiilere (consiilu-, con- sult-). Athenienses legatos miserunt, oraciilum consulturos. * Durare, transitive, = to harden; intrans., = to become hard, i. e., to last. t Transjicere, transit., = to convey over ; intrans., = to cross over. PARTICIPLE FUTURE ACTIVE. 169 Rule of Syntax. — The future active participle is used after a verb of motion to express the design of that motion. (449.) Translate into English. 1. Aves, in alienas terras migraturae, congregantur. — Caesar, in Galliam p r 6 f e c t u. r u s, centuriones convocat. — German!, bellum gesturi, Deos invocaverunt. — Sapiens bona ( neut. pi.) comparat semper duratura. 2. Periphrastic Conjugation- — Caesar de quarta vigilia castra moturus es t. — S cripturus sum. — Dumnorix imperium suae civitatis obtenturus erat. — Imperator, cum sola decima legione profecturus erat. — iEdui auxilium a populo Romano imploraturi sunt. — German! bellum gesturi erant, 3. Future Participle used to express a purpose (448). — Scipio in Africans trajecit, Carthaginem deleturus. — Ingens hom- inum multittido in urbem congregatur, ludos spectatur a. — Alexander in Asiam contendit, regnum Persarum occupa- turus. — Alexander ad Jovem Hammonem pergit, consul- turus de oiigine sua. (450.) Translate into Latin. 1. The soldiers, when-about-to-set-out for (in) Spain, cailed- upon the gods. — Many (men) have procured possessions (bona) which-will-not-last ( = not about- to-last). — The gen- eral, when-about-to-cross the river, sends-away the horse-sol- diers. — Caesar, intending-to-send a messenger, calls together the centurions. 2. Periphrastic Conjugation. — Dumnorix was about-to-seize- upon the royal-power. — The general is about-to-set-out from the camp with five legions. — The iEduans are ab out-to-carry -on a fierce war. — The hostages were intending-to-implore aid from the general. 3. Future Participle to express a purpose. — The iEduans sent ambassadors to-implore help from Caesar. — The enemy crossed the river in-order-to-besiege the town. — The men flock (congregor) from- every -side to the town, to-behold the games. p 170 PERFECT PARTICIPLE PASSIVE. LESSON LXXIII. Perfect Participle Passive. (451.) (a) The perfect passive participle is formed (as stated 432, b) by adding the adjective-endings iis, a, iim to the su- pine-stem ; e. g\, Inf. Supine-stem. Perf. Part. amare, a mat-, a mat- us, a, iim, loved, or having been loved. C conquered, or having- been vmcere, vict-, vict-us, a, urn, J conquered . (b) It is declined throughout like an adjective of the first class (76), and must agree with the substantive in gender, num- ber, and case ; e. g.<, puer laudatiis, puella 1 a u d a t a. (c) The deponent verbs use the perfect participle form ac- tively ; e.^ M hortatus, having exhorted. EXERCISE. (452.) Vocabulary. Sudden, repentlnus, a, iim. To alarm, perturbare (av-, at-). To seize, snatch up, arripere (arrip- io-, arripu-, arrept-, ad+rapere). Auxiliaries, auxilia, orum.* To put-to-Jlight, discomfit, f iigare. To drive-on or together, compellere (compul-, compuls-, con+pellere). To induce, adducere (dux-, duct-, ad+ducere). Influence, auctoritas, (auctoritat) is. To prevail upon, permovere" (mov-, mot-, per-j-movere, i. e., to move thoroughly). (453.) Examples. (a) At Corinth. At Rome. At Carthage. At Athens. A wagon, carriis, i. To buy up, coemere (em-, empt-, con+emere). Aristides, Aristldes (Aristid) is. Pharsalus, Pharsalus, I (f., 25, a). To depart-out-of, excedere* (excess-, excess-, ex+cedere). Rhetoric, rhetorical, se. To expel, expellere (expiil-, ex- puls-). To stimulate, inducere" (dux-, duct-). Strong-desire, ciipiditas, (tat) is (293). Corinthi. Romse. Carthagine. Athenis. Rule of Syntax. — The place where is put in the ablative, Auxilium in sing. = aid, assistance : in plur. = auxiliary troops. PERFECT PARTICIPLE PASSIVE. 171 if the name be of the third declension or plural number ; otherwise in the genitive. (b) From Rome. From Carthage. Roma. Carthagine. Rule of Syntax. — The place whence is put in the ablative. (c) To Rome. R 6 m a m. To Athens. Athenas. Rule of Syntax. — The place whither is put in the accusa- tive if it be a town or small island. Rem. With the names of countries or large islands, the prep, in or ad is employed: to Italy, in Italiam; to Egypt, ad M gyp turn. (d) The soldiers, having been defeated, took to flight. (Lat. The soldiers, defeat- ed, threw themselves into flight.) (e) The chief, when he was expelled from his country, fled to Rome. (f) As large a member as possible. (g) A sudden occurrence. Milites, pulsi, in fiigam se conjecerunt. Princeps, patria expulsiis, Romam fugit. Quam maximus numSr- us. Repentina res. (454.) Translate into English. Nostri {our men), repentina re (55, a) perturbati, arma arripiunt.— Auxilia perturbata, in fiigam se conjecerunt. — • Milites hostes f u g a t o s in Admen compulerunt. — Helvetii, his rebus adducti, legatos ad Csesarem de deditione mittunt. — Galli, his rebus adducti, et auctoritate Orgetorigis p e r- moti, jumentorum et carrorum quam maximum numerum coemerunt. — Principes, adventu Romanorum permoti, lega- tes ad Caesarem de deditione mittunt. — Aristides, patria ex- pulsus, Lacedsemonem fugit. — Dionysius, Syractisis e x p u 1- sus, Corinthi pueros docebat. — Principes, oppido expulsi, Romam (453, c) venerunt. — Legatus, repentina re pertur- batus, centuriones convocat. (455.) Translate into Latin. The Helvetians, prevailed upon by the influence of Cagsar, led (their) army across the Rhine. — The chiefs, induced by 172 ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. these considerations (= things), give hostages and an immense sum-of- money to the lieutenant. — Pompey, when he had been defeated (= defeated, 453, d) at Pharsalus, fled to Alexandria. — Jugurtha, when he was expelled from Africa, came to Rome. —The soldiers, alarmed by the sudden occurrence (453, g), take to flight (453, d). — For (enim) Pompey, although-he-had- been-defeated (— defeated) (in) no (nullo) battle, departed-out- of Italy. — Our (men) drove on the alarmed and discomfited enemy into the River Rhine. — The Helvetians, induced by these considerations (= things), bough t-up as large a number as possible (453, f) of horses and beasts-of-burden. — The orator, having -be en-expelled from Athens, taught rhetoric at Carthage (453, a, R.). — The general, induced by these considerations, gave great rewards to the soldiers. — Orgetorix, stimulated by a strong-desire of royal-power, made a conspiracy of the nobility. LESSON LXXIV. Participles. — Ablative Absolute. [The ablative absolute is a very important part of Latin construction, and should be thoroughly learned.] (456.) The participle is used in the ablative with a noun, when it is independent of the subject and object of the sentence. (a) When Tarquin was r eignin g, Pythagoras came into Italy. Pythagoras, Tarquinio regnante, in Italiam ve- nit. Here Tarquin is independent of Pythagoras, the subject of the sen- tence. (457.) The want of a perfect active participle in Latin is frequently supplied by the ablative absolute with a passive participle. (b) Labienus, having ta- ken possession of the mountain, was waiting for our men. Labienus, monte occiipa- 1 5, nostros expectabat. ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 173 Here it would be impossible to say Labienus, occupatus mon- tem, as occupatus is passive, not active. (.458.) A noun may be put in the ablative absolute with another noun without a participle. (a) In the praetor ship of Cce- sar. (b) In the consulship of Mar- cus Messala and Marcus Piso. Caesare praetore (= Caesar being praetor). M. Messala et M. Pisone consulibus(= Messala and Piso being consuls). [This construction is used mostly to designate the time of an event.] EXERCISE. (459.) Vocabulary. To avail, valere (valu-). Tiberius, Tiberius (i). To die, moriri and morl (mortii), dep. A pleading; dictio, (diction) is (333). Catiline, Catilina, as. Christ, Christits, I. To finish, perficere (per+facere, perf ec-, perfect-) ; also, conf IcSre (fee-, feet-). To reign, regnare (av-, at-). Night, nox, (noct) is (294). Territories, fines (pi. of finis, 300). (460.) Translate into English. Nihil praecepta valent, nisi adjuvante nattira (456, a), — Deo jiivante, facilis est labor. — Tiberio regnante, Chris- tus mortuus est. — Concilio dimisso, principes ad Caesarem reverterunt. — Die constittita causae dictionis, Orgetorix ad judicium omnem suam familiam, ad hominuni millia decern, undique coegit. — Caesar, op ere perfecto, praesidia disposuit. — Caesar, hostibus puis is (457, b) in fines iEduorum perve- nit. — Caesar, duo bus bellis confectis, in hiberna exerci- tum duxit. — Be 11 6 confecto, principes civitatum ad Caesa- rem, gratulatum (379), convenerunt. — Catilina, Cicerone consule (458), conjurationem fecit. — Nattira diic£, nun- quam errabimiis. — Orgetorix, Marco Messala et Marco Pisone consiilibus, conjurationem nobilitatis fecit. (461.) Translate into Latin. Our precepts will avail, when nature assists {■= nature assist- ing). — When the sun rises (=the sun rising), the night flees. — When the council was dismissed (=the council being dis- missed), the chiefs began to beseech Caesar. — When the coun- cil was dismissed, Caesar called the lieutenants to himself. — P2 174 ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. Caesar, when the work was finished (=the work being finished), fortified the towers. — Caesar, having defeated Pompey (=Pom- pey being defeated), returned to Rome. — Caesar, having finish- ed the war, led-back his army into the territories of the iEdu- ans. — In the consulship of Cicero, Catiline was expelled from Rome. — When God assists (= God assisting), it is not difficult to labour. — With God for our guide (— God leader), we shall never err. i LESSON LXXV. Ablative Absolute, continued. EXERCISE. (462.) Vocabulary. Phalanx, phalanx, (phalang) is (293). To hinder, prohibere (hibu-, hlbit-, pro+habere). Cnasus Pompey, Cnoeus Pompeius. Of one's own accord, ultro (adv.). To change, commutare (av-, at-) To be born, nasci (riatus), dep. Senate- fwuse, curia, oe. Augustus, Augustus, I. To abstain from, abstinere (absti- nii-, abstent-, abs+tenere), with abl. A plan, purpose, consilium, I (not concilium). To harass, lacessere (iv-, it-, 406, III., b). From higher ground, e loco supe- rior e. A dart, pllum, i. (463.) Translate into English. Labienus, monte occupato, nostros expectabat, praelioque abstinebat. — Barbari, consilio commutato, nostros lacessere cceperunt. — Milites, e loco superiore pills missis, facile hos- tium phalangem perfregerunt (416, h). — Cognito Caesaris ad- ventu, Ariovistus legatos ad eum mittit. — Cnoeo Pompeio et Marco Crasso consul! bus, German! flumen Rhenum j transiverunt. — Nullo hoste prohibente, Crassus legionem in Helve tios perduxit, ibique hiemavit. — His rebus cognitis, imperator ipse ad exercitum contendit. — Hac audita pugna, magna pars Aquitaniae obsides ultro misit. — Belgae, omnibus vicis oppidisque incensis, ad castra Caesaris contende- runt. — Angus to regnant e, Christus natus est. ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 175 (464.) Translate into Latin. The barbarians, having changed their plan ( = plan being changed), made an attack upon our men. — The soldiers, hav- ing-brok en-through the phalanx, began to harass the enemy. — The Belgians, having heard of this battle, sent ambassadors to Caesar.— The soldiers, having taken-possession-of the mountain, easily put the enemy to flight (391, 3). — Cicero, when he knew of the conspiracy, went to the Senate-house. — As no enemy hindered (—no enemy hindering), the lieutenant led the army across the .Rhine. — When this battle was heard (of), the Bel- gians, of-their-own-accord, sent hostages and ambassadors to Caesar. — In the consulship of Cicero and Antony, Augustus was born. § 10- INFINITIVE.— (LXXVL— LXXIX.) LESSON LXXVL Infinitive Forms. (465.) The infinitive expresses action as completed or incomplete, but without reference to person or time ; e. g. 9 ACTIVE. to love, or to be loving, loving, am-are. to have loved, am av-isse. Action Incomplete, (Inf. Pres. Act.) Action Completed, (Inf. P erf. Act.) PASSIVE. to he loved, am-ari. to have been loved, amatus, a, iim, esse orfuisse. [Rem. The names present and perfect do not distinguish properly the two forms of the infinitive, but, as they are in universal use, we have to adopt them. The student must remember that the present expresses action incomplete, and the perfect action complete ; but that the time of the action must depend upon the verb with which the infinitive is connected in the sentence.] Action Incomplete, (Inf. Pres. Pass.) Action Completed, (Inf. Perf. Pass.) (466.) FORMS OF THE INFINITIVE. PRESENT. PERFECT. Active. Passive. Active. Passive. 1. am-are. 2. mon-ere. 3. reg-ere. 4. aud-rr6. am-ari. mon-eri. reg-i. aud-iri. amav- "j audiv-J Smatus, a, um, ^ monitus, a, um, 1 ~ , c . „\ \ rectus, a, um, \ esse ( or fuiss6 )' | auditiis, a, um, J Rem. Observe that perf inf. act. simply adds the ending -isse to the perf -stem of the verb ; and perf inf. pass, is formed by the perf. pass. part, of the verb, oombined with esse* (sometimes fuiss£). INFINITIVE. 177 EXERCISE. (467.) Vocabulary. To lay waste, vastare (av-, at-). Ought, deb ere (debu-, debit-). To be vacant, vacare (intransit.). I am able, possum ; / was able, potui. (468.) Examples. (a) I wish to learn. The enemy began to cross the river. Peace, pax, (pac) is (293). A very few, perpauci, oe, a. Evil deed, malef Iciuni, I. To break through, perrampere (per- rup-, perrupt-). Cupio d i s c e r e. Hostes flumen transire cae- perunt. Rule of Syntax. — The infinitive is used, as in English, to complete the imperfect ideas expressed by many- words. (b) The Helvetians intend. Such words are, to wish, to be able, ought, to be accustomed, to hasten, to determine, &c. ; also, the adjectives dignus, in di gnus, audax, &e. Helve tiis est in animo (= it is in mind to the Helvetians). Nonnunquam interdiu, sae- pius noctti. Itinere prohibere (153, a). In conspectu. (c) Sometimes by day. often- er by night. (d) To keep-off-from the road. (e) In sight of. (469.) Translate into English. Caesar in Gallia hie mare constituit. — iEdui se suaque ab Helvetiis defendere non potuerunt. — Agri vastari non debent. — Hostes per mumtiones perrumpere conati sunt. — Agri Suevorum vacare dicuntur. — Milites incolas expel- 1 e r e non potuerunt. — Multitudo puerorum mulierumque f u g e r e coepit. — Helvetii maximum numerum jumentorum et carrorum coemere constituerunt. — Germani copias suas Rhenum transducere conati sunt. — Helvetii cum proximis civitatibus pacem et amicitiam confirmare constituerunt. (470.) Translate into Latin. [Place the infinitive before the verb on which it depends.] Our towns ought not to-be-taken-by-storm. — In sight of our army, the fields ought not to be laid-waste. — The enemy en- deavoured sometimes-during-the-day, oftener by-night, to burst- 178 ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. through the fortifications. — The iEduans were not able to expel the enemy from (their) territories (153, a). On one side,* the lands are said to be vacant. — The boys and the women began to fly-in-every-direction (passim, adv). — The Helvetians intend to make (their) way through our province. — A very few are able to keep-off the Helvetians from the road. — The Helvetians ought to cross-over without any (ullo) evil-deed. — The remain- ing multitude of boys and women began to fly in-every-direc- tion. LESSON LXXVII. Accusative with Infinitive. (471.) Verbs signifying to know, to see, to feel, to think, to say, with some others, have frequently a sentence depending on them, the subject of which is in the accusative, and the verb in the infinitive. He saw that war was prepa- ring on all sides. Undique bellum parari vi- debat. Here bellum, the subject, is accusative before the infinitive parari, after the verb videbat, he saw. (472.) Many dependent sentences which are introduced in English by the conjunction that, are expressed in Latin by the accusative and infinitive. To translate such sentences into Latin, observe the following method : 1. Omit the word that. 2. Change the nominative following that into the Latin accusative. 3. Change the English verb into the Latin infinitive. Nuntius dicit, equites tela conjic6re. The messenger says that the horsemen are hurling darts. (473.) If the predicate of the sentence containing the accu- sative and infinitive be an adjective, it must agree with the accusative subject in gender, number, and case. * Una ex parts. ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. 179 He knows that Cicero is elo- quent. I perceive that the water is cold. Scit Ciceronem esse elo- quentem. Sentio aquam frigidam esse. EXERCISE. (474.) Yocahulary. To think, existimare (ftv-, at-). To encamp, considere (consed-, con- sess-, con+sidere). To knoiv, scire (sciv-, scit-). Stone, lapis, (lapid) is (m.). Nearer, propius (adv., 376). (475.) Examples. (a) The messenger says that the horsemen ar e hurl- in g darts. (b) The messenger said that the horsemen were hurl- ing darts. (c) The messenger said that the horsemen had hurl- ed darts. (d) Word is brought to Cce- sar, (e) To have about himself. (476.) Translate into English. Helvetii existimant, Romanos disceder e. — Explorator dixit, hostes consediss e. — Caesar scit, Dumnorigem favere Helvetii s. — Helvetii dicunt, se omnem sena- tum a m i s i s s e.— Csesari nuntiatuni est, m 1 1 i t e s magnitii- dinem sylvarum t i m e r e. — Nuntius dixit, equites tela conjicere. — Galba certior factus est, Gallos omnes dis- cessisse. — Exploratores dicunt, oppidum ab hostibus teneri. — Dum haec in colloquio geruntur, Caesari nuntiatum est, equites Ariovisti propius accedere, et lapides telaque in nostros conjicere. [Be careful, in translating' the following English into Latin, to write first the leading sentence, and after it the accusative and the infin- itive, observing the rules in (472), and following the order of words in the examples given above.] To favour, favere (fav-, faut-, 395, V.), (governs dat.). While, dum (adv.). To lose, amittSre (a+mittere, 401, 3,6). Nuntius die it equites tela conj i cere. Nuntius dixit equites tela conjicere. Nuntius dixit equites tela conj ecisse. Caesari nuntiatum est (=it is told to Ccesar). Circum se habere. 180 ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. (477.) Translate into Latin. Caesar knows that this (thing) is true (473). — The scouts say that the horsemen of Ariovistus are approaching (475, a). — The ambassadors said that the Helvetians had lost all their cavalry and all their senate. — Word was brought to Caesar that the horsemen of Ariovistus were hurling stones against (in, with accus.) our (men). — Word-was-brought to Caesar that Ariovistus had- departed from the camp. — Caesar was in- formed by the scouts that the enemy had encamped, under (sub, with abl.) the mountain. — The lieutenant says that the mountain is held by the enemy. — The general thinks that our plans are told to the enemy. — Word was brought to the gen- eral that all the Gauls had departed by night. — The chiefs say that Divitiacus always has. a great number of horse-soldiers about himself. LESSON LXXVIII. Accusative with Infinitive. — Perfect Infinitive Passive. (478.) It has been stated (466, R.) that the perfect infinitive passive is formed by the perfect participle passive, combined with esse (sometimes fuisse). When the accusative is used with this infinitive, the participle must agree with the accusative in gender, number, and case ; e. g., Nuntius dicit, JEduos victos esse. (a) The messenger says that the ^Eduans have been conquered. (b) Ariovistus said that all the forces had been routed in one battle. (c) The horsemen brought- back-word that the town had been taken-by- storm. Ariovistus dixit, omnes c 6 - pias uno praeliofusas esse. Equites renuntiaverunt, op- pidum expugnatum esse. 3 Observe that in {a) the part, victos agrees with the accus. M du o s ; in (0). f u s a s with copias; in (c), expugnatum with oppidum. ACCUSATIVE WITH INFINITIVE. 181 EXERCISE. (479.) Vocabulary. To find-out, reperire (427, V.). To frighten completely, perterrere (perterru-, perterrit-, per+ter- rere). Tributary, stlpendiarius, a, um. To bring back word, renuntiare (av-, at-). To rout, fhndere (fud-, fus-, 416, a). To overcome, superare (av-, at-). Bond, chain, vinculum, I. To hold in memory, to remember, memoria tenere. To put (or cast) in chains, in vincii- la conjicere. (480.) Translate into English. Caesar reperiebat initium fugae a Dumnorige factum esse. — Imperator dixit, equitatum esse perterritu m. — Caesar memoria tenebat, L. Cassium consiilem occisum esse ab Helvetiis. — Ariovistus dicit, iEduos sibi (54), stipendiaries esse factos. — Caesar certior factus est, legatos in vincula conjectos esse. — Equites renuntiaverunt, castra esse m unit a. — Dixit bella gesta esse. — Reperiebat etiam Cae- sar, initium fugae a Dumnorige atque ejus equitibus factum esse; eorumque fuga (55, a) reliquuni equitatum perter- ritum esse. — Ariovistus dixit omnes Gallorum copias uno abs se praelio (55, a), fusas ac super at as esse. (481.) Translate into Latin. Caesar found-out that the cavalry had been completely-fright- ened by the flight of Dumnorix. — The iEduans say that they (s e) have been routed by the Germans. — Caesar remembered (=held in memory) that the consul's army had been defeated by the Helvetians. — Caesar remembered that the consul had been slain, and his (ejus) army sent under the yoke (323, N.). — Caesar was informed by the chiefs that hostages had been given. — The lieutenant said that the ambassador had been cast into chains.— Ariovistus said that all the forces had been over- come by himself. — Ariovistus said that the Gauls had been overcome by himself in one battle. — The iEduans say that they (se) have been made tributary to Ariovistus (dat.). Q 182 INFINITIVE FUTURE. LESSON LXXIX. Infinitive Future Active and Passive. (482.) By the combination of the future participle active with esse (or fuisse), an infinitive future active is formed ; e. g., amaturus, a, u m, esse, to be about to love, to intend loving. u __ _ (to have been about to love, to amaturus, a, um,fuisse,< 7 . • 777 • ( have intended loving. (483.) Finally, by combining the supine with the verb iri,* we form the infinitive future passive; e.g., amatumiri, to be about to be loved. doctum Iri, to be about to be taught. Rem. 1. This form, being derived from the supine, is applied alike to nouns of all genders and of both numbers. 2. As there is no future infinitive in English, we must translate the Latin future infinitive by a periphrasis, as above. EXERCISE. (484.) Vocabulary. To persuade, persuadere (per-j-sua- dere, suas-, suas-) ; governs dot. To refrain, temperare (av-, at-, fol- lowed by ab with abl.). To neglect, negligere (neglex-, neg- lect-, nec+legere). To compel, cogere (coeg-, coact-, con+ag6re). (484, a.) Example. The general said that he would come with the tenth legion alone. Rem. The e s s 8 in the future infinitive is frequently omitted ; e. g., in the above, venturum. To restore, r&ddere (rgddid-, rSddit-, reH-dare, 411, c). Unfriendly, mimicus, a, urn- (m+ amicus). To demand-back, repetere (repgtiv-, repStlt-, re+petere). To refuse, rScusare (av-, at-). Imperator dixit se cum sola decima legione venturum. * Iri is the infinitive passive form of the verb ir8, to go. It is not in use, except in combination as above. INFINITIVE FUTURE. 183 (485.) Translate into English. 1. Future Infinitive Active* Dumnorix existimat se regnum obtenttirum esse. — Helvetii existimabant se f initimis (dat.) persuastiro s. — Caesar existiinabat, fmitlrnos temperaturos ab injuria. — Caesar dicit, se JEduorum injurias non neglecturum. — Helvetii existimabant, se iEduos vi (303) coacturos. — Ariovistus dixit, iEduis (54) se obsides redditurum esse. — Caesar dicit se, proxinia nocte (118, II., c), de quarta vigilia, eastra moturum. — Irnperator, homines inimico animo (428, a) temperaturos ab injuria et maleficio, non existi- mabat. (486.) Translate into Latin. 1. Future Infinitive Active. Caesar said that he would move his camp. — Dumnorix thought that he would-hold the military-command of his own state. — The general says that he is-about-to-demand-back the host- ages. — The iEduans say that they-are-about-to-implore assist- ance from (a) the Roman people. — Dumnorix assures (them) that he is-about-to-seize the royal-power with his own (suo) army. — Ariovistus said that he would not restore the hostages. — Caesar did not think that the allies would-refrain from injury. — Caesar thought that he would-compel the Germans by force. — Ariovistus said that he would-refuse the friendship of the Roman people. § 11. THE GERUND. LESSON LXXX. (487.) (a) The gerund expresses the action of the verb under the form of a noun of the second declen- sion, in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative cases (I, 6, um, 6). (b) The gerund-stem is formed by adding to the verb-stem. In the 1st conjugation, -and; e. g-f am-and-. 44 2d " -end; e. #•• mon-end-. 44 3d " -end; e. £•> reg-end-. « 4th u -iend * e. #M aud-iend-. (c) The gerund of any case is formed by annexing the case- ending to the gerund-stem; e. g., gen., am and- 1; dat., amand-6; ace., amand-um; dbl., amand-6. (488.) As the infinitive is used as a verbal noun in the nomi- native and accusative cases, so the gerund is used in the re- maining cases ; e. g., Nom. Scribere, writing. Gen. Scribendi, of writing. Dat. Scribendo, to ovfor writing. . (Scribere, ) Ace. < _ , _ „ > writing. (bcribendum, ) ° Abl. Scribendo, i^i^ writing. (489.) The rules for the use of the cases of nouns apply also to the cases of the infinitive and gerund ; e. g., Nom. Writing is useful, scribere est utile. ars scribendi est uti- lis. The art of writing is useful, < Also in the io verbs (199) ; e. g., cap-io, cap-iendl. THE GERUND. 185 Dat. Ace. Paper is useful for ivriting, < I learn writing, } I learn during writing, > charta scribendo est utilis. scribe re disco, inter scribendum disco, scribendo discimus. Abl. We learn by writing, Rem. "With a preposition, the accusative gerund must be used, and not the infinitive ; a d (inter, ob) scribendum, not a d (inter, ob) scribere. (490.) The gerund governs the same case as the verb from which it is derived ; e. g., The art of training boys is difficult. Ars pueros difficilis est. educandi EXERCISE. To deliberate, delfberare (av-, at-). To take, siimere (sumps-, sumpt-). Agriculture, agricultura, a?. Desire, studium, I. Life, age, setas, (aetat) is (293). Mind, mens, (ment) is (355, II., 1, exc.). (491.) Vocabulary. To make war, bellare (av-, at-). To plunder, to obtain-booty , praedari (praedat-), dep. Wearied, defessus, a, iim. Sufficiently, satis. To think, cogitare. Opportunity, time far, spatium, I. (492.) Examples. (a) Time was given for Spatium arma capiendi (= opportunity was given datum est. of) taking-up arms. (b) For the sake of collect- ing-corn. (493.) Translate into English. Spes praedandi homines ab agricultura revocabat. — Spa- tium defessis ex pugna excedendi non datum est. — Breve tempus aetatis satis est longum ad bene beateque vivendum. — Hominis mens d i s c e n d 6 alitur. — Pars equitatus, p r ae - d a n d i causa, missa est. — Nox f inem oppugnandi fecit. — Magna pars equitatus, frumentandi causa, missa erat. — Cognoverat enim Cagsar, magnam partem equitatus, praedandi f r u m e n t and! que causa, trans Rhenum missam fuisse (471). Q 2 Frumentandi causa (ab- lat). 186 GERUND. — Imperator diem ad deliberandum siimit. — Imperator dixit, se diem ad deliberandum sumpturum (484, a). — Spes prsedandi, studiumque bellandi incolas ab agricul- tiira et labore revocabat. — D ocendo docemur. (494.) Translate into Latin. The desire of plundering and making-war has recalled the farmers from (their) fields. — Time for (492, a) hurling the darts was not given to the soldiers. — Time for (of) fighting was not given to the horsemen. — The horsemen were sent into the territories of the iEduans for the sake of -collecting-corn. — The mind of man is nourished by thinking. — Time for depart- ing-out-of the town was not given to the wearied citizens. — The citizens ask time for (of) deliberating. — Wisdom is the art of living well. — Caesar recalled the tenth legion into Gaul, for-the-sake-of wintering. — We learn by teaching. — Oppor- tunity of attacking the town was not given to the soldiers, though they desired it (= desiring it). § 12. THE GERUNDIVE, OR VERBAL ADJECTIVE IN DUS, DA, DtJM. (495.) (a) The gerundive expresses the action of the verb (generally with the additional idea of ne- cessity or continuance) under the form of an adjec- tive of the first class (76). (b) The gerundive-stem is precisely the same as the gerund-stem. The cases are formed by adding the endings of the adjective ; e. g. 9 N. a in and -us, a, um. G. amand-i, ae, i, 6cc, and so through all cases and both numbers. LESSON LXXXI. The Gerundive used instead of the Gerund. (496.) The gerundive is used (to express contin- ued action) as a verbal adjective, agreeing with the noun, instead of the gerund governing the noun ; e.g., Gen. Of writing a letter. Dat. To or for writing let- ters. Ace. To write a letter. Abl. By writing a letter. Scribendae epistolae, in- stead ofscribendi epis- tolam. Scribendis epistolis, in- stead ofscribendo epis- tolas. Ad scribendam episto- 1 a m, instead of ad scri- bendum epistolam. Scribenda epistola, in- stead ofscribendo epis- tolam. 188 GERUNDIVE. Rem. The gerundive must be used for the dative or accusative of the gerund when it has an active government. It may be used for it in any other case, u nl e s s the object of the gerund is a neuter ad- jective or pronoun ; e. g., of learning the true = v e r a discendi, not verorum discendorum ; of hearing this, hoc audiendi, not ; audiendi. To reckon, deem, ducere (dux-, duct-). To discern, cernere (406. CI. III., a). Care, cur a, ae. To apply, adhibere (adhibu-, adhib- it-). Negligent, negligens, (negligent) is (107). Helvetii biennium sibi satis esse duxerunt. Tridui spatium. Domus latronibus diripien- d a data est. Agricola domum latrombus diripiendam dedit. EXERCISE (497.) Vocabulary. To choose, deligere (deleg-, delect-, de+legere). To pursue, cons e qui (cons e cut), dep. To fail, to be insufficient, deficere (defec-, defect-, de-f-f acere). To form a design, consilium cap ere (io). Space-of two-years, biennium, I. (498.)' Examples. (a) The Helvetians reckoned that the space-of-two-years was enough for themselves. (b) The space of three-days. (c) The house was given to the robbers to plunder. The farmer gave his house to the robbers to plunder. iy After verbs of giving, going, sending, receiving, and the like, the gerundive expresses a purpose or object. (d) For completing {=fin- I Ad eas res conficiendas. ishing) these things. \ (499.) Translate into English. Urbs a diice militibus diripienda data est. — Urbem dux militibus diripiendam dedit. — Subito Galli consilium belli gerendi ceperunt. — Subito Galli legionis oppugnandae consilium ceperant. — Ad eas res conficiendas Orgetorix deligitur. — Helvetii, ad eas res conficiendas, biennium sibi satis esse duxerunt. — Crassus legatos tribunosque militum in finitimas civitates frumentl petendi causa dimisit. — Plato Romam (453, c) ad cognoscendas Numae leges contendit. — In voluptate spernenda virtus maxime cernitur. — Multi. GERUNDIVE. 189 in equis parandis, adhibent curam, sed in amicis deli- gen d is negligentes sunt. — Mllites, ad urbem expugnan- dara, tridui spatium sibi satis esse duxerunt. (500.) Translate into Latin. For completing these things (498, d) Caesar gave to the Gauls the space of three days. — The iEduans had suddenly formed the design of besieging the town. — Crassus is chosen for carrying-on the war (498, d). — Pythagoras went to Sparta (453, c) to learn (498, 1=^) the laws of Lycurgus. — Caesar reckoned that the space of two years was enough for himself, for overcoming the Gauls and finishing the war. — The general sent all the cavalry across the Rhine, for the sake of seeking corn. — Ariovistus hastened (contendere), with all his forces, to attack the town (498, ESP). — The Britons sent ambassadors to Caesar, in-order-(ad)-to-seek (498, 13P) peace. LESSON LXXXII. The Gerundive used to express Necessity, fyc. THE GERUNDIVE AS SUBJECT. (501.) (a) The gerundive in the nominative neuter (dum) is used with esse to express necessity or duty. If the person be expressed, it must be put in the dative. One must write. I must write. Scribendum est. Scribendum est mihi. R3P Here the gerundive is the subject of the sentence (the duty of writing is to me). (b) This neuter nominative may be combined with all the tenses of esse ; e. g\, Scribendum est mihi, I must write. Scribendum erat mihi, / had to write. Scribendum erit, / must write hereafter. &c, &c. 190 GERUNDIVE. (c) This neuter nominative may govern the case of its verb ; «•§■•> We must help the citizens. One must use reason. Civibus (dat.) subveniendum est. Ratione utendum est. THE GERUNDIVE AS PREDICATE. (502.) The gerundive is also used with esse, in all cases and genders, as a verbal adjective, agreeing with the noun, to ex- press necessity or worthiness ; e. g., I am to be loved, amandus sum ; thou art to be loved, amandus es, &c. The person, if specified, is put in the dative. Tullia mihi amanda est. I must love Tullia (= Tul- lia is to be loved by me.) All things had to be done by Ccesar (= Ccesar had to do all things). ' Here the gerundive is the predicate. EXERCISE. Omnia Cassari erant agenda. (503.) Vocabulary. Flag, vexillum, I. To set-up, proponere (pro+pongre, posu-, posit-, 406, b). To go-forward, procedure (pro-f-ce- dere, 401, 3, b). A little too far, paullo longius (adv.). To think, piitare (av-, at-). (504.) Examples. (a) Ccesar causes a bridge to be made (— taJces care that a bridge should be made). I must hear. Est is often omitted with the (b) The centurions thought that nothing should be done rashly. To send for, arcesseYe (arcessiv-, arcessit-). To understand, perceive, intelligere (intellex-, intellect-). To determine, statuere (statu-, sta- tut-). In vain, frastra. More widely, latius (adv., 376). Caesar pontem faciendum (esse) curat. Mihi audiendum. gerundive, as in (a). Centiiriones nihil temere agendum (esse) existima- bant. * The accusative is hardly ever used after the neut. gerundive. GERUNDIVE. 191 (505.) Translate into English. (1.) Gerundive in the nominative neuter (dura). Militibus de navibus erat de siliendum. — Militibus simul et de navibus (erat) desilienduin, et cum hostibus erat pugnandum. (2.) Gerundive as a verbal adjective, agreeing with the noun. Caesari omnia iino tempore (118, II., c) erant agenda; vexilium proponendum; revocandi nrilites ; qui paullo longius processerant arcessendi; acies instruenda; mi- lites hortandi; signum dandum. — Prohibenda est Ira. — Bellum nobis est suscipiendu m. — Caesar sibi latius distribuendum exercitum putat. — Imperator dicit, jam sibi legatos audiendos. — Caesar ubi intellexit frustra tan- tum laborem sumi (471), statuit expectandam classem. — Caesar pontem faciendum curat atque ita exercitum tra- ducit. (506.) Translate into Latin. (1.) Gerundive in nominative, neuter (dum). We must leap-down from the ships. — We must read. — You must hear. — You must fight for.. liberty (pro libertate).— All must hear ; we must read. — With whom (quibuscum) must I fight 1 — We must leap down from the walls and fight with the horsemen. (2.) Gerundive as a verbal adjective. I must do all things at once (= all things must be done by me at one time). — You must give the signal. — We had to set up the flag. — Ca?sar must send ambassadors. — The soldiers must fortify the camp. — The general must encourage the soldiers. — The Helvetians cause bridges to be made over the river. — Cae- sar thought that the army must be led-over. — Caesar thought that the army must be divided by him (sibi), and distributed more-widely. — The general says that he must ivait-for the fleet. — Divitiacus says that this-thing (hoc) must be done by all the Gauls. § 13. IMPERATIVE MOOD. LESSON LXXXIII. (507.) The imperative mood expresses the action of the verb as a command, wish, entreaty, &c. ; e. g., Love thou ! Hear thy parents. (508.) FORMS OF THE IMPERATIVE. ACTIVE. 2d Sing. 3d Sing. 2d Plur. 3d Plur. am- a or ato. ato. ate or atote. anto. mon- e or eto. eto. ete or etote. ento. reg- e or ito. ito. ite or Ttote. unto. aud- I or ito. ito. Ite or Itote. mnto. PASSIV E. am- are or ator. ator. amini or ammor. antor. mon- ere or etor. etor. emmi or eminor. entor. reg- ere or itor. itor. lmmi or lminor. untSr. aud- Ire or Itor. it5r. Imini or lminor. iuntor. Rem. 1. Observe that the 2d pers. sing. act. can be obtained from any verb by striking off re from the infinitive ; e. g., inf., amare; imper., a m a ; and that the 2d pers. si?ig. pass, is the infinitive form precisely. 2. The longer forms of the 2d person are used especially in reference to future time ; e. g., in laws, statutes, and the like. 3. The io verbs of 3d conj. take the imperative endings of the 4th in the 3d pers. plur.: thus, capiunto, let them take; capiuntor, let them be taken. F a c i o has 2d pers. sing, fa c. EXERCISE. (509.) Vocabulary. [Deponents take, of course, the passive endings.] Enmity, mimicitia, se. To despise, contemn6re (con-f-tem- nere, temps-, tempt-). Fleeting, f iigax, (fug&c) Is (107) To pursue, follow, pers£qul (perse- cut-), dep. Association, fellowship, societas (atis, 293) . IMPERATIVE MOOD. 193 Ne audi. N e crede color 1. Frail, perishable, cadiicus, a, urn Show, species, speciel (117). (from cddere, to fall). To trust, credere (credid-, credit-, To shun, avoid, vitare (av-, at-). 4,11, c) ; governs dat. Judge, judex, (judic) is (306). Admire, admlrari (at-), dep. To revere, veuerari (venerat-), dep. (510.) Examples. (a) Do not hear. Do not trust appearance (colour). Rule. — With imperatives, n e must be used for not. (Non would be very bad Latin.) (b) Let the judge neither give Judex praemia ne dato neve nor take rewards. c a p i t o. Neither — nor -ne — neve. (c) Instead of parents — |Parentum loco (abl.) (511.) Translate into English. Pueri (voc), parentes am ate. — Magistri pueros linguam Latinam d 6 c e n t o. — Magna vis est in virtu tibus ; eas ( 150 ) e x c i t a, si forte dormiunt. — Abstinetote omni inj uria (abl.) atque inimicitiis. — I m p e r a irge ( 147 ). — Ne perse- q n e r e omnia, quae speciem gloriae habent. — Hsec omnia, quae habent speciem gloriae contemne : brevia, f ugacia, caduca exist! ma. — Ne credite omnibus. — Judices prsemium ne c a p i u n t o, neve danto» — V i t a societatem improborum. — V e n e r a r e Deum, venerare parentes, et quos parentum loco (55, a) tibi (54) natura dedit. — Pueri praeceptores, a qui- bus docti sunt, amanto et venerantor. (512.) Translate into Latin. Boys, revere (your) parents. — Let the master teach the boys the Greek language. — Do not rouse-up (your) vices : rouse-up (your) virtues, if perchance they sleep. — Abstain ye from (abl.) all vices and enmities. — My son, rule (your) anger (dat., 147). — Do not admire all things which have the show of glory. — Do not ye fear death. — Do not trust to the show of glory. — Love those whom Nature has given to you in place of parents. — Do not seek the association of the wicked. — Neither take i (rapere) nor give a reward. — Hear the wise and good. R § 14. SENTENCES. [The student should now be made to understand something of senten- ces. The following simple statements can readily be understood.] (513.) (a). The sentence, " the messenger fled ," is a simple sentence, as it contains but one subject and predicate. (b) The sentence, " the messenger, who saw me, fled" is a compound sentence, as it contains more than one subject and predicate. (e) In the last example,. " the messenger fled" is called the principal sentence ; and " who saw me" the subordinate sentence. (514.) The following are some of the classes of subordinate sentences : (a) The accusative with the infinitive ; e. g., Nuntius dixit, equites tela conjicere (The messenger said that the horsemen were hurling darts). Here equites tela conji- cere (that the horsemen were hurling darts) is the subordinate sentence ; nuntius dixit, the principal sentence. (b) Conjunctive sentences, i. e., such as are introduced by a conjunction or adverb of time ; e. g., Ccesar, when he had crossed the river, drew up his army. Here, Ccesar drew up his army is the principal sentence ; when he had crossed the river, the subordinate sentence. (c) Relative sentences; e. g., Nuntius, qui missus est, dixit (The messenger, who was sent, said). Here nun- tius dixit is the principal sentence ; qui missus est, the relative subordinate sentence. (d) Interrogative sentences (i. e.), such as are introduced by an interrogative word; e. g., Tell me what you are doing? Here what you are doing is a subordinate interrogative sen- tence, § 15. CONJUNCTIONS.— (LXXXIV.— LXXXV.) LESSON LXXXIV. Copulative Conjunctions. (515.) Copulative conjunctions unite words or sentences together. They are, And. Et, que, ac, atque. Neither, nor. Also. EXEE Nee, neque. Etiam, necnon, quoque, item, _tidem. CIS E. (516.) Vocabulary. Only, solum ; not only, non solum. A debtor, obaeratus, I. Formerly, at one time, quondam. Rich, opulens, (opulent) is (107). To hasten, to march rapidly, prope- rare (av-, at-). To give largess to bribe, larglri (largit-), dep. Once and again, semel atque Ite- rum. Estate, res f amiliaris, e (104). A wheel, rota, a?. (517.) Examples. (a) Darius equipped a fleet, and placed over it Datis and Artaphernes. Some (some persons), nonnulli, ce, a (non-fnullus). Javelin, tragula, ae. To hurl under, subjicere (jec-, ject-, sub-f-jacere). I profit, benefit, prosiim* (pro+sum) ; governs dat. To the same place, eodem (adv.). Too much, nimius, a, urn. Top, summit, culmen, (culmin) is (345). To pray, orare (av-, at-). Darius classem comparavit, eiqu6 Datim praef ecit e t Artaphernem. (a) E t connects independent words and sentences ; que joins one word or sentence to another rather as an appendage. Thus, in (a), e t * Prosum is inflected like sum, but inserts d before the vowels ; « e. g., p r o d - e s s e, prod-es, prod-est (not pro-es, pro-est). 196 COPULATIVE CONJUNCTIONS. joins Datim and Art ap h ern e m ; and que joins the sentence " placed aver it," &c, as an appendage to the equipment of the fleet. (b) Fierce and barbarous men Homines feri ac barbari in were coming into the prov- provinciam veniebant at que ince, and were hastening in Italiam contendebant. into Italy, I (b) Ac is used before consonants, but not before vowels or h. At que may be used before either vowels or consonants. (c) Ccesar both had indul- ged and was greatly con- fident in the tenth legion. (c) E t followed by another e t means both — and. Deeimae legion! Caesar et in- dulserat e t conf idebat max- Etiam atque etiam. E t etiam. Non s 6 1 u m — s e d etiam. (d) (1) Again and again. (2) And again. (3) Not only — but also. (518.) Translate into English. Orgetorix ad judicium omnem suam f amiliam coegit, e t omnes clientes 6ba3ratosque eodem (adv.) conduxit. — Carthago et Corinthiis atque Numantia, opulentissimse quondam et validissimge civitates, deletae sunt a Romanis. — Caesar finem properandi (489) facit, pontemque ad flumen Rhenum ponit. — Discipuli et audiunt et amant praeceptores.^ — Romani non solum itinerum causa (135, II., R.) sed etiam possessionis, culmina montium occupaverunt. — Non solum vires (plural of vis) sed etiam tela nostris (dat.) deficiebant. — His rebus Dumnorix e t suam rem f amiliarem auxerat e t facultates ad largiendum magnas comparaverat. — Hostes et e loco superiore in nostros tela conjiciebant e t nonnulli inter carros rotas que tragulas subjiciebant, nostros que vulnerabant. — Contemnuntiir h qui nee sibi nee alter! (194, R. 1) prosunt. — Nee melior vir fuit Scipione (360, c) quisquam, nee clarior. — iEdu! neque obsides repetiverunt neque auxilium imploraverunt. — Sapi- entem neque paupertas neque mors neque vincula ter- rent. — Nimius somnus neque corpori neque animo (dat., 516) prodest. — Rogo te, et oro ; etiam atque etiam te rogo.— iEdu! semel atque iterum cum Germanis contenderant. — Milites ex castris ertiperunt (e rum per e) atque omnem spem salutis in virtute posuerunt. DISJUNCTIVE AND ADVERSATIVE CONJUNCTIONS. 197 LESSON LXXXV. Disjunctive and Adversative Conjunctions. (519.) I. The disjunctive conjunctions (meaning or) are aut, vel, ve, and sive or seu. Rem. 1. Aut indicates el real difference of object; e. g., Here, soldiers, we must conquer or I Hie vincendum aut moriendum, mi- die ! J lites ! When a u t is used, but one of the conditions can be fulfilled, as in the above example. Rem. 2. Vel (derived from velle) means if you wish, oi rather. (Hence it is used for even.) Virl nobiles vel corrumpere more? civitatis, vel corrigere possunt. The nobles can either corrupt or correct the morals of the state (i. e., they can do whichever they please). Rem. 3. Ve is always affixed to another word; duo, tresve = two or three. Rem. 4. These conjunctions are frequently repeated. { aut — aut. Either — or, ) v e 1 — vel. ( sive — sive. Whether — or, \ seu — seu. (520.) II. The adversative conjunctions express opposition (but). The most important are, At, atqui, autem, cseterum, sed, verum (but). Tamen (however) ; v e r 6 (truly) . EXERCISE. (521.) Vocabulary. To run up, accurrere (accurr- and accucurr-, accurs-, ad+curr6re). Very rich, perdives, (divlt) is (per+ dives), 107. Chance, casus, us. By chance, casu (abl.). Goodness, b6nitas (atis). To pay up, per solvere (solv-, s6- lut-). To suffer full punishment, poena s persolvere. Handsome, formosus, a, iim. Eloquent, facundus, a, am. Ulysses, Ulysses, (Ulyss) is. R2 198 CONJUNCTIONS. To possess, possiderS (possed-, pos- sess-). Weeping, fletus, us. Effect, effectus, us. Sorrow, sadness, tristitia, ae. Generally, plerumque (adv.). Joy, gaudium, I. Daily, quotidiantis, a, urn. A living being, animans, (animant) is (107). Motion, motiis, us. Various, dlversus, a, iim. To swim, natare (av-, at-). Sometimes, interdum. Fortes sunt habendi, non qui f aciunt, sed qui propulsant injuriam. Gyges a nullo videbatur, ipse autem omnia videbat. (522.) Examples. (a) Those are to be esteemed brave, not who do, but who ward off injury. (b) Gyges was seen by no- body, but he himself saw all things. (a) Sed indicates a strong opposition ; it always stands first in its clause, as in (a). (b) Autem expresses a weaker opposition than sed. Au- tem and vero never stand first in a sentence, but always after one or more words. (523.) Translate into English. Nostri celeriter accurrerunt; at Germani fortiter impetum gladiorum exceperunt. — Amici regis duo tresve (519, R. 3) per- divites sunt. — Sive casti (55, a) sive consilio deorum immorta- lium, pamas persolverunt. — Nonnulli, sive felicitate (abl.) quadam, sive bonitate naturae, rectam vitse secuti sunt viam. — Fortes et magnanimi sunt habendi, non qui f aciunt s e d qui propulsant injuriam. — Non formosus erat, sed erat facundus Ulysses. — Avarus non possidet divitias (57, R.) sed divitiae possident eum. — Fletus plerumque est effectus tristitiae ; inter- dum vero etiam (even) gaudh. — Helvetii fere quotidianis prawns (55, a) ciim Germanis contendunt, quum aut suis fini- bus eos prohibent, aut ipsi in eorum finibus bellum gerunt. — Animantium motus dlversus est ; v e 1 ambulant et currunt, v&l volant, vel natant. — Corpus moritiir (dcp.), veriim ani- mus nunquam morietur. — Milites nostri fortes f uerunt, sed avari. § 16. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.— (LXXXVL— XCII.) (524.) The subjunctive mood expresses affirma- tion doubtfully, indefinitely, or as conceived by the mind; e. g., / may write; I might write; I might have written ; if I should write ; if I had written. Rem. — The subjunctive has no future tense-form. LESSON LXXXVI. Subjunctive Present. (525.) Forms of e s s e (to be) in subjunctive present. Pres. sim, / may be. SIS, sit, thou may-\he, she, it\ est be. J 'may be. j smms, we may be. sitis, ye may be. sint, they may be. (526.) Forms of regular verbs. (a) The subjunctive present adds the person-endings rn, s, t, mus, tis, nt, for the active, and r, ris or re, tur, mur, mini, ntur, for the passive, to the verb-stem by means of the following connecting vowels, viz., Active. Passive. 1st conj., e ; e. g., am-e-m, am-e-r 2d conj., ea ; e. g., mon-ea-m, mon-ea-r. 3d conj., a ; e. g., reg-a-ni, reg-a-r 4th conj., la ; e. g., aud-ia-m, aud-ia-r. (b) PARADIGM. SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. Active. — I may love, advise, rule, hear. Stem. Singular. Plural. am- em. f es. et. emus. etis. ent. mon- earn. eas. eat. eamus. eatis. eant. reg- am. | as. at. amus. atis. ant. aud- Tarn, j Jas. iat. lamus. iatis. lant. Passive. — I may he loved, advised, ruled, heard. .-Tea.. Singular. Plural. am- er. eris or ere. etur. emur. eminl. entur. mon- 6ar. earls or are. eatiir. £ am fir. eamini. e an tur. reir- ar. aris or are. atur. amur. amini. autur. aud- lar. Tar is or are. latur. lamur. laminl. lantur. 200 SUBJUNCTIVE PRESENT. EXERCISE. To be ignorant, ignorare (av-, at-). To deny, negare (av-, at-). To know, noscere (nov-, not-). To afford, proebere (praebui-, prsebit-). To make one's self a judge, se judi- cem praebere. To apply, to employ, adhibere (u-, it-). Cautious, cautiis, a, um. Rashly, temere [adv.). Ever, unquam [adv.). Truly, obviously, prorsiis [adv.). Finally, denique [adv.). (527.) Vocabulary. Value, pretium, I. To obey, parere (para-) ; governs dot. To despair, desperare (av-, at-). Otherwise, aliter (adv.). To hinder, impedire (iv-, it-). Carefully, studiose (adv.). % To exercise, exercere (exercu-, ex- ercit-). To grieve, dolere (dolu-, dolit-). Would that, utinam (conj.). To fear, metuere (metu-). Incredible, incredibllis, e (104). Mind {talent), ingenium, I. (528.) Examples. [The principal use of the subjunctive in Latin is in dependent sen- tences ; but in this lesson we show its uses in principal sentences, in which it occurs only when something- is said without definileness or cer- tainty^ Nemo sanus de virtutis pretio dubite t. Sim salvus ! Salviis sis! Ne s i m salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio. Utinam pater vivat. (a) 1. No sane man can doubt about the value of virtue. 2. May I be safe ! 3. I hope you are well (=may you be safe). 4. May I not be safe, if I write otherwise than I think. 5. i" hope my father is alive ( = would that my father may be alive). 6. I wish he would come. Utinam v e* n i a t. (a) The subjunctive present is used for the English poten- tial, may, can, &c, and also to express a wish, when the thing wished is possible. A negative wish is expressed by n e pre- fixed, as in (4). (6) 1. Let us believe. 2. Let us obey virtue. 3. Do not despair. Credamus. Virtu ti pareamus. Ne desperes. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 201 (b) The subjunctive present is used, instead of the impera- tive, to soften a command. N e is used for prohibition. (c) Who would not love vir- tue ? What can I do ? Who is ignorant ? Who can doubt ? Quis virtu tem non a m e t ? Quid faciam ? Quis ignoret ? Quis dubitet ? (c) The subjunctive present is used in direct questions when any doubt is implied. (In English, we generally use can, will, would, &c, in such questions.) (529.) Translate into English. (a) Use of subjunctive as potential, or to express a wish (the latter indicated by ! ). Tempus veniat. — Salvus sis! amice. — Faveat for- tuna ! — Utinam hoc verum sit ! — Diu vivas ! — Nemo bonus de Providentia Dei dubitet. — Moriar, si aliter scribo ac sentio. — Utinam nemo te i m p e d i a t ! — Utinam domum meam veris amicis (55, a) i m p 1 e a m ! (b) Use of subjunctive as imperative. Se quisque studiose exerceat. — Naturam, optimam ducem, sequamur, eique pareamus. — Amemus patriam, parea- mus senatui, consulamus bonis. — Suum quisque noscat ingenium, acremque se et bonorum et vitiorum suoriim judi- cem praebeat. — Ne ametis improbos. — Prudentiam adhib- eamus.— Cautiorem adhibeamus prudentiam. — In rebus gravioribus cautiorem adhibeamus prudentiam, sed nee in levioribus temere unquam agamus. — Ne dole as. (c) Use of subjunctive in direct questions. Quis hoc credat ? — Quis fabulas istas credat ? — Quis im- probos ac stultos diligat? — Quis eiim diligat quern metuit? — Quis credat illud quod prorsiis incredibile est? — Quis de virtutis pretio dubitet ? — Quid faciamus? — Quis neget omnes leves, omnes avaros, omnes denique improbos esse servos ? (530.) Translate into Latin. (a) No wise (man) can doubt concerning the benevolence of God. — My friends, I hope you are well (= may you be safe). 202 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. — I-hope-that (utinam) the commander is alive (=may live). — I hope our friends may come ! — May these things be true ! — May the citizens be wise. (b) Let us not believe this. — Do not believe these fables. — Let us exercise ourselves diligently. — Let us love our friends, let us obey our parents, let us worship God. — Know your (own) mind. — Let the soldiers take-possession-of the mountain. — Let us not love the wicked. (c) Who can say this ? — Who can love a fool ? — Who would obey a wicked king ? — What good (man) can doubt concerning the value of virtue ? — Who can deny that all avaricious men are slaves ? . LESSON L XXXVI I. Subjunctive Perfect. (531.) Form of esse (to be) in subjunctive perfect. fuerim / may have been. fuerls, thou mayest have been. fuerit, he, she, it 'may have been. fueiimus, we may have been. fueritis, ye 'may have fuerint, they may have been. (532.) Forms of regular verbs. 1. The subjunctive perfect active adds the endings eri'm, eris, erit, £ rim us, erftis, erint, to the indie, perf. stem of the verb; e. g., amav-erim, &c. 2. The subjunctive perfect passive is formed by combining the perfect participle with the subj unctive present of e s s e ; c. g., amatus s i m, &c. [IdiP Deponents, of course, are formed like passives.] 3. PARADIGM, SUBJUNCTIVE PERFECT. Active. — I may have loved, advised, ruled, heard. amav- monu- rex- audlv-J erim. eris. entis. Passive. — I may ha,ve been loved, advised, ruled, heard. Sing. amatus, a, um, mdnitus, a, um, rectus, a, um, auditus, a, um, sim. sis. sit. Plur. i m0 " ltl ' 1' a ' [ sitls. | recti, ae, a, ^ auditl, as, a, sint. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 203 EXERCISE. Patience, patientia, ae. To slay, cut to pieces, caedere (ce- cid-, caes-, 413, GP). (533.) Vocabulary. Health, valetudd, (valetudin) is (339). So, thus, ita [adv.) Kindness, pardon, venia, se. To take captive, capere (io, cep-, I It makes no difference, it matters capt-, 199). not, nihil refert. DC? 3 Form the subjunctive perfect active and pass- ive of the following verbs : Invenire, to find (inven-, invent-). Scribere, to ivrite. Facere (io-, fee-, fact-), to do. Loqui (locut-), to speak (dep.). Censere (censu-, cens-), to think. Oppiimere (press-, press-), to re- press, crush. Constituere (stitu-, stitut-), to place. Oppugiiare, to assault. Hevocare, to recall, restore. Absum, to be absent (no passive). Prosilm, to profit (do.). Desum, to be wanting (do.). Vocare, to call. Confirmare, to assert. Dicere, to say (dix-, diet-). Tradere, to assert, deliver (tradid-, tradit-). Land are, to praise. Videre, to see. (534.) Examples. (a) Do not do it | Ne fece r 1 s. (a) The subjunctive perfect (as well as the present) may be used in prohibitions, with ne, or nihil, instead of the imper- ative. (b) By your leave I would say. Epicurus may have said. Perchance some one may say. Pace tua dixerim; or, Venia tua dixerim. Dixerit Epicurus. Forsitan aliquis dixerit. (b) The subjunctive perfect may be used with or without an adverb, to express a supposed case (that may be true). (c) I think I can assert this. Hoc confirmaverim. You will scarcely find a man Vix ullius gentis hominem in- of any nation, veneris. (c) The subjunctive perfect (as well as present) is used to soften an assertion. (Such phrases as, Probably I might, I think I can, I would, perhaps, &c, can be expressed in Latin by one word in the perfect subjunctive, as above.) 204 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Cur rides ? Die* mihi cur ride as. Ubi fuisti ? Nescio ubi fueris? (d) (1) Why do you laugh? (2) Tell me why you laugh. (1 ) Where have you been ? (2) I do not know where you have been. The sentences marked (1) are direct interrogative sentences, and take the indicative mood ; those marked (2) are indirect (or subordinate) interrogative sentences, and take the subjunctive. Hence, {e)Rule of Syntax. — The subjunctive mood is used in all in- direct interrogative sentences. Rem. Such sentences are introduced by the interrogative pronouns quis, qui, quantus, qualis, uter, &c., or the adverbs ubi, unde, quan- do, quo,' cur, nuni, utrum, an, &c. (535.) Translate into English. (a) Quod diibitas, ne feceris. — Id ne dixeris. — Nihil in- commodo (to the injury) valetiidinis tuae feceris. — Cum im- probis ac stultis nelocutus sis. (b) Faciat hoc aliquis. — Fecerit hoc aliquis. — Dixerit Epicurus, Deum esse nullum. — Forsitan eiim am aver is. — Forsitan ita censueris. — Pueriim magistri monuerint. — Urbem hostes oppugnaverint. (c) Frater (voc), bona tua venia dixerim, mea sententia melior est. — Patientiam laudaverim boum (351, 2) atque equorum. — Ingenia studiaque oppresseris facilius (376) quam revocaveris. (d) Nescio cur ridea s. — Die, c u r ad me non veneris. — Helve tii ibi erunt, ubi eos Caesar constitu erit. — Magno ciim periculo (89, II.) id fecit. — Intelligit, quanto eiim peri- culo id fecerit. — Multi in preelio cgesl sunt. — Multi in prselio capti sunt. — Ubi (when) victoria amissa est (is lost) nihil refert, q u 6 1 in prselio c a3 s l aut in fuga c a p 1 1 sin t. — Die mihi ubi fueris. (536.) Translate into Latin, (a) Do not love the wicked. — Do not hear the foolish. * The imperative of dlcere* is die, not dlcS. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 205 (b) Some philosophers may -have-denied the soul to be im- mortal. — P erhaps-you-have-advised the young-man. (c) I think- I-can-advise the young man. — You may easily repress the minds of young men. — You cannot easily recall the industry (studium) of men. (d) The mind itself knows-not what (quails) the mind is. — Tell me where you were. — I-do-not-know why you did not come to me. — Tell (me), were you (fuerisne) in school yesterday ? — It makes no difference how many are taken- captive. — The boy will remain (erit) there, where the master may appoint him. — I will tell you what I have seen. — I will tell you what I have heard. — Tell me what you have done. LESSON LXXXVIII. Subjunctive Imperfect and Pluperfect. — Conditional Conjunctions and Sentences. (537.) The subjunctive imperfect simply adds the person-endings, m, s, t, mus, tis, nt, for the active, r, ris (re), tur, mur, mini, ntur, for the passive, to the present infinitive form of the verb. Thus, Inf. Pres. esse, to be. a ma re, to love. r eg- ere, to rule. Imperf. Subj. Act. essem, / might be. amare-m. regere-m. Imperf. Subj. Pass. amare-r. rSgere-r. (538.) PARADIGM. SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERFECT. 1. Essem. — i" might, could, would, or should be. essem. | esses. | esset. || essemus. | essetis. | essent. 2. Active. — I might, could, would, fyc, love, advise, rule, hear. amar- ""j moner- ~ reger- em ' audir- J es. et. emus. etis. ent. 3. Passive. — I might, could, would, 6fC, be loved, advised, ruled, heard. amar- ") moner- 1 - reger- j er " audir- J ens or ere. etur. emur. emini. entur. s 206 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Rem. — The vowel e of the ending is long, except where it comes before m or t final, when it is short of necessity. (539.) (a) The subjunctive pluperfect active simply adds the person-endings, m, s, t, mus, tis, n t, to the past infinitive form of the verb. Thus, Pluperfect Subjunctive. fuisse-m, 7" might have been. amavisse-m, I might have loved. (6) The subjunctive pluperfect passive is formed by combining the perfect participle with the subjunct- ive imperfect of e s s e ; E. g., am at us ess em (sometimes with the subjunctive pluperfect of e s s e ; e. g., amatus fuissem, &c). (c) PARADIGM. SUBJUNCTIVE PLUPERFECT. Past Infinitive. f u i s s e, to have been. amavisse, to have loved. 1. I might, could, would, have been, 6fC fuissem. fuisses. | fuisset. || fuissemiis. | fuissetis. | fuissent. 2. Active. — I might, could, fyc, i i loved, advised, ruled, heard. av- 'j ,nu- y i cX- J audi v- J amav monu rex- 3. Passive. — I might, could, fyc, have been loved, advised, ruled, heard. Sing. < amatus, a, um, monTtus, a, um, ' rectus, a, um, | auditus, a, um, essem. esses. esset. I amati, se, a, Plur \ m6n 3ti, oe, a, < ' J recti, se, a, | ■v. audit!, ae, a. essemus. essetis. essent. Conditional Conjunctions and Sentences. (540.) (a) The conditional conjunctions are si, if; sin, but if; nisi, or ni, if not, unless. (b) A conditional sentence is one which is introduced by a conditional conjunction ; e. g., if men were good, they would be happy. Rem. The sentence introduced by if is called the conditional sen- tence ; the other, the consequent sentence : if men were good is the conditional ; they would be happy, the consequent. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 207 EXERCISE. (541.) Vocabulary. To diminish, minuere (minii-, mi- nut-). To cross over, transire (irreg.). The world, orbis terrarum. To subdue, subigere (subeg-, subact-, sub+ag-ere). Longer, diutius (adv., compar.). I wish that, utinam (conj.). (542.) Examples and Rules. (a) Would that my father were alive ! I wish he could come ! Utinam pater viveret ! Utinam veniret ! In these examples (which refer to present time), the thing wished is supposed to be impossible (the wish is vain). I wish he had lived ! I wish he had come ! Utinam v i x i s s e t ! U tinam venisset ! 5^^° In these examples (which refer to past time), the thing wished is supposed to be impossible (the wish is vain). (a) Rule of Syntax, — The imperfect and pluperfect sub- junctive are used to express an impossible supposition, or a vain wish ; the imperfect, with reference to present or future time ; the pluperfect, with reference to past time. (b) Conditional Sentences. (1) If he has (any) money, Si pecuniam habet, dat. he gives (it). Here the man is supposed to have money ; the condition expressed by "«/*" is therefore real. (2) If he has (any) money, he will give (it). Here the condition is possible, if not real. The man may have money. Si pecuniam habeat, dabit. (3) If he had any money, he would give it. Si pecuniam habere t, claret. Here the man is supposed to have no money : the condition is unreal. (Observe that it refers to present or future time.) (4) If he had had any money, he would have given it. Si pecuniam habuisset, d e d i s s e t. Here the man is supposed not to have had any money ; the condition is therefore unreal (referring to past time). Hence, (b) Rule of Syntax. — In conditional sentences (1), a real 208 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. condition is expressed by the indicative ; (2) a possible condition by the present or perfect subjunctive ; (3) an unreal or impossible condition in present time by the im- perfect subjunctive ; and (4) an unreal or impossible con- dition in past time by the pluperfect subjunctive. Rem. 1. In cases (3) and (4), the subjunctive must be used in the consequent as well as in the conditional sentence. 2. It follows that the perfect or pluperfect indicative can never be used with si. If he had come = si venisset, not si venerat. (543.) Translate into English. Utinam salvus esse s. — S I hoc dicis, erras. — S i hoc dicas, erres. — Si hoc dice res, errares. — Si hoc dix- isses, erravisses. — Si venisses ad exercitum, ab impera- tore visus esse s. — Frater mihi narrabat quid amicus tuus fecisset (534, d). — Memoria minuitur, nisi earn exer- c e a s. — S i Helvetii flumen transire conentur, Caesar eos prohibebit. — S I Helvetii flumen transire conarentur, Caesar eos prohiberet. — Si Helvetii flumen transire conati e s s e n t, Caesar eos prohibuisse t. — S i obsides ab Helvetiis Caesari (54) dentur, cum iis pacem faciet. — Si obsides ab Helvetiis Caesari darentur ciim iis pacem faceret. — Si obsides ab Helvetiis Caesari dati essent, cum iis pacem f e c i s s e t. — Non superaremur, elves (voc.) s i nostri fortes essent. — Non superati essemus, cives, si fortiores milites nobis (dat., 125, II., a) fuissent. — Alexander totum fere orbem terrarum siibegit. — Alexander, si diutius vixis- s e t, totum orbem terrarum siibegisset. (544.) Translate into Latin. I wish my father had lived longer. — / wish you had come. — Would-that the soldiers had been braver. — If you-would-read this book (542, 5, 2), I would give (it) to you. — I wish the gen- eral had led the army across the Rhine. — If you had any thing (quid), you would willingly give (it). — If they had had the money, they would willingly have given it. — If-you-had-loved the boy, you-would-have advised him. — If you-love the boy, you-will-advise him. — ijfthe soldiers would come to the army, they -would-be-praised by the general. — If the Germans had-led (their) army across the Rhine, Caesar would-have-made an at- tack upon (in) them. — Ifwe-are brave, we shall not be overcome. SUBJUNCTIVE WITH UT, NE. 209 LESSON LXXXIX. Subordinate Sentences expressing a Purpose, — Ut and Ne. (545.) The subjunctive forms of the verb posse, to be able, are the following : [Observe that p o s s e is compounded of p 6 1 -, the stem of p 6 1 1 s, able, and esse; thus, pot-ess e, contracted, posse. So all similar forms are contracted, and the t changed into s before s.] Subj. Pres. pos- sim. (POtis sim = pot-sim = possim.) sis. sit. simus. sTtis. sint. Subj. lmperf. pos- sem. (Potis essem = potessem = possem.) ses. set. semus. setis. sent. Subj. Perf. potii- eiim. (Potis merini =± pot-fuerim = potuerim.) eris. erit. erimus. eritis. erint. Subj. Plup. potii- Issem (Potts fuissem =± pot-fuissem = potuissem.) isses. isset. lssemiis. issetis. issent. (546.) The final conjunctions (i. e., such as denote a purpose, aim, or result) are ut (or uti), ne, quin r quo, quo mi nils. Ut, or iiti, that, so that, in order that. Ne, that not, so that not, lest. Glum, but that. Quo, in order that, to the end that. duomiiius, that (after verbs of hin- dering). EX ERCISE. (547.) Vocabulary. To cat, edere (598). A Rauracian, Rauracus, I. A Tulingian, Tulingus, I. To burn up, exurere (exuss-, ex- ust-). Together, una (adv.). Basely, turpiter (215, 2). To surround, circumvenire (ven-, vent-). To resist, resistere (restit-, restit-). To fix, hence to decide, statuere (statu-, statu-). To decide on something quite se- vere, aliquid gravius statuere. To enjoin, proecipere (io, praecep-, cept-), prae-f-capere). To join battle, praelium committere. End, finis, is (m., 355, Ex. II., 2). Subordinate Sentences expressing a Purpose, End, or Object. (548.) Examples and Rides, (a) I beseech you that you ' do this ; or, >Te obsecro, ut hoc facias. I beseech you to do tins. S 2 210 UTj NE, EXPRESSING PURPOSE. Dux imperavit, ii t milites stationes suas servarent. The general commanded that"^ the soldiers should keep their stations ; or, The general commanded the soldiers to keep their sta- tions, J (b) I beseech you that you 1 do not do this ; l m , , , „. . > Te obsecro ne hoc iacias. or, I I beseech you not to do this, j The general commanded that ~) the soldiers should not desert their stations ; or, The general commanded the soldiers not to desert their stations. Dux imperavit ne milites y stationes suas deser- e r e n t. 3 (a) These examples show that a. purpose or aim may be ex- pressed in English by that, in order that, or (especially after verbs of asking and commanding) by the infinitive. In Latin, such sentences are expressed by ut, with the subjunctive.* (o) An object to be provided against is introduced in English by that not, in order that not, or by not, with the infinitive. In Latin, such sentences are always expressed by n e, with the subjunctive. (549.) Translate into English. 1. Ut. Edimus ut vivamus, non vivimus ii t edamus. — Venio ut disc am. — Veni ut discerem. — Orgetorix persuadet Castico (dat.) u t regnum occupe t. — In eo itinere, persuasit Castico, cujus pater regnum in civitate sua multos annos (191, a) obtinuerat, u t regnum in civitate sua occupare t. — Orget- orix persuadet Dumnorigi ut idem (150) conetur. — Orget- orix persuasit Dumnorigi u t idem conaretur. — Helvetii persuadent Rauracis, ii t i cum iis proficiscantur. — Helve- til persuadent Rauracis et Tulingis, u 1 1, oppidis suis vicisque * Juberg takes accusative with infinitive. UT, NE, EXPRESSING PURPOSE. 211 exustis (457), una cum hs proficiscantur. — Caesar castella communit, u t Helvetios prohibere p o s s i t. — Caesar castella communivit u t Helvetios prohibere posset. — Caesar rogat Divitiacum ut finem orandi faciat. — Caesar rogavit Divitia- cum iit finem oraudi faceret. — Helvetiis (147) Caesar im- perat u 1 1 perf ugas reducan t. — Helvetiis Caesar imperavit u 1 1 perf ugas reducerent. 2. Ne. Te obsecravi ne hoc faceres. — Pater f ilium obsecrat ne quid turpi ter facere t. — Milites, neab hoste circumven- irentur, audacius (376) resistere ac fortius pugnare ccepe- runt. — Divitiacus Caesarem obsecrat, n e quid gravius in fra- trem s t a t u a t.— Divitiacus, multis cum lacrymis (89, II.) Caesarem obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statu- eret. — Praeceptum est (perf. pres., it has heen enjoined to or upon) Labieno, ne praelium committat, nisi Caesaris copiae visae sint (542, &, 2). — Praeceptum erat Labieno, ne praelium committer etj nisi Caesaris copiae visae essent. [Recollect that a purpose or aim is often expressed in English by the infinitive; but in Latin never — always by ut with the subjunctive for a positive aim, by n e with the subjunctive for a negative aim.] (550.) Translate into Latin. The general commands the lieutenant (147) not to do (=that he may not do) this. — The general exhorted the soldiers to make (— that they should make) the attack sharply. — The father be- seeches his daughter to make an end of praying. — Some-men (quidam) live to eat, not eat to live. — He comes to see the gen- eral. — He came to see the general. — The Helvetians persuade the Tulingians to set out together with them. — The captive beseeches the general not to decide-on any-thing at-all-severe against (in) him (se). — Caesar commands the Gauls (147) to bring back (= that they should bring back) the deserters. — The Romans, that they might not be surrounded by the Gauls, began to fight more bravely. — The commander enjoins-it-upon the lieutenant not to join battle. — The commander enjoined it upon the lieutenant not to join battle. 212 SUCCESSION OF TENSES. LESSON XC. Succession of Tenses, — Ut expressing a Result. (551.) (1.) "\Ve cannot say in English, " He comes, that he might see the general ;" or, "JETe came, that he may see the gen- eral ;" but we must say, " He comes, that he may see the gen- eral," arid, " He came, that he might see the general." It is obvious that this tense of the verb in the subordinate sentence depends upon that of the principaLsentence ; and this depend- ence is called the succession of tenses. 2. The tenses of the Latin verb are divided into primary and historical. (a) Primary, •\ Present. a m a t, he loves. Imperfect. amabat, (b) Historical, < 7 v ' I lie was loving-. Future. a m a b 1 1, he will love. Pluperfect. amaverat, he had loved. Pres. Perf. a m a v 1 1, he has loved. Perf. Aorist. am a. vi t, he loved. 3. The Rule for the succession of tenses then is : If there be a primary tense in the principal sentence, there must be a pri- mary tense in the subordinate sentence ; if a historical tense in the principal, a historical tense in the subordinate. [The examples in the preceding lesson illustrate this rule, and those in the present lesson will farther confirm it.] EXERCISE. (552.) Vocabulary. and To strive, contend, niti (nis- nix-), dep. Despair, desperatio, (desperation) is (333, R.). To run together, concurrere (con- curr- and concucurr-, concurs-). Storm,, tempestas, (tempestat) is (293). To rise (as a storm), cooriri (coort-, con-roriri). Palisade (rampart of stakes) val- lum, I. To cut or tear down, scindere (scid-, sciss-). To begin, incipere (incep-, incept-, in+capere). To afford means ox facilities, dare facultatem. Deceit, doliis, L Pother, mag is. Integrity, probitas, (probitat) is (293). Course, cursus, us. Change, commutatio (onis, 333, R.). UT WITH THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 213 Subordinate Sentences expressing a Result. (553.) Examples and Rules. T a n t a vis probitatis est, ut earn vel in hoste d 1 1 i g a - mus. Helve tii i t a a patribus suis didicerunt, u t magis virtute quam dolo mtantur. So great is the power of in- tegrity, that we esteem it even in an enemy. The Helvetians have been so taught by ( = Jiave so learn ed from) their fathers, that they contend (or, as to con- tend) rather with valour than deceit. (a) These examples show that a result (especially after the words such, so, so great, &c.) is expressed in English by that with the indicative, or, as to with the infinitive ; in Latin, by ut with the subjunctive. (b) Rule of Syntax. — Ut, signifying that, and introducing a result, governs the subjunctive. Rem. Ut, expressing a result, generally follows the correlative words talis, tantus (suck, so great) ; adeo, sic, ita (so) ; and verbs signifying to accomplish, to bring- to pass, &c. (554.) Translate into English. Imperator perficit, uti Sequani dent obsides. — Dumnorix perficit, uti Sequani dent obsides, ne itinere (153, a) Hel- vetios prohibeant (548, b) Imperator tanta vi (do, a) oppi- dum oppugnat, ut desperado animos oppidanorum occupet (551, 3).— Imperator tant a vi oppidum oppugnavit u t desper- V atio animos oppidanorum occupare t. — T a n t u s timor om- nem exercitum occupavit, u t omnium animos p e r t u r b a r e t. — Tanta tempestas subito coorta est (perf aor.) ut naves cursum tenere non p o s s e n t. — Imperator t a n t a m sib! (54) jam in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, u t undique ad eum legationes concurrerent (551, 3). — Galli vallum scindunt. — Galll vallum scindere et fossam complere incipiunt. — Galli sic nosti"6s contemnunt, u t vallum scindere et fossam complere in ci pi ant. — Oppidum natura (55, a) loci sic muniebatur, ut magnam ad ducendum (496) bellum daret facultatem. — Auxiliorum adventu (55) magna, rerum commutatio facta, est. 214 ClUO, QUIN, aUOMINUS, WITH subjunctive. — Horum adventu. tanta rerum commutatio facta est, u t nos- tri fortius pugnarent atque hostes repellerent. (555.) Translate into Latin. [Recollect that as to with the English infinitive must be translated by ut with subjunctive.] The commander brought-it-to pass that the Sequanians gave hostages. — The Sequanians gave hostages that they would not prohibit the Helvetians from (their) journey (153, a). — So- great-a fear suddenly seizes the whole army, that it alarms the minds of all. — So great a tempest suddenly arises, that the ships can not hold their course. — The commander procures for himself so great authority in Italy, that even the senators run- together to him. — The Helvetians begin to cut-down the bridge. — The Helvetians so despised our men, that they began to cut down the bridge. — By the approach of the iEduans, so great a change was made that the Helvetians began to fight more bravely. — The Helvetians had so learned from their fathers, as to contend rather with valour than deceit. LESSON XCI. Periphrastic Conjugation, Subjunctive.-— Use of quo, quin, qudminus, with the Subjunctive. (556.) The want of a future subjunctive is supplied to some extent by the periphrastic conjugation, formed by combining the participles in rus and dus with the subjunctive tenses of esse, to be. ACTIVE. Pres. Imperf. Perf/ Pluperf. amaturus sim, / may he about to love. amaturus essem, / might be about to love. amaturus fuerim, I may have been about to love. amaturus fuissem, / 'might have been about to love. PASSIVE. Pres. Imperf. Perf Pluperf. amandus sim, I may be to be loved [one must love me). amandus essoin, / might be to be loved. amandus fuerim, / may have been to be loved. amandus fuissem, / might have been to be loved. Esse (to be). Pres. Imperf. futurus sim, I may be about to be. f uturus essem, / might be about to be. QUO, QUIN, QUOMINUS, WITH SUBJUNCTIVE. 215 EXERCISE. (557.) Vocabulary. To hold back, restrain, retinere (re- tmu-, retent-, re+tenere). To stand in the way, prevent, ob- stare (obstit-, obstat-, ob-f stare). To sustain, sustinere (tinu-, tent- ; sub-|-tenere). Novelty, no vitas, (novitat) is (293). To decree, consciscere (consciv-, con- SClt-). To commit suicide, sib! mortem con- sciscere (= to decree death to one's self). Cowardice, ignavia, ae. To take away from, eripere (io- eripu-, erept-) ; governs ace. and abl. To train, educate, educare (av-, at-). To deceive, fallere (fefell-, fals-). It was Ccesar's fault, Per Csesii- rem stetit [==it stood through Cee- sar). To finish, perficere (perf ec-, per- fect-). Suspicion, suspicio, onis (333, By.). (558.) Examples and Rules. (a) Caesar erects forts, that lie may the more easily keep off the Helvetians. Caesar castella communit, quo f a c i 1 i u s Helvetios prohib- ere p o s s i t. (a) Quo is used to express a purpose (instead of ut), espe- cially when a comparative enters the sentence. Caesar castella communit ut possit {that lie may, &c). Caesar castella communit quo facilius possit (that he may more easily, &c). (b) (1) There is no one but thinks ; or, There is no one who does not think. (2) There is no one so brave as not to be con- founded. (3) It is not doubtful but that the soldiers will fight bravely. (4) I did not doubt that the soldiers would fight bravely. (5) They could not be restrained from hurl- ing darts (= but that they should hurl darts). Nemo est quin putet. Nemo est tarn fortis perturbetur. qui n Non dubium est q u i n milites fortiter pugnaturi sint. Non dubitabam quin milites fortiter pugnaturi e s - s en t. Non poterant retineri quin tela conjicerent. Nihil imp edit, quo minus hoc faciat. 216 auo 9 quin, ciuominus, with subjunctive. (b) Quin is used in the sense of " but, 11 or " as not, 11 after negative sentences ; and in the sense of " that not" and " that" after non dubito, non dubium est, &c. ; in the sense of "from" (.— but that) after verbs of restraining, &c. (c) (1) What stands in the Quid obstat quominus Ju- way of Julius being lius sit beatus? happy (= what stands in the way in order that Julius may not be happy) ? (2) Nothing hinders him from doing this (= no- thing impedes, in order that he may not), (c) Quominus is used (in preference to ne) after verbs of hindering, preventing, standing in the way of &c. (It can generally be rendered into English by of or from, with a parti- ciple, as above.) (559.) Translate into English. (a) duo (=i?i order that, used instead of tit, with comparatives). Caesar milites hortatus est iit fortes essent. — Caesar milites hortatus est quo fortiores essent. — Eo opere perfecto (456) Caesar praesidia disponit, castella communit, quo facil- ius, si Helvetii transire conentur (542, b, 2) prohibere possit. — Scrips!, ut auctoritatem haberem. — Scrips! quo in suadendo (488) plus auctoritatis (186, a) haberem. — -Auxilium rogant, ut hostium copias sustineant. — Subsidium rogant, quo fa- c i 1 i u s hostium copias sustineant. (b) auin (= but that). Nemo est tam fortis quin rei novitate (55, a) perturbetiir. — Orgetorix mortuus est, neque abest suspicio quin ipse sibi mortem consciverit. — Helvetii non dubitant quin Romani ^duis (abl., verb of depriving) libertatem erepturi sint. — Non dubium est quin elves, iibi (when) patria in periculo futura sit (534, e), fortiter pugnaturi sint. — Non dubito quin puerum bene educaturus sis. — Turpe est falli. — Tur- pius est fallere. — Non dubium est quin turpius sit fallere quam falli. — German! retineri non poterant quin in nostros teln conjicerent. QUUM WITH SUBJUNCTIVE. 217 (c) duommus (= in order that not). Per Labienum stetit quo minus Roman! oppidum occupa- rent. — Nostrorum ignavia obstabat quo minus hostes super- arentur. — Non me impedies quominus id faciam. — Sen- ecttis non impedit quominus litterarum studia teneamus. (560.) Translate into Latin. [Remember the rale for the Succession of Tenses (551, 3).] (a) duo. Caesar, having finished the work (■= the work being finished), exhorted the soldiers to be of a braver spirit (fortiore animo). — I ask your assistance, that I may do this the more easily. (b) auln. There is no one tvlio does not think that the wise are always happy. — It is not doubtful that Caesar will cross the Rhine. — I do not doubt that my father will come. — I was not doubting that you had educated the boys well. (c) Gluominus. Nothing hinders me from being happy. — It was the fault of the commander that the soldiers did not fight bravely. — The cowardice of the commander stood in the way of our taking- possession- of the town. LESSON XCII. Use of Quum, with the Subjunctive. (561.) The conjunction quum (sometimes written cum) has two uses : (1) to denote tune simply (when, while) ; (2) to denote a cause, or reason (since). The former is called quum temporal, the latter quum causal. EXERCISE. (562.) Vocabulary. To contemplate, contemplarl (at-), dep. To perceive, antmadverter6 (vert-, vers-, animum-f-ad+vertere). To delay, tardare (av-, at-). T To get sight of, conspicere (spex-, spect-). Incessant, continuous, continens, (nent) is (107). Of right, justly, five (abl of jus). 218 aUUM WITH SUBJUNCTIVE. To order, jubere, does not take ut with subj., but ace. with inf. ; Tie ordered them to await=-'^w.BSit eos expectare. Destruction, interitus, us. To make-haste, maturare (av«, at-) To announce, nuntiare (av-, at-). To meet, convenire (ven-, vent-). (563.) Examples and Rules, (a) When we contemplate the firmament, we wonder at the greatness of God, (a) Rule of Syntax. — Quum, when used simply to express the time (especially with the primary tenses), is followed by the indicative. Quum ccelum contempla- mur, Dei magnitudinem admiramur. Caesar, quum Pompeium vi- c i s s e t, in Asiam trajecit. (b) Ccesar, when he had con- quered ( 3= having con- queredy Pompey, crossed over into Asia. (b) Rule of Syntax. — Quum temporal is followed by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive, if the events de- scribed depend on each other, and especially when the aorist perfect is used in the principal sentence. [In the above example, the verb tr aj ecit, of the principal sentence, is in the aorist perfect. In all such cases, the subordinate sentence with quum can be rendered by the English participle, as in the example above, and in the two following.] The prcetor, having come (—when he had come) into the forum, perceived. The commander, having got sight of the enemy, or- dered. (c) Since these things are so. Since they cannot defend themselves. Although the soldiers were retarded by rains, yet they overcame all (obstacles). Praetor, quum in forum ve- nisset, animadvertit(perf). Imperator, quum hostes con- spexissit, jussit. Quae quum ita s i n t. Quum se defendere non p o s s i n t. Milites, quum imbribus tar- darentur, tamen omni& superaverunt. (c) Rule of Syntax. — Q u u m causal (signifying since, or although) is always followed by the subjunctive. aUUM WITH SUBJUNCTIVE. 219 (564.) Translate into English. 1. Gluu in temporal, with subjunctive (563, b). Caesar, quum id nuntiatum esset, maturavit ab urbe proficisci. — Quum legio decima constitisset, omnes hostes ad exim locum contenderunt. — Quum legatus ad oppidum a c - cessisset, pueri mulieresque pacem ab Romanis petiverunt. — Quum Caesar ad oppidum accessisset, oppidani pacem ab eo petierunt. — Quum imperator signum dedisset, milites in hostes impetum f ecerunt. — Caesar, quum Gallos v I c i s s e t, in Italiam contendit (perf.). — Quum. legati Caesarem in itinere convenissent, eos suum adventum expectare jussit. 2. CI ii u m causal (since, or although), with subjunctive (563, c). Milites, quum frigore et imbribus tardarentur, tamen continent! labore (55, a) omnia superaverunt. — Cicero jure pater patriae dictus est, quum urbem ab interitu servasset.* — iEdui, quum se suaque ab Helvetiis defendere non pos- s i n t, legatos ad Caesarem mittunt, rogatum (379) auxilium. — Quum omnes homines mortales s i n t, etiam tu morieris. (565.) Translate into Latin. 1. &uum temporal, with subjunctive (563, b). The ambassadors having ashed (= when the ambassadors had asked) peace of Caesar, he ordered them to await his coming. — Caesar having ordered them (= ivhen Ccesar had ordered them) to await his coming, (they) obeyed. — The lieutenant, when that was (—had been) announced, returned to the citadel. — The fifth legion having halted, the enemy made an attack upon them. — The praetor, having come into the forum, saw the cap- tives. — The boy, having approached the wood, heard a voice. 2. Quum causal, with subjunctive (563, c). Since these things are so, let us believe (528, b, 1). — Nations, when they cannot defend themselves, ask assistance. — The scout, though he was delayed by the cold, came to the camp. — Since Caesar took- away (eripere) liberty from the iEduans, they rightly feared. * Contracted from servavisset. 220 RELATIVE SENTENCES. LESSON XCII'I. Use of the Subjunctive in Relative Sentences. (566.) The relative pronoun often takes the place of a con- junction in introducing a sentence, and is therefore followed by the subjunctive. The following examples illustrate some of these uses. {a) You err because you think = (b) They sent men to seek for peace = (c) I am not such a man as to be delighted with vices = You err who think. They sent men who should seek for peace. I am not he who can be delighted with vices. EXERCISE. (567.) Vocabulary. A herald, a proclaimer, prasco, (prae- con) is (333). A Nervian, Nervius, I. It pleased, placuit (with dat.). At length, demum. Affection, affectio, (tion) is (333, H.). To hurt, nocere (with dat.). To be present, adesse (ad+esse). To bear, ferre (irreg.). Fortunate, fortunatus, a, um. A youth, adolescens, (cent) is (m. and f., 25, a). Innocence, innocentia, sb. Fit for, ldoneiis, a, um (with dat.). (568.) Examples and Rule. (a) Hannibal did wrong in wintering (= because he wintered) at Capua. (b) They send ambassadors to say (—who may say). They sent ambassadors to say (=z who might say). Legatos mittunt, qui dicant. Legatos miserunt, qui dice- rent. Here qui (=ut il) introduces a purpose. (c) You are not the man to be ignorant. He ordered all (those) who could bear arms to be present. Non is es, qui nescias (—you are not he who can be ignorant). Omnes (eos understood) qui arma ferre possent, adesse" jussit. Male fecit Hannibal, qui Ca- pua3 hiemaverit (= who wintered at Capua). Here qui introduces the ground or cause of the judgment that Hanni- bal erred. RELATIVE SENTENCES. 221 In these examples, qui introduces a nearer definition of the demon- strative, which is expressed or implied. (d) Rule of Syntax. — The subjunctive is used in a relative sentence to express a ground, a purpose, or to give a nearer definition of a demonstrative expressed or implied. Rem. 1. Talis, tarn, tantus, it a, &c, maybe these demonstra- tives, as well as is, ea, id. 2. The relative to express a purpose is very common, especially in Caesar, and should be thoroughly studied and practised. (569.) Translate into English. [Remember the rule for the Succession of Tenses (551, 3).] (a)- Ci u I, ground, cause, or reason. Erras qui cense as Deum esse injustum. — Fortunatus fuit Alexander, qui virtutis suae Homerum praeconem (225, a) invenerit. — O fortunate adolescens, qui tuae virtutis Ho- merum praeconem inveneri s. — Nervii inciisaverunt reliquos Belgas qui se popiilo Romano (54) dedidissent. (b) Q, u i, purpose. Eripiunt aliis (153, a) quod aliis (54) largiantur*. — Legatos ad Romanes miserunt, qui peterent pacem. — Caesar eqmtatum praemittit, qui* videant quas in partes hostes iter faciant (534, d). — Imperator misit exploratores, qui cognos- ced en t qualis esset (534, d) natura montis. — Caesar copias suas in proximum collem subduxit, equitatumque, qui s u s - tineret hostium impetum, misit. — Ariovistus omnes copias, quae nostros p erterr er en t, et munitione (153, a) pro- hiberent, misit. — Placuit Caesari iit ad Ariovistum legatos mitteret (548, a).- — Placuit Caesari ut ad Ariovistum legatos mitteret, qui abeo postularent, iit aliquem locum collo- quio (54) diceret (548, a). — Turn demum Ariovistus partem suarum copiarum q u ae castra oppugnarent misit. (c) Clui, defining a demonstrative [express or implied). Imperator omnes cives qui arma ferre p o s s e n t adesse jussit. — Legatus poposcit (411, a) obsides, arma, servos, qui ad Helvetios perfugissent. — Milites ea quae imperarentur * Equitatum (cavalry) being a noun of multitude, the relative qui may he in the plural. T 2 222 RELATIVE SENTENCES. libenter f ecerunt. — Non talis siim qui t e fa 1 1 a m. — Inno- centia est affectio t a 1 1 s" animi, quae noceat nemini (54). (570.) Translate into Latin. (a) Caesar did badly in-crossing (who crossed, perf. subj.) the Rhine .—They err who think that the soul is not immortal. — The father censured his son for setting-out* (— who had set out, plup. subj.) from the city. (b) Caesar sends forward scouts, to choose (— who may choose) a place fit for the camp. — Caesar sent ambassadors to Ariovistus to demand (=who should demand). — The general brings back his forces to the hill, and sends forward the cavalry to sustain (= who may sustain) the attack. * PrOficiscor. § 17. ORATIO OBLIQUA. (XCIV.) LESSON XCIV. Oratio Obliqua {Oblique Narration). (571.) In relating the words of another, we may either, (1) represent him as speaking in the first person, and give his words precisely as they were uttered ; e. g., " He said, l Iwill come ;' " or, (2) we may state what he said in a narrative form ; e. g., "He said that he would come." The former is called Oratio recta (direct narration); the latter, Oratio obliqua (ob- lique narration). I3P The example above given shows that the moods must be different in the two modes of narration. (572.) The sentences introduced in the oratio obliqu& are either principal or subordinate ; e. g., Ariovistus said that he would not wage war upon the M d u a n s, if they paid the tribute yearly. In this example, the sentence in spaced printing i-s the principal sentence ; the sentence in italic the subordinate sentence. EXERCISE. (573.) Vocabulary. To bring upon, to wage, inferre (il- lat-), irreg. Tribute, stipendmm, l. Yearly, quotannis (used as adv.). To pay, pendere (pepend-, pens-). To show, point out, ostendere (os- tend-, ostens-, and ostent-). To excel, praestare (prsestit-, praes- tit-, and preestat). Because, proptSrea quod. To get, to gain for another, concil- iare' (av-, at-). To get possession of, potiri, (potit) dep. (governs gen. or abl.). Very easy, perfacilis, e (with dat.). Affirm } confirmare (av-, at-). The Helvetians intend, Hel- ve tiis est in ammo (= it is in mind to the Helvetians). 224 ORATIO OBLiaUA. (574.) Examples and Rules. (a) Ariovistus said that he would not wage war upon the JEduans. Ariovistus dixit, s e M d u I bellum non i 1 1 a t u r u m esse. (a) Rule of Syntax. — In principal sentences in oratio o b 1 i q u a, the accusative with the infinitive is used. Rem. When they express a command or wish, the subj. is used. (b) Ariovistus said that he would not wage war upon the JEduans, if they paid the tribute yearly. Ariovistus dixit, s e M d u I s bellum non esse ilia- turn m, si stlpendium quot- annis penderent. (b) In subordinate sentences in oratio obliqua, the sub- junctive is always used (e. g. y penderent). (c) The lieutenant denied that he had crossed the Rhine. He denies that he can give. Legatus, negavit se Rhenum transisse.* Negat se posse dare. (575.) Translate into English. Caesar dixit se, postquam hostes fusi essent, castra muniturum esse. — De decima legione Caesar non dubitabat. — Caesar dixit, se de decima legione non dubitare. — Caesar dixit, se cum sola decima legione esse iturum.f — Caesar dixit se cum sola decima legione, de qua non dubi- taret, esse ittirum. — Imperator dixit, maximas nationes pulsas siiperatasque esse. — Helve tils (54) perfacile erat totiiis Galliae imperio (abl.) potiri. — Dumnorix ostendit, Hel- vetiis perfacile esse, quum virtute (55, a) omnibus (dat.) praestarent, totius Galliae imperio potiri. — Dumnorix ipse Castico (54) regnum conciliaturus erat. — Dumnorix coh- firmat, se Castico regnum conciliatiirum esse. — Hel- vetiis est in animo iter per provinciam f acere ; aliud iter habent nullum. — Sibi esse in animo (573, O^Jjdicunt Hel- ve til, sine ullo maleficio iter per provinciam f acere, prop- terea quod ^liud iter habeant nullum. — Imperator non potest iter Helvetiis (54) per provinciam dare. — Imperator * Past infin. of translre. t Fut. infin, of Ir6, to go. ORATIO OBLiaUA. 225 negat se, more et exemplo popiili Romani, posse iter Hel- vetiis per provinciam dare. (576.) Translate into Latin. Caesar said that he, after Pompey was conquered, would cross-over into Asia. — Caesar had full confidence in (=did not doubt concerning) the fourth legion. — Caesar said that he would attack the town with the fourth legion alone, in which he had full confidence. — Cicero said that the 'greatest' cities -had been attack e d. — The lieutenant affirms that he will lead the army across the Rhine, if the enemy attempt to hinder (them) (prohibere). — The Helvetians say that they intend (573, GF) to seek peace of Ccesar. § 18. IMPERSONAL VERBS. (XCV.— XCVI.) LESSON XCV. Impersonals. — Pudet, Piget, Tcedet, fyc. (577.) Impersonal verbs are those which have no subject, and take the pronoun it before them in English; e. g., pluit, it rains. (578.) (a) Some impersonals are never used in the personal form; e.g., piget, it grieves, &c; (b) others are simply the third person of personal verbs: e. g., placet, it pleases (placed, I please), (c) Again, the third person singular of many intran- sitive verbs is used impersonally in the passive : curritiir, they run (it is run) ; / am envied, invideturmihi; nun- ciatum est, it was told. (579.) (a) The following impersonals (which express certain feelings) take the accusative of the person and genitive of the cause of the feeling. P i g g t, p i g u i t, it grieves. Tjy,,, "j-^. { it shames, rudet, puduit, lm. is. it. Inms. Itis. int. Imperf. 1 vell- noll- mall- > em. es. et. emus. etis. ent. Rem. 1. Regular are, Perf., voluerim, noluerim, maluerim ; Pluperf, voluissem ; noluissem, maluissem. 2. Imperative, noli, nolito ; nolite, nolitote, nolunto. (Imperative of volo and maid wanting.) 3. Participles, vol-ens, nol-ens. 4. Infinitives : Pres., velle, nolle, malle ; Past, voluisse, noluisse, maluisse. # EXERCISE. (593.) Vocabulary. To be empty, unoccupied, vacare (av-, at-), intrans. Neighbour, finitimus, a, urn (with dat.). Attentive, attentus, a, iim. Attentively, attente (adv.). Grant, concession, concessiis, us. Content, contentiis, a, urn (with alt). (594.) Examples. (a) If they wish anything. | Si quid velint. (a) The verbs velle, nolle, malle, as transitive verbs, govern the accusative. To seem, videri (pass, of viderg). To return, to come back, revert! (revers-), dep. Old man, senex, (sen) is (108, R. 1). On the Ides of April, ad Idus Apri- lis (the 13th of April). April, AprilTs, is, m. (25, a). Docile, docilis, e (104). Non vult Caesar eum locum vac are. VELLE, NOLLE, MALLE. 233 (b) He is milling to hear. | Vult audire. (b) The verbs velle, nolle, malle, take the infinitive after them, as the complementary object (210). (c) Caesar is not willing that that country should remain unoccupied. (c) The verbs v e 1 1 e, nolle, malle, admit the accusative with the infinitive after them. [What is the rule for principal sentences in oratio obliqua ? (574, a.) For subordinate sentences ? (574, b).] (595.) Translate into English. Ego non eadem volo, senex (225, a) quae volui adolescens. — Si vis amari, ama, {imperative). — Non vult Caesar eum locum vacare. — Noluit Caesar eum locum, unde Helvetii discesserant, vacare ; ne Germani f initimi Galliae (54) essent (548, b). — Boni homines, miseri quam improbi esse, malunt. — Fere libenter homines id quod volunt, credunt. — Idem velle et idem nolle, ea* firma amicitia est. — Docilis est qui attente vult audire. — Quern docilem veils facere, simul attentum facias oportet (584, a, ^^)» — Nisi Caesar Romams (147) solus imperare voluisset (542, 6), a Bruto et Cassio non interfectus esset. — Ariovistus dixit se regnum malle (574, a) Caesaris concessu (55, a) quam iEduorum beneficio habere. — Malum us, cum virtute, panels (55, a) content! esse, quam sine virtute multa habere. — Aristides bonus esse raalebat quamvideri. — Habet iracundia hoc mall (186, a, R.) ; non vult regi. — Caesar legatis respondet (574, a) diem se ad deliberan- dum (489) sumpturum (esse); si quid velint (542, b, 2) ad Idus Aprilis revertantur (574, b). — Tam6n Caesar, iit spatium intercedere posset (548, a) dum milites convenirent, legatis respondit, diem se ad deliberandum sumpturum ; si quid v e 1 - lent, ad Idus Aprilis reverterentur. — Caesar ab Helvetiis dis- cedere nolebat. — Omnia erunt f acilia si voles (542, b). — Ariovistus respondet ; si quid Caesar a se v e 1 i t, ilium ad se venire oportere. — Ariovistus respondit, si quid Caesar a se vel- le t, ilium ad se venire oportere. * Ea is in apposition with the clause idem velle et idem nolle. U2 234 FERRE, TO BEAR, 13RING. LESSON XCIX. F e r o, Ferre, T u 1 i, Latum, to bear, bring. (596.) (a) PARADIGM OF IRREGULAR forms. INDICATIVE. Pres. Act. Pres. Pass. fero. j fers. feror. ferns. fert. fertur. ferimus. ferimur. fertis. ferimmi. ferunt. feruntur. INFINITIVE. Act. Pres., ferre, to bear. Pres., ferri, to he borne. Perf., tulisse, to have borne. Perf., latus ess6, to have been borne. Fut., laturus esse. Fut., f erendum esse. SUBJUNCTIVE. Lmperf. Act. ferr- em. es. Imperf. Pass, ferr- er. ens (e). et. etur. emus, emur. etis. emini. ent. entur. IMPERATIVE. Singular. Active. Passive. 2. fer, ferto. 3. ferto. 2. ferre, fertor. 3. fert5r. 2. ferte, fertote. 3. f erunto. 2. ferimini. 3. feruntor. (b) The remaining tenses are formed regularly from fer-, the present stem; tul-, the perfect stem; and lat-, the supine stem. 1. From fer-, Imperfect active and passive, f erebam, f erebar. Future active and passive, feram, es; ferar, eris. Participle active and passive, ferens, f erendus. Gerund, f erendi, &c. 2. From tul-, Indicative perfect, tixli ; pluperfect, tiileram ; future per- feet, tiilero. Subjunctive perfect, tulerim ; pluperfect, tiilissem. 3. From lat-, Participle passive, latus : hence all the passive forms, latus sum, eram, ero, sim, essem, &c. ; laturus sum, sim, &c. (c) The compounds are inflected in the same way ; e. g., inferre, to bring against ; intuli, illatum ;* inf ero, infers, in- fert, &c. (d) Tollo, tollere, to raise, to take away, forms its perfect and supine from tiili, latum, viz., sustuli, sublatum. * in4-latum=illatiim, n being changed into 1 before 1. FERRE, TO BEAR, BRING. 235 EXERCISE. (597.) Vocabulary. Frequent, creber, bra, brum (77, a). Rumour, rumor, (rumor) is (319). To bring to, bring, afferre (attul-, allat-, ad+ferre). To bring iogetlier, conferre (contul-, collat-, con-f-ferre) ; to betake o-nes self, se conferre. Poor, helpless, inops, (inop) is (in-f- ops), adj., 107. To prefer, prasferre (tul-, lat-, proa+ ferre) ; governs ace. and dat. Mean, sordid, sordidus, a, urn. (598.) Examples. (a) It is the part, It is the duty, It is the mark, It is the characteristic, of a wise man. (b) The poets say. They say. Ferunt is used for they say, with the infinitive. To bring against, inferre (tul-, lat-) ; governs ace. and dat. To make war upon one, bellum ali- cui inferre. Especially, preesertim. Giant, gigas, (glgant) is, m. (X. on p. 133). To conspire, plot, conjurare (av-, at-). Impediment, impedimentum, I. Baggage, impedimenta, orum (pi.). Whatever, quicquid (n. of quisquis). Est sapientis (= it is of a wise man). Poetae ferunt. F £ r u n t. and foUowed by the accusative (599.) Translate into English. Eas res Caesar graviter fert. — Caesar dicit, eas res se gravi- ter ferrS. — Sapiens bona sua secum (125, II., b) fert. — Terra circa solem ita fertur ut circa earn simul luna fera- tur. — Crebri rtimores ad Caesarem afferebantur, omnes Belgas contra populum Romanuni conjurare, obsides que inter se dare. — Helve tii nostrorum impetus (ace. pi.) sustinere non possunt. — Diutius quum Helveth nostrorum impetus sustinere non possent (563, b) alter! se in montem receperunt, alter! ad impedimenta et carros se contulerunt. — Helve ti! in unum locum impedimenta contulerunt. — Ferte misero (54) atque inop! (54) auxilium. — Est sapientis (598, a) injurias aequo ani- mo ferre. — Est boni (598, a), miseris atque inopibus auxilium ferre. — Quid quaeque (178, 6) nox aut dies ferat, incertum 236 FIERI, EDERE. est. — Pecuniam praeferre amicitiae sordidum est. — Amiciti- am praeferre pecuniae honestum est. — Ariovistus populo Ro- mano bellum intulit. — Caesari nunciatum est (578, c) Ariovis- tum populo Romano bellum intiilisse. — iEquo animo fera- m u s quicquid no'bis accidat. — F erenda est fortuna, prae- sertim quae abest a culpa. — Improbi ad voluptatem feruntur. — Poetae ferunt (598, &), gigantes bellum diis (62, R. 3) in- tiilisse. — Demetrius, quum patria pulsus esset (563, b) ad Ptolemaeum rigem se contiili t. — Catilinae socii arma contra pateiam ferebant. — Domos suas Helve til reliquerunt, ut toti (194, R. 1) Galliae bellum inferrent (548, a). LESSON C. Fieri, to become, to be done, to happen. — E d e r e, or E s s e, to eat. 1. Fieri. (600.) Fieri forms the passive of facere, to matce, to do. The tenses are formed regularly with the endings of the 4th conjugation, except the infinitive and the imperfect subjunctive. INDICATIVE. Pres., fi-o, f i-s, f i-t ; &c. Imperf, fiebam, has, &c. Fut., flam, fles, &c. Perf, factus sum, e?, est, &c. Pluperf., factus eram, eras, &c. Put. Perf., factus ero, eris, &c. SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres., flam, flas, &c. Imperf., fierem, fieres, &c. INFINITIVE. Pres., fieri ; Perf., factus, a, urn, esse ; Fut., factum Iri, or futurum esse, or fore. PARTICIPLES. Pjes. wanting- ; Perf., factus ; Fut., f aclendus. Rem. Observe that in all the forms of this verb except fieri and fierem, res, &c, the 1 is long, contrary to the general rule that a vowel before another is short. 2. Edere (esse). (601.) Edere (or esse), to eat, forms all the tenses regu- larly with the endings of the third conjugation ; but it has, in FIERI, EDERE. 237 addition, a few forms similar to those of e s s e, to be, which are shown in the following table : Indic. Pres. 1 Subj. Imperf. 1 edo. ederem or essein. edis or es. ederes or esses. edit or est. ederet or esset. edimus. ederemus or essemus. editis or estis. ederetis or essetis. edunt. ederent or essent. Imperative. / ede or es. edito or esto. Sdite or este. editote or estote. eduuto. Rem. E s, from esse,^ be, is short ; from esse, to eat, it is long (e s). EXERCISE. (602.) Vocabulary. To ivander, vagare [dep.). Feloness, small number, paucitas, (paucitat) is (293). To be born, nascl (nat-), dep. To admonish, adm5nere (ad+mo- nere, monu-, ruorrit-). Among, apud [prep., ace). According to, secundum {prep., ace). Less, minus {adv.). (603.) Examples. Sickness, regritudo, (aBgritudin) is (340). To eat up, corrode, exedere (ex-f- edere). Fate, fatiim, I. Perpetual, perpetuus, a, um. Poor, pauper, (pauppr) is (107). To drink, bibere (bib-, bibit-). Fit, ut minus late vagen- tur. (a) It happens (it is brought to pass) that they ivander less widely. Ut with subjunctive, expressing a consequence, frequently follows f i t. (b) He was informed (=he j Certior f actus est (may be was made more certain). followed by ace. with infin.). (c) Cicero was made consul. | Cicero consul factus est. The verb fieri admits a predicate-nominative after it. (d) Nothing could be done. \ Nihil fieri poterat. [Repeat the rule for the Succession of Tenses (551, 3).] (604.) Translate into English. His rebus fit, ut Helvetii minus late vagentur (603, a). — His rebus f i e b a t, ut Helvetii minus late vagarentur. — His rebus fit ut Helvetii minus facile finitimis bellum inferre pos- sint. — De Caesaris adventu iEdui certiores facti sunt.— Cae- 238 IRE, aUIRE, NEQUIKE. sar, litteris (55, a) Labieni certior fiebat, omnes Belgas con- tra populum Roman am conjurare, obsidesque inter se dare. — Imperator dixit, id fieri posse. — Nostrorum propter paucita- tem nihil fie ri poterat. — Labienus prselium commisit, ut un- dique uno tempore (118, II., c) in hostes impetus fie ret. — Nemo fit casu (55, a) bonus. — Poeta nascitur, non fit. — Si fato (55, a) omnia fiunt (542, b, 1), nihil nos admonere potest ut cautiores fiamus. — Contra vim sine vi nihil fieri potest. — Diligentia (55, a) omnia f i un t facilia (603, c). — Apud vete- res Romanos, ex agricolis interdum fiebant consiiles ; ita Cincinnatus consul (603, c) fact us est. — Omnia quae se- cundum naturam f i u n t, habenda sunt (502) in boms.* — Saepe qui ex pauperibus dMtes fiunt, divitiis (abl., 316, b) titi nesciunt. — Vivimus ut e d a m u s ; non edimns ut vi- vamus — Ed ere oportet ut vivamus, non vivere ut e dam us. — E s s e (601) oportet ut vivas, non vivere ut edas. — Perpetua cura animum avari exest. — Bibe, e s. — Bibite, este. — ^gritudo animum exest. LESSON CI. I r e, to go. — Q, u i r e, to be able {can). — N e q u i r e, to be unable {cannot). (605.) E6, ire, ivi, itiim, to go, mostly follows the 4-th conju- gation ; but is irregular in the present tense, gerund, and su- pine, as appears by the following PARADIGM. TENSES. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres. Imperf. Fut. Perf. Pluperf. Fut. Perf. ed, Is, it, Tmus, ltis, eunt Ibam, ibas, ibat, &c. Ib6, ibis, &c Ibunt. Tvi or ii, Ivisti, ivit or lit, &c. Iveram, Iveras, &c. Ivero, Iveris, &c. earn, eas, eat, eamtis, eatis, eant. Irem, ires, iret, &c. iturus, sim, sis, sit, &c. Iverim, iveris, Iverit, &c. Ivissem, ivisses, ivisset, &c. IMPER. INFINITIVE. SUPINE. PARTICIPLE. GERUND. I, Ito, ltd. It6, Itote. eunto. Pres., ire. Perf, ivisse or isse. Fut., ituriim esse. itiim. itu. Pres., iens (euntis). Fut., itiirus, a, urn. Verbal, eundiis, a, um. eundi. eundo, &c. ^Habenda sunt in bonis = should be reckoned among blessings. IRE, aUIRE, NEdUIRE. 239 Rem. 1. In the same manner the compounds are formed ; e. g., exire, ablre, &c. ; but they generally drop the v in the perfect-stem ; thus, ab-ii, ab-isti, ab-iit, abisse, abissem, &c. 2. Some of the compounds obtain a transitive force, and then take a passive form like other transitive verbs ; e. g., proeterire, to pass by ; praetereor, I am passed by, &c. (606.) Queo, I can, I am able ; nequeo, I cannot, I am un- able, are conjugated like eo, I go ; but they rarely occur except in the present tense. EXERCISE. (607.) Vocabulary. To go out, exire (ex+ire). Takes I By what route ? quo ItmerS (abl., abl., with or without prep. de. 55, a). To perish, perire (per-fire). Manfully, viriliter (215, 2). Tell me, die (imperat. o/dicerg). Whether — or, utrum — an. Taken aicay, sublatus, a, uin [part. pass, of sufferre (sub+ferre)). Of Zurich, Tigurmus, a, um. To suffer, allow, pati (pass-), dep. To fight, decertare (av-, at-). To be sick, asgrotare (av-, at-). Light, lux, (luc) is (293). To return, redire (re+Ire ; d insert- ed for euphony). To undergo, subire (sub+ire) ; gov- erns accus. A return, returning, reditio, (redr tion) is (333, R.). Ready, prepared, paratus, a, um (part, of parare). To pass over, transire (trans+ire). Before, prae, adv. (or prep, with abl.). Of Cannes, Cannensis, e (104). Whither, qu5, adv. E2P 3 Recollect, they icent = iverunt or ierunt. he departed = a b i i t, rather than abivit; and so of other compounds. [Give the Rule for ut (purpose), 548, a). (608.) Translate into English. Helvetii de finibus suis exeunt. — Orgetorix Helve tils (dat.) persuadet, ut de finibus suis ex e ant. — Orgetorix Helvetiis persuasit, ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis (property) exire nt. — Domum (113, III., R.) redeunt. — Omnia peri- cula subeunt. — Helvetii, domum reditio nis spe sublata (456), paratiores ad omnia pericula subeunda (496) erant. — Caesar in Asiam transiit.— Pompeius in Asiam trans- it rat. — Domo (abl.) exire possunt. — Erant omnino itinera duo, quibus itineribus domo exire possent. — iEdui per fines suds Helvetios TrS patiuntur. — Pagus Tiguiinus domo exi- 240 IRE, aUIRE, NEaUIRE. erat. — Hie pagus unus, quum dom5 exisset, L. Cassium, consulem, interfecerat, et ejus exercitum sub jugum miserat. — Helvetii in earn partem lbunt, ubi Caesar constituent. — Quo itinere (55, a) hostes ierunt ? — Eodem itinere, quo hos- tes ierant, Caesar ad eos contendit, equitatumque omnem ante se mittit. — I bam forte Via Sacra (55, a) sicut meus est mos. — I prae, ego sequar. — Ex pugna Cannensi admodum pauci E,6manl domum redierunt. — I, quo tefortuna vocet (534, d). — Quicquid transiit temporis (186, a, Rule) periit. — Quldam ferro (55, a) decertare acerrime possunt, aegrotare viriliter non queunt. — Sine luce colores esse nequeunt. — Pompeius periit. — Die utrum queas an nequeas mecum ire.— Risiis interdum ita repente erumpit, ut earn cupientes (442, c) tenere nequeamus (553, b, R.). § 20. DEFECTIVE VERBS. LESSON CII. Aio, Inquam, Novi, Memini, Coepi, Odi. (609.) A i 6, I say, say yes, affirm, is used in very few tenses. Ind. Pres. Ltd. Imperf tinty . Pres. Part . Pres. aio. aiebam. ais. ait. -bas. -bat. aias. aiiit. -bamus. aiens (aientls) used only as adjec. batis. aiunt. bant, aiant. (610.) Inquam, I say, is used between the words of a quo- tation. Ind. Pre*. Ind. Imperf. Ind. Fut. Ind. Perf. Subj. Pres. inquam. mquis mquiam. inquies. inquistl. in quit. ! inquimus. inquiebat ii or inquibat. | inquiet. ' inquit. at. • II atis. inquiunt. inquiebant. (611.) No vi, I know ; me mini, I remember ; coepi, I have begun, I began; odi, I hate, are perfect forms with present meanings. All the tenses made on the perfect stem exist, regularly formed. INFINITIVE. novisse, to know. memimsse, to remember. ccepisse, odisse, to ha e besun. to hate. INDICATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE. .„ T (\, isti, it, &c. nov- ! - - - _ - - t * ™«™:?.. eram, eras, erat, &c. niemin- ~ Z I - : ... l < ero, ens, ent, &c. caep- ~ , ' „ J - •. '« Arl r enni, ens, ent, &c. od ^issem, isses, isset, &c. Ind. Pres., / know. Ind. Past, I remembered. Ind. Fut., / shall begin. Subj. Pres., / may know. Subj. Past, / might hate. Imperative, memento, mementote (the others wanting ' Recollect, n 6 v 1 = / know (not / have known) ; noveram, I knew (not / had known), &c. ; and so of the others. But coepi, novi, &c., may be used as perf. pres., = / have known, I have begun, &o. 242 AIO, INaUAM, NOVI, ETC. EXERCISE. (612.) Vocabulary. To fall bach, to give way, pedem referre (= to draw back the foot). Young, raw, inexperienced, tiro, (tl- ron) is (107). Surly, feroculus, a, um. Lucius Varius, L. Varius, T. Forgetful, immemor, (immemor) is (107) ; governs genit. Calmly, quietly, tranquillit&r (tran- quill-ns, 215, II., a). (613.) Examples. Cruelty, soevitia, ae. Demonax, Demonax, (ac) is (a phi- losopher of Hadrian's time). To philosophize, philosophari (dep.). In no way, by no means, nullo modo {abl.). Conscious, conscius, a, iim (with dot. of person, gen. of thing). Livy, Livius, i. (a) He exhorts them to re- member. (b) AristideSj when ashed what was just, replied, 44 Not to covet what belongs to others" Hortatiir eos ut memine- rint. Aristides interrogatus quid justum esset ? " Aliena," in quit, " non concupiscere" (— " Not to covet," said he, "what," &c). l^T* I n q u a m is used in quoting the very words of another (oratio recta), and is always placed among the words quoted (as "said he" in English). Ait is used generally in quoting the sense, not the exact words of another (oratio obliqua). (c) He began to build the city. The city began to be built. Urbem eedif icare c ce p i t. Urbs aedif icari coepta est. If a passive infinitive is used with the word begin, you must employ the passive form, coeptus sum, instead of c ce p i ; coeptiis eram, instead of eceperam, &c. (614.) Translate into English. Milites, vulneribus defessi, pedem rSferre cosperunt. — " Quid tu," in quit Labienus, "miles tiro {voc.) tam ferocu- lus es ?" Turn miles: "Non sum," in quit, "tiro, LabienS, sed de decima legione v&teranus."— Helvetii nostros lacessere cceperunt. — Hostes, qui in montem sese r&ceperant, praBlium redintegrare coeperunt. — Caesar dicit (574, a), id fieri possS, si iEdui finitimorum agros popular! ccepSrint ($74, b). — AIO, INaUAM, NOVI, MEMINI, ETC. 243 Milites in miirum lapides jacere coeperunt. — Undique in ffiumm lapides jaci (613, c, US 5 ") ccepti sunt. — Dux milites hortatur ut veteris gloriae meminerint. — Legati dixerunt se portus (accus. pi.) insulasque n 6 v i s s e. — Multi te 6 d e r u n t, si te solum amas. — German! superbiam L. Varii et saevitiam odisse cceperant. — Omnes immemorem beneficii 6 d e - runt. — Tullus Hostilius, ut Livius ait, f erocior etiam Romulo (360, c) fuit. — Socrates interrogatus quinam homines tranquil- liter viverent (534, e) 1 "Qui," in quit, "nullius turpitudi- nis sibi conscii sunt." — Demonax interrogatus, quando cospisset (534, e) philosophari ? "Turn," in quit, "cum cognoscere meipsum (159) co3pi." — Hannibal Romanos sic ode rat, ut in gratiam cum illis redire nullo modo (55, a) posset (553, 5, R.). — Is miser est, quem omnes boni oderunt. — Novimus Aristidis justitiam, novimus Socratis sapientiam. — Non amabimus bonds mores, si non oderimus malos. PART III. SUMMARY OF ETYMOLOGY. X2 SUMMARY OF ETYMOLOGY. § 1. LETTERS, QUANTITY, &c. (615.) 1. The letters are the same as in English, with the omission of w. 2. Six are vowels, a, e, i, o, u, y : the remaining nineteen are consonants. 3. The consonants are divided into (a) Liquids, 1, m, n, r ; (b) Spirants, h, s, j ; (c) Mutes : the remaining consonants, among which there are (1) c-sounds, c, g (ch) ; (2) p-sounds, b, p (ph) ; (3) t-sounds, d, t (th) ; (4) Double consonants, x, z. 4. The diphthongs are, an, eu, ae, oe (rare, ei, oi, ui). (616.) GENERAL RULES OF QUANTITY. (1) A vowel before another is short ; e. g., via. (2) A vowel before two consonants, or a double one, is long by posi- tion ; e. g., am a nt. [As a mute followed by a liquid causes some exceptions to this rule, we shall mark the quantity, in that case, doubtful ; thus, a gri] (3) All diphthongs are long ; e. g., mens ae, au-rum. (4) Contracted syllables are long ; e. g., cogo (ooago). § 2. NOUN. (617.) 1. The noun is the name of any object (person or thing). Nouns are proper (13, a), common (13, b), or abstract (13, c). 2. There are three genders, masculine, feminine, and neuter : two num- bers, singular and plural : six cases, nominative, genitive, dative, accusa- tive, vocative, and ablative : and Jive declensions. 3. GENERAL RULES OF GENDER. Males, rivers, winds, and mountains most we find With months and nations Masculine declined ; But females, cities, countries, trees we name, As Feminine ; most islands, too, the same. Common are such as both the genders take, And Neuter all words undeclined we make. [There are many exceptions from these rules, which must be learned by observation.] First Declension. — (Genitive- ending ae.) (618.) CASE-ENDINGS. 1 Norn., Voc. Gen. Dat. Ace. A hi. 1 Sing. Piur. a. ae. 33. arum. 33. is. am. as. a. is. Rem. 1. Quantity. — Final syllables all long but a, nom. and voc. ; am, ace. ; and um, gen. piur. 2. Gender. — Nouns of first declension are feminine, except names of male beings, &c. Second Declension. — (Genitive-ending I.) (619.) Masculine nouns of second declension have nominative-ending us; neuter nouns, um. (a) CASE-ENDINGS, MASCULINES. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. | Voc. Abl. Sing. Piur. US. i. 1. orum. 6. Is. um. OS. e. I. 6. Is. (b) CASE-ENDINGS, NEUTERS. N., A., V. Gen. Dat., Abl. Sing. Piur. iim. a. I. orum. 6. Is. NOUN. 249 Rem. 1. Quantity. — Short final syllables, us, 6, um, a\ Long- " I, 6, I s, 6 s. 2. Gender. — A few nouns are feminine in u s, and a few neuter (see 62, II. 1). 3. Stems in r. — (1) All nouns whose stems end in r, reject the ending us in nom. and e in voc. ; e. g., field, nom., ager (not ager-us) ; voc., ager (not ager-e). (2) Most which have e in nom. drop it in the remaining cases ; e. g. f nom., ager ; gen., agri (not ager-I). 4. Exceptions to Case-endings. — (1) Proper names in ius, with filius, genius, me us, have voc. in I ; e. g., Georg-I, fil-i, ml. (2) Deus has voc, deus, nom. plur., dii, dat. and abl. plur., diis. (3) A few take um in gen. plur., instead oforum; e.g., sertertium. Third Declension. — {Genitive-ending is.) (620.) (a) CASE-ENDINGS, MASCULINES AND FEMININES. Nom., Voc. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Sing. Plur. es. IS. um (lum). I. ibus. em (Im). es. 6(1). ib\is. (b) CASE-ENDINGS, NEUTERS. N., A., V. Gen. Dat. Abl. Sing. Plur. a (la). IS. um (mm). 1. Ibus. e(i). ibus. Rem. 1. Quantity. — Final syllables all short but I and 6 s. 2. Euphonic Rales. — (a) c-sound + s = x : arc-s = arx ; 1 e g - s = lex. (b) t-sound before s is dropped: laud-s = laus ; mont-s = mons. 3. Rules of Gender from the Formation of the Nominative. [Learn these from 355.] 4. Peculiar Case-endings. — (1) Ace. inim: (a) commonly in Febris, puppis, pulvis, Securis, restis, turrts : (b) always in STtis, tussls, Vis, amussis. (2) Abl. in I: (a) sometimes in those which take im in ace, with ignis, civis : (b) always in vis ; and in neuters whose nom. ends in al, ar, or e. (3) Gen. plur. ium: (a) in all which take I in abl. sing.; {b) in monosyllables whose stems end in two consonants (e.g., mont-, mont-ium); (c) in all which insert a vowel before adding s in nom. (e. g., nav-i-s, nav-ium). 250 NOUN. Fourth Declension. — {Genitive-ending us.) (621.) Masculine nominative-ending us ; neuter nominative-ending u. (a) CASE-ENDINGS, MASCULINES. | Nom., Voc. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Sing. Plur. us. us. us. uum. ul. ibus. um. us. u. ibus. (b) CASE-ENDINGS, NEUTERS. | Nom., Ace, Voc. Gen. Dat., Abl. Sing. Plur. u. ua. us, or u. uum. U. ibus. Rem. 1. Quantity.— V s long, except in nom. sing., and dat. and abl. plur. ; u and I long always. 2. Genders. — Only the following nouns are feminine : Acus, maniis, tribus, Domus, porticus, and Idus. 3. Peculiar Case-ending. — The following take ubus in dat. and abl. plur., instead of ibus : Arcus, acus, portiis, v6ru, Ficus, lacus, artus, Sp6cus, quercus, also pecu, Tribus too, and partus. 4. D 6 mils, house, is thus declined : Nom., Voc. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Sing. Plur. dom-us. dom-us. { -US. { -uum. ( orum. -ul. -ibus. -um. ( -OS. ( -us (rarely). -6. -ibus. Obs. The genitive do ml is used only in the sense of at home, at my house. Fifth Declension. — {Genitive-ending ei.) (622.) There are but few nouns of this declension : all feminine except dies, day, and meridies, midday ; and even dies is feminine in singu- lar when it means a. fixed day. (623.) CASE-ENDINGS. Nom., Voc. Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl. Sing. Plur. es. es. erum. el. ebus. em. es. e. ebus. Rem. 1. Quantity. — The e in ei is long when a vowel stands before it, as di-e-I ; short when a consonant, as fid-e-i. 2. The genitive, dative, and ablative plural are wanting in all nouns of this declension except res, dies, species. §3. ADJECTIVE. (624.) The adjective expresses a quality or property belonging to an object; e.g., good, small, white, &c. In Latin, adjectives are divided into three classes, according to their endings. 1. class i. (us, a, um). (625.) These take the feminine-ending of first declension of nouns ; mas- culine and neuter endings of the second. (1.) CASE-ENDINGS. SINGULAR. PLURAL. Masc. Fern. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. N. US. a. um. N. 1. 3B. a. G. 1. ee. l. G. oriim. arum. drum. D. 6. se. 6. D. is. is. is. A. um. am. um. A. 6s. as. a. V. e. a. iim. V. i. ae. a. A. 6. a. 6. A. IS. is. Is. (2.) Stems in er. — Adjectives whose stem ends in er reject us and e in nom. and voc. (a) Most of them also drop 8 in the nom. in the other cases ; e. g. t beautiful, pulcher. Nom. Pulcher, pulchra, pulchriim. Gren. Pulchri, pulchrae, pulchri, &c. (b) But asper, lacer, liber, miser, prosper, tener, retain the e" ; e. g., Nom. Miser, misera, * miserum. Gen. Miseri, miserae, miseri, &c. (3.) Peculiar Case-endings. — Some adjectives, numerals, and adjec- tive pronouns have gen., I us, and dat, I; e.g., unus, unitis, uni. [They are unus, totiis, solus, nuMs, ullus, alius, alter, uter, neutSr, uterquej 2, class n. {Two Endings). (626.) Adjectives of the second class have is in the nominative singular for masculine and feminine ending, and e for neuter. (1.) CASE-ENDINGS. SINGULAR. PLURAL. Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Fem. Neut. N.,V. IS. IS. e. N.,V. es. es. ia. G. IS. IS. is. G. ium. ium. ium. D. 1. 1. I. D. ibils. ibus. ibus. Ace. em. em. e. Ace. es. es. ia. Abl. I. *• i. Abl. ibus. ibus. ibus. (2.) Some adjectives of this class take er for the ending of the nom. sing. masc. instead of is ; e. g. t acer, acris, Mcr6. 252 ADJECTIVE. (3.) The ablative has e instead of I in juv6nis, youth; seel I lis, cedile. The genitive plural has um instead of lum in eel&r, swift. 3. class in. (One Ending). (627.) (1.) Adjectives of the third class have but one ending in the nom- inative for all three genders ; e. g., happy, felix (m., f., n.) ; bold, audax (m., f., n.). Participles in ns fall under this class. (2.) The case-endings are those of nouns of third declension (see par- adigm, 108). They have abl. I generally, but e in p a u p e k, senex, and a few others (108, R. 1) ; neut. plur., ia; gen. plur., liim. Vetus has nom. plur., veter-a, gen. plur., veter-um. For participles, abl., e" " adjectives, abl is more common. 4. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. (628.) Comparative-ending, i 6 r ; superlative, i s s i m u s. Brave, fort-is, fort-ior, fort-issimus. Hard, dur-iis, dur-ior, dur-issimus. Rem. The comparative is declined (after third declension of nouns) thus : Nom. Durior, durior, durius. Gen. Durior-is, durioris, durior is, &c. (See 358.) (629.) Adjectives whose stems end in r have rim us for superlative-end- ing (instead of issimus) ; e. g., Miser, miser-ior, miser-rim us. PulchSr, pulchr-i 6 r, pulcher-r i m u s. (630.) Several adjectives whose stem ends in 1 have limus for superla- tive-ending ; e. g., f acil-i 6 r, f acil-1 Kmus. Facil-is, They are Similis, dissimilis, and facilis ; Humilis, difficilis, and gracilis. 5. IRREGULAR COMPARISON. (631.) Irregulars. Good. bonus. melior. optimiis. Bad. maliis. pejor. pessimiis. Great. magnus. major. maximus. Much. multus. C plus (n. sing.). ( pliires, a (pi.). plurimus. Small. parvus. . minor. minimus. Old. s6nex. senior. (wanting,) Young. juvenis. junior. (wanting.) Outward. exterus. exterior. extremus. Below. inferus. inferior. J infimus. 1 lmus. Above. supSrus. superior. ( supremus. ( summus. y Hind. post6rus. posterior. postremus. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 253 (632.) Defectives. — [Comparative and Superlative formed from a Prepo- sition, Adverb, or Obsolete Word.] (on this side, citra.) (within, intra.) (beyond, ultra.) (near, prope.) (bad, deter.) nearer, citenor. inner, interior. further, ulterior. nearer, propior. worse, deterior. former, prior. swifter, ocior. nearest, citimus. inmost, intimus. farthest, ) , fi last, ) nearest, < next, ■ proximus. worst, deterrimas. first, primus. swiftest, ocissimus. c ditior, ( ditissimiis. Rem. 1. Rich, dives ; richer, \ -^^ richest, \ dMtia#imGs< [C&sar uses the shorter form.] 2. Compound adjectives in diciis, ficus, vol us, add entior for the comparative and entissimus for the superlative ; e. g., Benevol-us, benevol-entior, benevol-entis simus. 3. Adjectives whose stem ends in a vowel prefix to the po^i'ive magis, more, for the comparative, and rnaxime, most, for the superlative. Pious, plus. mag^is puis, Y maxime pius. § 4. NUMERALS. (633.) Numerals are divided into the following classes, of which the first three are adjectives, the fourth adverbs. CARDINAL. ORDINAL. DISTRIBUTIVE. ADVERBIAL. One, two, &fC. First, second, fyc. One by one, 6fC. Once, twice, 6fC. 1 Unus. Primus. Slnguli. Semel. 2 Duo. Secundiis. Binl. Bis. 3 Tres. Tertius. Terni. Ter. 4 Quattuor. Quartiis. Quaterni. Quater. 5 Quinque. Quintus. Qulm. Quinquiea. 6 "■Sex. Sextus. Seni. Sexies. 7 Septem. Septimus. Septem. Septies. 8 Octo. Octavus. Octoni. Octies. 9 Novem. Ndniis. Noveni. Novies. 10 Decern. Declmiis. Deni. Decies. 11 Undecim. Undecimiis. Undeni. Undecies. 12 Duodecim. Duodecimos. Duodenl. Duodecies. 13 Tredecim. [Im. Tertius- Terni- Tredecies. 14 Quattudrdec- Quartus- Quaterni- Quatuordecies. 15 Quindecim. Quintus- Qumi- Quindecies. 16 Sexdecim. Sextus- >decimus. Seni- >dem. Sedecies. 17 Septendecim. Septimus- Septeni- Decies a cer- v ' ;* ' ( quiddam, used as a bokb, ) ftw» (one) ; plur., some. Declined like qui ; but takes n generally before d instead of m ; e. g., Quendam, quorundam (not quemdam, quorumdam). (2.) Q,uivis, ) (any you please). Declined like qui. In neut., & u i 1 i b e t, 5 quod used as adjective, quid as substantive. (3.) Gtuisquam (any, any one; e.g., when it is denied that there are any). Neut., quicquam or quidquam. Declined otherwise like qui. [This pronoun is used chiefly in negative sentences.] . . J „ ( quodpiam, used as adj., > somebody, (4.) Cluispiam, quaepiam, < . , Uu , , . > v ' r ' quidpiam, used as subst., > some. tm . V,- « ,- ( all quod, as adj., ) (5.) Aliquis, aliqua, < „ , , > some OTie, something. \ all qui q, as suost., } tev r\ • x >. { quodque, as adj., \ , (6.) Gluisque, quaequ6, < . _ w * > each. ( quidque, as subst., ) ■Ft • * { -quodque, as «#., > Unusquisque, -quaeque, < #1 „ _■ > eac/t owe ( -quidque, as subst., ) (stronger than quisquS). Genitive, uniuscujusque, &c, both unus and quis being declined. (7.) Ecquis ? Used interrogatively (does) ; any one, anything. _ •„ \ ecquod, as adj., > neut. plural, Ecquis, ecquse, or ecqua, < „, , . > < ecquid, as subst, ) ecqua. $3jr Ecquis expects the answer none. 6. CORRELATIVE PRONOUNS. (640.) Correlative pronouns are such as answer to each other ; e. g., how great ? so great ; as many, so many, &c. (1.) The following are declined (a) Like adjectives of Class I. (622) : Tantus, so great, so much ; quantuscunquS, however great. Q. u a n t u s, as great ; aliquantus, somewhat great. (b) Like adjectives of Class II. (623) : Talis, such. Q, u alls, as, of what kind. Clualiscunque, of whatever kind. (2.) The following are indeclinable : Tot, so many ; aliquot, some. T 6 1 i d e m, just so many ; q u o t q a 6 1, however many. Q, u 6 1, as many. Y2 § 6. VERBS. (641.) The verb declares something of a person or thing: the eagle files ; the queen loves her daughter. 1. CLASSES OF VERBS. (642.) Verbs are active, passive, or deponent. (1.) Active verbs express action : (a) either transitively, requiring an object ; e. g., the queen loves (whom ?) her daughter ; or (b) intran- sitively, not requiring an object ; the eagle fiies. (2.) Passive verbs express the receiving" or suffering of an action ; I am loved ; I was punished. Obviously intransitive verbs have no passive form. We cannot say, I am danced, I am slept. (3.) Deponent verbs have the passive form, but an active signification. 2. PARTS OF THE VERB. (643.) The verb is divided into, (a) The indefinite verb, including certain parts which do not refer to a definite person or time. (b) The finite verb, including the parts which always do so refer. Indefinite Verb. (644.) (a) The indefinite verb includes, (1.) The infinitive, which expresses the action of the verb without relation to a definite person, and partakes also of the nature of a noun ; e. g., to learn ; to love is pleasant. (2.) The participle, which expresses the action of the verb under the form of an adjective ; loving, blooming. (3.) The gerund, which expresses the action of the verb under the form of the noun, in all cases but the nominative, and supplies ob- lique cases to the infinitive. (4.) The gerundive, which expresses the action of the verb as neces- sary or continued, under the form of an adjective, in all cases and genders. (5.) The supine, which also expresses the action of the verb in the form of two cases (ace. and abl.) of the noun. Finite Verb. (645.) (b) The finite verb includes those parts which express the (1.) Different varieties of affirmation, viz., the moods. (2.) Different times at which the action of the verb takes place, viz., the tenses. (3.) Different relations of the verb to persons or things, viz., the num- bers and persons. PARTS OF THE FINITE VERB. 259 (1.) The Moods. (646.) The verb expresses affirmation ; the moods of the verb are used to vary the character of the affirmation. (1.) By the indicative, affirmation of a. fact is expressed ; e. g., I write, I did not write. (2.) By the subjunctive, affirmation is expressed doubtfully, contin- gently, or indefinitely ; e. g., I may write, if I should write, perhaps some [may) think. (3.) By the imperative, affirmation is expressed as an injunction or request ; e. g., write. (2.) The Tenses. (647.) Time may be past, present, or future, and the verb has therefore three tenses to express these. But action may be represented as going on or as completed, either in past, present, or future time, and therefore two forms are required for each, making six in all. Present. Past. Future. Action going on, or imperfect. Action completed, or perfect. / love, or am loving. I have loved. (Perfect.) / was loving. (Imperfect.) I had loved. (Pluperfect.) / shall love, or be loving. (Future.) / shall have loved,. (Fu- ture Perfect.) Rem. 1. The Latin uses its perfect form in two ways : (1) like the English perfect, to express action complete in present time ; e. g., amavl, / have loved : (2) like the English imperfect, to express ac- tion indefinitely in past time ; e. g., amavl, / loved. This is called the perfect aorist. [The latter use is by far the most common. This distinction should be thoroughly understood.] 2. The subjunctive mood has no future (it uses the periphrastic form 661). 3. The present, perfect, and future are called primary tenses, refer- ring, as they do, either to present or future time ; the imperfect, perfect aorist, and pluperfect are called historical tenses, referring, as they do, to past time. (3.) Numbers and Persons. (648.) As there may be more than one person engaged in an action, the verb has two numbers, singular and plural. These persons must be either i", thou, we, ye, or some other person or thing ; therefore the verb has three persons, 1st, 2d, and 3d, which are denoted in Latin by different endings. 3. CONJUGATION. (649.) Conjugation is the inflection (21, R.) of a verb through all its parts. There are in Latin four conjugations of verbs, distinguished by the ending of the infinitive ; thus : 1. 2. 3. 4. -are\ -ere\ -8r6. -Ire". 260 fARADIGM OF ESSE, TO BE. 4. THE AUXILIARY OR SUBSTANTIVE VERB ESSE, to be. (650.) [Before proceeding to the conjugations, we must give the forms of esse, to be, called an auxiliary, because it is used in forming some of the pt.rts of the verb ; and substantive, because it is the verb expressing simple existence.] 1. INDICATIVE. ACTION INCOMPLETE. Singular. Plural. Present. sum, es, est, sumus, estis, sunt, / am. thou art. he is. we are. ye are. they are. Imp erf. eram, eras, erat, eram us, eratis, erant, I was. thouwasl. he was. we were. ye were. they were. Future. ero, eris, erit, erimus, eritis, erunt, I shall be. thou, SfC. he, SfC. we, SfC. ye, SfC. they, SfC. ACTION COMPLETED. Singular. Plural. Perfect. fui, fuisti, fait, fuimuSj faistis, fuerunt, / have thou hast , he has • we have ye have been. they have been. been. been. been. been. Pluperf. fueram, fueras, fuerat, fueramus, fa eratis, fuerant, 7" had thou he had we had ye had been. they had been. hadst,SfC. been. been. I een. Fut. Perf. fa ero, fueris, fuerit, fuerim us. fueritis, fuerint, / shall thou he shall, we shall. ye shall, ' they shall, have been. shall, S^c. Sf-c. SfC. SfC. ! SfC. 2. SUBJUNCTIVE. INCOMPLETE. Sin.ular. Plural. Present. sim, sis, sit, sim us, sitis, sint, I may be. thou, SfC. he, SfC. we, SfC. ye. SfC. they, SfC. Imp erf. essem, esses, esset, ess emus. essetis, ess ent, / might be. ° thou, SfC. he, SfC. we, SfC. ye, SfC. they, SfC. COMPLETED. Singular. Plural. Perfect. fuerim, fueris, fuerit, fuerim as, fueritis, fuerint, I may thou, SfC. he, SfC. we, SfC. ye, SfC. they, SfC. have been. Pluperf. faissem, fuisses, faisset, fuissemus, fuissetis, fuissent, / might thou, SfC. he, SfC. we, SfC. ye, SfC. they, SfC. have been. 3. IMPERATIVE. Singular. Plural. 2. es, estd, be thou. 2. este, estote, be ye. 3. estd, let him be. 3. sunto, let them be. 4. INFINITIVE. Present. Perfect. Future Esse, to be. fuisse, to have been. futurus, a, um, esse, to be about to be. 5. PARTICIPLE. IVp ent Future. Only in compounds ; absens, absent Futurus, a, urn, one who vnll be. (from absum) ; praesens, present (from praesum). , , ■ PARADIGMS OF REGULAR VERBS. 261 5. PARADIGMS OF REGULAR VERBS. (651.) (1.) Verb-stem. — The stem of any verb is found by striking off the infinitive-ending ; e. g., of am-are, mon-ere, reg-ere, and aud-ire the stems are am-, mon-, reg-, aud-, respectively.* (2.) Tense-stem. — Each tense has its own tense-stem, consisting of the verb-stem with or without some additions. Thus, in the first conjugation : Pres. tense-stem == verb-stem = am-. Inperf. tense-stem = verb-stem +ab = am ab-. Perf. tense-stem = verb-stem -f-av = amav-. [In the annexed paradigms the tense-stems are shown upon the left- hand side. Observe that the perfect tense-stem serves also for the stem of the pluperfect and future peifect tenses.] (3.) Tense-ending. — Each tense has its own endings, which, added to the tense-stem, give the person-forms. Thus : Imperfect-stem, amab- +am= amabam, 1st person. amab- -fas = amab as, 2d person,t &c. (4.) The perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect of the passive voice are formed by means of the past participle and forms of esse ; thus : amatus sum, amatus eram, amatus ero. [No farther explanation of the paradigm is necessary. The student should learn the modes of formation, and the tense-endings for each tense, apart from the stems am-, mon-, &c, and unite them afterward with those or any other stems.] * In reality, the crude-forms are a ma-, mone-, audi- (the three pure conjugations), and reg- (the consonant conjugation). But the changes of the crude-form in inflection form too great a difficulty for beginners ; we therefore present the stem as the language affords it to us, without going into a nicer analysis. t Farther, the person-ending forms part of the tense-ending. From the paradigm (active), it will be seen that in every tense except the perfect the endings are o, or m, s, t, mus, tis, nt. These endings are added to the tense-stem, either directly, as am-o, or by means of a connecting-vowel, as reg-i-s, or of a flexion syllable and con- necting-vowel, as amav-er-a-s. 262 PARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. PARADIGMS FOR ACTIVE. (652.) INDICATIVE MOOD. Present, I" love or am loving, thou art loving, fyc. am- aud- o. ed. at. et. it. it. amtis. emus. Imus. lmiis. atis. etis. Itis. itis. ant. ent. Tint. iunt. Imperfect, I was loving, advising, ruling, hearing, fyc. am-ab- mon-eb- reg-eb- aud-Ieb- am. atis. ant. Future, / shall or will love, advise, rule, hear, fyc. am-ab- mon-eb- reg- aud-I- 1S. es. imus. emiis. itis. etis. unt. ent. Perfect, I have loved. (Perfect Aorist, I loved.) am-av- mon-u- (reg-s) rex- aud-iv- lt. istis. erunt, or ere. Pluperfect, I had loved, SfC. am-av- mon-u- rex- aud-iv- • eram. eras. erat. eratis. grant. Future Perfect, I shall have loved, fyc. am-av- mon-ii- rex- aud-iv- ero. erls. ent. erimus. erltis. (653.) IMPERATIVE MOOD. 2d Singular. 3d Singular. 2d Plural. 3d Plural. am- m6n- reg- aud- a, ato. e, eto. e, ltd. I, ltd. atd. eto. ltd. ltd. ate, atote. et§, etote. Ite, ltote. ite, ltote. anto. entd. untd. luntd. PARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 263 THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. PASSIVE. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present, I am loved, SfC. am- mon- reg- aud- or. eor. or. ior. > ans. | are. ] eris. [ ere. | eris. [ ere. i iris. ' ire. atur. etur. ltur. Itur. amur. emur. imur. imiir. ammi. emini. imini. imini. antur. entur. untur. iuntur. Imperfect, / was loved, &p. am-ab- rnon-eb- reg-eb- aud-ieb- > ans. ) are. atur. Future, / shall be loved, fyc. am-ab- mon-eb- aud-i- > ens. | ere. \ eris. I ere. itur. etur. imur. emur. muni, emini. untur. entur. Perfect, I have been loved, fyc. amatus.* monitus.* rectus.* audltus.* sum, es, est. sumus, estis, or or or or or fui. fuisti. fuit. fuimus. fuistls. fuerunt. Pluperfect, I had been loved, fyc. amatus/ monitus.* rectus.* audltus.* • eram.t erat. Future Perfect, .7 shall have been loved, Sp. amatus. monitus.* rectus.* auditus.* • 6r64 eris. erit. 6rimus. IMPERATIVE MOOD. am- mon- reg- aud- 2d Singular. ar6, at or. ere, etor. ere, itor. Ire, Itor. 3d Singular. 2d Plural. 3d Plural. ator. amini, aminor. antor. ©tor. emini, 6minor. en tor. itor. imini, iminor. untor. itor. imini, iminor. runtor. * The participle must be inflected in gender and number to agree with the subject, t Sometimes fueram, fueras, &c. X Sometimes fuero, fueris, &c. 264 PARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. (654.) SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present, / may love, 6(C. am- mon-e- aud-i- em. ► am. es. as. et. at. emus, amiis. etis. atis. ent. ant. Imperfect, I might love, fyc. am-ar- mon-er- reg-er- aud-ir- Perfect, I may have loved, fyc. am-av- mon-u- rex- aud-Jv- erimiis. Sritis. Pluperfect, I might have loved, fyc. am-av- mon-u- rex- aud-iv- Isset. (655.) INFINITIVE. Present [to love or be loving, fyc.]. am-are, mon-ere, r6g--6re, aud-ire. Perfect [to have loved, fyc.]. monu-isse, rex-isse, audiv-issg. Future [to be about to love, fyc.]. amaturus essS, moniturus esse, recturus esse, audlturus esse. (656.) PARTICIPLES. Present [loving, advising, ruling, hearing]. am-ans, aud-iens. Perfect [having loved, advised, ruled, heard]. Wanting : supplied by abl. absol., or by quum with subj. Future [about to love, advise, rule, hear]. amaturus, moniturus, recturus, aud'turas. (657.) GERUND AND Gerunds : amandi, m6nendf, regendl, audiendl. (658.) Supine in um : amatum, " u : amatu, momtum, monitu, 3. rectum, rectu, audltum. auditu. PARADIGMS FOR THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 265 SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present, I may be loved, fyc. reg- aud-i- n ens. ere. , ans. 1 are. etur. atur. aminl. entur. antur. Imperfect, I might be loved, fyc. am-ar- mon-er- reg-er- aud-ir- ( enj \ ere ens. ere. etur. entnir. Perfect, I may 1 i been loved, fyc. amatus. monitus. rectus, audltus. sit. SltlS. sink Pluperfect, I might have been loved, fyc. amatus. monitus. rectus, audltus. essern.t esset. essetis. essent. infinitive. Present [to be (being) loved, <^c.] mon-eri, 3. reg-i, aud-irl. Perfect [to have been loved, fyc.]. amatus esse, monitus essS, rectus esse, audltus esse. Future [to be about to be loved, fyc] l. amatum in, monitum in, rectum iri, auditum iri. participles Present and Perfect [loved, being loved, having been loved, fyc.]. amatus, mSnitus, 3. rectus, auditus. gerundive. Gerundive : amandus, mftnendus, rggendus, audiendus. * Sometimes fuerim. t Sometimes fuissem. 266 VERBS IN 10 AND DEPONENTS. 6. VERBS IN 10 OF THE THIRD CONJUGATION. (659.) Some verbs of the third conjugation assume i before the person- ending - in some of the tenses, as shown in the following paradigm of c&p- ere. to take. INDICATIVE. Pres. Imp erf. Fut. cap- cap -i-eb- cap-i- l-o. am. am. is. as. imus. itis. amus. atls. emiis. etis. l-unt. ant. ent. SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres. I cap-i- | am. | as. [ at. j amus. | atis. INDICATIVE. Pres. cap- i-6r. eris. itur. imilr. imini. I-untur. Imp erf. cap-i-eb- ar. aris. . atur. amur. amini. antur. Fut. cap-i- ar. ens. etiir. emur. emini. entur. SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres. I cap-i- | ar. | aris. | atiir. j amur. | amini. | antur. IMPERATIVE. 3d Plur. Active, cap-i-unto. 3d Plur. Pass., cap-i-untor. PARTICIPLES. Pres. Active, cap-I-ens. Fut. Pass., cap-i-endus. Gerund, cap-i-end-i, 6, &c. 7. DEPONENT VERBS. (660.) (1.) Deponent verbs have the 'passive form with active significa- tion. As the endings are the same as those of the passives (Paradigm, p. 263, 265), we need not repeat them. ■ (2.) But deponents have three active participles, while other verbs have but two : thus, Pres., exhorting, Perf., having exhorted, Fut., about to exhort, hort-ans. hort-atus. hortat-urus. (3.) Also, all transitive deponents have the verbal adjective in das; e.g., hortandiis, one that should be exhorted: intransitive deponents have it only in the neuter ; e. g., moriendum est, one must die. 8. PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATION. (661.) By means of the tenses of esse, combined with the future parti- ciple in ru s, and the verbal in du s, the periphrastic conjugation is form- ed ; e. g.. a m a t u r u s sum,/ am about to love, I intend to love ; am an- d u s sum, I am to be loved, I must be loved, one must love me ; and so through all the tenses and persons. The deponent verbs employ this per- iphrastic conjugation also. FORMATION OF PERFECT-STEM. 2G7 1. WITH PARTICIPLE IN 1*US. INDICATIVE. j SUBJUNCTIVE. f sum, es, est, &c. a _._ „ 1 eram, eras, &c. a, um, fueram, fueras, &c. I^ero, eris, &c. f sim, sis, sit, &c. amaturus, J essem, esses, &c. a, um, | fuerim. (^ miss em. INFINITIVE. Pres., amaturus esse, to be about (or intending) to love. Perf., amaturus fuisse, to have been about to love. Fut., amaturus fore, to intend to love hereafter. 2. WITH VERBAL IN duS. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. ( sum. eram. amandus, a, um, \ fui, fueram. t ero. Tstm. 1 essem amandus, a, um, -j fuerfm i^fuissem. INFINITIVE. Pres., amandus, a, um, esse, ought to be loved. Perf., amandus, a, um, esse, ought to have been loved. Fut., amandus, a, um, fore, ought to be loved hereafter. 9. ON THE FORMATION OF THE PERFECT-STEM. (662.) In the paradigms, the perfect-stems are formed by adding- to the verb-stem in the 1st conj. av- (am-av-) ; in the 2d, u (mon-u-) ; in the 3d, s (reg-s); in the 4th, iv- (aud-iv-). But, although most Latin verbs form the perf.-stem thus, many use different endings, which are exhibited in the following classification : I. FIRST CONJUGATION. (663.) Four ways of forming the perfect-stem : I. By adding av to the verb-stem ; am-are— am-av-I. II. " ii " crep-are — crep-u-I. III. By reduplicating the first consonant : d-are — ded-i. IV. By lengthening the stem-vowel : juv-are— juv-I. II. SECOND CONJUGATION. Five ways : I. By adding u to the verb-stem : II. " ev III. " s IV. By reduplication : V. By lengthening the stem-vowel : mon-ere" — mon-u-T. del- ere — del-ev-I. alg-ere — al(g)-s-i. mord-ere — mo-mord-I. cav-er6 — cav-I. 268 FORMATION OF rERFECT-STEM. III. THIRD CONJUGATION. Six ways : I. By adding s to the verb-stem : scrib-ere — scrlp-s-I. II. " u " al-ere — al-u-i. III. " v or iv " cern-ere — crev-i. arcess-ere — arcess-iv-i. IV. By reduplication : curr-ere— cu-curr-I. V. By lengthening the stem-vowel: em-ere — em-i. VI. By presenting the simple verb-stem : acu-ere — acu-i. IV. FOURTH CONJUGATION. ITive ways : I. By adding Iv to the verb-stem : aud-ire, aud-Iv-L II. " u " aper-Ire, apgr-u-I. III. " s " fulc-ire, ful(c)-s-i. IV. By lengthening the stem-vowel : ven-ire, ven-I. V. By presenting the simple verb-stem : comper-ire, comper-I. fin the following lists, the verbs are arranged according to the above classification, and the supines also given. When any peculiarity exists in the compounds, it is stated. Of Class I. (which embraces most of the rules in the language), only one example is given in each conjugation, as the student is familiar with its form ; but under the remaining heads all the verbs in common use are mentioned.] 10. LIST OF VERBS. (664.) FIRST CONJUGATION. I. Perfect-stem adds av to the Verb-stem. To love, am-6, am-are, am-av-i, am-a-tum. II. Perfect-stem adds u to the Verb-stem. To creak, crep-o, crep-are, crep-ii-i, crep-i-tiim. Lie down, cub-o, cub-are, cub-u-i, cub-i-tum. So the compounds ; e. g., acciibo, accubarS, accubui, accubitum. Some compounds, however, which take m before b, follow the 3d conj. ; e. g., accumbo, accumbere, accubui, accubitum. To tame, dom-o, dom-are, dom-u-I, dom-i-tiim. To rub, fric-o, fric-are, fric-u-i, ( fric-t-um an \ fric-a-tum. To glitter, mic-o, mic-ar8, mic-u-I. To gush forth, emic-o, emic-are, emic-u-i, emic-a-tum. Tofold, plic-o, plic-ar6, plic-u-i, plic-i-tum. Plic-6 is used only in composition : supplied, duplicd, multiplied, have avi, atum ; explicd, to explain, avi, atum ; to unfold, ui, ltum. To cut, s8c-o, sSc-are, sec-ii-i, sec-t-iim. To sound, son-o, son-ar§, son-u-i, son-i-tum. To thunder, ton-o, ton-are, ton-u-i, ton-i-tum. Toforbid, v6t-o, v6t-ar6, v^t-ti-T, v6t-i-tum. LIST OF VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 269 III. Perfect-stem reduplicates the first Consonant with e. To give, d-o, d-are, ded-I, da-turn. So, also, those compounds of which the first part is a word of two syl- lables ; e.g., eircuradd, circumdare, circumdedi, circumdatum, to sur- round; but the compounds with monosyllables follow the 3d conj. ; e. g., addo, addere, addidi, additum, to add. To stand, st-o, st-are, stet-I, st-a-tum. The compounds have in the perfect steti when the first part is a dissyllable; e. g., circunistd, circumsteti ; but stiti when it is a monosyllable ; e. g., adsto, adstitl. IV. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stern-vowel. To assist, juv-o, juv-are, juv-i, ju-tum. i-tum. To wash, lav-o, lav-are, lav-i, 4 lau-tum. ( lava- tun s lau-tum. ( lo-tum. (665.) SECOND CONJUGATION. I. Perfect-stem adds u to the Verb-stem. To admonish, mon-eo, mon-ere, mon-ii-i, mon-i-tum. II. Perfect-stem adds ev to the Verb-stem. To blot out, del-eo, del-ere, del-ev-i, del-e-tum. To weep, fl-eo, fl-ere, fl-ev-I, fl-e-tum. To spin, n-eo, n-ere, n-ev-I, n-e-tum. To Jill up, compl-eo, compl-ere, compl-ev-i, compl-e-tum. To abolish, abol-eo, abol-ere, abol-ev-i, abol-i-tum. The primitives oleo and pleo are obsolete : like compleo are con- jugated impleo, expleo ; like aboleo, adoleo, and exoleo. III. Perfect-stem adds s to the Verb-stem. Euphonic Rules. 1. A t-sound before s is dropped; e. g., ar(d)-si = ars-i. 2. A c-somid -f- s = x; e. g., aug-si = aux-I. 3. But a c-sound after 1 or r, before s, is dropped; e. g., ful(g-)-si = fuls-I. To shiver \ with cold, $ alg-eo, alg-ere, C al-s-I I (alg-s-i). To burn. ard-eo, ard-ere, ( ar-s-I I (ard-s-i). > ars-um. To increase, aug-eo, aug-erfi, ( aux-I I (ang-s-i). > auc-tum. To be bright, fulgr-eo, fulcr-erg, Z2 C ful-s-I I (mlg-s-i). 270 LIST OF VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. To stick, haer-eo, haer-ere, hae-s-I (haer-s-I). hae-sum. To indulge, indulg-eo, indulg-ere, ! ,. , , ., >indul-tum. To command, jub-eo, To remain, man-eo, To assuage, To milk, To laugh, To advise, To wipe, To swell, To twist, To press, To shine, To mourn, mulc-eo, mulg-eo, rid-eo, suad-eo, terg-eo, turg-eo, torqu-eo, urg-eo, luc-eo, lug-eo, jiib-ere, man- ere, mulc-ere, mulg-ere, rid- ere, suad-ere, terg-erS, turg-ere, torqu-ere, urg-er8, luc-ere, lug-ere, jus-s-i ( jub-s-i), jus-sum. man-s-i, man-siim mul-s-i (mulc-s-i), mul-s-i ) (mulg-s-i), > rl-s-i (rld-s-T), rl-siim. sua-s-I ter-sum. inul-sum. mulc-tum. (suad-s-I), ter-s-i (terg-s-I), tur-s-I (turg-s-i). tor-s-i (torqu-s-i), ur-s-I (urg-s-I). lux-i (luc-s-I). lux-I (lug-s-l). tor-turn. IV. Perfect-stem reduplicates first Consonant and Vowel. To bite, mord-eo, mord-ere, momord-i, To hang, pend-eo, pend-ere, pepend-i, To betroth, spond-eo, spond-ere, spopond-I, To shear, tond-eo, tond-ere, totond-i, mor-sum. pen-siim. spon-sum. ton-sum. The compounds of these verbs drop the reduplication ; e. g., re-spondi (not re-spopondi). V. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem-vowel. To take care, cav-eo, cav-ere, cav-I, cau-tiim. To favour, fav-eo, fav-ere, fav-i, fau-tiim. To cherish, fov-eo, fov-ere, fov-i, fo-tum. To move, mov-eo, mov-ere, mov-T, mo-tum. To dread, pav-eo, pav-ere, pav-L To sit, sed-eo, sed-ere, sed-i, ses-sum. In the same manner are conjugated the compounds with dissyllables ; e. g., circumsedeo, circumsedere, circumsedi, circumsessum, to sit around ; but those with monosyllables change e of the stem into 1; e. g., assideo, assidere, assedi, assessum, to sit by. To see, vid-eo, vid-ere, vid-i, vi-gum. To vow, v&v-eo, v6v-er6, VOV-1, vo-tiim. LIST OF VERBS, THIRD COXJCGATIOX. 271 666.) THIRD CONJUGATION. I. Perfect-stem adds s to the Verb-stem. Euphonic Rules. 1. b before s = p ; e. g., scrib-si = scrip-sT. 2. c-sound +s = x ; e. g., cing-si == cinx-L [c, g, h, qu, are regarded as c-sounds.] 3. t-sound (d or t) before s is dropped ; e. g., claud-s-i = claus-i. 4. m before s is either changed into s, or p is interposed (prem-s-I = pres-sl ; corn-s-I = corap-s-i). To write, scrib-o, scrib-ere, > scrip -turn. To bind, cing-o, cing-ere, To carry, veh-o, veh-ere, To cook, coqu-o, coqu-ere ; To shut, claud-o, claud-ere, i scnp-s-i I (scrib-s-i), ) ~ cinxi (cing-s-i), cine-turn. vexi (veh-s-i), vec-tum. coxl (coqu-s-I), coc-tuin. clau-s-I > . , , , _ N > clau-suin. (claud-s-i), 5 An in the compounds is changed into u ; e. g., incliido, includere, in- cliisi, inclusum, to shut in. To give way, ced-o, ced-ere, cessi (ced-s-I), ces-sum. m „ I ( spar-s-I } To scatter, sparg-o, sparsr-ere, { , .. > spar-sum. a £ (sparg-s-i), ) In the compounds a is changed into e; e.g., aspergo, asperggrfe, asper-s-I, aspersum, to besprinkle. To adorn, com-o, com-ere, com-ps-i, com-p-tum. To press, preni-o, prem-ere, < , _. >pres-sum. In the compounds e is changed into i ; e. g., comprimo, comprimSrS, compress!, compressum, to press together. To carry, ger-o, ger-ere, gess-I (ger-s-I), ges-tum. II. Perfect-stem adds u to the Verb-stem. (a) Without change of Verb-stem. To nourish, al-o, al-ere, al-u-i, al-i-tum. To till, col-o, col-ere, col-u-i, cul-tum. To ask advice, consul-o, consul-ere, consul-u-I, consul-turn. To knead, deps-o, deps-ere, deps-u-i, deps-tum. To murmur, freni-o, frein-ere, frem-u-I, frem-i-tum. To groan, gem-o, gem-ere, gem-u-I, geru-i-tum. To giind, mol-o, mol-ere, mol-u-T, mol-i-tum. To co)iccal, occul-o, occul-ere, occul-u-i, occul-tum. To grind, pins-o, pins -ere, pins-u-I, pins-i-tum* To snatch, rap-io, rap -ere, rap-u-I, rap-tum. To join to- ) gether, J sgr-o, ser-ere, ser-u-I, Ber-tum. 272 LIST OF VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. To weave, tex-o, To tremble, trem-o, To vomit, vom-o, To beget, gign-o, To reap, met-o, To place, pon-o, To separate, larate, > perceive, ) tex-ere, trem-ere, vom-ere, (&) With change of Verb-stem, gign-ere, met-ere, pon-ere, [For compounds of cumbere, see 664, II.] III. Perfect-stem adds v or Iv to the Verb-stem, (a) Adds v, and lengthens Stem- vowel if short. cre-v-T, ere -turn. tex-u-I, tex-tum. trem-u-I. vom-u-I, vom-i-tum. rb-stem. gen-u-i, gen-i-tiim. mess-u-i, mes-sum. pos-u-i, pos-i-tum. cern-o, cern-ere, The perfect and supine of cerno are found only in the compounds ; e. g., decerno, decernere, decrevi, decretiim, to decree. To grow, cresc-o, cresc-ere, cre-v-i, cre-tum. To smear, lin-o, lin-ere, le-v-i, or li-v-i, li-tum. To know, nosc-o, nosc-ere, no-v-i, no-tum. So, also, the compounds inter, ig, per, prae-nosco, have ovi, otiim ; but cog, ag, praecog, recog-nosco, have ovi, itum ; e. g., agnosco, agnosc- ere, agnovi, agnitum, to perceive. To feed, pasc-o, pasc-ere, pa-v-i, pas-tum. To rest, quiesc-o, quiesc-ere, quie-v-T, quie-tum. To decide, scisc-o, scisc-ere, sci-v-i, sci-tum. To sow, ser-o, ser-ere, se-v-i, sa-tuin. The compounds have the supine in itum ; e. g., consero, conserere, consevi, consitum, to plant. To allow, sin-o, sin-ere, Sl-V-1, si-turn. To despise, spern-o, spern-ere, spre-v-i, spre-tum. To strew, stern-o, stem-ere, stra-v-i, stra-tum. To become ) accustom- > suesc-o, suesc-ere, sue-v-i, sue-tiim. ed, : > (P) Perfect-stem adds iv. To summon, arcess-o, arcessere, arcess-iv-I, arcess-I-tum. In the same manner, capesso, facesso, incesso, lacesso. To seek, 1 strive of- > pet-o, pet-ere, pet-iv-i, pet-i-tum. ter, ) To seek, quaer-o, quoer-ere, quaes-iv-i, quaes-i-tum. The compounds change 89 of the stem into I ; e. g., conquiro, con* qulrere, conquisivi, conquisitum, to examine. To rub, ter-o, ter-er^, ( tr-iv-I I (forte ter-Iv-I), > tri-tQm. LIST OF VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 273 IV. Perfect-stem reduplicates the first Consonant. Some of these present vowel-changes, which must be carefully observed. (a) When the first vowel is i, o, u, the first consonant is reduplicated with that vowel ; (b) in other verbs with e ; (c) the compounds of dare, to give, with i. (a) First Vowel i, o, or u. To run, curr-o, curr-ere, cu-curr-i, cur-sum. Most of the compounds have the perfect both with and without the reduplication ; e. g., accurro, accurrere, accurri and accucurri, ac- cursuni, to run to. To learn, disc-o, disc-ere, di-dic I. The compounds also reduplicate ; e. g. } perdiscd, perdidicl, to learn thoroughly. To weigh, pend-o, pend-ere, pe-pend-1, pen-sum. The compounds do not reduplicate ; e. g., appends, appenderS, ap- pendl, appensum, to hang to. To demand, posc-o, posc-ere, po-posc-I. The compounds reduplicate ; e. g., reposcerS, repoposci, to demand back again. To prick, pung-o, pung-ere, pu-piig-i, punc-tum. Compounds have perf. p u n x I. To beat, tund-o, tund-er&, tu-tiid-I, tun-sum. Compounds have supine tusum; e. g., contunderS, contusum, to crush. (&) Other Verbs reduplicate with e. To fall, cad-o, cad-ere, cS-cid-I, ca-sum. To cut, eaed-o, csed-ere, ce-cid-I, cae-sum. The compounds have cldl, cisum ; e. g., occldere, occidi, occlsum, to kill. To sin ", can-o, can-ere, ce-cmi, can-turn. The compounds have cinul ; e. g., succlnere, succmul, to sing to. To cheat, fall-o, fall-ere, f e-fell-i, fal-siim. To bargain, pang-o, pang-erS, pe-pig-I, pac-tum. The compounds have pingo, pegi, pactum ; e. g. : compingSrS, compegl, comp actum, to fasten together. To spare, parc-o, parc-ere, pe-perc-i, par-sum. To bring forth, par-io, par-ere, pe-p6r-I, par-turn. To drive, pell-o, pell-erS, pe-pul-T, pul-siim. To touch, tang-o, tang-erg, tg-tig-i, tac-tum. 274 LIST OP VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. The compounds h ave tingo, tingere, tigi, tactiim; e. g., attingerS, attigi, attactiim, to reach. (c) Cc mpounds of dare, reduplicate with i. To hide, ab-do, abd-ere, ab-did-I, ab-di-tum. To add, ad-do, add-ere, ad-did-i, ad-di-tura. To lay up, con-do, con-d-ere con-did-I, con-di-tum. To believe, ere -do, cred-ere, cre-did-I, cre-dl-tum. To surrender ■*, de-do, ded-ere, de-did-i, de-di-tum. To publish, e-do, ed-ere, e-did-i, e-dT-tum. To put in, in-do, ind-ere, in-did-i, in-di-tum. To oppose, ob-do, obd-ere, ob-did-T, ob-dl-tum. To destroy, per-do, perd-ere, per-did-i", per-di-tum. To betray, pro-do, prod-ere, pro-did-i, pro-di-tum. To restore, red-do, redd-ere, red-did-i", red-di-tum. To deliver, tra-do, trad-er6, tra-did-i, tra-di-tum. To sell, ven-do, vend-ere, ven-did-I, ven-di-tum. To dig, fod-io, fod-ere, fod-i, To fly, filg-io, fug-ere, fug-I, To pour, fund-o, fund-ere, fud-i, To read, leg-o, leg-ere, leg-i, V. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem-vowel of the Verb, (a) Without Vowel-changes. To take, em-o, em-ere, em-i, em-tum. Compounds, coemo, adimo, eximd. fos-sum. fu-g-i-tum. fu-sum. lec-tiim. The compounds with per, prse, re, and sub retain e ; e. g., perleggre, perlegi, perlectum, to read through ; but those with col, de, e, se, change e into I ; e. g., colligere, collegi, collectum, to collect : three, diligo, I love; intelligo, / understand; negligo, I neglect, have exi, ectum ; e. g., diligere, dllexi, dilectum. To leave, linqu-o, linqu-ere, To burst, rump-o, rump -erg, To conquer, vinc-o, vinc-ere, (b) With Vowel-change. To drive, ag-o, ag-erS, eg-i, ac-tum. Three of the compounds retain a, circumago, perago, satago : two un- dergo contraction, cogo (con + ago), dego (de + ago) : compounds with ab, amb, ad, ex, prod, sub, change a into i ; e. g., abigere, abegi, abactum, to drive away. To take, cap-io, cap-ere, cep-i, cap-tiim. All the compounds change a into i, and have supine ceptum; e. g n accipiere, accepi, acceptum, to receive. liqu-I, lic-tum. rup-i", rup-tum. V1C-1, vic-tum. LIST. OF VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 275 To make, To do, fac-io, fac-ere, fec-i fac-tum. 1. Compounds with verbs retain a ; e. g., labef acere, labef eci, labe- factum, to weaken. 2. Compounds with prepositions change a into l ; e. g., afficere, aff eel, affectum, to affect. To break, frang-o, frang-ere, freg-I, frac-tum. Compounds change a into i; e. g., refringere, refregi, refractum, to break open. To cast, jac-io, jac-ere, j^c-T, jac-tum. Compounds ab, ad, de, e, in, ob, re, trans, all change a into I ; e. g. t abjicere, abjeci, abjectum, to tlirow away. VI. The Perfect-stem presents the simple Verb-stem, (a) Stems ending in u or v. To refuse, abnu-o, abnu-ere, abnu-i. To sharpen, acu-o, acu-ere, acu-i, acu-tum. To show, argu-o, argii-ere, argu-i, argu-tum. To agree, congru-o, congru-ere, congru-I. To put off, exu-o, exu-ere, exu-i, exu-tum. To put on, indu-o, indu-ere, indu-i, indu-tum. To imbue, imbu-o, imbu-ere, imbu-i, imbu-tum. To pay, lu-o, lu-ere, lu-i. lu-tum. To fear, metu-o, metu-ere, metu-i. To lessen, minu-o, minu-ere, minu-I, minu-tum. To rush, ru-o, ru-ere, ru-i, ru-tiim. To loose, solv-o, solv-6re, solv-i, solu-tum. To spit, spu-o, spu-ere, spu-T, spu-tum. To place, statu- o, statu-ere, statu-i, statu-tum. To sneeze, sternu-o, sternu-ere, sternu-I, sternu-tiim. To sew, su-o, su-ere, su-i, su-tum. To give, tribu-o, tribu-ere, tribu-i, trlbu-tum. To roll, volv-o, volv-ere. volv-i, volu-tum. (&) Consonant-stems. To weigh, append-o , append-ere, append-I, app en-sum. So, also, the other compounds of pendo. To attend, attend-o, attend-ere, attend-i, atten-sum. So, also, the other compounds of tendo To drink, bib-o, bib-ere, bib-I, bmi-tum. To forge, cud-o, cud-ere, ciid-i, cu-sum. To eat, ed-o, ed-ere, ed-i, e-sum. To lick, lamb-o, lamb-ere, lamb-T. To chew, mand-o, mand-ere, mand-i, man-sum. To spread, pand-o, pand-ere, pand-i, pas-sum. 276 LIST OF VERBS, FOURTH CONJUGATEON. To take, prehend-o, prehend-ere, prehend-I, prehen-sum. To scratch, scab-o, scab-ere, scab-i. To climb, scand-o, scand-ere, scand-i. scan-sum. Compounds (a, e, de, con, in) change a into e ; e. g., ascendo. To sink down, sid-o, sid-ere, sid-i. The compounds take the perf. and supine from sedeo ; e. g., consi- ders, consedi, consessum, to sit together. To hiss, strid-o, strid-ere, strid-i. To turn, vert-o, vert-ere, vert-i, ver-siim. Deverto, prosverto, and reverto are also used in the passive form as deponents ; e. g., revertor, reverti, reversus, sum, I turn back. To brush, verr-o, verr-ere, verr-i, ver-siim. To pluck, vell-o, vell-ere, vell-i, vul-sum. Compounds of cendo and fendo belong here, viz., To burn, incend-o, incend-ere, incend-i, incen-sum. To defend, defend-o, defend-ere, defend-i, defen-sum. (667.) FOURTH CONJUGATION. I. Perfect-stem adds iv to the Verb-stem. (Obs.) This class contains most of the verbs of the fourth conjugation; the following alone has a peculiar supine : To bury, sepel-io, sepel-IrS, sepel-iv-i, sepul-tum. II. Perfect-stem adds u to the Verb-stem. To clothe, amic-io, amic-ire, amic-u-i, amic-tum. To open, aper-io, aper-Ire, aper-u-i, aper-tum.* To cover, 6per-io, oper-ire, 6per-u-i, oper-tum. To leap, sal-io, sal-ire, sal-u-i, sal- turn. Compounds change a into i ; e. g., desilire, desilui, desultum, to leap down. III. Perfect-stem adds s to the Verb-stem. To cram, farc-io, fare-ire, < , r _, > fare- turn. I (farc-s-i), ) The compounds change a into e ; e. g., confercire, confers!, confertum, to fill up. To prop, fulc-io, fulc-ire, j ,», -, > ful-tum. To draw, haur-io, haur-ire, < ... _> S haus-tum. ( (haur-s-i), > rr, , . _ „ ( sanx-i } sanc-i-tum and To decree, sanc-io, sane-ire, < . ... > . I (sanc-s-i), ) sanc-tum. * The compounds of par -id which begin with a vowel have ui, ertiim, as in Class II. ; those beginning with a consonant have i, ertum, as in Class V. LIST OF DEPONENT VERBS. 277 To patch, sarc-io, s arc-Ire, < , .. > sar-tum. r I (sarc-s-i), ) To feel, sent-io, sent-ire, \ . _. > sen-sum. ■*■ I (sent-s-i), ) Instead of assentid, assentior, deponent is more common. To hedge in, sep-io, sep-ire, sep-s-i, sep-tum. To bind, vinc-io, vinc-lre, < , . .. > vinc-tum. I (vmc-s-i), ) IV. Perfect-stem lengthens the Stem-vowel. Contains but a single simple verb. To come, ven-io, ven-Ire, ven-I, ven-tum. V. Perfect-stem takes the simple Verb-stem, To ascertain, comper-io, comper-ire, comper-i, comper-tum.* reper-io, reper-ire, reper-i, To discern, (668.) rep er- turn. DEPONENT VERBS. FIRST CONJUGATION. To exhort, hort-6r, hort-aii, hort-at-us. The deponents of the first conjugation are the most numerous, but are formed like hortor, with an, atus. SECOND CONJUGATION. To acknowledge, f at-eor, f at-eri, fas-sus. The compounds make fiteor, fessus ; e. g., confiteor, confiterl, con- fesses, to confess : diffiteor has no participle. To bid, lie- e or, lic-eri, lic-it-us. To heal, med-eor, med-eri. To deserve, mer-eor, mer-eri, mer-it-iis. To pity, miser-eor, miser-erl, ( miser-it-us, or \ miser-tus. To think, r-eor, r-eri, ra-tus. To look upon, tu-eor, tu-eri, < tu-it-us, or \ tu-tus. To fear, vSr-eor, ver-eri, ver-it-us. THIRD CONJUGATION. To devise, comminisc-6r, comminisc-i, commen-tus. Reminiscor, to remember, has no perfect. To obtain, adipisc-6r, adipisc-i, adep-tus. To be weary, defetisc-6r, defetisc-I, defes-sus. * See note, p. 276. A A 278 LIST OF DEPONENT VEIIBS. experrec-tus. ( fruc-tus and \ fru-it-ais. func-tiis. gres-siis. Compounds change the a into e ; e. g., aggredi, aggressiis, to assail. To awake, expergisc-6r ; expergisc-T, To enjoy, fra-or, fru-I, To 'perform, fung-6r, fung-i, To proceed, gTad-ior, grad-i, To be angry, irasc-6r, irasc-I. To/all, lab- or, lab-I, lap-siis. To speak, loqu-6r, loqu-i, locu-tus. To die, mor-ior, mor-I, mor-tuiis. To obtain, nancisc-6r, nancisc-i, nac-tus. To be born, nasc-6r, nasc-i, na-tus. To lean upon, to > nit-6r, nit-i, C ni-sus, or strive, ( \ nix-iis. To forget, 6blivisc-6r, oblivisc-i, obli-tus. To bargain, . pacisc-6r, pacisc-I, pac-tus. Tofeed, pasc-or, pasc-i, pas-tiis. This verb is the passive of pascere, to give food. To suffer, pat-ior, pat-I, PerpStior, perpessiis, to endure, changes a into S. pas-sus. (From plecto, to twine.) To embrace, C amplect-6r, \ complect-6r, amplect-i, complect-i, To set out, proficisc-6r, proficisc-i, To complain, quer-6r, quer-I, To grin, ring-6r, ring-i. To follow, sequ-or, s8qu-i, To revenge, ulcisc-6r, ulcisc-i, To use, ut-or, ut-I, amplex-us. complex-iis. profec-tus. ques-tus. secu-tiis. ul-tus. u-sus. FOURTH CONJUGATION. To assent, Tojlatter, To try, To bestow money, To lie, To measure, To move a mass, To wait for, To begin, assent-ior, bland-ior, exper-ior, larg-ior, ment-ior, met-ior, mol-ior, opper-ior, ord-ior, assent-iri, bland-Iri, exper-iri, larg-iri, ment-iri, met-iri, mol-iri, opper-iri, ord-iri, assen-sus. bland-it-us. exper-tiis. larg-it-us. ment-it-us. men-sus. mol-it-us. opper-tiis. or-sus. INCHOATIVE AND IRREGULAR VERBS. 279 To rise, 6r-i6r, 6r-irl, or- tii s. To divide, part-ior, part-hi, part-It-us. To possess > myself of, 5 potior, pot-iri, pot-It-us. To cast lots, sort-ior, sort-Irl, sort-It-us. (669.) INCHOATIVE VERBS. Inchoatives are verbs derived from nouns, adjectives, or other verbs, expressing- a beginning or becoming of the act or state denoted by the primitive. Their stems always end in sc, and they all follow the form of the 3d conj. ; e. g., Erom puer, boy, we have puerasc-ere, to become a boy (again). " matur-us, ripe, we have maturesc-ere, to become ripe. " dorm-Ire, to sleep, we have obdormisc-ere, to fall asleep. (1.) It is enough to observe on those derived from adjectives and nouns that they either have no perfect, or else form it in ul. (2.) As to those derived from verbs, (a) Most are from verbs in the second conjugation, and form their perfect-stem by adding u to the stem, rejecting sc; or, in other words, their perf.-stem is the same as that of the simple verb from which they are derived ; e. g., To become gray, canesc-ere (canere), canu-i. To grow sour, acesc-ere (acere), » acu-I. (b) Those derived from verbs of the other conjugations take the per- fects of the simple verbs from which they are derived. To grow old, inveterasc-ere (inveterdre), inveterav-I, invetera-tum. To come to life, revlvisc-ere (vivere), revix-I, revic-tum. To fall asleep, obdormisc-ere (dor mire), obdormlv-I, obdornil-tum. 11. IRREGULAR VERBS.* (670.) INFINITIVE MOOD. Tenses for Incomplete Action. Tenses for Complete Action. Present and Imperfect. Perfect and Pluperfect. 1. posse, to be able. potuisse, to have been able. 2. velle, to be willing. voluisse, to have been willing. 3. nolle, to be unwilling. noluisse, to have been unwilling. 4. malle, to be more willing. maluisse, to have been more willing. 5. Sdere, or esse, to eat. edisse, to have eaten. 6. ferre, to bear. tulisse, to have borne, or suffered. 7. fieri, to become. factum esse, to have been made, or done. 8. feni, to be borne. latum esse, to hare been home. * See note, next page. 280 IRREGULAR VERBS. (671.) INDICATIVE MOOD. Present, I am able, SfC. Perfect, / have been able, <^c. 1. possum,* potes, potest, 1. potu-i, isti, it, possumus, potestis, possunt. potu-imus, istis, erunt or ere. 2. void, vis, vult, 2. volu-i, isti, it, volumus, vultis, volunt. volu-imus, istis, erunt or ere. 3. nolo, nonvis, nonvult, 3. nolu-i, isti, it, nolumus, nonvultis, nolunt. nolu-imus, istis, erunt or er6. 4. maid, mavis, mavalt, 4. malu-i, isti, it, malumus, mavultis, malunt. maiu-imus, istis, erunt or ere. 5. edd, edis or es, edit or est, 5. ed-i, isti, it, edimus, editis or estis ; edunt. ed-imiis, istis, erunt or ere. 6. f erd, fers, fert, 6. tiil-i, isti, it, ferimus, fertis, ferunt. tul-imus, istis, erunt or ere. 7. fio,t fis, fit, 7. factus sum, es, est, fimus, fitis, fiunt. facti sumus, estis, sunt. 8. f eror, ferris or ferre ; fertur, 8. latus sum, es, est, ferimur, ferimini, feruntur. lati sumus, estis, sunt. Imperfect, I was able, tyc. Pluperfect, I had been able, fyc. 1. pot-eram, ' eras, erat, 1. potu-eram, eras, erat, pot-eramus, eratis, erant. potu-eramus, eratis, erant. 2. vol-ebam, ebas, ebat, 2. volu-eram, eras, erat, vol-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. volu-eramus, eratis, erant. 3. nol-ebam, ebas, ebat, 3. nolu-eram, eras, erat, nol-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. nolu-eramus, eratis, erant. 4. mal-ebam, ebas, ebat, 4. malu-eram, eras, erat, mal-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. malu-e ramus, eratis, erant. 5. ed-ebam, ebas, ebat, 5. ed-eram, eras, erat, ed-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. ed-eramus, eratis, erant. 6. f er-ebam, ebas, * ebat, 6. tul-eram, eras, erat, fer-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. tul-eramus, eratis, erant. 7. f i-ebam, ebas, ebat, 7. factus eram, eras, erat, fi-ebamus, ebatis, ebant. facti eramus, eratis, erant. 8. f er-ebar, ebarisore, ebatur, 8. latus eram, eras, erat, fer-ebamur, ebamini, ebantur. lati eramus, eratis, erant. Future, Future Perfect, I shall or will be able, fyc. I shall or will have been able, «^c. 1. pot-erd, eris, erit, 1. potu-erd, eris, erit, pot-erimiis, eritis, erunt. potu-erimus, eritis, erint. 2. vol-am, es, et, 2. volu-erd, eris, erit, vol-emus, etis, ent. volu-erimus, eritis, erint. 3. nol-am, es, et, 3. nolu-ero, eris, erit, nol-emus, etis, ent. nolu-erimus, eritis, erint. 4. mal-am, es, et, 4. malu-ero, eris, erit, mal-emus, etis, ent. malu-erimiis, eritis, erint. 5. ed-am, es, et, 5. ed-erd, eris, erit, ed-emus, etis, ent. ed-erimus, eritis, erint. 6. f er-am, es, et, 6. tul-ero, eris, erit, fer-emus, etis, ent. tul-erimus, eritis, erint. 7. fi-am, es, et, 7. factus erd, eris, erit, fi-emus, etis, ent. facti erimiis, eritis, erint. 8. fer-ar, eris or ere, etur, 8. latus erd, eris, erit, fer-emiir, emini, entur. lati erimus, eritis, erint. * As many of these verbs are nearly related to each other, it seems un- necessary to separate their forms of inflection. The correspondent num- bers will be sufficient direction in tracing the several tenses of each verb. t Fio, contrary to the general rule (24, a), has i long throughout, befor© vowels : but before r it is s&0?'£ ; as, f I6ri. IRREGULAR VERBS. 281 (672.) IMPERATIVE MOOD. Note. — Possum, volo, malo, have no imperative mood. 3. noli, or nolito, be thou unwilling. 7. fl, or fito, become thou. nolite, or nolitote, be ye, fyc. f ite, or f itote : 3. fiuntO. 5. ede, edito, or es, esto, eat thou. 8. f erre, or fertor, be thou borne. edite, editote : 3. edunto. f erimini, or f eriminor : 3. f erun- 6. f er, or ferto, bear thou. tor. ferte, or fertote : 3. f erunto. (673.) SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present, I may be able, fyc. Perfect, I may have been able, 6fC. 1. poss-Im, Is, it, 1. potu-erlm, eris, erit, poss-imus, itis, int. potu-erimus, eritis, erint. 2. vel-Im, is, it, 2. volu-erim, eris, erit, vel-imus, itis, int. volu-erimus, eritis, erint. 3. nol-im, Is, it, 3. nolu-erim, eris, erit, nol-imus, itis, int. nolu-erimus, eritis, erint. 4. mal-im, is, it, 4. malu-erim, eris, erit, mal-imus, itis, int. malu-erimus, eritis, erint. 5. ed-am, as, at, 5. ed-erim, eris, erit, ed-amus, atis, ant. ed-erimus, eritis, erint. 6. fer-am, as, at, 6. tul-erlm, eris, erit, fer-amus, atis, ant. tul-erimus, eritis, erint. 7. f 1-am, as, at, 7. factus sim, sis, sit, fi-amiis, atis, ant. facti simus, sitis, sint. 8. f er-ar, arts or are, atiir, 8. latus sim, sis, sit, fer-amur, aminl, antur. lati simus, sitis, sint. Imperfect, I might be able, 4-c. Pluperf., I might have been able, fyc. 1. Poss-em, es, et, 1. potu-issem, isses, isset, poss-enius, etis, ent. potu-issemus, issetis, issent. 2. vell-em, es, et, 2. volu-issem, isses, isset, veil-emus, etis, ent. volu-issemus, issetis, issent. 3. noll-em, es, 6t, 3. nolu-issem, isses, isset, noil-emus, etis, ent. nolu-issemus, issetis, issent. 4. mall-em, es, et, 4. malu-issem, isses, isset, mall-emus, etis, ent. malu-issemus, issetis, issent. 5. eder-emoressem; es, et, 5. ed-issem, isses, isset, eder-emus, etis, ent. ed-issemus, issetis, issent. 6. ferr-em, es, et, 6. tul-issem, isses, isset, ferr-emus, etis, ent. tul-issemus, issetis, issent. 7. f ler-em, es, et, 7. factus essem, esses, esset, fier-emiis, etis, ent. fact! essemus, essetis, essent. 8. ferr-er, eris or ere, etiir, 8. latus essem, esses, esset, ferr-emiir, eminT, entiir. lati essemus, essetis, essent. (674.) GERUNDS. 2. volendi. volendo, volendum, of being, in being, to be, willing. 3. nolendi, nolendo, nolendum, " " " unwilling. 4. malendi, malendo, malendum, " " " more willing. 5. edendl, edendo, edendum, of eating, in eating, to eat. 6. ferendi, ferendo, ferendum, of bearing, in bearing, to bear. (675.) SUPINES. Accusative. 5. esum, to eat. Ablative, esu, to be eaten, to eat. 6. latum, to bear. lata, to be borne. A a 2 282 DEFECTIVE VERBS. (676.) PARTICIPLES. Active. 1. potens, being able. 2. volens, " willing: 3. nolens, " unwilling: 4. malens, " more willing. 5. edens, eating. esurus, about to eat. 6. ferens, bearing. laturus, about to bear. 7 . faciendus, to be made or done. 8. ferendus, to be borne. Passive. 7. factus, being or having been made or done. 8. latus, being or having been borne or suffered. (677.) Eo, / go. Ed, I go, is conjugated like audio, except in the following tenses : Imp. Ind. Pres. eo, Past, ibam,' Fut. Ibo, Imperative. Imp. Pot. Pres. earn, Gerunds. eundl, Particips. Pres. iens {gen. euntis), going, Supines. itum, Itu. Rem. In like manner, the compounds of eo are formed: also, queo, to be able, and nequeo, to be unable ; except that these two have no imper- ative mood or gerunds. gular. Plural. is, it. ImQs, itis, eunt. ibas, ibat. ibamus, ibatis, ibant. ibis, ibit. IbTmus, ibTtis, ibunt. I, or ltd. Ite, or Itote. 3. eunto. eas, eat. eamus, eatis, eant. eundo, eundiim Fut. ituinis, about to go. 12. DEFECTIVE VERBS (678.) Are those which have only some particular tenses and moods ; as, aio, / say ; ausim, / dare ; ave, hail ! &c. (1.) Aio, I say. Ind. Pres. Imperfect. Imperative. Subj. Pres. Participle. Singular. Plural. aio, ais, ait. ai-ebam, ebas, ebat. ebamus, ebatis, ai. aias, aiat. aiens. aiunt. ebant. aiant. (2.) Ausim, I dare. Ind. Pres. ausim, ausis, ausit. ausint. (3.) Ave, hail ! Imperative. Infinitive. ave, or aveto. avete, or avetote. avere. (4.) Salve, God save you ! Imperative. Infinitive. Ind. Fut. salve, or salveto. salvete, or salverS. salvebis. salvetote. IMPERSONAL VEHB3. 283 (5.) Cedo, give me. Imperative. Singular. cedo. Plural. cedite. (6.) E axo, or faxim (for faciam), I will or may do it. Ind. Pres. fax-o, or fax-mi, is, it. imus, Itis, int. (7.) Quaeso, I pray. 2nd. Pres. Infinitive. Participle. quaes-o, is, it. uiniis. qusesere. quaesens. (8.) Inquam, or Inquio, / say. Impf. Ind. Pres. inqu-id, or ani, is, it. imus, Past. inquie.bat. Put. inquies, inquiet. Perf. Ind. Pres. inquisti. Imperative, inque, inquito. Participle. inquiens. inquite. iuDt. inquie- [bant. (9.) These verbs, Nov-i, / know ; Memin-i, I remember ; Ccep-i, / begin ; Od-T, / hate, have the forms of the perfect tenses combined with the meanings of the imperfect. Nosco, the present of novi, is in use, and denotes to learn, whence novi expresses the actual knowledge which is the result of past learning-. ( i, isti, &c. (Pres.) Nov- eram, eras, &c. (Past.) Memln- ero, eris, &c. (Fut.) Coep- erim, eris, &c. (Subj. Pres.) Od- issem, isses, &c. (Subj. Past.) l isse, (Infinitive.) Memento. mementote. {Imperative.) Osus, osurus ; cceptus, cosptunis. [Participles.) 13. IMPERSONAL VERBS (679.) Are those which have no subject, and take the pronoun it before them in English ; e. g., pluit, it rains. 1. Impersonals never used personally. *poenitet, pcenltuit, it repents. * „,... „, -. ( it shames, *pudet, puduit, \ oneisashame(1 . *. ,u. - . ( it weariest *tcedet, pertcesum est, J dUgusU . > refert, it concerns. libet, libuit, it pleases. licet, lie ait, or ) one may, llcltum est, ) it is lawful. oportet, oportuit, *miseret, one pities. *piget, it grieves (one] ( one ought, '' I it behooves. * Those marked * take ace. of person and gen. of the thing (or object of the feeling). 284 IMPERSONAL VERBS. 2. Impersonate sometimes used personally in third person singular or plural. grandinat, it hails. lucescit, it grows light. ningit, it snows. pluit, it rains. tonat, it thunders. vesperascit, it grows dark. 3. Personal verbs used specially as impersonals in third person sin- gular. accidit, accedit,* apparet, attmet, conducit, constat, contingit, convenit, delectat, decet, dedecet, evemt, expedit, excidit,t it happens. it is added. it appears. it belongs to. it is conducive. > it is known, [ it is agreed upon. it happens. it suits, agrees. it is delightful. it is becoming. it is unbecoming. it turns out. it is expedient. it has escaped me. fit, interest, juvat, latet, liquet, patet, placet, preestat, res tat, solet, as sole t, stat, sufficit, vacat, it happens, it concerns, it is pleasant, it is unknown, con- cealed, it is clear, it is plain, open, it pleases (I resolve), it is better, it remains. it happens usually. it is resolved. it suffices. (I) have leisure. Rem. These may be used in the different tenses of indie, and subj. moods. 4. The third person singular of many intransitive verbs is used im- personally in the passive; e. g., curritiir, they run (it is run by them); pugnatum est, they fought (it was fought by them). Those which govern the dative, govern it also in the impersonal form ; e. g., I am envied, mThl invidetur. *Accedit quod (orut) = moreover. t i. e., d e memoria excidit = ^ has slipped from my memory — is forgotten. § 7. ADVERB. The adverb qualifies a verb, adjective, or another adverb. I. Derivative Adverbs. (680.) Derivative adverbs (a) are nearly all formed from adjectives or participles, by adding eoriter to their stems : 1. Add e to stem of adjectives in us, a, um; e. g., c 1 a r - u s, illustrious. c 1 a r - e, illustriously. Rem. Bonus makes bene, well ; and malus (bad) ; male, badly. All others end in e (long). 2. Add iter to the stem of adjectives of 2d or 3d class ; e. g., brev-is, brief. brev-iter, briefly, ferox (feroc-s), fierce. f e r 6 c - i t e r, fiercely. Rem. 1. Those which end in ns do not take the connecting vowel i; p r u d e n s, prudent. pruden-ter, prudently. 2. A u d a x, bold, makes audac-t8r, boldly. (b) A few are formed from nouns, by adding tus or tim to the stem by means of a connecting vowel ; e. g., c 03 1 - ii m, heaven. c ce 1 - i - 1 u s, from heaven. f u n d - ii s, bottom. fund-i-tus, from the bottom, totally. grex (greg-s) K flock, greg-a-tim, by flocks. (c) Cases of adjectives, especially in the neuter, are often used as ad- verbs ; e. g., dulce, sweetly; fal so, falsely, &c. II. Primitive Adverbs. (681.) Primitive adverbs are such as cannot conveniently be classed among the derivatives above mentioned. The most common are arranged in the following lists : 286 ADVERBS. 1. ADVERBS OF PLACE (fivefold). (1.) In a Place. ubl? hie, illic, istic, ibl, intus, foris, where ? here. there. there, where you are. there. within. without. ubique, everywhere. nusquam, nowhere. alicubl, somewhere. alibi, elsewhere. *w™. \ an lZ™t (y ° U ibidem, in the same place. (2.) To a Place— {o, uc). quo? hue, illuc, istuc, intro, whither ? hither. thither. < thither, to where you X cure. to within. f oras, to without. eo, to that place. alio, to another place. aliquo, to some place. eodem, to the same place. (3.) Towards a Place. quorsum, versus, sursum, deorsiim, whitherward 1 towards, upward, downward. retrorsum, backioard. dextrorsum, to the right hand. sinistrorsum, to the left hand. (4.) From a Place — (nc, nde). unde ? hinc, illic, istinc, inde, whence ? hence. thence. < thence, from where \ you are. thence. aliunde, from elsewhere. alicunde, from some place. sicunde, if from any place. utrinque, on both sides. sup erne, from above. inferne, from below. (5.) Through or by a Place. qua? hac, iliac, 1 . which way ? this way. that way. istac, that way, by you. alia, another way. ADVERBS. 287 2. ADVERBS OF time (threefold). (1.) Being in time, either, \ 1. Present. protinus, instantly. nunc, ?WW\ illico, straightway. hodie, to-day. {Remote.) 2. Past. eras, to-morrow. postridie, the day after. L ' > then. perendie, two days hence. heri, yesterday. nondum, not yet. dudum, pridem, pridie, nuper, > heretofore. the day before, lately. 4. Indefinite. quando ? when ? aliquando, "^ nonnunquam > sometimes. 3. Future. interdum, j ( Very Near.) semper, ahcays. nunquam, never. jamjam, mox, } presently : > immediately. interim, ) • ,, .■ interea, \m the mean time. statim, ) by-and-by. quotidie, daily. (2.) Continue mce of Time. quamdiu ? hozv long 1 jamdiu, ") aiu, long. jamdudum, > long ago. tamdiu, so long. jamprldem, ) (3.) Vicissitude, or Repetition of Time. 1. Indefinite. subinde, immediately after. quoties ? how often ? identidem, several times. soepe, toties, often, so often. 2. Definite, or in Number. aliquoties, for several times. semel, once. vicissim, by turns. bis,. ticice. tarsus, again. ter, thrice. Iterum, a second time. quater, four times. 3. ADVERBS OF ORDER. inde, then. deinceps, successively, primo,* -um,t first. deinde, thereafter. denuo, anew. secundo,t secondly.) dehinc, henceforth. denique, finally. &c. porro, moreover. (postremo,t lastly. 4, ADVERBS OF QUALITY, MANNER, &C adeo, so, and therefore. nempe, truly. admodum, very, greatly. nimium, too much. an, whether ? or else ? non, not. cur, v:h ?/. num ? whether ? demum, at length. omnino, at all, in general. etiam, likewise, yes. pariim, little. fere, almost. satis, enough. sic, so, thus. haud, not. immo, yes, truly. scilicet, namely. ita, so, thus. videlicit, namely. magis, more. vix, scarcely. ne, not. * Primo = at first ; primum = first, in the first place. t These fall under (630, c). § 8. PREPOSITION. (682.) 1. Prepositions governing- the accusative: Ante, apud, ad, adversus, Circum, circa, citra, cis, Erga, contra, inter, extra, Infra, intra, juxta, 6b, Penes, pone, post, and praeter, Prope, propter, per, secundum, Supra, versus, ultra, trans. [Versus is placed after the noun which it governs.] 2. Governing the ablative : Absque, a, ab, abs, and de. Coram, clam, cum, ex, and S. Tenus, sine, pro, and prae. 3. Governing both accusative and ablative : in, sub, super, subtSr. § 9. CONJUNCTION. (683.) Conjunctions connect words and sentences. They may be di- vided into the following classes : I. Copulative, which simply nnite sentences together {and) : they are et, a t q u e or a c, que, neque or nee, necnon, e t i a m, quo- q u^g, with the adverbials item and 1 1 1 d e m. II. Disjunctive, which connect unlike prepositions (or) : they are ant, vel, the suffix ve, and siveorseu; (either — or) : aut — ant, vel— vel; (whether — or) : s I v e — s ive. III. Comparative (as, like, as if, &c.) : they are u t, s I c u t, v e 1 u t, proiit, cen, quara, tainquani, quasi, utsi, aesi, together with ac and at que, when they mean as. IV. Adversative, expressing opposition of thoaght (but) : they are sed, autem, vero, at and its compounds, tamen (and its compounds with at sed and veruni), and ceterum. V. Concessive, expressing something granted (although, even if) : they are etsi, etiamsi, tametsi, quaniquam, quamvis, quan- tumvis, quamlibet, licet, with ut and quum, when they mean although. VI. Conditional, expressing a condition (if, if only, if but) : they are si, sin, ni or nisi, simodo, dummodo, modone, and some- times dum and m 6 d o used alone. VII. Conclusive, expressing a conclusion or inference (therefore) : they are ergo, igitur, itaque, eo, ideo, idcircp, proinde, prop- ter e a, and the relatives (wherefore) quapropter, quare, qua- mob rem, quocirca, unde. VIII. Causal, expressing a cause or reason (for, because) : nam, namque, gnim, etenim, quia, quod, quoniam, q u i p p e, quum, quando, quanddquidem, siquidem. IX. Final, expressing a purpose or aim (in order that, in order that not)-, ut or uti, quo, ne, utne, neve, neu, quin, quomi- nus. X. Temporal, expressing a relation of time [when, as soon as, after that, just as): quum, ut, ubf, postquam, antequam, pri- usquam, quando, simul, simulac, dum, usque dum, do- nee, quoad. XL Interrogative, used in asking questions: num, utrum, an, nG (suffix). Bb § 10. INTERJECTION. (684.) Interjections are simply signs of emotion. ah, ah! hem, hem ! how ! apage, away ! 10, huzza ! ecce, behold ! oh, oh ! alas ! eccum, see him ! papoe, O strange ! good ! eu, lot pro, alas ! hei, heu, alas ! vse, woe ! vah, O rare ! PART IV. SUMMARY OF SYNTAX. SYNTAX. INTRODUCTION. (685.) A proposition is a thought expressed in words ; e. g., the rose blooms ; the rose is beautiful. (686.) A simple sentence consists of a single proposition ; e. g., the mes- senger was sent ; the swift messenger arrived. (687.) A compound sentence is one made up of two or more propositions ; e. g., the messenger, who had been sent, arrived. (688.) Syntax treats of the use of words in the formation of sentences, and of the relation of sentences to each other. We speak first, PART I. OF SIMPLE SENTENCES. I. SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. § 1. Definition of Subject and Predicate. (689.) Every sentence (e. g., the eagle flies) consists of two parts, the subject (e. g., eagle) and the predicate (e. g., flies). (a) The subject is that of which anything is declared, and is generally (1) a noun, or (2) some word used instead of a noun. 1. The eagle flies. Here the noun eagle is the subject. 2. To err is human. Here the infinitive to err is used as a noun, and forms the subject. (b) The predicate is that which is declared of the subject, and is gener- ally either (1) a verb, (2) an adjective or participle, or (3) a noun, con- nected with the subject by some form of the \erb to be. 1. The eagle flies. Here the verb flies is the predicate. 2. To err is human. Here the adjective human is the predicate. 3. John is a man. Here the noun man is the predicate. § 2. Agreement. (690.) Rule I. The verb of the predicate agrees with the subject in number and person. The trees are green. 1 Arbores virent. Art thou happy ? I E s n e tu beatus ? Rem. 1. If the verb consists of two or more singular nouns denoting persons, the verb is generally in tho plural. Bb2 294 SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. 2. A collective noun sometimes has a plural verb. Tlie crowd rushes. | Turba ruunt. [This construction is not used by Cicero, and seldom, if at all, by Caesar.] 3. A plural verb is sometimes used with uterque and quisque. Each of them leads his army out | Uterque eorum ex castris exercitum of the camp. I educunt. 4. The verb agrees with the first person rather than the second ; the second rather than the third. If you and Tullia are well, Cicero I Si tu et Tullia valetis, ego et and I are well. I Cicero v a 1 e m u s. (691.) An adjective may stand either (1.) As predicate ; e. g., the man is happy ; (2.) As modifying the subject ; e. g., the good man is happy ; (3.) As modifying the predicate ; e. g., the good man is a happy man. In either case we have Rule II. Adjectives agree with the nouns to which they refer in gender, number, and case. [This rule applies to all adjectives, pronouns, and participles.] Rem. If there be two or more nouns denoting persons, the most wor- thy* gender prevails ; if things, the neuter is used. My father and mother are dead. I Pater mihi et mater mortui sunt. Labour and enjoyment are united. I Labor voluptasque juncta sunt. (692.) Rule III. If the predicate be a noun, it takes the case of the subject. Numa was made king. | Numa rex creabatur. § 3. Apposition. (693.) A noun may stand (a) In the subject, denoting the same person or thing with the sub- ject-noun ; e. g., the general, a brave man, led the army. (b) In the predicate, denoting the same person or thing with a noun in the predicate ; e. g., we have sent the consul, a brave man. Nouns thus expressing the same person or thing, whether in the sub- ject or predicate, are said to be in apposition with each other; and in either case we have Rule IV. Nouns in apposition with each other agree in case. * The masculine is said to be more worthy than the feminine; tine fem- inine than the neuter. GENITIVE CASE. 295 The commander, a brave man, led the army. We sent the consul, a brave man. Imperator, vir fortis, exerci- tum duxit. Consulem, virum f o r t e m, misi- mus. Rem. 1. A noun in apposition with two or more nouns is commonly put in the plural. M. Antony and C. Crassus, trib- 1 M. Antonius, C. Crassus, trihuni unes of the people. | piebis. 2. A noun in apposition with the name of a town may be put in the ablative, with or without the preposition in. At Rome, the chief city of Italy. | Eomae, (in) prima urbe Italiae. II. USE OF CASES. § 4. Nominative. (694.) Subject-nominative. — The subject of a proposition takes the nom- inative case, and is called the subject-nominative. (2.) Predicate-nominative. — The predicate-nominative (692) is always connected with the subject by esse, to be, or some verb expressing an incomplete idea. Rem. Of this class of verbs are to appear, apparere, videri; to become, fieri, evader e, existere; to be named, dici, ap- pellari, nominari; to be esteemed, existimari, haberi, &c. Ariovistus was called king by the senate. Ariovistus a senatu rex appel- latus est. § 5. Genitive. (695.) Rule V. The genitive answers the questions whose ? of whom? of what? e. g., the love of glory, amor gloriae; Cicero's orations, Ciceronis orationes. Rem. The genitive i3 subjective when it denotes that which does something, or to which a thing belongs ; e. g., Ciceronis oratio- nes. It is objective when it denotes that which is affected by the action or feeling spoken of; e. g., amor glorise : the taking of the town, expugnatio urbis. (696.) Rule VI. Genitive of Quality. — The genitive (with an adjective, or pronoun of quality, number, &c.) is used to ex- press the quality of a thing. A man of great bravery. [Virmagnae virtutis. A ditch of fifteen feet. JFossaquindecim pedum. Rem. 1. The ablative is also used in the same way (724). 2. If the two nouns are connected, not immediately, but by another part of speech, the accusative must be used: fossa quindecim pedes lata. 296 GENITIVE CASE. (697.) Hule VII. Partitive- genitive. — The genitive is used to express the whole of which anything is a part. Hence, (a) With comparatives and superlatives : The more learned of the two broth- ers. The most learned of the Romans. Doctior fratrum duorum. Doctissimus Romanorum. (b) With all words expressing number or quantity, whether adjectives, pronouns, numerals, or adverbs ; e. g., many of the soldiers, m u 1 1 i militum; which of you? quis vestrum? the last of the Romans, ultimus Romanorum; enough eloquence, satis eloquentiae; where (in what part) of the world? ubinam gentium ? Rem. This rule includes the neuters tantum, quantum, ali- quantum, quid, aliquid, &c. (698.) Rule VIII. Genitive of Mental Affections.— -The genitive is used with verbs and adjectives expressing certain operations of the mind or feelings, to denote the object thereof. (a) Operations of the mind. 1. Adjectives of knowledge and ignorance, remembering and/auxilior. atist, 5°P italOT - ( subvenio. succour, \ sac i pecuniam set. SUBJUNCTIVE WITH GlUUM. 315 3. Concessive Conjunctions (683, 5). (756.) The concessive conjunctions take the indicative when they intro- duce a definite statement of fact, but the subjunctive when something is expressed as possible, not actual. Etsi, quamquam, and t a ni e t s i are used principally in the former sense ; in the latter, etiamsi more commonly, and licet and q u a m v i s* nearly always. Hence, Rule XL VIII. Licet and quamvis (although) are al- ways followed by the subjunctive ; etiamsi, generally. Veritas licet nullum defensorem obtineat. Sapiens dolorem patienter tolerat, quamvis acerbus sit. Though truth should obtain no defender. The wise man endures pain pa- tiently, even though it be griev- ous. Hem. The comparative conjunctions, when used concessively, velut, quasi, acsi, tanquamsi, &c. (meaning as if, as though), al- ways take the subjunctive, for the reason given (756) for licet and quamvis. Why do I use witnesses, as\ Quid testibus utor, quasi res du- though the matter were doubt- \ bia sit? full I 4. Temporal Conjunctions. (757.) Temporal conjunctions (when, after that, as soon as, just as, &c.) of course generally take the indicative. After Ccesar drew up the line of I Postquam Caesar aciem i n - battle. s t r u x i t. Every animal, as soon as it is Omne animal, simulac ortum born. est. SPECIAL REMARKS. (A.) Quum has two uses : temporal and causal. (a) Temporal. 1. As a pure particle of time, quum takes the indicative. 2. In historical narrative (especially where the principal clause has the indicative perfect) quum temporal is followed by the sub- junctive imperfect or pluperfect. When Ccesar had conquered Pom- | CaBsar, quum Pompeinm vicis- pey, he crossed over into Italy. I s e t, in Italiam t r a j e c i t. [In many such cases, the action introduced by when is in some sense the cause of the action in the principal sentence.] * Quamvis is used by the later writers in the sense of quamquam, with the indicative. 316 RELATIVE SENTENCES. (b) &uum causal, expressing the relation of cause and effect (since, because, although), obviously requires the subjunctive. Since these things are so. | Quae cum ita sint. Hence, Rule XL IX. Quum causal is always followed by the subjunctive ; and quum temporal by the imperfect or pluper- fect subjunctive, when the aorist perfect indicative is used in the principal sentence. (B.) Antequam and priusquam are used, 1. To express simple priority of one action to another, and here the indicative is obviously required. All these things were done before I Haec omnia ante facta sunt Verres touched Italy. quam Verres Italiam attigit. 2. To express a connexion between one action and another, and here the subjunctive is obviously required. Before Ccesar attempted anything ; he orders Divitiacus to be sum- moned. Caesar, priusquam quidquam conaretur, Divitiacum ad se vocari jubet. 3. To introduce a general or indefinite statement, requiring, of course, the subjunctive. The tempest threatens before it I Tempestas minatur, antequam rises. I surgat. (C.) Dum, donee, quoad, in the sense of until, take the subjunctive when the affirmation is expressed as possible or future. He was unwilling to leave ^elDum Milo veniret, locum relin- spot until Milo came. I quere noluit. [For interrogatives, see § 22.] (D.) § 21. Relative Sentences. (758.) In the compound sentence, "the messenger, who was sent, an- nounced," the clause "the messenger announced" is the principal sen- tence ; and the clause "who was sent 11 the relative sentence. The word "messenger" is the antecedent of the relative "tvho." 1. Agreement. (759.) Rule L. The relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender and number ; but its case depends upon the construction of the relative sentence. The bridge which was at Geneva I Pontem, qui erat ad Genevani, he orders to be cut down. I jubet rescindi. J RELATIVE SENTENCES. 317 This was a kind of fighting in which the Germans had exer- cised themselves. Genus hoc erat pugnoB, quo Ger- mani se exercuerant. Rem. The verb in the relative sentence takes the person of the ante- cedent. We who write. | Nos qui scribimus. 2. The Moods in Relative Sentences. (760.) (a) The indicative mood occurs in the relative sen- tence only when it states a fact distinctly, with reference to a particular subject. The messenger who was sent. | Nuntius qui missus est. (b) But qui is used in Latin very commonly (1) to avoid the use of a conjunction, and (2) to introduce indefinite statements, or the words or opinions of another ; and in such cases is al- ways followed by the subjunctive. (761.) Rule LI. The subjunctive is used in relative senten- ces expressing the purpose, result, or ground of the principal sentence. 1. Purpose (qui = ut with demonstrative). They sent ambassadors to sue for I Miserunt legatos, qui pacem pet- (= zvho should sue for) peace. er ent (= ut ii pacem peterent). 2. Result (qui = ut after is, tarn, talis, dignus, ita, &c). I am not the man to do this (= I am not such who can do). Pollio is worthy of our love (= worthy, whom we may love). Non is sum qui hoc faciam. Dignus est Pollio, quern diliga- mus. 3. Ground or cause (qui = cur or quod). Erras qui censeas — Male fecit Hannibal qui Capuae hiemarit. You err, who think (== because you think) — Hannibal did wrong in wintering (= because he wintered) at Ca- pua. (762.) Rule LII. The subjunctive is used in relative sen- tences containing indefinite statements, especially after the words there are, there can be found, there is no one, &c. There are those who say. I have nothing whereof to accuse (= no reason to blame) old age. Sunt qui die ant. Nihil habeo quod incusem se- nectutem. Rem. When the sentence introduced by the relative expresses the D d2 318 INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES. sentiments of another (rather than of the writer), the subjunctive is used. The Helvetians determined to get together those things which (they thought) belonged to marching (were necessary for setting out). Helvetii constituerunt ea quoa ad proficiscendum pertinerent comparare. (F.) § 22. Interrogative Sentences. 1. Questions. (763.) Questions are often expressed in English without any interrog- ative word ; e. g., Is Caius writing ? but in the Latin, almost invaria- bly, an interrogative word is used. These are either (a) interrogative particles, (b) interrogative pronouns, or (c) interrogative adverbs or con- junctions. (a) Interrogative Particles : ne, no n n e, n u m, u t r u m, a n. (1.) 1ST e simply asks for information. Is Caius writing ? |Scribitne Caius ? (2.) No nn e expects the answer yes. Do you not think the wise man | Nonne putas sapientem beatum happy? I esse? (3.) Num. expects the answer no. Do you think the fool happy ? | ISTum putas stultum esse beatum? (4.) Utrum is used in double questions, with an (ivhether — or). (Whether) is that your fault or I Utrum ea vestra an nostra culpa ours ? I est ? (b) Interrogative Pronouns : quis, qui, qualis, quantus, e c - quis, &c. Who taught Epaminondas mu- I Q, u i s Epaminondam music am do- sic? &c. | cuit? (c) Interrogative Adverbs or Conjunctions: quare, cur, quando, ubi, quomodo, &c. (764.) Questions are either direct or indirect : direct, when they are not dependent on any word or sentence going before ; e. g., Is Caius wri- ting ? Indirect, when they are so dependent ; e. g., Tell me if Caius is writing, 2. Use of the Moods in Questions, (a) Direct. (765.) In direct questions the indicative is used when the question is put positively, and the subjunctive when it is put doubtfully ; e. g., (Positive.) What are you doing ? I &uid agis? (Indie.) (Doubtful.) What can we do ? | duid agamus? ORATIO OBLiaUA. 319 (b) Indirect. (766.) Rule LIII. In indirect questions the subjunctive is always used. I do not know what book you are reading. Tell me what you are doing. Nescio quern librum legas. Die, quid agas. § 23. Oratio Obliqua. 1. Nature of Oratio Obliqua. (767.) When any one relates the words or opinions of another, he may do it in two ways : (a) He may represent him as speaking in the first person, and give his words precisely as they were uttered; e. g., Ariovistus said, " I have crossed the Rhine" — Ariovistus dixit, Rhenum transii. This is called oratio recta, direct discourse. (b) He may state the substance of what the speaker said in narrative form ; e.g., Ariovistus said that he had crossed the Rhine — Ariovistus dixit se Rhenum trans is s e. This is called oratio obliqua, indirect discourse* 2. The Moods in the Oratio Obliqua. (768.) The sentences introduced in the oratio obliqua are either princi- pal or subordinate ; e. g., Ariovistus said that he would not wage war on the iEduans if they paid the tribute yearly. Here the sentence that he would not wage war upon the IEduans is a principal sentence, and if they paid the tribute yearly is a subordinate sentence. (769.) Rule LIV. (a) Principal sentences in the oratio obli- qua are expressed by the accusative with the infinitive ; e. g. f Ariovistus dixit, s e iEduis bellum non esse illaturum. Rem. If the principal sentence contains a command or wish, it is ex- pressed by the subjunctive ; e. g., The leader said that tlie troops | Dux dixit, milites suae saluti con- should consult their own safety. \ sulerent. (b) Subordinate sentences in oratio obliqua always take the subjunctive ; e. g., Ariovistus dixit, se iEduis bellum non esse illaturum, si stipendium quotannis penderent (if they paid the tribute yearly). APPENDICES. APPENDIX I. OF PROSODY. § 1. Quantity. [The rules of quantity in Lesson XL II. should be reviewed, and the following additional rales learned.] 1. Penults. (770.) Dissyllabic supines lengthen the penult ; e.g., visum. Rem. The following are short, viz. : Datum, ratuin, satum, staturn, ituni, Citum, litum, situm, rutum, quitum. (771.) Reduplicated perfects shorten both penult and antepenult ; e. g., cecidi, didici. Rem. Penult is long in cecidi (cssdere) and pepedi (pedere). (772.) In adjective penults observe the following : 1.. Short Penults : -acus, -icus, -idus, imus ; e. g., JEgyptiacus, mo- dicus, cupidus, legitimes. Exceptions. — Meracus, opacus, amicus, apiicus, antlcus, posticus, mendicus, umbilicus, fidus, infidus, bimus, trimus (of two, three years, &c), mati'imus, opimus, patrimus, imus, primus. 2. Long Penults: -a lis, -anus, udus, utus, with all before -rug, -vus, -sus; e.g., dotalis, montanus, percrudus, astutus, avarus, sin- cerus, deliras, decorus, octavus, aestivus, famosus. Exc. — Infen, posteri, barbarus, opiparus. 3. Penults sometimes long, sometimes short: -iiis, -inus. (a) -ilis, from verbs, is short ; fi*om nouns, long; e. g., facilis [short) ; civilis (long). Exilis, subtilis, and the names of months (Aprilis, &c), are long. (b) -inns, from nouns denoting time or material, is short ; from other words, long ; e. g., crastinus, elephantinus (short) ; caninus, Latinus (long). 2. Compound Words. (773.) Compound words generally retain the quantity of the simple Words ; e. g., per+1 e g o — - p e r 1 e g o ; per+1 e" g i = p e r ] * 324 APPENDIX I. PROSODY. Rem. 1. A change of vowels does not affect the rule; e4-lego== e 1 i g o. 2. Dejero, pejero (juro) ; maledicus, &c. (dico) ; cognitum, agnitum (notum), are short, though the simple words are long. (774.) a, e, de, di, pro, s e, in composition are long, but re is short. JExc. — Dirimo, disertus, refert. Pro is short in Greek words, and in the compounds of cello, fanum, fari, fateor, festus, fugio, fundo, nepos, neptis, torvus ; also in proficiscor. In prop ago, propino, it is doubtful.* (775.) If the first part of a compound word end in a, it is generally long ; if in e, i, or u, generally short ; e. g. } traduco, trado (contracted from trans) ; trecenti, agricola, quadrupes. § 2. Rhythm, Arsis, Thesis, Verse, Feet. (776.) (a) By Rhythm we mean a regular alternation of elevations (stress) and depressions of the voice. In poetry this alternation follows certain fixed laws. (b) The effort of voice by which stress is laid upon one syllable is called Ictus, or rhythmical accent. A syllable so raised by the ictus stands in the Arsis. The syllable or syllables on which the voice rests or sinks are said to be in the Thesis. (c) A Foot is formed by the union of arsis and thesis. A combination of feet forms a Verse. Thus, in the line visere montes, the ictus falls on the syllables marked with the accent ; vis and mon, therefore, are in the arsis, sere and tes in the thesis. The union of arsis and thesis in visere forms a foot; so also in montes. The combination of I these two feet forms the verse Visere montes. (d) A Dactyl is a foot composed of one long syllable (arsis) and two short syllables (thesis) ; e. g., visere : a Spondee of two long (arsis and thesis) ; e. g., montes. § 3. Scanning. (777.) Scanning is the measuring of a verse into the feet which com- pose it. Observe the following points in scanning : 1. Synalcepha cuts off a vowel at the end of a word when the next word begins with a vowel or h; e. g., instead ofregina ad, we read re gin' ad; instead of at que hinc, atqu' hinc. 2. Ecthlipsis cuts offm with the vowel before it at the end of a word * The following lines contain the exceptions : At rape quae fundo, fugio, neptisque, neposque, Bt cello, fari, fateor, fanumque, festumque ; Atque procus, proficiscor, cumque propheta, profecto. APPENDIX I. PROSODY. 325 when the next begins with a vowel ; e. g., instead ofignotum est, we read ignot' est. 3. The last syllable of a word ending with a consonant is always long if the next word begins with a consonant ; e. g., m a n i b u. s tremor; here bus (naturally short) is made long. 4. Synceresis contracts two syllables into one ; e. g., a u r e a into aurea (pronounced aurya). 5. Diceresis divides one syllable into two ; e. g., pictae, pictai. § 4. Hexameter Verse. (778.) (a) Hexameter verse is so called because it has six measures, of a foot each. The first four feet may be either dactyls or spondees ; the fifth is regularly a dactyl, the sixth a spondee. 1. 2. | 3. 4. 5. , 6 * Scd fugit tntere- a„fugit irrepa- rubile tempus. Infan- dltm Re-| glnaju- bes reno- vEre do- lorem. Rem. 1. Sometimes a spondee is found in the 5th place, especially when anything grave or solemn is expressed. The line is then called spondaic. 2. The final syllable of a verse is always reckoned long ; e. g., rem, in dolorem. (&) Ccesura is the separation, by the end of a word, of syllables enter- ing into a foot. If the feet of a verse be marked off like bars in music^ whenever a bar falls in the middle of a word there is a caesura ; e. g., the following hexameter has^re caesuras : Ele la- | tus nive- | urn mol- | li ful- | tus, hya- | clntho. (c) The ccesural pause in hexameter verse is a pause or rest of the voice on a caesural syllable, designed to give harmony to the entire verse. (1.) The most approved caesural pause (the heroic) falls on the arsis of the third foot, as in the following examples : Sed fugit j illela- Intere- tus nive fugit I mol- Irrepa I rabile li ful j tus hya- tempus. cintho. (2.) Next in excellence is the C8esural pause in the thesis of the third foot, or in the arsis of the fourth. Occurring in other places, it mars the harmony of the verse. Ee APPENDIX II. (779.) fiEne-aS, oe, 1st Decl. ■{ Anchls-es, 33, 33, ^Penelop-e, es, 83, ( Del-os, i, o, , J Orph-eiis, ei, eo, GREEK NOUNS. ce, e. Voc. sometimes a and a. Zd Decl. am (an), a, en, e, en, e, e. urn, or on, e, o. eum, orea, eu eo. I (or, N. eus, G. eos, D. ei (ei), Ace. ea poetical.) I^Ath-os, 6, 6, on, or 6, 6s, 6. (In Greek, o c.) f Poes-is, Nere-is, 3d DecU (os,) Pericl-es, is, is, 7i, im, Ms, i (eos,) > (in,) > es, eon (ibus not found). G. Nereid-is, ? i, em, ^ (Nerei), e. Did-6, us, «3 H, em, i ea, 6, o, es, e, 6. es, um, ibus, es. (as.) i, onis, &c.) Obs. Neuters in a, gen. atis, have dat. plur. in atis ; thus : poema, dafc. plur. poematis, not poematibus. (780.) Masc. EXAMPLES OF PATRONYMICS (or names from a father or ancestor). JEneas, Anchises, Tyndarus, Theseus, JEneddes, Anchisiddes, Tyndarides, Thesides* Fern. (JEneis,) Anchisias, Tynddris, Tkeseis, Atlas (antis). Atlantides, Atlantiades. Atlantis, Atlantias. (781.) EXAMPLES OF NAMES (derived from one's town or native country). Masc. Persa, Cres, Tros, Thrax, Laco (Lacon), Phosnix. Fern. Persis, Cressa, Troas, Threissa, Laccena, Phosnissa. Crelis, Thressa. Clusinus Atheniensis Abderites (fern., Abderitis). (of Clusium). (an Athenian), (of Abdera). Milesius Arpinas (of Miletus) . (of Arpinum) . * For Thes8ides. Hence ides comes from noin. in eus. Romanus (Roman). Xj APPENDIX III. (782.) THE CALENDAR. (1.) The Roman months had the same number of days as ours, baft were differently divided. 1. The Kalends were the 1st day of the month. 2. The Nones " 5th or 1th day of the month. 3. The Ides " 13tk or 15th day of the month. !21P "We make in March, July, October, May, The Nones the seventh, the Ides the fifteenth day. In all the other months the 5th and 13th were used. (2.) The names of the months are used as adjectives agreeing with Kalendae, Nonae, and Idus. Kalendis Januariis. Nonis Juniis. Idibus Septembribus. (3.) (a) Instead of beginning at the 1st of the month and numbering the days regularly 2d, 3d, &c., as we do, the Romans counted them backward from the Kalends, Nones, and Ides. Thus, the 2d of January was called the 4th day before the Nones of January, quarto (die ante) Nonas Januarias ; the 3d, tertio Nonas ; the 4th, pridie Nonas; the 5th, Nonis. The 1st of January. The 5th of June. The 13th of September. (b) From the above cases it will be seen that the day with which the reckoning commences is included (except pridie), i. e., the 2d day before the Nones is tertio Nonas ; the 3d day before, quarto Nonas, &c. Tertio (die ante) Idus Octo- br es. Tertio (die ante) Nonas J u - nias. (c) Special care must be taken, in designating any day between the Ides of one month and the Kalends of another, to ensure correctness. Thus, III. (die ante) Kalend. Januar. will be December 30 ; but III. Kal. Maias == 29th April, inasmuch as December has 31 days and April but 30. So III. Kal. Martias = 27th February. The 13th of October. The 3d of June. 328 APPENDIX III. CALENDAR. (4.) The following table, exhibiting the correspondence between the Roman calendar and ours, can now be readily understood : The Days March, May, July, January, August, and April, June, Septem- February { has 28, of our and October (have December ( have ber, and November and in Leap-years Months. 31 days). also 31 days). (have 30 days). 29 days). 1. Kalendis. Kalendis. Kalendis. Kalendis. 2. VI. ) IV. )ante III. 5 Nonas. IV. ) ante III. 3 Nonas. IV. ) ante 3. V. 1 ante III. $ Nonas. 4. IV. 1 Nonas. Pridie Nonas. Pridie Nonas. Pridie Nonas. 5. in. J Nonis. Nonis. Nonis. 6. Pridie Nonas. VIII. i VIII. i VIII. ^j 7. Nonis. VII. VII. VII. 8. VIII. i VI. ante VI. ante VI. ante 9. VII. V. Idus. V. * Idus. V. ' Idus. 10. VI. ante IV. IV. IV. 11. V. Idus. III. J III. J III. J 12. IV. Pridie Idus. Pridie Idus. , Pridie Idus. 13. III. J Idibus. Idibus. Idibus. 14. Pridie Idus. XIX. ^ XVIII. ^ XVI. ^i 15. Idibus. XVIII. bD XVII. bn XV. 16. XVII. " hD XVII. .s XVI. '? XIV. 02 o3 17. XVI. •S XVI. o XV. o 1 XIII. l! 18. XV. £ XV. XIV. XII. 19. XIV. § XIV. «s XIII. CD XI. 20. XIII. XIII. rg XII. J3 -u -^ X. 21. XII. r § 22. XI. <+h3* XI. -2-a X. 02 O VIII. CD 13 23. X. "2-3 X. xn O o3 £ IX. VII. 24. IX. 02 9 a 13 IX. T3 rH VIII. A VI. CD 25. VIII. VIII. CO VII. 13 V. 26. VII. VII. 13 VI. M IV. e3 27. VI. VI. V. o III. , 28. V. V. rj IV. 1 Prid. Kalendas 29. IV. ■§ IV. § III. J Martias. 30. III. 3 III. ; Prid. Kalendas 31. Prid. Kalendas Prid. Kalendas (of the follow- (of the follow- (of the follow- ing month). ing month). ing month). (5.) The 5th day before the Kalends of April (for instance) may be ex- pressed in three ways : (a) Die quinto ante Kalendas Apriles. (b) duinto Kalendas Apriles. (c) Ante diem quintum Kalendas Apriles; or, abbrevi- ated, a. d. V. K a 1. Apr. APPENDIX IV. ABBREVIATIONS. (783.) The following abbreviations of words occur in Latin authors: {a) NAMES. A. Aulus. M\ Manius. ' Sept. Septimius. Ap. Appius. M. Marcus. Serv. Servius. C. Caius. Mam. Mamercus. Sex. Sextus. CI. Claudius. M. T. C. Marcus Tulli- Sp. Spurius. Cn. Cnaeus. us Cicero. T. Titus. D. Decimus. D. Decius. rT. Numerius. P. Publius. Tjj^ r I Tiberius. L. Lucius, d. Quintus. Tuli. Tullius. (b) PUBLIC EXPRESSIONS. Md. jEdilia. Id. Idus. Pr. Prastor. Aug. Augustus. Imp. Imperator. Praaf. Praefectus. ™l or ^Kalendse. Impp. Imperatores. Pont. Max. Pontifex Non. N01133. Maximus. Cos. Consul. 0. M. Optimus Maxi- Hesp. Respublica. Coss. Consules. mus. S. Senatus. D. Divus. P. C. Patres Con- S. C. Senatus consul- Des. Designatus. scripti. turn. Eq. Horn. Eques Ho- PI. Plebis. S. P. a. H. Senatus po- manus. Pop. Populus. pulusque Rom. F. Filius. P. H. Populus Horn. Tr. Tribunus. (c) OTHER ABBREVIATIONS. A. Anno. s. s alutem. A. C. Anno currente. s. p. d. e alatem dicit plurimam. A. pr. Anno praeterito. c. c aput. A. M. Anno mundi. cf. c onfer. A. Clir. Anno Christi. e. g. e xempli gratia. A. D. Anno Domini. i. e. i( 1 est. A. U. C. Anno urbis conditae. 1. C. 1( )co citato. D. D. Dono dedit. pag. m. p agina me a. D. D. D. Dono dedit dicavit. q. d. q nasi dicat. D. D. C. q. Dedit dicavit consecra- q. 1. q uantum libet. , vitque. q. s. q uantum sufficit. D. M. Diis Manibus. scil. s cilicet. L. S. Loco sigilli. seq. s equens. M. S. Manuscriptus. v. \ ersus. P. S. Postscriptum. v. g. \ erbi gratia. &.D.B.V. Quod Deus bene vertat. viz. 's ddelicet. S. V. B. E. E. V. Si vales bene est vid, ^ idc. ego valeo. E E 2 WORD-BUILDING READING LESSONS. WORD-BUILDING. (784.) 1. The generic meaning of a word is contained in its root ; the specific meaning is generally given by its ending. Tims, in all the words am-o {I love), am- or (love), am -a tor (a lover), am-icus (friend), we find the same generic idea (love) expressed by the root am ; while the specific meanings, I love (verb), love (noun), lover (noun), friend (adjective noun), are given by the endings o, or, a tor, Icus, respectively. 2. The meanings of words are farther modified by certain prefixes ; e. g., ire (to go), amb-ire (to go round). 3. Again, words may be compounded with each other, and fonn new words ; e. g., with agr- (the stem of ag er, field), and col- (the stem of colere, to till), we form agricol-a, a tiller of the field = a farmer. Thus there are three modes of forming words : by suffixes, prefixes, and composition. "We treat them in order. (i.) WORD-BUILDING BY SUFFIXES. (A.) Nouns. (785.) First Declension. 1. The ending -a, suffixed to verb-stems, expresses an agent or doer. S crib- a, writer, from scrib-ere, to write. p e r f u g - a, deserter, from p e r f u g - e r e, to desert. 2. -ia, -itia, with adjective-stems, a disposition or condition. ignav-ia, cowardice, from i g n a v - u s, cowardly. prudent-ia, prudence, from prude n(t)-s, pru den t. trist-itia, sadness, from t r i s t - i s, sad. victor-ia, victory, from v i c t - o r, victorious. 3. -ura, with supine-stems, the action or condition of the verb, pict-ura, painting; pingere (pict-), to paint. praefect-ura, prefectship ; praeficere (p r oe f e c t -), to place over. (786.) Second Declension. 1. -us, -ius, with verb-stems, form nouns denoting the agent or the action of the verb. serv-us, slave ; s e r v - 1 r e, to serve. fluv-ius, river; flu (v) -ere, to flow. coqu-us, cook ; c o q u - e r c, to cook. lud-us, sport § lud-ere, to play. 334 WORD-BUILDING. 2. -urn, -ium, with verb-stems, gives a result of the action of the verb. jug-ura, yoke, jung-ere, to join. vad-um, ford ; vad-ere, to go. incend-ium, fire ; incend-ere, i(o burn. 3. - i u m, with noun-stems, (a) an office, or (b) an assemblage of men exercising an office or function. (a) sacerdot-ium, office ofsacerdos. m i n i s t e r - i u m, office of m i n i s t e r. (b) colleg-iuin, assemblage of collegse. conviv-ium, assemblage of convivae. 4. -mentum, with verb-stems, the means of doing what the verb expresses. teg-u- mentum, covering ; t e g - e r e, to cover. a d j u - m e n £ u m, aid ; adjuv-are, ^o assist. 5. -nlum, -bulum, -culum, with verb-stems, means or instru- ment. jac-nlum, javelin ; j a c - e r e, to hurl. venab-ulum, hunting -spear ; ven-ari, to hunt. vehi-culum, carriage ; veh-ere, to carry. Rem. culum also sometimes — the place where ; e. g., c 03 n a - c u 1 u m, cubi-culuru. 6. - c r u m, -strum, with verb-stems, place or thing prepared for any purpose. lava-crum, bath ; lav-are, to wash. claus-trum, lock ; claud-ere, to shut. (787.) Diminutives of First and Second Declensions. 1 u s, - 1 a, -lum, with noun-stems, form diminutive nouns, of mascu- line, feminine, and neuter genders. (a) Connecting vowels i, o, u, the latter sometimes with c. fili-o-lus, fili-o-la, little son,, daughter — (films) ; f r a t e r - cuius (frater) ; opus-culum (opus). (b) Sometimes 1 is doubled: lap-illus (lapis); codic-illus (codex, codicis) ; sac-ellum (sacrum). (788.) Third Declension. 1. -tas, -tus (with or without i as connecting vowel), form, with ad- jective-stems, abstract nouns denoting quality, &c. bon-i-tas, goodness', bon-us, good. hones-tas, honour; honest-us, honourable. fort-i-tudo, bravery; fort-is, brave. WORD-BUILDING. 335 2. (a) -or, with verb-stems, the action or condition of the verb. pav-or, fear; pav-ere, to fear. am-or, love; am-are, to love. (b) -or, with supine-steins, the agent or doer. doct-or, teacher; doc-ere (doct-), to teach. monit-or, adviser; rnon-ere (uionit-), to advise. 3. -io, with supine-stems, the action of the verb, especially the doing of it. act-io, action; ag-ere (act-), to act, do. caut-io, caution; cav-ere (caut-), to take care. 4. -tudo, with adjective-stems, the abstract quality. fort-i-tudo, bravery; fort- is, brave, (789.) Fourth Declension. Most nouns of the 4th declension are abstracts formed from verb- stems or supine-stems. us -us, use; uti (us-), to use. mot-us, motion; mov-ere (mot-), to move. (790.) Fifth Declension. 1. -es, -ies, -ities, with verb or adjective-stems, a property, oper- ation, quality, occ. fid-es (fid-ere) ; ser-ies (ser-ere) ; fac-ies (fac-ere) ; dur- ities (dur-us) ; mund-ties (mund-us). 2. [Those in -ities coexist with others in -itia (784, 2); e. g., munditia, duritia, &c] (B.) Adjectives. (791 .) First Class, us, a, um. 1. -us, quality in general (coexisting with verb and noun stems). alb-us, white; alb-are, alb-umen. curv-us, curved; cur v- are, cu rr- am en. dur-us, hard; dur-are, dur-ities, viv-us, alive; viv-ere, vit-a. 2. -ldus and uus, chiefly with stems of intransitive verbs, the quality of the verb, without addition. turg-idus, swelling; turg-ere, to sic ell. cal-idus, warm; cal-ere, to be warm. noc-uus, hurtful; noc-ere, to hurt. 3. -bundus, with verb-stems, force of present participle, intensified. h oe s i t a - b u n d u s, full of hesitation ; hajsit-are, to hesitate. lacryma-bundus, weeping profusely ; lacrym- a r e, to weep. 336 WORD-BUILDING. 4. -cundus, same as bundus, generally with the additional idea of permanency. ira-cundus, passionate; ira-sc-i, to he angry. vere-cundus, bashful; vere-ri, tofear. 5. -i c n s, with noun-stems, belonging or relating to a thing. class -icus, belonging to a Jleet; class -is, fieet. civ-icus, civic; civ-is, citizen. 6. -ens, -aceus, -icius, with noun-stems, material or origin. ferr-eus, of iron ; ferr-um, iron. chart-aceus, of paper ; chart- a, paper. 7. -in us, with noun-stems, similarity, quality, or material. a s i n - i n u s, asinine, like an ass ; a s i n - u s, an ass. m a r - i n u s, marine ; m a r - e, the sea. crystall-inus, crystalline; crystall-um, crystal. 8. -anus, with names of towns ending in a or oe, a native of such place. Rom-anus, a Roman ; R, o in a, Rome. 9. -os us, -lentus, with noun-stems, fulness, abundance (like the English -ous). fam-osus, famous; fam-a, fame. vino-lentus, drunken; vin-um, wine. (792.) Second Class, is, is, e. 1. -is, quality in general (coexisting commonly with noun and verb forms). lev- is, light; lev-are, lev-itas. 2. -ll is, -bilis, with verb-stems, the quality of the verb, or the capacity of it, in two senses, [a) active and (b) passive. (a) t e r r i - b i 1 i s, exciting terror ; terr-ere, to terrify. (b) d 6 c - i 1 i s, docile ; doc-ere, to teach. amab-ilis, amiable ; a m - a r e, to love. 3. -ilis (i long), with noun-stems, belonging or relating to a thing. civ-ilis, belonging to a citizen, civil ; c i v - i s, citizen. host-ilis, hostile ; hos-tis, enemy. [Observe that ilis, with verb-stems, is short; with noun-stems, long.] 4. -a 1 i s, -a r i s, with noun-stems, of or belonging to. conviv-alis, convivial ; conviv-a. capit-alis, capital ; caput, head. consul-aris, consular ; consul. 5. -e n s i s, with names of towns — a native of such town. Cann-ensis, an inhabitant of C ann 83. Arimin-ensis, an inhabitant of Ariminum. WORD-BUILDING. 337 (793.) Third Class, one ending-. -ax, with verb-stems, the tendency of the verb, generally hi a bad sense. pugn-ax, pugnacious ; pugn-are, to fight. rap-ax, rapacious ; rap -ere, to seize* (C.) Verbs. (794.) First Conjugation. 1. -are, generally a transitive ending, with nonn-stems. numer-are, to count ; numer-us, number. nomin-are, to name ; nomen (nomin-is), name. 2. Frequentative verbs, expressing a repetition or increase of the action of the original verb, are formed by the endings -are and -It are ; thus : (a) -are, added to supine-stems. curs -are, to run to and fro ; currere (curs-um), to run. dormit-are, to be sleepy ; dormire (dormit-um), to sleep. (b) -it are, added to verb-stems. rog-itare, to ask often ; rog-are, to ask. vol-itare, to fly to and fro ; vol-are, to fly. 3. -ari, deponent-ending, with noun-stems, is much used for express- ing a to be that which, or of the character that," the noun indicates. . C to attend as com- } . .. . . comit-ari, < . > comes (comit-is), companion. ( panion ; > domin-ari, to rule as master ; domin-us, master. (795.) Second Conjugation. -ere, frequently an intransitive ending, with noun and adjective stems. a 1 b - e r e, to be white ; a 1 b - u s, white. luc-ere, to shine ; lux (luc-is), light. (796.) Third Conjugation. Inchoative verbs express the beginning or increase of the action of the verb from which they are derived. They are formed by adding s c to the verb-stem, with the connecting-vowels a, e, or i. Most of them are formed on stems of verbs of second conjugation. pallesc-ere, to grow pale ; pall-ere, to be pale. labasc-ere, to totter ; lab-are, to waver. (797.) Fourth Conjugation. Desiderative verbs express a desire of that which is implied in the primitive, and are formed by adding -urire to supine-stems, es-urire, to want to cat ; edere (es-um), to eat. Ff 338 WORD-BUILDING. (il.) WORD-BUILDING BY PREFIXES. % (798.) Under this head we place only the inseparable prepositions (229), viz., amb-, dis- (di-), re-, se. 1. Amh- = about, around, on both sides; e.g., amb -Ire, to go round (amb+ire). tW Before^ the b is dropped; e._g., am-plector: before c-sounds amb is changed into an; e. g., an-ceps, an-quiro. 2. Dis (di) == asunder ; e.g., dis-jungere, to disjoin (dis+jungere). iy Di is used before d, g, I, m ; e. g., digerere, &c. Before/ the s is assimilated; e.g., differre (dis+ferre). 3. B, e = back, again, away, un- ; e. g., r e p e 1 1 e r e, drive-bach (re+ pellere) ; reficere, refit (rg+facere). I2F 3 Before vowels, d is inserted ; e. g., red-ire (re-f-ire). [ B, e long occurs only in r e f e r t.] 4. Se — aside; e.g., seduce re, lead astray, seduce (se+ducere) ; seponere, lay aside (se-f ponere). (ill.) WORD-BUILDING BY COMPOSITION. I. Prepositions in Composition with other Words. (799.) |jp Most prepositions are used to form compound words, and generally modify their meaning in a way easily understood ; e.g., stare, to stand ; prsestare, io stand before, to excel. We notice here only those which present some peculiarities. 1. a, ab, abs = away, from, (a) a is used before m and v ; e. g., a-mittere, to send away, lose; a-vertere, turn away, (b) au is used before f err e andfugere: auferre, aufugere. (c) as, be- fore p or sp : asperto, aspernor. 2. ad = to. (a) Assimilated before consonants, except d,j, v, m ; e. g., arripere, assurgere, adducere, &c. (b) d dropped before gn; e. g., agnoscere, agnatus. 3. con (a variation of cum) = with, (a) co before h and vowels ; e. g., co-ortus, co-hibere. (b) com before b, p .•"* com-bur6re, com-pellere. (c) Assimilated before I, m, r : col-ligere, com- movere, cor-rip6re. 4. e or es.-=.out of. [a) Assimilated before /; e.g., effero (ex-f- fero). (b) e before liquids and b, d, g, v. 5. in, with verbs = into, on, in, against; with adjectives has privative force; e. g., doc t us, learned; indoctus, unlearned. (a) Assimilated before I, r; e. g., illatum (in+latum); irrum- pere (in-|-rumpere). * And somotimes before vowels: comedere. WORD-BUILDING. 339 (b) Changed into im before b, p; e.g., imbiber e (in+bibere) ; imponere (in-f-ponere). 6. ob = against; e. g., obtrudere (ob -f- tradere), thrust against. I^p 3 Assimilated before c, f p ; e. g., oc-cidere (ob+cadere) ; of-ferre, op-ponere, 7. pro = forth, forward ; e.g., projicere (pro+jacere), cast forth. I2IP Before vowels, d is inserted ; e. g., prod-ess e (pro+esse). 8. p r se = before ; e. g., p r ae c e d e r e (prae+cedere), to go before, to 9, sub = under, from under ; e. g., subducere, /o draw from under. (a) Generally assimilated ; e.g., sum-mover e, sup -pone re, &c. (b) Sometimes sus-; e.g., sus-cipere, sus-tinere, &c. 10. trans = across, over; e. g., trans due ere, to lead across. $3F° Tra, instead of trans, occurs in tradere, traducere, tra- jicSre. (800.) II. Adverbs in Composition with other Words. 1. ne, ve, have a privative force; e. g., nefas, wicked (ne+fas) ; vesanus, insane (ve+sanus). 2. bene, well ; male, ill ; satis, enough; e. g., beneficiam, a good deed; maleficium, an evil deed; satisfacere, to satisfy (= to do enough). 3. bis (and other numerals), twice [thrice), &c. : bicorpor, two-bod- ied (bis+corp-us). (801.) III. Nouns and Adjectives in Composition with other Words. X3T When a noun or adjective is compounded with another word, the connecting vowel is always short i. agri-cola (agr-+col-), a husbandman. a r t i - f e x (art-+fac-), an artificer. (802.) IV. Verbs in Composition with other Words. None occur, except in composition with f a c e r e ; e. g. t c a 1 e f a c e r e (calere+facere), to make hot; pate fa cere (patere+facere), to lay open. [ IdF 3 Observe that the vowel a in f acere remains unchanged.] (803.) V. Common Vowel-changes in Composition. 1. a into i ; e. g., ar riper e (ad + rapere), con fl cere (con-j- fa- cere), constituere (con+statuere), &c. 2. a into e (more rarely) ; e. g.. ascendere (ad+scandere). 3. e into i (not always); e. g., colligere (con+legere), absti- nere (abs + tenere), &c. 4. ce into i; e. g., occidgro (ob+ctedere), rftquirdre (re-f- quoerere). READING LESSONS. I. Gallia est omnis divisa 1 in partes tres. — Belgae unam inco- lunt ; 2 Aquitani alteram ; Celtae tertiam. — Hi, ipsorum* lingua 3 Celtae 4 appellantur ; 5 nostra* lingua, Galli. 4 Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres ; q u a r u m unam inco- lunt Belgse, alteram Aquitani, tertiam qui 6 ipsorum lingua Celtae, nostra Galli appellantur. / / L*-**~^" Hi omnes inter se differunt. 7 — Lingua, institutis, 8 legibus dif- ferunt. — Garumna 9 flumen Gallos ab Aquitanis dividit. — Ma- trona flumen Gallos a Belgis dividit. — Horum omnium 10 fortis- simi sunt Belgae. — Ab humanitate 11 Provincial longe absunt. 12 — A cultu 13 Provincial longissime absunt. — Minime ad eos merca- tores 14 commeant. — Quaedam 15 animos effeminant. 16 —- Quaedam ad effeminandos animos pertinent. 17 Hi omnes lingua, institutis, legibus, inter se differunt.— Gallos ab Aquitanis Garumna flumen, a Belgis Matrona e t Sequana dividit. — Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae, propterea quod a cultu at que humanitate Provincial longissime ab- sunt, minime q u e ad eos mercatores saepe commeant, a t q u e ea, q u as ad effeminandos animos pertinent, 18 i m p o r t a n t. 19 Proximi sunt Germanis. 20 — Germani trans Rhenum incolunt. — Belgae cum Germanis continenter 21 bellum gerunt. i 435, c— 2 in-f-colere.— 3 716.— * 694, 2, R— 5 ad+pellare (obsolete), 799, 2, a.— 6 167, d, 4.-7 798, HP 3 .— 8 786, 2, instituere = in+statuere, 803, 1.— 9 225, a. — 10 697, a. — u 788, 1 (humanus), humanitas = refinement. — 12 ab-(-sam, 799, 1. — I3 cultus (civilization), from colere (cult-), 789. — 14 mercator, frommercari (mercat-), 788, 2, b. — 15 Somethings. — 16 efFeminare (to maize effeminate), ex+feminare, 799, 4, a : feminare, from femina (wom- an), 794, 1. — 17 tend to make minds effeminate, 739. — 18 per-(-tenere, 803 » 3. — 19 in+portare, 799, 5, b. — 2° 704, 4. — 21 from continens (con-j-tenere), 215, 2, b. * Ipsorum and nostra precede lingua, instead of following it, because op. posed to each other, and therefore emphatic. READING LESSONS. 341 Proximi sunt Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, qui- buscum 22 continenter bellum gerunt. II. Helvetii quoque 1 reliquos 2 Gallos virtute 3 praecedunt. 4 — Fere quotidianis praeliis cum Germanis contendunt. — Aut 5 suis finibus Germanos prohibent, 6 aut ipsi in eorum finibus bellum gerunt. Qua 7 de causa 8 Helvetii quoque reliquos Gallos virtute praecedunt, quod 9 fere quotidianis praeliis cum Germanis con- tendunt, quum aut suis finibus eos prohibent, aut ipsi in eorum finibus bellum gerunt. Galli unam partem obtinent. 10 — Unam partem Gallos 11 obti- nere dictum est. 12 — Ea pars initium capit a flumine Rhodano. — Continetur Garumna flumine, 13 Oceano, 13 finibus 13 Belgarum. — Attingit 14 ab Sequanis flumen Rhenum. — Vergit ad Septen- triones. — Belgae ab extremis 15 Galliae finibus oriuntur. — Perti- nent 16 ad inferiorem partem fluminis Rheni. — Spectant* in Septentriones et orientem 17 solem. Eorum una pars, quam 18 Gallos obtinere dictum est, ini- tium capit a flumine Rhodano ; continetur 19 Garumna flumine, Oceano, finibus Belgarum; attingit etiam ab 20 Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum; vergit ad Septentriones. — Belgae ab extremis Galliae finibus oriuntur ; pertinent ad inferiorem partem fluminis Rheni; spectant in Septentriones et orientem solem. Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad Pyrenaeos montes pertinet. — Una pars Oceani est ad 20 Hispaniam. — Aquitania ad earn 22 125, II., b. 1 duo que never begins a sentence. — 2 from relinquere (reliqu-), 791, 1. —3 718, in valour.—* 799, 8.-5 519, R. 4.-6 721.— ? 89, II.— 8 Q,ua de cau- sa —for which reason. — 9 because. — 10 ob-j-tenere, 803, 3. — n 751. — 12 751, R. 2.— 13 716.— 14 ad-ftangere, 799, 2, a, 803, 1.— 15 78, IL, b.— ™ Pertinent = they extend, per+tenere. — 17 438, a. — 18 759. — 19 is bounded. — 20 on the side of, or near. * Spectant in Septentriones, &c. : they look into the north and the rising sun; i. e., they lie in a N.E. direction. F f 2 342 READING LESSONS. partem Oceani, quae est ad Hispaniam, pertinet. — Spectat inter occasum 21 solis et Septentriones. Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad Pyrenseos montes, e t e a m partem Oceani, q u ae est ad Hispaniam, pertinet ; spectat* in- ter occasum solis et Septentriones. III. Orgetorix nobilis fuit. — Apud Helvetios nobilissimus fuit Orgetorix. — Apud Helvetios longe ditissimus 1 fuit Orgetorix. — Is regni cupiditate 2 inductus conjurationem 3 nobilitatis 4 fecit. — Is civitati 5 persuadet, ut de finibus suis exeant. 6 — De finibus suis exeunt. — Perfacile erattotius Gallise imperio 7 potiri. — Perfacile esse 8 (dixit), quum virtute omnibus prsestarent, 9 totius Galliae imperio potiri. T Apud Helvetios longe nobilissimus e t ditissimus fuit Orget- orix. — Is, Marco Messala et Marco Pisone consul- ibus, 10 regni cupiditate inductus, conjurationem nobilitatis fecit; e t civitati persuasit, ut de finibus suis cum omnibus copiis exirent: 11 perfacile esse (dixit), quum virtute omnibus prses- tarent, totius Galliae imperio potiri. Id facile eis persuadet. 12 — Id hoc facilius eis persuasit. — Un- dique natura loci 13 Helvetii continentur. — Una ex parte conti- nentur flumine Rheno latissimo atque altissimo. — Altera ex parte continentur monte Jura altissimo ; tertia ex parte lacu Lemanno et flumine Rhodano. — Flumen Rhenus agrum Hel- vetium a Germanis dividit. — Mons Jura est inter Sequanos et Helvetios. — Flumen Rhodanus provinciam nostram ab Helve- tiis dividit. 21 789, from occidere, ob+cadere. i 371, R. 1.— 2 from cupid-us, by 788, 1.— 3 788, 3, con+jurare.— * 788, 1. — ri 704, 2: he persuades the state; i. e., the citizens. — 6 ut exeant = to go out of: subj. pres., 754 (ex+ire). — 7 abl., 718. — 8 The sentence perfacile esse, &c., is in orat. obliqua; 769, a, applies.— 9 799, 8. — 10 458, b.— u Why is exirent in subj. imperf. ? 748. — 12 suadere, to recommend ; persuadere, recommend thoroughly, i. e., persuade. — 13 by the nature of the country. * It looks between the setting of the sun and the north ; i. e., in a N.W. direction. READING LESSOJVS. 343 Id hoc facilius eis persuader, quod undique loci natura Hel- vetii continentur; una ex parte, flumine Rheno latissimo atque altissimo, qui agrum Helvetium a Germanis dividit ; altera ex parte, monte Jura altissimo, qui est inter Sequanos et Helve- tios; tertia, lacu Lernanno et frumine Rhodano, qui provin- ciam nostram ab Helvetiis dividit. Minus late vagantur. — His rebus fit, 14 ut minus late vagen- tur. 15 — Bellum inferunt. 16 — Bellum inferre 17 possunt. — Minus facile bellum finitimis 18 inferre possunt. — His rebus fit, ut minus facile bellum finitimis inferre possent. — Magno dolore amcie- bantur. 19 — Bellandi 20 erant cupidi. 21 His rebus fiebat, ut et minus late vagarentur, et minus facile finitimis bellum inferre possint. — Qua de causa, homines bellandi cupidi magno dolore afficiebantur. IV. Pro 1 multitudine 2 hominum, angustos habebant fines. — Pro gloria 3 belli atque fortitudinis, 2 angustos habebant fines. — An- gustos se 4 fines habere arbitrabantur. 5 — Hi (i. e., fines) millia passuum ducenta (CC.) patebant. 6 — Hi in longitudinem 2 millia 7 passuum ducenta et quadraginta (XL.) patebant. Pro multitudine autem 8 hominum, et pro gloria belli atque fortitudinis, angustos se fines habere arbitrabantur, qui in longitudinem millia passuum CCXL., in latitudinem centum et octoginta (GLXXX.) patebant. Ducti sunt. — Adducti 9 sunt. — Moti sunt. — Permoti 10 sunt. — Auctoritate 11 Orgetorigis adducti et permoti sunt. — Quaedam ad proficiscendum 12 pertinent. — Constituerunt 13 ea compar Constituerunt jumenta et carros emere. 15 — Constituer rare. 14 — Constituerunt se- 14 By these circumstances it is brought about. — 15 754, 2. — l6 in-f-ferre. — 17 731.— is 704, 3,-19 ad-Kacere, 799, 2; 803, 1.— 20 736.—' - 1 cupere, 791, 2. 1 For, or, in view of. — 2 mult-us, 788, 4. — 3 reputation for war and cour- age.—* 471.— 5 from arbit-er, by 794, 3.— 6 extended.— 7 712.— 8 522, b.— 9 Ducti sunt = they were led: adducti sunt = they were led to, i. e., they were induced. — 10 Moti sunt = they were moved : permoti sunt = they were thoroughly moved, i. e., prevailed upon. — u 788, 1. — 12 487. — W con-f-statu- ere, 803, 1.— l4 con+parare, 799, 3, b.— 15 731. 344 READING LESSONS. mentes magnas facere, 16 ut in itinere copia frumenti suppet- eret. 17 — Cum proximis civitatibus pacem et amicitiam 18 con- firmant. His rebus adducti, et auctoritate Orgetorigis permoti, constituerunt, ea, q u se 19 ad proficiscendum pertinerent, com- parare ; j umentorum et carrorum quam maximum n u - merum 20 coemere; 21 sementes quam maxim as 22 facere, ut in itinere copia frumenti suppeteret ; cum proximis civitatibus pacem et amicitiam confirmare. Biennium Helvetiis 23 satis erat. — Biennium sibi 23 Helvetii satis esse duxerunt. 24 — Ad eas res conficiendas 25 biennium satis erat. — Profectionem 26 lege confirmant. 27 — In tertium annum profec- tionem lege confirmant. — Ad eas res conficiendas 25 Orgetorix deligitur. 28 — Is sibi legationem 26 suscepit. 29 — In eo itinere per- suadet Castico.- — Casticus Catamantaledis erat filius, Sequanus. — Pater Castici regnum in Sequanis multos annos 30 obtinuerat. — Pater Castici a senatu populi Romani amicus appellatus erat. — Orgetorix Castico persuadet, ut regnum in civitate sua occu- paret. 31 Ad eas res conficiendas biennium sibi satis esse duxerunt; in tertium annum profectionem lege confirmant. Ad eas res conficiendas Orgetorix deligitur. I s sibi legationem ad c i v i - tates suscepit. In eo itinere persuadet Castico, Catamentale- dis filio, Sequano, cujus pater regnum in Sequanis multos annos obtinuerat, eta senatu populi Romani amicus appellatus erat, ut regnum in civitate sua occuparet, quod 32 pater ante habuerat* Item Dumnorigi persuadet. — Dumnorix erat JEduus. — Dumnorix erat frater Divitiaci. — Dumnorix principatum 1 in J 6 to make great sowings, i. e., to sow much land. — 17 Sub+petere, 799, 9, a, neuter; suppeteret = might be in store: subjunc. by 754, 1. — 18 785, 2. — 19 759, Rem. — 20 As great a number as possible. — 21 con+emere, to buy together, to buy up, 799, 3. — 22 As great sowings as possible. — 23 704. — 24 reckoned.— - 25 498, d.-— 26 788, 3.— 27 They fix the departure by a law. — 28 de+legere, 803, 3.— 29 799, 9, b.— ^ 712.— 31 754.— 32 759. 1 chief power, from princeps. READING LESSONS. 345 civitate obtinebat. — Dumnorix plebi 2 acceptus 3 erat. — Dura- norigi, ut idem conaretur persuadet,* eique filiam suam in matrimonium dat. Itemque Dumnorigi iEduo, fratri Divitiaci, qui eo tem- pore 4 principatum in civitate obtinebat, ac maxirae 5 plebi ac- ceptus erat, ut idem conaretur persuadet, eique filiam suam in matrimonium dat. Perfacile factu 6 erat conata perficere. 7 — Ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus erat. — Totius 8 Galliae plurimum Helvetii possunt.- — Non est dubium quin plurimum Helvetii possint. 9 — Ipse illis regnum conciliaturus 10 erat. — Ipse, suis copiis suoque exercitu, illis regnum conciliaturus erat. (Oblique Narration, 769.) "Perfacile factu esse," illis p r o b a t, " conata perficere, propterea quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset ; non esse dubium, quin totius Galliae plurimum Helvetii possent;" " Se, suis copiis suoque exercitu, illis regna conciliaturum," confirmat. Helvetii jam 11 se 12 ad earn rem paratos esse arbitrantur. — Oppida sua omnia, numero ad duodecim, 13 incendunt. — Vicos suos ad quadringentos incendunt. — Reliqua 14 privata aedificia 15 incendunt. — Frumentum secum portaturi erant. — Frumentum omne comburunt. — Domum 16 reditionis 17 spes sublata 18 est. — Paratiores ad omnia pericula subeunda 19 erant. Ubi 20 jam se ad earn rem paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua omnia, numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos, reliqua privata aedificia incendunt; frumentum omne, praeter quod secum portaturi erant, comburunt, ut, domum reditionis spe 21 sublata, 21 paratiores ad omnia pericula subeunda e s s e n t. 22 2 702, was acceptable to the common people (a favourite). — 3 ad-f-capere, 803, 1. — 4 725. — 5 376. — 6 380. It was a very easy thing to do. — 7 to ac- complish, per + facere, 803, 1. — 8 Of the whole of Gaul, the Helvetians are the most powerful. — 9 754, 4. — l0 446. — u jam = a£ last. — la 751. — 1;i in rtumber (amounting) to twelve. — 14 relinquere. — 15 801, cedes + facere. — 16 713, Rem. 2.— 17 788, 3. — 18 sub+fero.— 19 sub+ire, gerundive, 739.— so when.—* 1 750.— 22 754. * Caesar often uses the historical present, as in this instance, instead of the per- fect aorist. If persuadet were used really as the present, then conaretur would have to be conetur, by 748; but, as the historical present, it requires a past tense in the subordinate sentence. 346 READING LESSONS. VI. Omnes res ad profectionem comparant — Diem dicunt 1 qua die omnes conveniant. 2 — Is dies erat ante diem quintum Kalen- das 3 Aprilis, Lucio Pisone, Aulo Gabinio consulibus. — Is dies erat a. d. V. Kal. Apr., L. Pisone, A. Gabinio Coss. Omnibus rebus 4 ad profectionem comparatis, diem dicunt, qua die ad ripam Rhodani omnes conveniant : is dies erat ante diem quintum Kalendas Aprilis, Lucio Pisone, Aulo Gabi- nio Consulibus. Helvetii per provinciam nostram iter 5 facere conantur. — Id Caesari nuntiatum erat. — Caesari nuntiatum erat, eos per pro- vinciam nostram iter facere 6 conari. 7 — Maturat ab urbe profi- cisci, 6 et magnis itineribus in Galliam contendit, et ad Genevam pervenit. — De ejus adventu 8 Helvetii certiores facti sunt. — Legatos ad eum mittunt. — Helvetiis est in animo 9 sine ullo maleficio 10 iter per provinciam facere ; aliud iter habent nullum ; rogant, ut, Csesaris voluntate, id facere liceat. 11 Caesari quum id nuntiatum esset, 12 eos per provinciam nostram iter facere conari, 7 maturat ab urbe proficisci, et quam maximis potest itineribus, in Galliam ulteriorem con- tendit, et ad Genevam pervenit. Ubi de ejus adventu Hel- vetii certiores facti sunt, legatos ad eum mittunt, 13 qui dice- r e nt, 14 " sibi 15 esse in animo sine ullo maleficio iter per provin- ciam facere, propterea quod aliud iter habeant nullum ; rogare, ut ejus voluntate id sibi facere liceat.'' 1 Lucius Cassius, consul, ab Helve tiis occisus erat. — Exer- citus 16 Cassii ab Helve tiis pulsus 17 erat, et sub jugum missus. — Ea Caesar memoria 18 tenebat. — Concedendum 19 non putabat. — Facultas 20 per provinciam itineris faciendi 21 non data est. — 1 They appoint. — 2 con-fvemre ; subj. pres., 766. — 3 782, 5. — 4 750. — 5 iter facere = to make journey — to 'march. — 6 731. — 7 751. — 8 advenire (advent-), 789.-9 468, b.— 10 800, 2.—" 754.— ™ 757, A. 2.—^ historical present. — I4 761, 1. — 15 oblique narration. — 16 exercere, 789. — 17 pellere. — 18 me- moria tenebat, held in memory, i. e., remembered. — 19 737 (esse understood, 504, a). — ^ pozoer of marching- through, or permission to march through; facultas, 788, 1, from facil-is, facio.— 21 496. READING LESSONS. 347 Homines inimico 22 animo ab injuria et maleficio non tem- perant. Caesar, quod memoria tenebat, L. Cassium consulem occi- sum, exercitum q u e ejus ab Helvetiis pulsum et sub jugum missura, concedendum non putabat ; n e q u e, 23 homines inim- ico animo, data facultate per provinciam itineris faciendi, tern- peraturos ab injuria 24 et maleficio, existimabat. VII. Hujus legationis Divico princeps fuit. — Divico, bello Cassi- ano, 1 dux Helvetiorum fuerat. — Is ita cum Caesare egit. 2 — Hel- vetii in earn partem ibunt, atque ibi erunt, ubi Caesar constitu- ent. 3 — Caesar veteris incommodi 4 reminiscitur. 5 — Caesar pristinae virtutis 6 Helvetiorum reminiscitur. (Oblique Narration, present time. 7 ) Is ita cum Caesare a g i t : " Si pacem populus Romanics cum Helvetiis fa ciat, 8 in earn partem ituros 9 atque ibi futuros 9 Helvetios, ubi eos Ctesar constituerit atque esse voluerit ; sin bello per- sequi persevere t, 10 reminiscatur 11 et veteris incommodi populi Romani et pristine virtutis Helvetiorum. Hujus legationis Divico princeps fuit, qui bello Cassiano dux Helvetiorum fuerat. Is ita cum Caesare egit (obi. narr., past time) : " Si pacem populus Romanus cum Helvetiis fa cer et y in earn partem ituros, atque ibi futuros Helvetios, ubi Ccesar eos constituisset atque esse voluiss et : sin bello persequi per s ever ar et, r em,iniscer etur et veteris incommodi populi Romani et pristince virtutis Helvetiorum. 1 '' 22 722. — 23 neque existimabat = nor did he think. — 24 outrage. i In the Cassian war, i. e., in which Cassius had been the Roman gen- eral. — 3 He treated with Ccesar as follows.— - 3 803, 1 ; subj. by 76(3. — - 1 in- commodum, disaster, in-f-commodus, 799, 5 ; con+modus, 799, 3, c ; geni- tive by 698, a, 2. — 5 re+miniscor, stem of memini, meno. — ,; vir, iron., 698, a, 2. — 7 Observe carefully the tenses in this and the following paragraph. — 8 If the Roman people w ill makepeace.— 9 484, a. — 10 543, /a— 11 528, b. 348 READING LESSONS. His Caesar ita 12 respondet. — Caesari nihil dubitationis 13 datur. 14 — Legati Helvetii quasdam res commemoraverunt. 15 — Eas res Caesar in memoria tenet. 16 — Eo 17 Caesari minus dubitationis datur, quod eas res, quas legati Helvetii commemoraverunt, in memoria tenet. — Eas res graviter 18 fert. 19 — Ece res non merito 20 populi Romani acciderunt. 21 — Eas res graviter fert, quod non merito populi Romani acciderunt. — Eo 22 gravius fert, quo 23 minus merito Populi Romani acciderunt. His Caesar ita respondet 24 (oblique narration, present time) : " Eo sibi minus dubitationis dari, quod eas res, quas legati Helvetii co mm em or averint, memoria ten eat : atque eo gravius ferre, quo minus merito populi Romani a c cider int." His Caesar ita respondit (oblique narration, past time) : " Eo sibi minus dubitationis dari, quod eas res, quas legati Helvetii commemorassent, memoria teneret : atque eo gravius ferre, quo minus merito populi Romani acci- dissent." VIII. Helvetii postero die 1 castra ex eo loco movent. — Idem 2 Caesar facit. — Quas in partes 3 hostes iter faciunt ? 4 — Equitatum 5 omnem praemittit. 6 — Hi videbunt, quas in partes hostes iter faciant. 7 — Equitatus ex omni Provincia et iEduis atque eorum sociis coac- tus 8 erat. — Hunc equitatum praemittit, qui videant, 9 quas in partes hostes iter faciant. 7 — Hi cupidius 10 novissimum 11 agmen insequuntur. 12 — Cum equitatu Helvetiorum prcelium commit- * 2 as follows.—™ 788, 3, dubitare (dubitat-).— 14 To Ccesar nothing of doubt is given = Ccesar has no doubt. — 15 con + memorare (memor). — 16 holds in memory, i. e., remembers. — l7 On this account Ccesar has less doubt, because. — 18 215, 2, a. — 19 ferre graviter =to bear heavily, to be in- dignant at.— & 716.— 21 accidere = ad+cadere, 803, 1, to happen.— 22 By so much. — 23 by how much. — 24 Observe the moods and tenses carefully in this and the following paragraph of oblique narration. l 725. — 2 150. — 3 Into what parts (of the country) ? — 4 765. — 5 Equitare (equitat-), 789. — 6 795, 8. — 7 766. — 8 had been collected ; cogere = con+ag- ere.— 9 who may see, i. e., to sec, 761, 1.— 10 too eagerly, adv., 376.— u novis- simum agmen = the newest rank, i. e., the rear rank. — l2 in+sequi. READING LESSONS. 349 tunt. — Alieno 13 loco proelium committunt. — Pauci de nostris cadunt. Postero die castra ex eo loco movent: idem Caesar facit; equitatumque omnem ad numerum quattuor millium, quern ex omni provincia et iEduis atque eorum sociis coactum habebat, praemittit, qui videant quas in partes hostes iter faci- ant. — Qui, cupidius novissimum agmen insecuti, 14 alieno loco cum equitatu Helve tiorum proelium committunt, et pauci de nostris cadunt. Hoc proelio sublati 15 sunt Helvetii. — Quingentis equitibus tantam multitudinem equitum propulerant. 16 — Audacius 17 sub- sistere 18 coeperunt. — Nonnunquam 19 et 20 proelio 21 nostros laces- sere coeperunt. — Caesar suos a proelio continebat. 22 — Hostem rapinis, 23 pabulationibusque prohibere 24 volebat. — Hoc satis habebat in praesentia. 35 Quo proelio sublati Helvetii, quod quingentis equitibus tantam multitudinem equitum propulerant, audacius subsistere, nonnunquam et novissimo agmine proelio nostros lacessere coep- erunt. — Caesar suos a proelio continebat, ac satis habebat in praesentia hostem rapinis pabulationibusque 26 prohibere. IX. Multa 1 antehac tacuerat 2 Liscus. — Haec oratione 3 Caesaris adductus proponit 4 . — Sunt nonnulli, 5 quorum auctoritas apud plebem plurimum 6 valet. — Hi privatim 7 plus possunt 8 quam ipsi 13 In a place not their own, i. e., on disadvantageous ground. — 14 451, c. — 15 sub-f-latus, irreg. perf. of tollere : the Helvetians were elated. — 16 they had driven off, pro+pellere. — 17 376. — 18 to halt, sub+sistere ; inf., 731. — 19 non -j-nunquam, not never, i. e., sometimes. — 20 also. — 21 by a?i assault. — * to hold together, i. e., to restrain. — 23 721, from plunder and from foraging parties. — 24 pro+habere. — 25 ace. pi. of preesens ; in praesentia (tempora), for the present. — 2Q 517, a. 1 Many things, before this, Liscus had kept secret. — 2 tacere, intrans = to be silent ; trans = to keep secret. — 3 788, 3, orare (orat). — 4 pro+ponere, to set before, to relate. — 5 non+nullus, not none, i. e., some. — 6 plurimum valet = avails very much (has very great weight). — 7 815, 3.—* plus pos- sunt = can more, i. e., have more power. Gg 350 READING LESSONS. magistrates. 9 — Hi seditiosa 10 atque improba 11 oratione multitu- dinem deterrent. 12 — Frumentum non conferant. 13 — Hi multitu- dinem deterrent, ne frumentum conferant. 14 — Ipsi quidem prin- cipatum Galliae obtinere non possunt. — Satius 15 est Gallorum quam Romanorum imperia perferre. 16 Si Helvetios superaverint 17 Romani, una 18 cum reliqua Gallia JEduis libertatem eripient. 19 — Dubitare non debent, quin Roma- ni iEduis libertatem sint erepturi. 20 — Satius est si jam principa- tum Galliae obtinere non possint, Gallorum quam Romanorum imperia perferre. Turn demum Liscus, 21 oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat proponit. — {Or ado ohliqua) : " Esse nonnullos, quorum auctoritas apud plebem plurimum valeat ; qui privatim plus possint quam ipsi magistratus ; hos seditiosa atque improba oratione multitudinem deterrere, ne frumentum conferant, quod praestare debeant. Si jam principatum Galliae obtinere non possint, Gallorum quam Romanorum imperia perferre satius esse, neque dubitare debere, quin si Helvetios super- averint Romani, una cum reliqua Gallia iEduis libertatem sint erepturi." X. Hac oratione Lisci, Dumnorix, Divitiaci frater, designabatur. 1 — Id Caesar sentiebat. 2 — Pluribus praesentibus 3 eas res jactari 4 nolebat. — Celeriter 5 concilium dimittit ; Liscum retinet. — Quaerit, 6 ex solo, 7 ea quae in conventu 8 dixerat. — Dicit liberius 9 atque audacius. 9 — Eadem secreto 10 ab aliis quaerit. — Reperit 11 esse vera. 9 The magistrates themselves. — 10 791, 9 (seditio). — u in+probus, 799, 5. — 12 de+terrere. — 13 con+ferre, contribute. — 14 ne conferant, that they may not contribute, i. e., deter them, from contributing; 548, b. — 15 Satius, corn- par, of satis, 376: it is better. — 16 per + ferre, to endure. — l7 542, b, 2. — 18 they will wrest liberty from the yEduans, together with the rest of Gaul. — W e+rapere, 803, 1.— so 754, 4.— 21 T hen, finally (then, and not till then). 1 was alluded to, de+signare. — 2 was aware of. — 3 750, many being present, i. e., in the presence of many. — 4 794, 2, a; from j acio (jact-) : jactare = to toss to and fro ; hence, to discuss. — 5 215, 2. — 6 He inquires into. — 7 ex solo = of him alone. — 8 789. — 9 376. — 10 privately. — X1 He finds (the statements) are true. READING LESSONS. 351 Ipse est Dumnorix, 12 summa audacia, 13 magna apud plebem propter liberalitatem gratia, 14 cupidus rerum 15 novarum. — Com- plures annos 16 portoria 17 reliqnaque omnia iEduorum vectigalia habet. — Haec vectigalia parvo pretio 18 redemta sunt. 19 — Vecti- galia 20 parvo pretio redemta habet, propterea quod, illo 21 licente, 22 contra liceri 23 audet nemo. — His rebus suam rem familiarem auxit. — His rebus facultates 24 ad largiendum 25 magnas compar- avit. — Magnum numerum equitatus suo sumptu 26 semper alit. — Magnum numerum equitatus semper circum se habet. — Non solum domi, 27 sed etiam apud finitimas civitates largiter 28 potest. Caesar hac oratione Lisci Dumnorigem, Divitiaci fratrem, designari sentiebat : sed, quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat, celeriter concilium dimittit, Liscum retinet : quaerit, ex solo, ea quae in conventu dixerat. Dicit liberius atque audacius. Eadem secreto ab aliis quaerit ; reperit esse vera : " Ipsum esse Dumnorigem, summa audacia, magna apud plebem propter liberalitatem gratia, cupidum rerum novarum : complures annos portoria reliquaque omnia iEduorum vectigalia parvo pretio redemta habere, propterea quod illo licente contra liceri audeat nemo. His rebus e t suam rem familiarem aux- isse, et facultates ad largiendum magnas comparasse : magnum numerum equitatus suo sumtu semper alere et circum se habere : n e q u e solum domi, sed etiam apud finitimas civitates largiter posse." XL Ad has suspiciones certissimae res 1 accedebant. — Dumnorix per fines Sequanorum Helvetios trans duxer at. 2 — Obsides inter eos dandos 3 curaverat. — Ea omnia jussu 4 Caesaris fecerat. — Ea 12 Dumnorix is the very person, (a man) of the highest audacity, &c. — 13 722. — 14 influence. — 15 698, b. — 16 712. — 17 transit duties, custom duties. — is 719. — 19 were contracted for. — 20 vectigalia . . . habet, he holds the taxes contracted for at a low price ; \. e., holds them under a very favour- able contract. — 21 456, a, when he bids. — ' 2 ' 2 liceor, liceri, to bid. — - 3 731. — - 4 Means for making- largesses. — 25 489. — •$ suo sumptu, at his own expense. Sumptus, 789, from sumere. — - 7 726, R., at home. — :s largiter potest, he can largely, \. e., he has extensive power. 1 certissimae res — most certain (or undoubted ) facts. — accedebant = were added; ad+cedere, intransitive. — a trnns+ducere. — 3 504, a. — •* 789; from jubcrc (juss-) : by ilie command, 71(». 352 READING LESSONS. omnia injussu 5 Caesaris et 6 civitatis fecerat. — Ea omnia inscien- tibus ipsis 7 fecerat. — Ea omnia non mo do injussu Caesaris et civitatis, s e d e t i a m inscientibus ipsis fecerat. — A magistratu 8 JEduorum accusabatur. — Satis est caussae, 9 quare in eum ani- madvertat. 10 — Satis est caussae, quare in eum civitatem animad- vertere jubeat. — Satis erat caussae, quare in eum aut ipse ani- madverteret, aut civitatem animadvertere juberet. — Satis esse 11 caussae arbitrabatur. Quibus rebus cogniti s, 12 quum 13 ad has suspiciones certissimae res accederent — q u o d per fines Sequanorum Hel- vetios transduxisset 14 — q u o d obsides inter eos dandos curasset — quod ea omnia non modo injussu suo et civitatis, sed etiam inscientibus ipsis, fecisset — q u o d a magistratu iEduorum accu- saretur ; satis esse caussae arbitrabatur, quare in eum aut ipse animadverteret, aut civitatem animadvertere juberet. His omnibus rebus 15 unum repugnabat. 16 — Divitiaci fratris 17 summum in populum Eomanum studium 18 cognoverat Caesar. — Divitiaci summam in se voluntatem cognoverat. — Divitiaci egregiam fidem, justitiam, 19 temperantiam, 19 cognoverat. — Dum- norigis supplicio 20 Divitiaci animum offendet. — Ne 21 Divitiaci animum offendat, veretmv — Ne 22 Divitiaci animum offenderet, verebatur. His omnibus rebus unum repugnabat, quod Divitiaci fratris summum in populum Romanum studium, summam in se vol- untatem, egregiam fidem, justitiam, temperantiam cognoverat: nam ne ejus supplicio Divitiaci animum offenderet, verebatur. 5 without the command ; in+jussu. — 6 The English idiom demands or instead of and : without the command of Ccesar or the state. — 7 themselves not knowing- it, i. e., without the knowledge of Coesar and the iEduan government. — 8 By a magistrate, 93, II., b. — 9 697, b. — 10 in eum animad- vertere, to animadvert upon him, i. e., to punish him. — u 751, R. 2. — 12 Gluibus rebus cognitis = Which things being known by inquiry, i. e., after he had inquired into these things. — l3 Since (seeing that), 757, A, b. — 14 transduxisset, curasset, &c., are subjunctives, because they express, not Caesar's own sentiments or knowledge, but what he had heard from others : certissimce res accederent. — 15 704, To all these considerations one (thing) opposed itself. — 16 re+pugnare. — 17 Of his brother Divitiacus, i. e., the brother of Dumnorix. — 18 zeal. — 19 785, 2.- — 20 By the punishment of Dumnorix he will hurt the feelings of Divitiacus. — 2l veretur ne . . . he ^ars that he shall. — 22 verebatur ne . . . he feared that he should. READING LESSONS. 353 XII. Caesar graviter 1 in 2 Dumnorigem statuet. — Divitiacus Caesa- rem complect! tur — Divitiacus multis 3 cum laciymis Caasarem complectitur. — Obsecrare incipit ne 4 quid gravius 5 in 2 fratrem statuat. — Scit Divitiacus ilia esse vera. — Nemo ex eo 6 plus quam Divitiacus doloris 7 capit. — Divitiacus gratia 8 plurimum domi atque in reliqua Gallia poterat. — Dumnorix minimum 9 propter adolescentiam poterat. — Dumnorix per Divitiacum crevit. 10 — His opibus 11 ac nervis 12 ad minuendam 13 gratiam Divit- iaci utitur. — His opibus ad perniciem 14 Divitiaci utitur. — Qui- bus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed pene ad perniciem Divitiaci utitur. — Divitiacus tamen et 15 amore fraterno et existimatione 16 vulgi commovetur. 17 — Divit- iacus summum locum amicitiae apud Caesarem tenet. — Nemo existimabit non ejus voluntate factum. 18 — Ex hac re totius Gal- liae anirni a Divitiaco avertentur. 19 (Direct Narration, Present Time. 20 ) Scit Divitiacus ilia esse vera, nee quisquam ex eo plus quam ipse doloris capit, propterea quod, quum ipse gratia plurimum domi atque in reliqua Gallia, ille minimum propter adolescentiam posset, per se crevit ; quibus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed pene ad perniciem ipsius utitur. Divitiacus tamen et amore fraterno et existimatione vulgi commovetur, quod, si 21 quid fratri a Caesare acciderit, quum 22 ipse t a 1 e m locum amicitiae apud eum teneat, nemo existimabit non 1 graviter statuet = will decide severely. — 2 against. — 3 89, II. — 4 548, a. 5 quid gravius = anything' more severe (than usual) : anything at all se- vere. — 6 from him, i. e., Durnnorix. — 7 plus doloris, more pain, 697. — 8 by his influence (popularity). — 9 rainimum poterat = had very little power. — 10 crescere: grew (in power). — u resources. — 12 sineics, abl. by 716. — 13 739, for diminishing the influence of Divitiacus. — 14 790, 1. — 15 517, c. — 16 existimare, 788, 3 : existimatione vulgi = by the opinion of the public. — 17 con+niovere ; conimovetur = is strongly moved. — 1S No one will think it was not done with his (Divitiacus's) consent. — 19 a+vertere : the < tions of all Gaul will be turned away from him. — ' 20 Observe carefully the moods and tenses in the following paragraphs of direct and oblique narration. — 21 if anything happen to his brother from Caesar. — -- quuni ipse teneat, seeing that he himself holds. Go 2 354 READING LESSONS. ejus voluntate factum ; qua ex re f i e t 23 uti totius Galliae animi ab eo avertantur. 24 {Direct Narration, Past Time.) Sciebat Divitiacus ilia esse vera, nee quisquam ex eo plus quam ipse doloris capiebat, prop- ter ea quod, quum ipse gratia plurimum domi atque in reliqua Gallia, ille minimum propter adolescentiam posset, per se crev- erat; quibus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam grati- am, sed paene ad perniciem ipsius utebatur. Divitiacus tamen et amore fraterno et existimatione vulgi commovebatur, quod si quid fratri a Caesare gravius accidisset, quum ipse talem locum amicitiae apud eum teneret, nemo erat existimatiirus non ejus voluntate factum, qua ex re futurum erat uti totius Galliae animi ab eo averterentur. Divitiacus, multis cum lacrymis Caesarem complexus obse- crare incipit (oblique narration, present time), u Ne quid gravius in fratrem statuat ; scire se, ilia esse vera, nee quemquam ex eo plus quam se doloris capere, propterea quod, quum ipse gratia plurimum domi atque in reliqua Gallia, ille minimum propter adolescentiam posset, per se creverit; quibus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed paene ad perniciem suam utatur : sese tamen et amore fraterno et existimatione vulgi commoveri, quod, si quid ei gravius a Caesare accident, quum ipse eum locum amicitiae apud eum teneat, neminem existima- turum non sua voluntate factum ; qua ex re futurum uti totius Galliae animi a se avertantur." Divitiacus multis cum lacrymis, Caesarem complexus, obse- crare ccepit (oblique narration, past time), " Ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret ; scire se, ilia esse vera, nee quemquam ex eo plus quam se doloris capere, propterea quod, quum ipse gratia plurimum domi atque in reliqua Gallia, ille minimum propter adolescentiam posset, per se crevisset; quibus opibus ac nervis non solum ad minuendam gratiam, sed paene ad per- niciem suam uteretur : sese tamen et amore fraterno et exist- imatione vulgi commoveri, quod si quid ei a Caesare gravius accidisset, quum ipse eum locum amicitiae apud eum teneret, neminem existimaturum non sua voluntate factum ; qua ex re futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur." 23 from which thing it will result. — 24 754, 2. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. The numbers refer to paragraphs. In verbs, the perfect and su- pine-stems are placed in brackets, immediately after the infinitive end- ings. The declensions of nouns may be known by the genitive endings ; the conjugations of verbs by the infinitive endings. A, ab, abs, prep, with abl., by, from. Abesse (abfu-, ab+esse), to be away from, to be distant, to be absent. Abrog-are (av-, at-), to abrogate. Abstin-ere (abstinu-, abstent-, abs-f- tenere), to abstain from (with abl.). Abund-are (av-, at-), to abound (with abl.). Ac, conj., and, as ivell as. Acced-ere (acced-, access-, ad+ced- ere, 401, 3), to approach. Accid-ere (accid-, ad -j- cadere), to happen. Accidit, impers., 583, it happens. Accip-ere (io, accep-, accept-, 666, V.,.b), to receive: accep tus erat, he was popular, or acceptable. Accurr-ere (accurr-, and accucurr-, accurs-, ad+currere), to run to, to run up to. Accus-are (av-, at-), to accuse. Acer, acris, acre, 105, R. 1, sharp, Acerrime (superl. of acriter), very spiritedly. Acies, ei, line of battle. Acriter, adv., 217, sharply, spirit- edly. Acut-us, a, um, sharp, acute. Ad, prep, with accus., to, near. Add-ere (addid-, addit-, ad + dare, 411, c), to add. Adduc-ere (addux-, adduct-), to lead to, induce. Adeo, adv., to this point, to such a degree. Adesse (adfu-, ad+esse), to be pres- ent (with dat.). Adhib-ere (adhibu-, adhibit-, ad+ha- bere), to apply, employ, admit. Adhort-ari (at-), dep., to exhort. Adjung-ere (adjunx-, adjunct-), to join to. Adjuv-are (adjuv-, adjut-), to assist. Adniodum, adv., very. Admon-ere (admonu-, admonit-), to advise, admonish. Adolescens, (adolescent) is, young man. Adolescenti-a, se, youth. Ador-are (av-, at-), to adore, worship. Advent-us, us, approach. Adversus, or adversum, prep, with accus., against, towards. jEdific-are (av-, at-), to build. iEdifici-um, i, building. jEdu-us, i, yfiduan (people of Gaul). iEgens, (aegent) is, 107, poor. iEger, gra, grum, sick. iEgritudo, (oegritudin) is, 339, sor- row, affliction, sickness. iE grot-are (av-, at-), to be sick. JE gyp tus, i, f, 25, a, JEgypt. iEquor, (aequor) is, 327, sea, jEstas, (eestat) is, 293, summer. 358 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. iEtas, (aetat) is, 293, age, time of life. iEternitas, (aeternitat) is, 293, eter- nity. M tern-us, a, urn, eternal; in ster- num, forever. Affectio, (affection) is, 293, affection. Afferre (attul-, allat-, ad+ferre), to bring, bring to, adduce. Affic-ere (affec-, affect-, ad+facere), to affect, move, influence. Afric-a, 88, Africa. African-us, i, Africanus. Ager, gri, 64, field. Ag-ere (eg-, act-), to do, act, drive ; to treat (as an ambassador). Agmen, (agmin) is, 344, a, army on march, or in 'marching order ; no- vis simum agmen, the rear. Agn-us, i, lamb. Agricol-a, se, m., husbandman. Agricultur-a, 33, agriculture. Agripp-a, 33, Agrippa. Aio, 609, / say, say yes, affirm. Al-a, 33, wing. Al-ere (alu-, alt-), to nourish, sup- port, maintain. Alexander, -dri, Alexander. Alien-us, a, um, foreign, belonging to another. Aliquando, at some time, some day, at last. Aliquant-us, a, um, 184, somewhat great ; aliquantum agri, a pretty large piece of ground. Aliquis, qusa, quid (quod), 178, 5, some one, something ; aliquid novi, something new, 180. Aliter, otherwise. Ali-us, a, ud, gen. alius, &c, 194, R. 1, other, another. [of Gaul. Allobroges, um, Allobroges, people Allu-ere (allu-), to wash. Alpes, ium, Alps, mountains between Gaul and Italy. Alter, a, um, gen. ius, 194, R. 1, an- other, the second (in a series). Alt-us, a, um, high, lofty, deep; al- tum, i, the deep, the sea. Amabilis, is, e, 104, amiable. Am-are (av-, at-), to love. Ambo, 33, o, both. Ambul-are (av-, at-), to walk. Amiciti-a, 33, friendship. Amic-us, i, friend. Amitt-ere (amis-, amiss-), to lose. Ample, adv., largely. Amplius, comp. of ample, more, lar- ger, greater than. Ancill-a, 33, maid-servant. * Angli-a, 33, ^England. Angusti-a3 ; arum, defiles, 57, H. Angust-us, a, um, narrow. Animadvert-ere (vert-, vers-), ani- mum+ad+vertere), to turn the mind to, to observe ; with in, to punish ; Csssar in Dumnorigem animadvertit, Casar punishes Dumnorix. Animal, (animal) is, 325, animal. Animans, (animant) is, living ; as noun, a living being. Anim-us, i, soul, mind. Ann-us, i, year. Anser, (anser) is, 319, goose. Ante, prep, with accus., before. Antehac, adv., before, before this. Antepon-ere (posu-, posit-), to place before, to prefer. Antonin-us, i, Antonine. Antoni-us, i, Antony. Aper-ire (aperu-, apert-, 427, II.), to open. Apert-us, a, um, open. Apis, (Ap-) is, Apis, Egyptian deity. App ell-are (av-, at-), to call, name. Aprilis, is (sc. mensis), m., 25, a, April. [proach. Appropinqu-are (av-, at-), to ap- Apud, prep, with accus., among; apud te, with you (at your house) ; apud Ciceronem, in Cicero (i. e. t his writings). LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 359 Aqu-a, sb, water. Aquil-a, se, eagle. Aquitan-us, i, Aquitanian (people of Gaul). Arar, (Arar) is, the Saone (river of Gaul). Ar-are (av-, at-), to plough. Arbitr-ari (at-), dep., to judge, think. Arbor, (arbor) is, f., tree. Arcess-ere (arcessiv-, arcessit-), to send for. Arethus-a, 89, Arethusa. .Argent-um, i, silver. Arid-um, i, the sand (neuter of ari- dus, a, urn, dry). Ariovist-us, i, Ariovistus, a German cbieftain. Aristides, (Aristld-) is, Aristides. Anna, orum, arms. Arm-are (av-, at-), to arm. Arrip-ere (arripu-, arrept-, ad-|-rap- ere), to snatch up, to seize. Arroganti-a, 89, haughtiness, obsti- nacy, arrogance. Ars, (art) is, 293, art. Asper, a, um, rough. At, conj., but. Athenae, arum, Athens. Atheniensis, is, an Athenian. Atque, conj., and,. Atrox, (atroc) is, 107, fierce. Attent-e, adv., attentively. Attent-us, a, um, attentive. Attic- a, 89, Attica. Atting-ere (attig-, attact-), to touch on, border upon. Auctoritas, (auctoritat) is, 293, au- thority, influence. Audacius, comp. of audacter, 376, more boldly. Audacter, adv., boldly. Aud-ere (ausus sum), to dare. Aud-ire (audiv-, audit-), to hear. Aug-ere (aux-, auct-), to increase. August-us, i, Augustus. Aur-um, i, gold. Aut, conj., or. Autem, conj., 315, but, moreover, also. Auxili-um, i, assistance ; auxilia, pL, auxiliary troops. Avar-us, i, avaricious. Avert-ere (avert-, avers-), to turn away. Avien-us, i, Avienus. Avis, (av) is, 300, bird. B. Barbar-us, a, um, barbarian, for- eign ; used as a noun, a barba- rian. Beat-us, a, um, happy. Beat-e, 215, 1, happily. Belg-a, 39, a Belgian, people of Gaul. Bell-are (av-, at-), to wage ivar. Bellicos-us, a, um, warlike. Bell-um, i, war. Bene, adv., well, 215, 1, R,. Benefici-um, i, good deed, act of kindness. Benign-us, a, um, kind, with dat. Besti-a, 39, beast, brute. Bib-ere (bib-, bibit-), to drink. Bienni-um, i, space of two years. Bini, ae, a, dist., 189, two apiece, two at a time. Bis, 189, twice. Bonitas, (bonitat) is, 293, goodness. Bon-us, a, um, good ; bona, neut. pi., blessings, advantages. Bos, bovis, 351, 2, ox or cow. Brevis, is, e, 104, short. Britanni-a, 33, Britain. Britann-us, i, a Briton. Brut-us, i, Brutus. Cad-ere (cecid-, cas-, 411, b), to fall. Cadm-us, i, Cadmus. Caduc-us, a, um, frail. Ca9d-ere (cecid-, cees-, 41 i, b), to fell, kill, cut down. Caesar, (Caesar) is, CiEsar. 360 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. Caius, i, Cains. Calamitas, (calamitat) is, calamity. Calcar, (calcar) is, 325, spur. ' Camp-us, i, field, plain. Can-is, (can) is, c, dog. Cant-are (av-, at-), to sing. Cant-us, us, singing. Cap-ere (cep-, capt-), to take. Captiv-us, i, captive, prisoner. Car-ere (earn-, 398), to want, with abl. Carmen, (carmin) is, 344, a, song. Caro, (earn) is, 340, R,., jlesli. Carthaginiensis, is, a Carthagin- ian. Carthago, (Carthagin) is, Carthage. Carr-us, i, wagon. Car-us, a, um, dear. C as si-us, i, Cassius. Castell-um, i, fortress, tower. Castic-us, i, Casticus. Castra, orum, camp. Cas-us, us, accident, chance. Catamentales, edis, Catamentales, proper name. Catilin-a, se, Catiline, proper name. Cato, (Caton) is, Cato. Caus-a, ae, cause, reason; abl., causa, for the sake of, 135, II., b ; salutis causa, for the sake of safety. Caut-us, a, um, cautious. Celebr-are (av-, at-), to celebrate. Celer, (celer) is, 107, swift. Celeriter, adv., 215, 2, b, swiftly. Celta, se, a Celt, people of Gaul. Centum, indecl., a hundred. Cens-ere (censu-, cens-), to think, judge, believe. Centurio, (centurion) is, centurion. Cern-gre (crev-, cret-), to separate, decide, judge. Cert-us, a, um, certain; certiorem facere, to make more certain, i. e., to inform. Cerv-us, i, stag. Ceteri, orum, the rest. Christ-us, i, Christ. Cicero, (Ciceron) is. Cicero. Cing-ere (cinx-, cinct-), to gird, sur- round. Circa, prep, with ace, about, around. Circiter, prep, with ace, about, near ; circiter viginti, about twenty. Circum, prep, with accus., about, around. Circumst-are [or circumsistere), cir- cumstet-, 391, 1, to surround, to stand about. Cito, adv., quickly. Cit-us, a, um, quick, swift. Civis, (civ) is, c, citizen. Civitas, (civitat) is, 293, state. Clamor, (clamor) is, 319, noise, clam- our. Clar-us, a, um, illustrious. Classis, (class-) is, 300, fleet. Claud-ere (claus-, claus-), to shut. Cliens, (client) is, m., a dependant. Ccel-um, i, firmament, heaven. Coem-ere (coem-, coempt-), to buy up (con-f-emere). Ccen-are (av-, at-), to sup. Coepi, used only in perf. tenses, / begin, 611. Cog-ere (coeg-, coact-), to bring to- gether, collect, compel. Cogit-are (av-, at-), to think. Cognosc-ere (cognov-, cognit-), to learn, find out, know. Conors, (cohort) is, 293, cohort, the tenth part of a legion. Cohort-ari (at-), dep., to encourage. Col-ere (colu-, cult-), to cultivate, serve, honour. Collig-ere (colleg-, collect-, con+le- gere), to collect. Collis, (coll) is, m., 302, R., hill. Colloc-are (av-, at-), to place. Colloqui-um, i, conference. Color, (color) is, 319, colour. Columb-a, 93, dove. [burn up. Combur-ere (combuss-, combust-), to LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 361 Comes, (comit) is, c, companion. Comme-are (av-, at-), to go to, to go and return. Commemor-are (av-, at-), to mention, to call to mind. Committ-ere (commis-, commis s-), to intrust to, with dative ; praelium committere, to join battle. Commov-ere (commov-, commot-), to move greatly, to excite. Commun-Ire (iv-, it-), to fortify. Communis, is, e, 104, common. Commut-are (av-, at-), to change. Commutatio, ( commutation ) is, change. Compar-are (av-, at-), to get together, procure. Compell-ere (compul-, compuls-, con -f-pellere), to compel, drive on. Comper-ire (comper-, compert-, 427, V.), to find out, discover. Cornplect-i (complex-), dep., to em- brace. Compl-ere (complev-, complet-, 395, II.), to fill up. Complures, ium, 327, very many. Con-ari (at-), to attempt, try. Conat-um, i, attempt. Conced-ere (concess-, concess-), to yield to, to grant, give way. Concess-us, us, grant. Concili-are (av-, at-), to gain (for an- other). Concili-um, i, assembly, council. Concit-are (av-, at-), to stir up, to excite. Concupisc-ere (concupiv-), to desire. Concurr-ere (concurr-, concurs-), to run togetlier. Condemn-are (av-, at-), to condemn, 348. Conditio, (condition) is, 333, It., con- dition. Conditor, (conditor) is, builder, found- er, [lead or bring together. Conduc-ere (condux-, conduct-), to H Conferre (contul-, collat-), to bring together, contribute. Coniic-ere (confec-, confect-), to fin- ish. Confid-ere (confid-, confis-), to trust to, to confide in. Confirm-are (av-, at-), to confirm, es- tablish, affirm, fix. Conflu-ere (conflux-, conflux-), to flow together. Congreg-are (av-, at-), to gather into flocks. Congress-us, us, meeting. Conjic-ere (conjee-, conject-, con-f-ja- cere, 416), to hurl. Conjung-ere (conjunx-, conjunct-), to join together, unite. Conjur-are (av-, at-), to conspire, plot. Conjuratio, (conjuration) is, 333, It., conspiracy. Conjux, (conjug) is, c, husband or wife. Conscend-ere (conscend-, conscens-, con+scandere, 309), to climb up. Conscisc-ere (consciv-, conscit-), to decree, determine ; mortem sibi consciscere, to commit suicide, 555. Consci-us, a, um, conscious, privy to. Conscrib-ere (conscrips-, conscript-), to enrol, levy. Consent-ire (cons ens-, cons ens-), to agree. Consid-ere (consed-, consess-), to sit doivn, to encamp. Consili-um, i, plan, judgment, coun- sel, deliberation. Consist-ere ( constit-, constit- ), to stand, halt. Conspect-us, lis, sight, beholding. Conspic-ere (conspex-, conspect-), to see, get sight of. Const-are (stit-, stit- or stat-), to stand together, to halt. Constitu-ere ( constitu-, constitut-, H 362 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. con+statuere), to 'place, fix, ap- point. Consuesc-ere (consuev-, consuet-), to be accustomed. Consuetudo, (consuetudin) is, 339, custom, usage. Consul, (consul) is, consul, chief ma- gistrate of Rome. Consul-ere (consulu-, consult-), to consult. Consult-um, i, decree. Consum-ere (consumps-, consumpt-, con-f-sumere), to consume. Contemn-ere (contemps-, contempt-), to despise. Contempl-ari (at-), dep., to contem- plate. Contend-ere (contend-, content-), to contend, strive after, hasten. Content-us, a, um, content, with abl. Contin-ere (continu-, content-, con+ tenere), to contain, restrain, hold together. Continens, (continent) is, 107, suc- cessive, continued. Continenter, 215, 2, b, continually. Contingit, impers., 580, it happens. Continuatio, (continuation) is, 333, R., continuance. Contra, prep, with accus., against; adv., in opposition to. Contrah-ere (contrax-, contract-, con -f-trahere), to draw together, col- lect. Conven-Ire (conven-, convent-, con+ venire), to come together, meet, agree. Convent-us, us, meeting, assembly. Convert-ere (convert-, convers-), to turn completely round. Convoc-are (av-, at-, con-J-vocare), to call together. Coor-iri (coort-), dep., io rise, as a storm. Copi-a, ge, abundance ; pi., copiffi, arum, troops, forces. Cor, (cord) is, n., hea/rt. Corinth-us, i, f, Corinth. Corniger, a, um, horned. Corn-u, 111, horn, wing of an army. Coron-a, 83, crown. Corpus, (corpor) is, 344, b, body. Corrig-ere (correx-, correct-, con-f- regere), to correct, make straight. Corv-us, i, crow. Cras, adv., to-morrow. Crass-us, i, Crassus. J0re-are (av-, at-), to create. Creber, bra, brum, frequent. Cred-ere (credid-, credit-), to believe, intrust, with dat. Crep-are (crepu-, crepit-, 387, II.), to chide, creak (as a door). Cresc-ere (crev-, cret-), to grow. Crimen, (crimin) is, 344, a, crime. Crus, (crur) is, n., leg. Cubicul-um, i, bed-chamber. Cubile, (cubil) is, 314, bed, place to lie down. Culmen, (culmin) is, 344, a, top, sum- mit. Culp-a, 83, fault. Cultus, us (from colere), cultivation, civilization, refinement. Cum, prep, with abl., with; cum, conj., same as quum, when. Cunct-ari (at-), dep., to delay. Cunct-us, a, um, all, the whole. Cup-ere (io, 199, cupiv-, cupit-), to desire. Cupide, adv., with desire, 215, 1 (cu- pidus). Cupiditas, (cupiditat) is, 293, desire. Cupid-us, a, um (with gen.), desi- rous, eager. Cur, adv., why. Cur-a, 83, care. Cur-are (av-, at-), to take care, to see that. Cnri-a, 83, senate-house. Curr-ere (cucurr-, curs-, 411, a), to run. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 363 Curs-us, us, course, running. Custos, (custod) is, 25, a, guard, Cyrus, i, Cyrus. D. Danubi-us, i, Danube (river). Dare (ded-, dat-), to give. Dari-us, i, Darius, Persian king. De, prep, with abl., of, from, con- cerning. De tertia vigilia, in (about, or after) the third watch. Deb-ere (debu-, debit-), to owe — ought. Deced-ere (decess-, decess-, de-f-ce- dere), to go away, depart, retire. Decern, indecl., ten. Decern-ere (decrev-, decret-, 407), decree, determine. Decert-are (av- ; at-), to contend, fight. Decet, impers., 583, decuit, it is be- coming. Decim-us, a, um, tenth. Ded-ere (dedid-, dedit-), to surren- der. Deditio, (dedition) is, 333, R., sur- render. Deduc-ere (dedux-, deduct-), to lead away. De-esse (defu-, de+esse), to be want- ing (with dat.), to be away. Defend-ere (defend-, defens-), to de- fend. Defess-us, a, um (part, of defetisci, obsol.), wearied, worn out. Defic-ere (defec-, defect-, de + fa- cere), to fail, to be wanting, with dat. D elect-are (av-, at-), to delight. Del-ere (delev-, delet-), to destroy. Deliber-are (av-, at-), to deliberate. Delig-ere (deleg-, delect-, de + le- gere), to choose. Denietri-us, i, Demetrius (proper Denium, adv •., finally ', at last. Denique, adv., at last, in short. Dens, (dent) is, m., 295, R. 1, tooth. Dens-us, a, um, thick, dense. Depon-ere (deposu-, deposit-, de+ ponere), to lay aside, put down. Deser-ere (deseru-, desert-), to leave, desert. Desert-um, i, a desert. Desil-Ire (desilu-, desult-, de+salire, 428), to leap down. Design-are (av-, at-), to point out, allude to. Desper-are (av-, at-, de-f-sperare), to despair. Desperatio, (desperation) is, despair. Deterr-ere (deterru-, deterrit-), to de- ter, frighten from. Deus, i, God, 62, R. Dic-ere (dix-, diet-), to say, tell. Dictio, (diction) is, 333, R., speak- ing, pleading. Dies, ei, day. DifFerre (distul-, dilat-, dis+ferre), to differ, to put off. Difficilis, is, e (dis+facilis), difficult. Dignitas, (dignitat) is, 293, dignity, rank. Dign-us, a, um, worthy, with abl. Diligens, (diligent) is, careful, dili- gent. Diligenter, 215, 2, b, carefully, dili- gently. Dilig-ere (dilex-, dilect-, di-flegere), to love (with esteem). Dimitt-ere (dimis-, dimiss-, di+mit- tere), to send away, dismiss. Dirip-gre (diripu-, dirept-, di + ra- pere), to plunder. Disced-$re (discess-, discess-, dis+ cedere, 401, 3, b), to go away, de- part. Disc-ere (didic-, 411, a), to learn. Discess-us, us, departure. Disciplin-a, as>, instruction, discipline. Discipul-us, i, scholar, pupil. 364 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. Disert-us, a, um, fluent, eloquent. Displic-ere (displicu-, displicit-, dis -r-placere), to displease, with dat. Dispon-ere (disposu-, disposit-, dis+ ponere), to place 'in different di- rections, arrange, dispose. Disput-are (av-, at-), to dispute, dis- cuss. Dissent-Ire (dissens-, dissens-, dis+ sentire, 427, III.), to differ in opinion, dissent. Disser-ere (disseru-, dissert-, 407), to treat of, discuss. dissolv-ere (dissolv-, dissolut-, dis+ solvere), to dissolve. Dist-are, to be distant, or apart (di+ stare). Distribu-ere (distribu-, distribut-), to divide or distribute among, 422. Ditissimus, superl. of dives. Diu, adv., long ; compar., diutius, Divers-us, a, urn, different. Dives, (divit) is, 371, It. 1, rich. Divico, (Divicon) is, Divico, proper name. Divid-ere (divis-, divis-), to divide. Divin-us, a, urn, divine. Divitiac-us, i, Divitiacus, proper name. Divitiae, arum, 57, B,., riches, wealth. Doc-ere (docu-, doct-), to teach. Docilis, is, e, 104, docile, teachable. Dol-ere (dolu-, dolit-), to grieve. Dolor, (dolor) is, 319, grief, pain. Dol-us, i, fraud, deceit. Dom-are (domu-, domit-, 387, II.), to subdue. Domicili-um, i, dwelling. Domin-us, i, master, of house or slaves. Dom-us, i and us, 112, 3, house, home; domi, at home; domum, to one's house. Dorm-ire (dormiv-, dormit-), to sleep. Draco, (dracon) is, 331, dragon. Druides, urn, Druids, priests of an- cient Britain. Dubit-are (av-, at-), to doubt, hesi- tate. Dubitatio, (dubitation) is, 333, R., doubt. Dubi-us, a, um, doubtful. Duc-ere (dux-, duct-), to lead. Dulcis, is, e, 104, sweet. Dum, conj., while, so long as, until. Dumnorix, (Dumnorig) is, Dumno- rix, proper name. Duo, two, 194. Duodecim, indecl., twelve, Duplic-are (av-, at-), to double. Dur-are (-av-, at-), intrans., to endure, last; trans., to harden. Dur-us, a, um, hard. Dux, (due) is, leader, guide, com- mander. E. E or ex, prep, with abl., out of, from. Ecquis, interrog. pron., 178, 7, any one 7 Ed-ere, or esse (ed-, es-, 601), to eat. E due-are (av-, at-), to train, educate. E duc-ere (edux-, educt-), to lead out. Effect-us, us, effect. Effemin-are (av-, at-, ex-ffemina), to effeminate, make womanish. Ego, /, 120. Egregi-us, a, um, excellent, remark- able. Elegans, (elegant) is, 107, elegant. Eloquens, (eloquent) is, 107, elo- quent. Em-ere (em-, empt-), to buy. Emic-are (emicu-), 387, II., to shine ox flash forth. Enim, conj., jfor, 442, e. Enunti-are (av-, at-), to divulge. Eo, adv., there, to that place, on that account, by so much. Eodem, adv., to the same place. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 365 Epistol-a, 88, letter. Eques, (equit) is, horse soldier. Equester, tris, tre, 428, a, belonging to cavalry. Equestri praelio, in a battle of cavalry. E quit-are (av-, at-), to ride on horse- bark. Equitat-us, us, cavalry. Equ-us, i, horse. Erip-ere (eripu-, erept, e-f-rapere), to take away from, snatch away. Err- are (av-, at-,) to err, wander. Erump-ere (erup-, erupt-), to burst forth, sally out. Esse, to be, 650 ; esse, to eat, see edere. Et, conj., and. Et — et, both — and. Etenim, conj., for. Etiani, conj., also, even. Etsi, conj., although. Europ-a, ae, Europe. Evoc-are (av-, at-, e+vocare), to call out. Ex, prep, with abl. See E. Exced-ere (excess-, excess-, ex+ce- dere), to go away, depart out of. Exclam-are (av-, at-), to cry out. Excip-ere (excep-, except-, ex+ca- pere), to receive. Excit-are (av-, at-), to raise, kindle, excite. Excusatio, (excusation) is, 333, R., excuse. Exe-dere (exed-, exes-, ex+edere), to eat up, consume, corrode. Exempl-um, i, example. Exerc-ere (exercu-, exercit-), to ex- ercise, practice. Exercit-us, us, army. Exigu-us, a, urn, small. Ex-ire (exiv- and exi-, exit-), to go out, depart. Existim-are (av-, at-), to think, judge. Existimatio, (existimatidn) is, 333, R., opinion. Expect-are (av-, at-), to wait for. H Expedit, impers., 583, it is expedient. Expeditio, (expedition) is, 333, R., military expedition. Expell-ere (expul-, expuls-, ex-f pel- lere), to expel, drive out. Expers, (expert) is, 107, devoid of, with gen. or abl., 336. Expet-ere (expetiv-, expetlt-), to covet, desire earnestly. Explorator, (explorator) is, 319, scout. Expon-ere (exposu-, exposit-, ex+ ponere), to place out, set forth, ex- plain. Expugn-are (av-, at-, ex+pugnare), to take by storm. Extra, prep, with accus., outside of, tvithotit. Extrem-us, a, um, superl. of exterus, 370, the last, outermost. Exur-Sre (exuss-, exust-, ex+nrere), to burn up. F. Eaber, bri, artificer, workman. Fabul-a, 83, fable, story. Fac-ere (io, fee-, fact-), to make, do. Facile, adv., easily. Facilis, is, e, 104, easy. Facultas, (facultat) is, 293, power of doing ; hence means, resources. Facund-us, a, um, eloquent. Fall-ere (fefell-, fals-), to deceive. Fam-a, se, rumour, fame. Fames, (fam) is, 300, hunger. Famili-a, ae, family, gang of slaves. Familiaris, e, belonging to the fami- lia. Res familiaris, property. Fat-eri (fass-), dep., to confess. Fat-um, i, fate. Fav-ere (fav-, faut-, 395, v.), to fa- vour. Felix, (felic) is, 104, happy. Femin-a, ae, woman. Fer-a, ae, wild beast. Fere, adv., almost. Ferre (tul-, lat-, 596), to bear. h2 366 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. Ferocul-us, a, urn, surly. Ferox, (feroc) is, 107, fierce. Ferr-um, i, iron. Festin-are (av-, at-), to hasten. Fid-es, ei, faith. Fieri (fact-), 600, nsed as pass, of fa- cere ; to he made, to become. Figur-a, &, figure. Fili-a, ae, daughter, dat. and abl. pi. filiabus. Fili-us, i, son, 62, R,., 2. Fin-is, (fin) is, m., end, boundary; fines, boundaries, territories. Finitim-us, a, um, neighbouring. Firm-us, a, nm, strong, firm. Fit, it happens, pres. indie, of fio, fieri. Flagiti-um, i, disgraceful crime, in- Flamm-a, ae, flame. Fl-ere (flev-, flet-, 395, II.), to weep. Flet-ns, us, weeping. Flos, (flor) is, 331, b, flower. Fluct-us, us, wave. Flumen, (flumin) is, 344, a, river. Fluvi-us, i, river. Foedus, (feeder) is, 344, b, treaty, league. Foli-um, i, leaf. Fons, (font) is, m., 293, R., fountain. Foris, (for) is, 300, door ; used most- ly in plur., fores. Form- a, as, form. Formid-are (av-, at-), to fear, be afraid of. Formos-us, a, um, handsome. Forsitan, adv., perhaps. Forte, adv., by chance. Fort-is, is, e, 107, brave. For titer, 215, 2, b, bravely. Fortitudo, (fortitudin) is, 339, forti- tude, courage. Fortun-a, ve, fortune, Fortunat-us, a, urn, fortunate. For-um, i, forum. Foss-a, ob, ditch. Fraen-um, i, bridle, 396 ; pi., fraeni and fraena. Frater, (fratr) is, brother. Fratern-us, a, um, fraternal. Fraus, (fraud) is, 293, fraud. Frigus, (frigor) is, 344, b, cold. Fruct-us, us, fruit. Frument-ari (frumentat-), dep., to collect corn. Frument-um, i, com. Frustra, adv., in vain. Fug-a, se, flight. Fug-are (av-, at-), to rout, put to flight. Fug-ax, (fugac) is, 107, fugitive, fleeting. Fug-ere (io, fug-, fugit), to flee. Fulgur, (fulgur) is, 325, lightning. Fund- ere (fud-, fus-), to pour out, to overthrow, discomfit. Funditor, (funditor) is, 319, stinger. Futur-us, a, um, future. G. Galb-a, ae, Galba. Galli-a, ae, Gaul. Gallin-a, ae, hen. Gall-us, i, a Gaul. Garumn-a, ae, Garonne (river). Gaud-ere (gavisus sum), to rejoice. Gaudi-um, i, joy. Gener, i, son-in-law. Genev-a, ae, Geneva. Gens, (gent) is, 293, nation. Genus, (gener) is, 344, b, race, class. Ger-ere (gess-, gest-), to carry on ; gerere bellum, to carry on war. German-us, i, a German. Gladi-us, i, sword. Glori-a, ae, glory. Graec-us, a, um, Greek. Grando, (grandin) is, 339, hail. Grati-a, ae, influence, favour, popu- larity. Gratul-ari (gratulat-), dep., to con- gratulate. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 367 Grat-us, a, urn, agreeable. Gravis, is, e, heavy, severe. Graviter, adv., heavily, disagreea- ble ; graviter fert, he is indignant at. Gregatim, adv., in flocks. Gubern-are (av-, at-), to steer, direct, govern. Gubernator, (gubernator) is, 319, pi- lot, governor. Hab-ere (habu-, habit-), to have, hold, esteem. Hannibal, (Hannibal) is, Hannibal. Haud, adv., not. Helveti-us, i, a Helvetian. Herb-a, ae, herb. Hercyni-us, a, urn, Hercynian; Her- cynia sylva, the Hercynian forest. Heri, adv., yesterday. Hibern-a, orum, winter-quarters. Hiberni-a, 39, Ireland. Hie, haec, hoc, this, 156. Hiem-are (av-, at-), to winter. Hieins, (hiem) is, 293, winter. Hirundo, (hirundin) is, 339, swallow. Hispani-a, 89, Spam. Hispan-us,. i, a Spaniard. Histori-a, 33, history. Hodie, adv., to-day. Homer-us, i, Homer. Homo, (homin) is, m., man. Honest-e, adv., honourably. Honest-us, a, um, honourable. Honor, (honor) is, 319, honour. Hor-a, 39, hour. Horati-us, i, Horace. Hort-ari (hortat-), to exhort, dep. Hort-us, i, garden. Hospes, (hospit) is, c, guest, host. Hostis, (host) is, c, enemy. Human-us, a, um, human. Humanitas, (humanitat) is, 293, cul- tivation, refinement, humanity. Humilis, is, e, 107, low. Ibi, adv., there. Idem, eadem, idem, the same, 150. Idone-us, a, xnn,jit, suitable. Idus, iduum (4th declen.), the Ides, 112, 2. Ignavi-a, 39, indolence, cowardice. Ignav-us, a, um, indolent, ccncardly. Ignis, (ign) is, m., 302, R.,fire. Ignomini-a, 33, disgrace, ignominy. Ignor-are (av-, at-), to be ignorant. Ignoratio, (ignoration) is, 333, R., ignorance. Ille, ilia, illud, this, that, 158. Imago, (imagin) is, 339, image. Imber, (imbr) is, 320, shower of rain. Immemor, (immemor) is, 107, un- mindful,, with gen. Immens-us, a, um, immense. Immortalis, is, e, 104, immortal. Impediment-um, i, hinderance ; im- pedimenta, pi., the baggage of an army. Imped-ire (iv-, it-), to hinder, im- Impend-ere, to hang over. Imper-are (av-, at-), to command, with dat. Imperator, (imperator) is, 319, com- mander, general. Imperi-um, i, command. Impetr-are (av-, at-), to accomplish, effect, obtain. Impet-us, us, onset, attack; impetum facere, to make an attack. Impie, adv., 215, 1, impiously. Impi-us, a, um, impious. Impl-ere (implev-, iniplet-), to fill tt£ Implor-are (av-, at-), to implore. Impon-ere (imposu-, imposit-, in + ponere, 407), to place in or upon. Import-are (av-, at-), to bring in, import. Improb-us, a, um, wicked, dishonest. In, prep, with ace., into, against, with abl., in, among. 368 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. Incend-ere (incend-, incens-), to set Jire to, to burn. Incert-us, a, um, doubtful, uncer- tain. Incip-ere (io, incep-, incept-), to be- gin. Incol-a, ae, inhabitant, Incol-ere (incolu-, incult-), dwell in, inhabit. Incommod-um, i, inconvenience. Incredibilis, is, e, 104, incredible. Increp-are (increpa-, increpit-, 390), to chide. Incus -are (av-, at-), to blame. Inde, adv., thence. Indici-um, i, private information. Indign-us, a, um, unworthy. Induc-ere (indux-, induct-), to lead to, induce. Indulg-ere (induls-, indult-), with dat., to indulge. Ineptiae, arum, 57, Hi., folly. Inerti-a, ae, idleness. Infans, (infant) is, c, infant; (in+ fari, that cannot speak). Inferior, (inferior) is, comp. of infe- rus, 370, inferior, lower. Inferre (intul-, illat-, in-j-ferre), to bring upon ; bellum alicui inferre, to wage war upon any one. Ingeni-um, i, talent. Ingens, (ingent) is, 107, great, enor- mous. Inimiciti-a, 83, enmity. Inimic-us, a, um, hostile, unfriendly, with dat. Initi-um, i, beginning. Injuri-a, 39, injury, outrage. Injust-us, a, um, unjust. Innocens, (innocent) is, 107, inno- cent. Innocenti-a, ae, innocence. Innumerabilis, is, e, 104, innumer- able. Inops, (inop) is, 107, poor. Inquam, I say ; inquit, says he, 610. Insciens, (inscient) is, 107, not knovj- ing. Insect-um, i, insect. Insequ-i (insecut-), dep., to pursue. Insidi-33, arum, 57, R., snares, am- bush. Instig-are (av-, at-), to instigate. Institut-um, i, purpose, plan. Instru-ere (instrux-, instruct-, in+ struere), to draw up in battle ar- ray. Insul-a, ae, island. Intellig-ere (intellex-, intellect-), to perceive, understand. Intent-us, a, um, intent, bent upon. Inter, prep, with accus., between, among. Interced-ere (intercess-, intercess-), to intervene. Interdiu, adv., by day. Interdum, adv., sometimes. Inter-esse (interfu-), to be among, to differ; nihil interest, it makes no difference. Interfector, (interfector) is, 319, slayer. Interfic-6re (interfec-, interfect-, in- ter-j-facere), to slay, kill. Interim, adv., in the mean while. Interitus, us, perishing, destruction, death. Interregn-um, i, interreign. Interrog-are (av-, at-), to ask, inter- rogate. Intu-eri (intuit-), dep., to look upon. Inven-ire (inven-, invent-), to find, discover. Invoc-are (av-, at-), to call upon, in- voke. Ipse, a, um, 159, self. Ir-a, ae, anger. Iracundi-a, ae, wrathfulness, wrath, ire (iv-, it-), 605, to go. Irrump-6re (irrup-, irrupt-, in+rum- pere), to break into. Is, ea, id, this, that, he, she, it, 153. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 369 Iste, a, ud, that, 157. Ita, adv., so, thus. Itali-a, ae, Italy. Iter, (itiner) is, n., journey, way, march. J. Jae-ere ( jec-, jact-), to cast, hurl. J act-are (av-, at-), to discuss. Jacul-um, i, dart. Jam, adv., now, already. Jan-U3, i, Janus. Jub-ere (juss-, juss-), to order. Jucund-us, a, urn, pleasant. Judex, (judic) is, 306, judge. Judic-are (av-, at-), to judge. Judici-um, i, trial, judgment. Jugurth-a, se, Jugurtha. Jug-urn, i, yoke. Jument-um, i, beast of burden. Jung-ere ( junx-, junct-), to join. Juno, (Junon) is, f., Juno (goddess). Jupiter, Jovis, 351, Jupiter. Jur-a, ae, Jura (mountain east of Gaul). Jur-are (av-, at-), to swear. Jus, (jur) is, 344, law, right. Juss-us, us, command. Justiti-a, ae, justice. Just-us, a, um, just. Juv-are ( juv-, jut-), to help. Juvenis, is, a youth. Juventus, (juventut) is, 293, youth. Juxta, prep, with ace., near. K. Kalend-ae, arum, Kalends. L. Labienus, i, Labienus, one of Cae- sar's lieutenant-generals. Labor, (labor) is, 319, labour, toil. Labor-are (av-, at-), to labour. Lac, (lact) is, 346, 2, milk. Lacess-ere (iv-, it-, 406, III., b), to provoke, harass. Lacrym-a, ae, tear. Lac-us, us, lake. Lapis, (lapid) is, 295, 3, stone. Larg-iri (it-), dep., to give largess, to bribe, 515. Larg-iter, adv., 215, 2, b, largely; largiter potest, he can largely^ i. e., he is quite powerful. Lat-e, adv., 215, 1, widely (lat-us, wide). Latin-us, a, um, Latin. Latitudo, (latitudin) is, 340, breadth (from latus, broad). Latius, adv., more widely (compar. of late, 376). Latro, (latron) is, 331, a, robber. Lat-us, a, um, broad, wide. Laud-are (av-, at-), to praise. Laus, (laud) is, 293, praise. Legatio, (legation) is, 333, R., em- bassy. Legat-us, i, lieutenant, ambassador. Leg-ere (leg-, lect-, 416, a), to read. Legio, (legion) is, 333, R., legion. Lemann-us, i, Lake Leman, or Ge- neva. Leo, (leon) is, 333, lion. Lepus, (lepor) is, m., 345, 4, hare. Lev-are (av-, at-), to lighten, alle- viate. Lex, (leg-) is, 293, law. Libenter, adv., willingly, gladly. Liber, libri, 64, book. Liberalitas, (liberalitat) is, 293, lib- erality. Liber-e, 215, 1, freely (from liber, free). Liber-i, orum, 65, R., children. Liber-tas, (libertat) is, 293, freedom, liberty. Libet, 583, libebat, libuit, or libitum est, impers., it is agreeable, it pleases, it suits. Lic-eri (licit), dep., to bid money, to offer a price. Licet, licuit, licitum est, it is allow- ed, it is lawful, one must, 583. 370 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. Lili-um, i, lily. Lingu-a, ae, language. Litter-a, ee, a letter (as of the alpha- bet) ; litter-ae, arum (pi.), a letter, i. e., an epistle. Littus, (littor) is, 344, b, shore. Livi-us, i, Livy, a Roman historian. Loc-us, i and a, 309, place. Long-e, adv., 215, 1, far, long : (long- us.) Longitudo, ( longitudin ) is, 339, length: (longus.) Long-us, a, urn, long. Loqu-i (locut-), dep., to speak. Lube't. See libet. Luct-us, us, grief. Lud-ere (lus-, his-, 401, 3, b), to play. Lud-us, i, sport, -game, play. Lun-a, se, moon. Lup-us, i, wolf. Lux, (luc) is, 293, light M. Macul-are (av-, at-), to stain. Magis, adv., more. Magister, tri (64), master, teacher. Magistrat-us, us, a magistrate, Magnanimus, a, um (magn-us+ani- mus ), high-spirited, magnani- mous. Magnitudo, (magnitudin) is (340), extent, greatness. Magnus, a, um, great; comp., ma- jor, greater. Male, adv. (215, 1, R.), badly. Maleficium, i (800, 2), evil deed, crime. Malle (592), to be more willing, to prefer; perf, malui. Malum, i, evil, misfortune. Man-ere (mans-, mans-)., 665, III., to remain. Manus, us (f., 112, 2), hand, band of soldiers. Mare, (mar) is (314), sea.* Massilia, se, Marseilles. Mater, (matr) is (f., 2-5, 2), mother. Matrimonium, i, matrimony. Matrona, ae, the Marne, a rivef of Gaul. Matur-are (av-, at-), to hasten. Maxim-e (adv., 376), most, most greatly, in the highest degree. Maxim-us, a, um (sup. of magnus, 370), greatest. Me (ace. and abl. of ego, /), me; mecum, with me (125, II., b). Medicin-a, ae, medicine. Mediterrane-us, a, um, Mediterra- nean (medi-us+terr-a). Medi-us, a, um, middle. Meli-us, adv. (376), better. Memini (defect, 611), / remember; meminisse, to remember. Memori-a, ae, memory ; memoria te- nere, to hold in memory, to re- member. Mens, (ment) is, m., mind. Mercator, (mercator) is (319), mer- chant. Meridi-es, ei (m., 115), mid-day, noon. Merit-um, i, merit, desert, Metall-um, i, metal. Met-ere (messu-, mess-, 666, II., b), to reap. Met-iri (mens-), dep., to measure. Metu-ere (metu-, 666, VI., a), to fear. Me-us, a, um (122), my, mine. Mic-are (micu-, 664, II.), to glitter, shine. Migr-are (av-, at-), to migrate. Miles, (milit) is, soldier. Mille (sing, indecl., pi. millia, ium), thousand. Minerv-a, 83, Minerva. Minim-us, a, um, least [superl. of parvus, 370). Minor (minus), 358, less (compar. of parvus, 370). Minu-ere (minu-, minut-), to diminish. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 371 Mirabil-is, is, e, wonderful. Mirific-us, a, urn, causing wonder, astonishing (mir-us+facere). Miser, a, urn (77, b), miserable, wretched. Miseret (impers., 579, a), one pities ; me miseret, I pity. Mitig~are (av-, at-), to mitigate. Mitt-ere (mis-, miss-, 401, 3, b), to send. Mod-us, i, measure, manner. Mcenia, ium (used only in pi.), walls. Mceror, (moeror) is (319), sadness. Mon-ere (monu-, monit-), to advise, warn, remind. Monstr-are (av-, at-), to show. Mord-ere (momord-, mors-, 395, IV-), to bite, champ. Mor-i, and mor-iri (mort-), dep., to die. Mortal-is, is, e, mortal. Mors, (mort) is, 293, death. Mos, (mor) is, 331, 1, b, custom, man- ner. Mot-us, us, motion, moving. Mov-ere (mov-, mot-, 395, V.), to move. Miilier, (miilier) is, (f.), woman. Multitudo, (multitudin) is, 340, mul- titude. Mult-us, a, um, much, many. Mund-us, i, world. Mun-ire (iv-, it-), to fortify. Munitio, (munition) is, 333, R., forti- fication. Munus, (muner) is, 344, 3, b, office, gift- Murus, i, wall. Mut-are (av-, at-), to change. N. Nam, conj.,/ Persever-are (av-, at-), to persevere. Persolv-ere (persolv-, persolut-, per +solvere), to pay up, pay in full ; poenas persolvere, to suffer full punishment. Perspic-ere (perspex-, perspect-), to observe, get sight of, see plainly. Persuad-ere (persuas-, persuas-), to persuade, convince. Perterr-ere (perterru-, perterrit-), to frighten thoroughly. Pertm-ere (pertinu-, per+tenere), to reach, belong to, extend to. Perturb-are (av-, at-), to disturb, con- found. Perven-ire (ven-, vent-), to arrive at, come to. Pes, (ped) is (m.,295, 3), foot ; pe- dem referre, to draw back the foot, to retreat. Pet-ere (petiv-, petit-), to seek, aim at, strive after. Petr-a, ae, rock. Phalanx, (phalang) is, 293, phalanx. Pharsalus, i, Pharsalus, a town in Thessaly. Philosoph-ari (at-), dep., to philoso- phize. Piget (impers., 579, a), piguit, it grieves, pains, disgusts ; / am Pil-um, i, javelin. [grieved at. Pisc-is, (pise) is (m., 302, H.),fish. Pius, a, urn, pious. Plac-ere (placil-, placit-), to please (with dat.). Placet (impers., 584, a), placuit, it pleases ; Caesari placuit, Ccesar determined. Placid-us, a, um, calm, placid. Plant-a, ae, plant. Plan-us, a, um, level, plain. Plato, (Platon) is, Plato. Plebs, (pleb) is, 293, common people. Plen-us, a, um, full. Plerique, plerasque, pleraque, most, the greater part. Plerumque, adv., for the most part. Plum-a, sb, feather. Plurim-us, a, um (superl. of multus), most, very many. Plurimum, adv., very much, in the highest degree. Pocul-um, i, cup. Poen-a, 83, punishment; pcenas per- solvere, pay the full penalty. Poenitet (impers., 579), poenituit, it repents ; me poenitet, / repent. Poet-a, as (m.), poet. Pompeius, i, Pompey. Pon-ere (posu-, posit-), to place ; castra ponere, to pitch the camp. Pons, (pont) is (m., 295, 1), bridge. Popul-ari (at-), dep., to plunder, lay waste. Popul-us, i, people. Port-a, se, gate. Port-are (av-, at-), to carry. Port-iis, us, harbour. Portori-um, i, tax, customs duty. Posc-ere (poposc-, 411, a), to demand (admits two accusatives). Posse, potui, to be able, can, 587. Possessio, (possession) is, 333, R., Possid-ere (possed-, possess-), to possess. Post, prep, with ace, after, behind. Postea, adv., afterward. Poster-us, a, um, after ; postero die, on the day after, on the next day Postquam, adv., after that. Postul-are (av-, at-), to demand. Potens, (potent) is, 107, powerful. Potestas, (potestat) is, 293, power. Pot-iri (it-), dep., with gen. or abl., to acquire, get possession of. Prae (prep, with abl.), before. Praeb-ere (praebu-, praebit-), to af- ford. Praeced-ere (cess-, cess-), to go be- fore, excel. Praeceps, (praecipit) is, 107, headlong. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 375 Praeceptor, (praeceptor) is, a teacher, preceptor. Praecept-um, i, precept. Praecip-ere ( cep-, cept-, praa + ca- pere), to command, enjoin. Praeclar-us, a, urn, illustrious. Praeco, (praecon) is, herald. Praed-a, 83, booty, prey. Praed-ari (at-), dep., to plunder, get booty. Praedic-are (av-, at-), to declare. Praedo, (praedon) is, pirate. Praeesse, praefui, to be over, com- mand (prae+esse), with dat. Praeferre (tul-, lat-), to prefer. Prasnc-ere (fee-, feet-, prae+facere), to place over. Praemitt-ere (mis-, miss-), to send be- fore. Praemi-um, i, reward. Praemmti-a, or praenuncia, as, har- binger. Praesertim, adv., especially. Praesidi-um, i, garrison, defence. Praestans, (prasstant) is, 107, excel- lent. Praest-are (stit-, stit-), to stand be- fore, excel. Praeter, prep, with ace., besides, ex- cept. Praeter-Ire (iv- and i-, it-, praeter-r- Ire, 605, 2), to pass by. Praetor, (praetor) is, aprcetor (Roman magistrate). Preti-um, i, price, reward. Prex, (prec) is, 293, prayer. Primus, a, urn, first. Princeps, (princip) is, 107, chief (used only as a noun). Princip at-tis, us, chieftainship, chief authority. Principi-um, i, beginning, principle. Pristin-us, a, um, ancient, former. Privatim, adv., privately. Privat-us, a, um, private. Priusquam, adv., before that. Pro (prep, with abl.), before, for, in view of. Prob-are (av-, at-), to prove. Prob-itas, (probitat) is, 293, honesty. Prob-us, a, um, honest. Proced-ere (cess-, cess-, 401, 3, b), to advance, go forward. Procell-a, ae, tempest. Procurr-ere (curr-, curs-, pro + cur- rere), to run forward. Prod-esse (pro-J-esse), to profit, with dat. Proelium, i, battle, fight. Profectio, (profection) is, 333, B., setting out, departure. Proficisc-i (profect-), dep., to set out, depart. Prohib-ere (prohibu-, prohibit-, pro+ habere), to restrain, keep off. Projic-ere (jec-, ject-, pro+jacere), to throw forward, throw. Prope (prep, with ace), near, nigh to ; propius, nearer ; proxime, nearest. Propell-ere (pul-, puis-, pro + pel- lere), drive on, drive away. Proper-are (av-, at-), hasten. Propinquus, a, um, near to, related to; propinquus (used as noun), a relation. Propius. See prope. Propon-ere (posu-, posit-, pro-f-po- nere), to set before, propose. Propter (prep, with accus.), on ac- count of. Propterea, adv., therefore; propte- rea quod, because, for the reason that. Propuls-are (av-, at-), to icard off, avert, repel. Prorsus, adv., straight on, truly, pre- cisely. Prosequ-i (prosecut-), dep., to pursue. Proverbi-um, i, proverb. Providenti-a, bb, Providence (pro+ videre). 376 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. Provinci-a, ae, province. Proxim-us, a, urn (superl., 371), next, nearest. Ptolemaeus, i, Ptolemy. Pudet (impers., 579, a), puduit, it shames, one is ashamed. Puell-a, ae, girl. Puer, i, boy. Pugn-are (av-, at-), to fight. Pulvis, (pulver) is, 331, b, dust. Pun-ire (iv-, It-), to punish. Put-are (av-, at-), to suppose, think, reckon. Pyrenaei (montes), the Pyrenees, mountains between Gaul and Spain. a. duadringenti, ae, a, four hundred. duser-ere (quaesiv-, quaesit-), to seek, ask, inquire into. dualis, is, e, of what kind ; talis — qualis, such — as, 184. duam, conj., than. duamdiu, adv., how long. duamvis, conj., although. duando, adv., when. duantus, a, um, how great, 184. Cluantuscunque, -acunque, -urncun- que, however great, 184. Quasi, adv., as if. duatern-i, ae, a, four apiece, four at a time, 189. dnattuor, indecl., four. Clue, conj., and, 517, a, Glueo, I am able, 606. duer-i (quest-), to complain. dui, quae, quod, who, which, what, 164. dui a, conj., because. duid, neut. of quis, used interrog., what ? as adv., why ? duicunque, whosoever, 164, R. duidam, quaedam, quoddam, or quid- dam, a certain one; plur., some, 178, 1. Gluidem, adv., indeed. Cluilibet, quoelibet, quodlibet, any one, any you please, 178, 2. duin, conj., but that, that not, 558, b. Gluindecim, indecl., fifteen. duingent-i, ae, a, five hundred. duinque, indecl., five. duint-us, a, um, fifth. Quire, to be able, 606. duis, quae, quid, interrog., who f which, what? 170. duisnam, quaenam, quidnam? pray who? what? 171. duispiam, quaepiam, quodpiam, quid- piam, somebody, some, 178, 4. duisquam, quicquam, or quodquam, any, any one, 178, 3. duisque, quaeque, quodque, quid- que, each, every one, 178, 6. duisquis, whoever, whatever, 637, 3. duivis, any one you please, 178, 2. duo, adv., whither, in which direc- tion ? duo, conj., to the end that, that, so that, 558, a. duod, conj., because. duod, rel. pron. neut. of qui. dnominus, that the less, that not, af- ter verbs of hindering, &c, 558, c. duondam, adv., formerly, at one time. duoniam, conj., since, because. duoque, conj., also. duot, so many, how many ? 184. duotannis, adv., yearly. duotidian-us, a, um, daily. duot-us, a, um, what one ? quota hora, what o'clock ? duum, conj., when, since, 561. a. Rapin-a, ae, rapine, plunder. Ratio, (ration) is, 333, R., reason, manner, plan. Rauracus, i, a Rauracian, people of Gaul. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 377 Rebellio, (rebellion) is, 333, R., re- bellion. Reced-ere (cess-, cess-, 401, 3, b), to give way, retreat. Recip-ere (cep-, cept-, re-j-capere, io, 416, c, 199), to receive back, take back ; se recipere, to take one's self back, to go back. Rect-e, adv., 215, 1, rightly. Redd- ere (reddid-, reddit-, re+dare), 666, IV., c), give back, return, re- store. Redintegr-are (av-, at-), to renew. Redim-ere (redem-, redempt-, re + emere), to buy back, redeem, farm (as revenues). Reditio, (redition) is, 333, R., return (redire). Reduc-ere (dux-, duct-, re+ducere), to bring, bring back. Referre (retul-, relat-, re-f-ferre), to bring back, to draw back ; pedem referre, to retreat. Refert, it matters, it concerns, it in- terests, 584, d. Refic-ere (fee-, feet-, re+facere), to renew, rebuild. Reg-ere (rex-, rect-), to rule. Regin-a, 83, queen. Regn-are (av-, at-), to reign. Regn-um, i, kingdom, royal power. Relinqu-ere (reliqu-, relict-), to leave. Reliqui-aa, arum, 57, R, remains, remnant. Reliqu-us, a, um, remaining. Reminisc-i (dep.), to remember (with gen.). Remov-ere (remov-, remot-), to re- move. Renunti-are (av-, at-), to bring back word, report. Repell-ere (repiil-, repuls-, re+pel- lere), to repel, drive back. Repente, adv., suddenly. Repentin-us, a, um, sudden; repen- tina res, the sudden occurrence. I Reper-ire (reper-, repert-, 427, V.), to find out, to discover. Repet-ere (repetiv- and repeti-, re- petit-), to demand back, to ask again. Repugn-are (av-, at-, re+pugnare), to oppose, resist. Res, rei, thing ; res novae (pi.), rev- olution ; res familiaris, private property. Rescind-ere (rescid-, resciss-), to cut down, to cut in pieces. Resist-ere (restit-, restit-), 390, in- trans., to halt, stop; with dat., to resist. Respond-ere (respond-, respons-, 665, IV.), to ansvjer. Respublic-a, reipublicae, 351, 3, re- public, state. Ret-e, (ret) is, 312, net. Retin-ere (retinu-, retent-, re-fte- nere), to restrain, hold back, re- tain. Revert-ere (revert-, revers-, 422), to turn back, return. Revert-i (revers-), dep., to return. Revoc-are (av-, at-), to call back, re- call. Rex, (reg) is (m.), king- Rhen-us, i, Rhine (river). Rhetoric-a, 33, rhetoric. Rhodan-us, i, Rhone (river). Rid-ere (ris-, ris-), to laugh. Rip-a, sb, bank of a river. Ris-us, us, laughter. Robur, (robor) is, 344, a, strength, Rog-are (av-, at-), to ask. Roman-us, a, um, Roman; Roma- nus (used as noun), a Roman. Romul-us, i, Romulus. Ros-a, 83, a rose. Rot- a, se, wheel. Ruber, bra, brum, 77, a, red. Rumor, (rumor) is, 319, rumour, re* port. Rursus, adv., backward, again. 12 378 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. S. Sacer, era, crum, 77, a, sacred. Mons Sacer, the Sacred Mount; sacra, orum, sacred rites* Saepe, adv., often. Saeviti-a, 33, cruelty. Sagittari-us, i, archer. Sagunt-um, i, Saguntum, a town in Spain. Salt-are (av-, at-), to dance. Salus, (salut) is, 293, safety. Salv-us, a, urn, safe. San-are (av-, at-), to heal, cure. Sanct-us, a, urn, sacred. Sanguis, (sanguin) is (m.), blood. Sapiens, (sapient) is, 107, wise, a wise man. Sapienter, 215, 2, b, wisely. Sapienti-a, ae, wisdom. Satis, adv., enough. Satius, comp. of satis ; satius est, it is better. Schol-a, se, school. Scienti-a, as, science, knowledge. Scind-ere (scid-, sciss-), to cut, cut down. Scipio, (Scipion) is, Scipio. Sc-Ire (sciv-, scit-), to know. Scrib-ere (scrips-, script-), to write. Scriptor, (scriptor) is, 319, writer. Se, ace. of sui, 142. Seced-ere (secess-, secess-), to se- cede. Secreto, adv., secretly, privately. Secund-us, a, um, second, following. Sed, but. Sed-ere (sed-, sess-, 394, V.), to sit, sit down. Seditios-ns, a, um, seditious. Semel, adv., once; semel atque ite- rum, once and again. Sementis, (sement) is, a sowing (of corn). Semper, adv., always. Sempitern-us, a, um, eternal. Senat-us, us, senate. Senex, (sen) is, 107, old, old man. Senectus, (senectut) is, 293, old age. Sen-i, 39, a, six each, six at a time, distrib., 189. Sententi-a, aa, opinion. Sent-ire (sens-, sens-), to feel, think, perceive. Separ-are (av-, at-), to separate. Septem, indecl., seven. September, bris (m.), September. Septentrion-es, um, the north, the seven stars composing Ursa Major. Septim-us, a, um, seventh. Septuaginta, indecl., seventy. Sequan-a, 39, Seine (river). Sequan-us, i, Sequanian (people of Gaul). Sequ-i (secut-), dep., to follow. Ser-ere (sev-, sat-), to sow, plant. Sermo, (sermon) is, 331, speech. Serv-are (av-, at-), to keep, preserve. Serv-us, i, slave. Severitas, (severitat) is, 293, sever- ity. Sex, indecl., six. Sext-us, a, um, sixth. Si, conj., if. Sic, adv., so, thus. Sicut, conj., so as, just as. Sidus, (sider) is, 344, b, star, con- stellation. Sign-um, i, standard, signal. Simil-is, is, e, 104, like (with gen. or dat). Simul, adv., together, at the same time; simulac, simulatque, as soon as. Sin, conj., but if. Sine, prep, with abl., without. Sitis, (sit) is, 300, thirst. Socer, i, 65, H., father-in-law. Societas, (societat) is, 293, society, fellowship. Soci-us, i, companion, ally. Socrates, (Socrat) is, Socrates. Sol, (Sol) is, the Sun. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 379 Solum, adv., only ; non solum — sed etiam, not only — but also. Sol-us, a, urn, gen. solius, 194, It. 1, alone. Somn-us, i, sleep. Sordid-us, a, um, sordid, mean. Soror, (soror) is, sister. Sors, (sort) is, 293, lot. Spati-um, i, space, opportunity; spa- tium arma capiendi, time for ta- king 1 up arms, 492. a. Speci-es, ei, appearance. Spect-are (av-, at-), to look, look at. Spes, ei, hope. Splendid-us, a, um, brilliant, splen- did. Splendor, (splendor) is, 319, splen- dour, glare. St-are (stet-, stat-, 387, III.), to stand. Statim, adv., immediately. Statio, (station) is, 333, It., station, post. Statu-ere (statu-, statut-), to appoint, fix, decide. Stell-a, as, star. Stipendi-um, i, tribute, tax. Stipendiari-us, a, um, tributary. Stoicus, i, a Stoic. String-ere (strinx-, strict-), to draw (as a sword). Studiose, 215, 1, zealously, studi- ously. Studi-um, i, zeal, study, desire. Stultiti-a, oe, folly. Stult-us, a, um, foolish ; stultus, a fool. Suad-ere (suas-, suas-), to advise, to persuade. Suav-is, is, e, 104, sweet. Sab, prep, with ace, up to, under ; with abl., under. Subesse (sub+esse), to be under, to be near. Subig-ere ( subeg-, subact-, sub + agere), to subdue. Sub-ire (iv-, it-), to go under, to un- dergo ; ad pericula subeunda, for undergoing perils. Subito, adv., suddenly. Subjic-ere (subjec-, subject-, sub + jacere), to throw under, to throw up. Sublatas, a, um, part, of tollere, ela- ted, puffed up. Subsist-ere (substlt-), to stand still, to halt. Subsidi-um, i, assistance, a reserve of troops. Suev-us, i, a Suevian (people of Germany). Sufferre (sustul-, sublat-, sub-f ferre) to bear, sustain. Sui, reflex, pron., 142, himself, her- self, &.c. Sum, lam. (See esse.) Sum-ere (sumps-, sumpt-, 401, 4, b), to take. Summ-us, a, um (superl. of sup eras, 370), highest, top of a thing ; in summo monte, on the top of the mountain. Sumpt-us, us, expense ; sumptu suo, at his own expense. Super-are (av-, at-), to overcome. Superior, oris (compar. of sup eras, 370), higher. Suppet-ere (suppetiv- and suppeti-, suppetit-), to be at hand, to be in store. Supplici-um, i, punishment. Suscip-ere (suscep-, suscept-, sub+ capere), to undertake. Suspicio, (suspicion) is, 333, R., sus- picion. Sustin-ere (sustinu-, sustent-, sub-f tenere), to sustain. Suus, a, um, one's own, 143. T. Tac-ere (tacu-, tacit-), intrans., to be silent ; trans., to keep secret. Taedet, pertoesum est (impers., 576), 380 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. it ivearies, it disgusts ; me taedet, / am disgusted. Talis, is, e, 184, such. Tarn, adv., so. Tamen, conj., nevertheless. Tang-ere ( tetig-, tact-, 411 ), to touch. Tanquam, adv., as, like. Tantum, so much (neut. of tantus) ; tantum aari, so much gold, 186. T ant-us, a, um, 184, so great. Tard-are (av-, at-), to delay. Taur-us, i, bull. Tel-um, i, weapon, dart. Temere, adv., rashly. Temeritas, (temeritat) is, 293, rash- ness. Temper-are ( av-, at- ), to refrain from ; ab injuria temperare, to refrain from outrage. Temperanti-a, ae, temperance. Tempestas, (tempestat) is, 293, storm, tempest. Templ-um, i, temple; templum de marmcre, temple of marble, mar- ble temple. Tempus, (tempor) is, 344, b, time. Tenax, (tenac) is, 107, tenacious, firm. Tener, a, um, 77, b, tender. Ten-ere (tenu-, tent-), to hold. Terg-um, i, back. Terni, ae, a (distrib., 189), three apiece, three at a time. Terr- a, ae, earth ; terra marique, by land and sea. Terr-ere (terru-, territ-), to terrify. Terti-us, a, um, third. Tiberi-us, i, Tiberius. Themistocles, (Themistocl) is, The- mistocles. Tigurinus pagus, The canton of Zu- rich. Tim-ere (timu-), to fear. Timid-us, a, um, timid. Timor, (timor) is, 319, fear. Tiro, (tiron) is, 107, inexperienced, raio. Toler-are (av-, at-), to endure. Toll-ere (sustul-, sublat-), to lift up, take away. Tot, so many, 184. Tot-us, a, um, gen. Zus, 194, R. 1, whole, all. Trabs, (trab) is, beam, 293. Trad-ere (tradid-, tradit-), to surren- der. Tragul-a, ae, a dart (used by the Gauls). Trah-ere (trax-, tract-, 401, 2), to draw. Trajic-ere (trajic-, traject-), transit., to throw or convey over ; intrans., to cross over. Tranquill-iter, adv., calmly, tran- quilly (215, 2, tranquillus, tran- quil). Transduc-ere (transdux-, transduct-), to lead across. Trans-ire (iv-, it-), to cross or pass over. Transn-are (av-, at-), to swim across. Tredecim, indecl., thirteen. Tres, tria, 194, three. Tribun-us, i, tribune. Triginta, thirty. Triplex, (triplic) is, 107, triple, three- fold. Tripartita, adv., in three divisions. Tristiti-a, ae, sadness. Tu, thou, 130. Tullus Hostilius, Tullus Hostilius. Turn, adv., then. Turbo, (turbin) is (m., 340), whirl- wind. Turp-is, is, e, 104, base. Turpiter, adv., 215, 2, a, Tunis, (turr) is, 302, tower. Tut-us, a, um, safe. Tu-us, a, um, thy, thine, 134. LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 381 u. Ubi, adv., where, when. Ubinani? where in the world? 297, d. Ull-us, a, urn, gen. ius, 194, 1, any. Ulterior, ius (compar. of ultra, 371), farther. Ultro, adv., of one's own accord. Ulysses, (Ulyss) is, Ulysses. Umbr-a, ae, shade, shadow. Una, adv., together. Unde, adv., whence. Undecim, indecl., eleven. Undique, adv., from all sides. Univers-us, a, urn, universal, the whole. Unquam, adv., ever. Un-us, a, um, gen. unius, 194, one. Unusquisque, 178, 6, each one. Urbs, (urb) is, 293, city. Usque, adv., as far as ; usque ad, even up to. Ut, or uti, conj., that, 546. Uter, utra, utrum, 194, whicli of the two. Ut-i (us-), dep. (with abl., 316, R,.), to use, employ. Util-is, is, e, 104, useful. Utinani, conj., would that, O that, 528. Utrum, conj., whether; utrum — an, whether — or. Uxor, (uxor) is (f.), wife. V. Vac-are (av-, at-), to be empty, to re- main unoccupied. Vag-ari (vagat-), dep., to wander. Val-ere (valu-), to avail; plui'imum valet, is most powerful. Valid-us, a, um, strong. Valde, adv., greatly, very much. Valetudo, (valetudin) is, 339, health. Vali-um, i, rampart. Vast-are (av-, at-), to lay waste. Vast-us, a, um, vast. [ute. Vectigal, (vectigal) is, 325, tax, trib- Veh-ere (vex-, vect-), to carry, drive. Vehementer, adv., vehemently, 215, 2,b. Vel, conj., or, 519, 2. Velle, volui, 592, to wish, to be able. Velox, (veloc) is, 107, swift. Venator, (venator) is, hunter. Vener-ari (at-), dep., to revere, to venerate. Venetus, a, um, Venetian. Veni-a, ae, pardon. Ven-Ire (ven- ; vent-, 426, IV.), to come. Vent-us, i, wind. Ver, (ver) is, n., 325, spring. Verber-are (av-, at-), to flog. Verb-um, i, word. Ver-ere (verit-), dep., to fear. Verg-ere (vers-), to incline, tend. Vero, conj., but, truly, certainly, 173. Verres, (Verr) is, Verres. Vert-ere (vert-, vers-, 421, b), to turn. Ver-us, a, um, true. Versus, prep, with ace, towards. Vester, tra, trum, your, 134. Veteran-us, a, um, veteran. Vetus, (veter) is, 108, It. 2, old. Vexill-um, i, standard. Vi-a, ae, way ; Via Sacra, the Sacred Way, a street in Rome. Victori-a, ae, victory. Vic-us, i, village. Vid-ere (vid-, vis-, 394, V), to see; videri, pass., to seem, appear. Vigilanti-a, ae, vigilance. Vigil-are (av-, at-), to watch. Vigili-a, ae, watch ; de tertia vigilia, about or after the third watch. Viginti, indecl., twenty. Vil-is, is, e, 104, cheap, vile. Vinc-ere (vie-, vict-), to conquer. Vincul-um, i, bond. Vindex, (vindic) is, avenger. Vin-um, i, wine. Viol-are (av-, at-), to violate, lay waste. Vir, i, man. 382 LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. Virgili-us, i, Virgil. Virgo, (virgin) is, 339, virgin. Viriliter, adv., manly, courageously. Virtus, (virtut) is, 293, valour, vir- tue. Vis, vim, vi, 301, 2, strength, force; pi., vires, ium. Vit-a, se, life. Vit-are (av-, at-), to shun, avoid. Viti-um, i, vice. Viv-ere (vix-, vict-), to live. Vix, adv., scarcely. Voc-are (av-, at-), to call. Vol-are (av-, at-), to fly. Volo, I wish. (See velle.) Voluntas, (voluntat) is, 293, will, wish. Voluptas, (voluptat) is, 293, pleas- ure. Volv-ere (volv-, volut-), to roll. Vos, you, 130. Vox, (voc) is, 293, voice. Vulg-us, i, n., 62, H. 1, the common people. Vulner-are (av-, at-), to wound. Vulnus, (vulner) is, 344, b, wound. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. A. Ability, facultas, (facnltat) is, 293. Able (to be), posse, quire (queo). Abode, domicilium, i. Abound, abundare. About, circiter (concerning) ; de, abl. Abrogate, abrogare. Absent (to be), abesse. Abstain from, abstinere (abstinu-, abstent-). Accuse, incusare. Accustomed (to be), consuescere (suev-, suet-). Acquit, absolvere, 421, a. Act, agere. Act of kindness, beneficium, i. Add, addere, 411, c. Admire, mirari, adinirari (dep.). Admonish, monere. Adore, adorare. Adorn, ornare. Advice, consilium, i. Advise, monere, admonere. ^Eduan, ^Eduus, i. Affair, res, 117. Affection, affectio, 333, B. Affirm, confirmare. Afford, praebere, 527. After, post (with accus.) ; de (with abl.). After that, postquam. Again, rursus ; iterum, adv. Against, contra ; adversus (with ac- cus.) ; against Cicero, in Cicero- nem. Age (time of life), eetas, (aetat) is, 293. Agree, cons entire, 427, HI. Agreeable, gratus, a, um (with dat.) ; ■it is agreeable, libet, or lubet, 583. K Aid, auxilium, i; to aid, adjuvare, 390. Alarm, perturbare. All, omnis, e ; cunctus, a, nm ; in all, adv., omnino. Allowed (it is), licet, 583. Ally, socius, i. Almost, fere ; pene, adv. Alone, solus, 194, It. 1 j onus. Already, jam, adv. Also, etiam, adv. Altogether, omnino, adv. Although, quamvis, conj. Always, semper. Ambassador, legatus, i. Ambush, insidioe, 57, It. Amiable, amabilis, e, 104. Among, inter (with ace). Ancients (the), veteres ; pi. of vetus, old. And, et, que, ac, atque ; and not, neque. Anger, ira, ae. Animal, animal, 325. Announce, nuntiare. Answer, respondere. Antony, Antonius, i. Any, ullus, a, um, 194, It. 1 ; any one, any you please, &c. See 178. Apart (to be), distare. Apiece, use the distrib. numerals, 189. Apply, adhibere (u-, it-). Appoint, constituere, 421, a. Approach, adventus, us ; to ap- proach, appropinquare : accedere. Archer, Sagittarius, i. Arise (as a storm), cooriri (coort-), dep. Arm, armarc. K 386 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Arms, arma, orum. Army, exercitus, us. Arrange, disponere, 406, b. Arrival, adventus, us. Arrive at, pervenire, 427, IV. Art, ars, (art) is, 293. Artificer, faber, fabri, 77, a. As, conj., ut ; as, of what kind, qua- lis, 184 ; as far as to, usque ; as soon as, simulatque. Ashamed (one is), pudet, 579. Ask, rogare, postulare. Assemble, convenire, 427, IV. Assist, adjuvare, 390. Assistance, auxilium, i. Association, societas, (societat) is, Assure, confirmare. [293. At, ad, apud • at home, domi ; at length, demum. Athenian, Atheniensis, is. Athens, Athenae, arum. Attack (noun), impetus, us; (verb), oppugnare. Austerity, severitas, (severitat) is, 293. Auxiliaries, auxilia, orum. Avail, valere. Avaricious, avarus, i. Avoid, vitare. Await, expectare. B. Back, tergum, i. Badly, male, adv., 215, It. Band (of men), manus, us. Barbarian, barbarus, i. Base, turpis, e, 104 ; basely, turpi- ter, 215, 2, a. Battle, praelium, i. Be, esse ; be among, interesse, 174 ; be over, praeesse ; be wanting, de- ess e, with dat. Beam, trabs, (trab) is, 293. Bear (verb), ferre, 596. Beast, bestia, ce ; beast of burden, jumentum, i. Beautiful, pulcher, chra, chrum, 77, a. Because, conj., quod, quia, propterea quod. Becoming (it is), decet, 583. Bed, cubile, (cubil) is, 312 ; bed- chamber, cubiculum, i. Before, prep., ante (ace.) ; adv., an- tea ; before that, antequam. Beg, rogare, orare. Begin, incipere, 416, c; I begin, crepi, 611. Beginning, initium, i. Behold, spectare. Behooves (it), oportet, 583. Belgian, Belga, se. Believe, credere, 411, c. Belong, pertinere, 394, I. Benevolent, benevolus, a, um. Benevolence, benevolentia, se. Beseech, obsecrare. Besiege, oppugnare. Best, optimus, a, um, 370. Betake one's self, se recipere, 418, a. Better, melior, 370. Between, inter. Bind, obstringere. Bird, avis (avis), 300. Bit, fraenum, i ; pi., i and a, 396. Bite, mordere, 395, IV. Black, niger, gra, grum, 77, a. Blame, incusare, vituperare. Blood, sanguis, (sanguin) is (m.). Blooming, florens, (florent) is, 107. Boast, praedicare. Body, corpus, (corpor) is, 344. Bond, vinculum, i. Book, liber, bri. Booty, prada, ae. Born (to be), nasci (nat), dep. Boundary, finis, (fin) is (m.). Boy, puer, i. Brave, fortis, e ; bravely, fortiter, 215, 2. Bravery, virtus, (virtut) is, 293. Break through, perfringere (page 275) ; perrumpere, 666, V., a. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 387 Bridge, pons, (pont) is, 295, R. 1. Bring, ducere, agere ; bring back, re- ducere ; bring back word, renun- tiare ; bring to pass, perficere ; bring together, cogere, 416, b. Britain, Britannia, se ; Briton, Bri- tannus, i. Broad, latus, a, uin. Brother, frater, (fratr) is. Build, sedificare ; build a nest, nidi- ficare. Bull, taurus, i. Burn, incendere ; burn up, exurere, 545. Burden, onus, (oner) is, 344. Burst into, irrumpere, 666, V., a. Business, negotium, i. But, sed, autem. Buy, eniere ; buy up, coemere. By, prep, with abL, a or ab, 93, 2. By night, noctu, adv. C. Ccesar, Caesar, (Caesar) is. Call, vocare ; to name, appellare ; to be called, nominari, appellari. Call together, convocare. Cdll-upon, invocare. Camp, castra, orum. Can (to be able), posse, 587 ; I can- not, non possum, nequeo. Captive, captivus, i. Care (noun), cura, se ; (verb), curare. Carefully, diligenter, studios e. Carry, portare, vehere ; carry on, gerere, 401, 4, a. Carthage, Carthago, (Carthagin) is. Cassius, Cassius, i. Casticus, Casticus, i. Catiline, Catilina, ae. Cause, causa, ae. Cautious, cautus, a, um. Cavalry, equitatus, us ; belonging to cavalry, equestris, e, 104. Celebrate, celebrare. Celt, Celta, ae. Censure, incusare. Centurion, centurio, (centurion) is. Certain, certus, a, um ; a certain one, quidam, 178. , Certainly, adv., certe : profecto, vero. Chain, vinculum, i. Change (noun), commutatio, (com- mutation) is ; (verb), mutare, com- mutare. Champ, mordere, 395, IV. Chide, increpare, 390. Chief, princeps, (princip) is, 107. Child, infans, (infant) is, 107; chil- dren, liberi, orum. Choose, deligere, 666, V., a. Christ, Christus, i. Cicero, Cicero, (Ciceron) is. Citadel, arx, (arc) is, 293. Citizen, civis, (civ) is, c, 25, a. City, urbs, (urb) is, 293. Cloud, nubes, (nub) is, 300 ; cloud of dust, vis pulveris. Cohort, cohors, (cohort) is, 293. Cold, frigidus, a, um ; (noun), frigus, (frigor) is, 344. Collect, colligere (leg-, lect-) ; co- gere (coeg-, coact-) ; collect corn, frumentari, dep. ; collect into a flock, congregare. Colour, color, (color) is, 319. Come, venire, 427, IV. ; come near, appropinquare ; come to, perve- nire ; come together, convenire. Coming, adventus, us. Command, imperare, with dat. Commander, imperator, (imperator) is, 319. Commit, committere ; commit sui- cide, mortem sibi consciscere. Common, communis, e, 104. Common-people, plebs, (pleb) is, 293. Companion, socius, i; comes, (co- mit) is. Compel, cogere, 416, b. Complain, queri (quest), dep. Complete, coiificere. 388 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Concerning (prep, with abl.), de. Concerns (it), interest, refert, 584, d. Condemn, damnare, condemnare, 348. Conference, colloquium, i. Confess, fateri, dep. Confines, fines, pi. of finis. Conflict, congressus, us. Confirm, confirmare. Confound, perturbare. Congratulate, gratulari, dep. Conquer, vincere (vie-, vict-) ; supe- rare. Conqueror, victor, (victor) is, 319. Conspiracy, conjuratio, (conjuration) is, 333, R. Consul, consul, (consul) is. Consult, consulere (consulu-, con- sult-). Contemplate, contemplari, dep. Contend, contendere. Content, contentus, a, um (with abl.). Continuous, continens, (continent) is, 107. Continuance, continuatio, (continua- tion) is. Corn, frumentum, i. Council, concilium, i. Counsel, consilium, i. Course, cursus, us. Covetous, cupidus, a, um. Covj, vacca, se. Cowardice, ignavia, se. Creak, crepare, 390. Create, creare. Crime, crimen, (crimin) is, 344, a. Cross over, transire, trajicere. Crow, corvus, i. Crown, corona, oe. Cry out, exclamare. Cultivation, cultus, us ; humanitas. Cup, poculum, i. Cure, sanare. Custom, mos, (mor) is, 331, b. Cut down, rescindere (rescid-, re- sciss-). Cut to pieces, caedere, 411, b. Cyrus, Cyrus, i. B. Daily, adj., quotidianus, a, um ; adw^ quotidie. Dance, s altar e. Danger, periculum, i. Danube, Danubius, i. Dare, audere (ausus sum). Dart, telum, i ; pilum, i. Daughter, filia, 33. Day, dies, ei, 116, R., by day ; in- terdiu, adv. ; to-day, hodie, adv. Dragon, draco, (dracon) is. Dead, mortuus, a, um. Dear, earns, a, um. Death, mors, (mort) is, 293. Deceive, fallere (fefell-, fals-). Decide on, statuere. Decree (verb), decernere (decrev-, decret-) ; (noun), decretum, i ; de- cree of the senate, senatus consul- turn. Deep, altus, a, um. Defeat, pellere, 411, b. Defend, defendere, 421, c. Defence, munitio, 333. Defender, vindex, (vindic) is, 306. Defiles, angustiae, arum, 57, R. Delay, cunctari (dep.) ; active, tar- dare (to retard). Deliberate, .deliberare. Delight, delectare. Delight (with), libenter, adv. Demand, poscere, 411, a; postulare, imperare, 390 ; demand back, re- petere. Deny, negare. Depart, discedere, 401, 3, b. Depart out of excedere. Departure, discessus, us. Dependant, cliens, (client) is, c. Descend, descendere. Desert, deserere, 406, a; a desert, desertum, i. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 3b9 Deserter, perfuga, ce. Desire, cupiditas, ( cupiditat ) is ; (verb), cupere (io) : studium, i. Desirous, cupidus, a, urn, Despair (verb), desperare ; (noun), desperatio, 333, R. Despise, spernere, 406, III., a: con- temnere. Destroy, delere, 394, II. Destruction, iuteritus, us. Determine, constituere, statuere. Devoid, expers, 336. Die, inoriri, or niori (raortu-), dep. Difference (it makes no), nihil inter- est, nihil refert. Different, diversus, a, urn ; alius, 194. R. 1. Difficult, dimcilis, e, 104. Dignity, dignitas, (dignitat) is, 293. Diligence, diligentia, ae. Diligent, diligens, (diligent) is, 107; diligently, adv., diligrenter. Diminish, minuere, dirninuere. Direct (of a ship), gubernare. Disagree, dissentire, 427, III. Discipline, disciplina, ae. Discomfit, fugare. Discover, invenire, 427, IV. Discourse, disserere (disseni-, dis- sert-). Discretion, consilium, i. Dismiss, dimittere (mis-, miss-). Displease, displicere (displicu-, dis- plicit-), with dat., 161, R. Dispute, disputare. Dissolve, dissolvere, 421, a. Distant (to be), distare. Distribute, distribuere, 406, a; ar- range, disponere. District, pagus, i. Divide, dividere, 401, 3, a ; divide among, distribuere, 423, c. Divulge, enuntiare. Do, agere, facere. Dock-yard, navale, (naval) is, 312. Dosr, canis, (can) is. K Door, foris, (for) is, 300. Double, duplicare. Doubt, dubitare. Doubtful, incertus, a, um ; dubius, a, um. Dove, columba, ae. Draw, trahere (trax-, tract-) ; du- cere (dux-, duct-) ; draw up, in- struere, 401, 2 ; draw as a sword, stringere, 401 ; draw out, educere. Dread, formidare. Drive, agere ; drive back, repellere drive on, or together, compellere. Druids, Dniides, um, pi. Duty, rnunus, (muner) is, 344. E. Each, quisque, 178 ; omnis, e ; each of the two, uterque. Eagle, aquila, ae. Earth, terra, ae. Easily, facile (adv.). East, Oriens. Easy, facilis, e ; very easy, perfacilis. Educate, educare. Egypt, Egyptus, i (f.). Eighty, octoginta. Eloquent, facundus, a, um; disertus, a, um ; eloquens, 107. Embark (upon), conscendere, 309. Embrace, amplecti (amplex-), dep. Emperor, imperator, (imperator) is, 319. Employ, uti (us-), dep., with abl. : adhibere. End, finis, (fin) is (m.). Endeavour, conari (conat-), dep. Endure, durare ; to bear, tolerare. Enemy, hostis, (host) is, c. Enjoin upon, proecipere. Enmity, inimicitia, ae. Enough, satis, adv. Enrol, conscribSre. Entreat, rogure. Equanimity (with), aequo animo. Erect, communirc. K 2 390 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Err, err are. Especially, adv., praesertim. Establish, confirmare. Eternity, eternitas, (eternitat) is, 293. Even up to, usque ad. Ever, unquam. Everlasting, sempiternus, a, ran. Every, omnis, e, 104. Evil, malum, i. Evil-deed, maleficium, i. Example, exemplum, i. Excel, prsestare (praestit-), with dat. Excellent, praeclarus, a, urn; praes- tans, 107. Excite, excitare. Excuse, excusatio, 333, It. Exercise, exercere. Exhort, hortari, dep. Expedient (it is), expedit, 583. Expel, expellere. Expense, sumptus, us ; at his own expense, sumptu suo. Eye, oculus, i. F. Fable, fabula, 89. Faith, fides, ei. Fail, deficere. Fall, cadere, 411, b. Fame, fama, se. Family of slaves, familia, 83. Far, longe, adv. Farm (as revenues), redimere. Farmer, agricola. Father, pater, (patr) is. Father-in-law, socer, i. Fault, culpa, ae ; peccatum, i ; find fault with, culpare, incusare. Favour, venia, 83 ; (verb), favere, 395, V. Fear, timor, (timor) is, 319 ; (verb), timere, metuere. Feather, pluma, 33. Fell (cut down), caedere, 413, I2P 3 . Few, pauci, 83, a ; very few, per- pauci. Fidelity, fides, ei. Field, ager, gri. Fierce, ferox, (feroc) is, 107: atrox, 107. Fifth, quintus, a, um. Fight, pugnare. Figure, figura, 33. Fill, implere ; Jill up, complere, 395, II. Finally, denique, adv. Find, invenire, 427, IV. ; find out, reperire, 427, V. Find fault with, incusare. Finish, conficere. Fire, ignis, (ign) is (m.). Firmament, ccelum, i. First, primus, a, um. Fish, piscis, (pise) is (m.). Fit for, idoneus, a, um, with dat. Five, quinque ; five at a time, quini, 189. Flag, vexillum, i. Flame, flamma, 33. Flee, fugere (io), 416, c. Fleet, classis, (class) is, 300. Flesh, caro, (earn) is (£). Flight, fuga, 33. Flock, grex, (greg) is (m.) ; in flocks, gregatim, adv. Flog, verberare. Flow, fluere ; flow together, conflu- ere, 401, 2, 422. Flower, flos, (flor) is, 331, b. Fly, volar e. Folloio sequi (secut-), dep. Folly, stultitia, 33 ; ineptia3, arum, 57, II. Fool, stultus, i ; foolish, stultus, a, um. Foot, pes, (ped) is (111.). Foot-soldier, pedes, (pedit) is. For, conj., enim, etenim; for my sake, mea causa. Force, vis, vim, vi, 301, 1 ; forces (troops), copia3, arum, 57, a. Foreign, alienus, a, um. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 391 Forest, sylva, se. Forever, in setenmni. Forget, oblivisci, with gen. Form, forma, se. Fortification, Fortify, munire. Fortunate, fortunatus, a, urn. Fortune, fortuna, 33. Forum, forum, i. Four, quattuor; jour apiece, 189. Founder, conditor, 319. Fountain, fons, (font) is (m.). Frail, fragilis, e, 104. Free from (to be), carere, 348. Friend, amicus, i. Friendship, amicitia, 33. Frighten, terrere ; frighten com- pletely, perterrere. From, a, de ; from every side, undi- que, adv. ; from my boyhood, a puero. Frugality, parsimonia, as. Fruit, fructus, us. Full, plenus, a, um, 348, b. Future, futurus, a, um. G. Galba, Galba, 33. Gain, potiri, 209 ; gain for another, conciliare. Game, ludus, i. Garden, hortus, i. Garrison, presidium, i. Gate, porta, 33. Gather, colligere, 416, b. Gaul, G-allia, 33; the Gauls, Galli, orum. General, imperator, 319. German, Germanus, a, um. Get sight of, conspicere (conspex-, conspect-). Gift, donum, i. Girl, puella, 33. Give, dare, 387, III. Give largess, largiri (It-), dep. Glare, splendor, 319. Glory, gloria, 33. Go, ire, 605 ; go straight, pergere ; go away, discedere, 401, 3, b ; go forward, procedure ; go forth, or out, exire. Goad, concitare. God, Deus, i, 62, R. 3. Gold, aurum, i. Good, bonus, a, um ; good deed, ben- eficium ; good-will, voluntas, 293. Govern, gubernare. Grant (verb), concedere, 401, 3, b ; dare : (noun), concessus, us, Great, magnus, a, um ; comp., ma- jor ; superl., maximus. Greatly, valde. Greatness, magnitudo, 339. Greek, Gr33cus, a, um. Grief mceror, 319 ; luctus, us, 113, N. Grieve, dolere ; it grieves one, piget, 579. Guardian, custos, (custod) is, c, 25, a. Guest, hospes, (hospit) is, c, 25, a. Guide, dux, (due) is. H. Hail, grando, (grandin) is, 339. Halt, Hand, manus, us (f.). Hannibal, Hannibal, (Hannibal) is. Happen, accidere ; it happens, ac- cidit, 580. Happily, beate. Happy, beatus, a, um ; felix, 107. Harass, lacessere, 406, III., b. Harbinger, praenuntia, 33. Harbour, portus, us. Hard, dui-us, 3, um. Hasten, festinare, contendere. Hate (to), odisse, 611. Hatred, odium, i. Have, habere (habu-, habit). I have a book, est mihi liber, 1 --V) . He, is, hie, ille. Headlong, \n'xcei)S, (pmcipit) is, 107. 392 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Heal, sanare. Health, valetudo, 339. Hear, audlre. Heart, cor, (cord) is (n.). Heaven, coelum, i. Heavy, gravis, e, 104. Help, auxilium, i. Helvetian, Helvetius, a, urn. Herald, proeco, (praecon) is. Herb, herba, ae. Hesitate, dubitare. High, altus, a, um ; higher, superior, comp. of superus, 370. Hill, collis, is (m.). Hillock, tumulus, i. Hinder, impedlre, prohibere. His, suus, a, um: ejus. History, historia/ae. Hold, tenere, obtinere : hold bach, retinere. Home (at), domi, gen. of domus. Honest, probus, a, um. Honour, honor, 319 ; (verb), colere (colu-, cult-). Honourable, honestus, a, um. Hope, spes, ei. Horn, cornu, 112. Horned, corniger, a, um, 77, b. Horse, equus, i. Horse-soldier, eques, (equit) is. Hostage, obses, (obsid) is, c, 25, a. Hour, hora, ae. House, domus, i and us (f.), 112, 3. Household, familia, 83. How great, how many ? quantus, 186, obs. ; however great, quan- tus cunque, 184 ; how long, quam- diu, adv. Humanity, humanitas, (humanitat) is, 293. Hunger, fames, (fam) is, 300. Hurl, conjicere, 416, c (conjee-, con- ject-). Hurt, nocere. I, ego, 120. Ides, Idus, iduum (f.). If,*l Ignorance, ignoratio, 339. Ignorant, ignarus, a, um; to be ig- norant of, ignorare, ne scire. Illustrious, clarus, a, um ; praecla- rus, a, um. Image, imago, 339. Immediately, statim. Immense, immensus, a, um. Immortal, immortalis, e, 104. Impious, impius, a, um. Implore, implorare. In, prep., in, with abl. Incessant, continens, (continent) is, 107. Increase, augere (aux-, auct-). Incredible, incredibilis, e, 104. Indeed, quidem. Indolence, inertia, ae ; ignavia, ae. Indolent, ignavus, a, um. Induce, inducere, adducere. Indulge, indulgere, dat. Infant, infans, (infant) is, c. Influence, auctoritas. Inform any one, aliquem certiorem facere. Inhabitant, incola, ae. Injure, violare. Injury, injuria, ae ; incommodum, i. Innocence, innocentia, ae. Insect, insectum, i. Instead of, pro (prep, with abl). Instigate, instigare. In the mean time, interea. It interests, interest. Intrust, committere (with dat.). Invoke, invocare. Ireland, Hibernia, re. Iron, ferrum, i. Island, insula, ae. Italy, Italia, ae. Itself, 159. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 393 J. Javelin, teluni, i ; tragula, ae. Join, jungere ( junx-, junct-) ; join together, conjungere. Journey, iter, (itiner) is (n.). Junior, junior, 370. Jupiter, 351. Just, Justus, a, woo.', just so many, totidem. Justice, justitia, ae. K. Keep, tenere, servare. Kind, benignus, a, um, with dat. : suavis, e, 335. Kindle, excitare. King, rex, (reg) is. Kingdom, regnum, i. Kill, occidere, iuterficere, 390. Know, scire, noscere, 525 ; cognos- cere : not to know, nescire. Knowledge, scientia. ae. Labour (noun), labor, 319 ; (verb), laborare. Lamb, agnus, i. Land, terra ; by land and sea, terra marique. Language, lingua, ae : sermo, 331. Large, magnus, a, um. Last (to), durare. Latin, Latinus, a, um. Laugh, ridere ; laughter, risus, us. Law, jus, ( jur) is (n.). Lawful (it is), licet. Lay aside, deponere, 406, b. Lay waste, populari (at-), dep. Lead, ducere ( dux-, duct- ) ; lead back, reducere ; lead out, edu- c6re ; lead together, conducere ; lead over or across, transducere, 113, II. Leader, dux, (due) is. Leaf, folium, i. League, fcedus, (feeder) is, 344. Leap down, desilire, 428. Learn, discere, 411, a: cognoscere. Leave, relinquere. Legion, legio, (legion) is, 333, R. Letter, epistola, a3 ; litterae, arum, 58, Ns Level, planus, a, um ; aequus, a, um. Levy, conscribere. Lieutenant, legatus, i. Lightning, falgm*, (fulgur) is, 325. Life, vita, ae. Like, similis, e, 104 (with dat.). Line of battle, acies, ei. Lion, leo, (leon) is. Literature, litterae, arum, 57, R. Little, parvus, a, um. Live, vivere. Living - being, animans, ( animant ) is. Lofty, altus, a, um. Long, longus, a, um ; adv., longe ; a long time, diu. Look at, intueri, dep. Lose, amittere, perdSre. Lot, sors, (sort) is, 293. Love (verb), amare, diligere ; (noun), amor, 319. Low, humilis, e, 104. Lycurgus, Lycurgus. M. Magnanimous, magnanimus, a, um. Maid-servant, ancilla, ae. Maintain, ale re. ' Make, facere, 199 ; make war, bel- lare ; make war upon, bellum in- ferre, with dat. •, make an attack, imp e turn facere. Maker, faber, bri. Maltreat, violare. Man, homo, vir. Many, multus, a, um. Marble, marmor, 325. Master (of school), magister, tri; (of slaves), herns, dominus. Matters (it), interest, refert, 394 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Measure, metiri, 206. Medicine, medicina, ae. Mediterranean, Mediterraneus, a, urn. Meet, convenire. Memory, memoria, oe. Merchant, mercator, 319. Messenger, nuntius, i. Metal, metallum, i. Mid-day, meridies, ei. Middle, medius, a, um. Migrate, migrare. Mile, millia (passuum), 191, b. Military command, imperium, i. Milk, lac, (lact) is (n.). Mind, mens, (ment) is (m.) ; ani- mus, i. Mine, meus, a, um. Minerva, Minerva, ae. Miserable, miser, a, um, 77, b. Mitigate, mitigare. Moderation, modus, i. Money, pecunia, ae. Moon, luna, ae. More, plus, pluris ; adv., magis. Mortal, mortalis, e, 104. Most, plurimus, a, um; most men, plerique, 195. Mountain, mons, (mont) is (m.). Move, movere. Much, multus, a, um; much money, magna pecunia. Multitude, multitude-, 339. My, meus, a, um. N. Naked, nudus, a, um. Name, nomen, (nomin) is, 344, a ; to name, nominare. Narrow, angustus, a, um. Nation, natio, 333, It. ;. gens, 293. Nature, natura, ae. Navigation, navigatio, 333, It. Near, prope, juxta ; nearest to, prox- imus, a, um. Neglect, neglig&re. Neighbouring, finitimus, a, um: proximus, a, um. Neither, conj. — nor, nee — neque ; neither (of two), neuter, tra, tram, 194, It. 1. Net, rete, (ret) is. Never, nunquam (adv.). Nevertheless, tamen, conj. New, novus, a, um. Next, posterus, a, um, 118; proxi- mus, 371. Night, nox, (noct) is, 293. Nine, novem. Ninth, nonus, a, um. Nobility, nobilitas, (nobilitat) is 293. Noble, nobilis, e, 104. Nobody, nemo, (nemin) is, c. Noise, clamor, 319. No one, nullus, a, um, 194, It. 1. Not, non ; with imper., ne. Nothing, nihil. Notice, (see) conspicere. Nourish, alere. Novelty, no vitas, (novitat) is, 293. November, November, bris. Nurse, nutrix, (nutric) is, 293 O. Oath, jusjurandum, 351, 4. Obey, parere (with dat). Obscure, obscurare. Obtain booty, praedari (dep.). Obviously, prorsus. Ocean, oceanus, i. Of, de. Of one's own accord, ultro. Old, vetus, (veter) is, 107. Old man, senex. Old age, senectus, 293. On the other 'side of, trans (ace.) ; on account of, ob, with ace. One, unus, a, um, 194, 1, Open, apertus, a, um ; to open, ape- , opinio, 333, It. ; senten- tia, ae. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 395 Opportunity of ( with gerund in gen.), spatium, i. Oracle , oraculum, i. Oration, oratio, 333, It. Orator, orator, 319. Order, ordo, (ordin) is (m.) ; to or- der, jubere. Orgetorix, Orgetorix, (Orgetorig) is. Origin, origo, 339. Other, alius, a, ud, 194, It. 1. Otherwise, alifcer. Ought (one), oportet, 583. Our, noster, tra, trum. Out of, e, or ex (abl.). Overcome, superare. Ox, bos, 351, 2. Pain, dolor, 319. Paltry, vilis, e, 104. Pardon, venia, a?. Parents, parentes, ium. Part, pars, (part) is. Pass, iter facere, 210. Passage, iter, (itiner) is (n.). Patience, patientia, se. Patiently, patient er, adv. Pay, pendere. Peace, pax, (pac) is, 293. Peninsula, peninsula, ae. People, populus, i. Perceive, aniraadvertere. Perchance, forsitan, forte, adv. Persian, Persa, se. Persuade, suadere, persuadere. Phalanx, phalanx, (phalang) is. Philosopher, philosophus, i. Philosophize, philosophari, dep. Pilot, gubernator, 319. Pious, pius, a, urn. Pirate, praedo, 335. Pity, miserere ; I pity, me miseret, 579. Place, locus, i ; pi., i and a : to place, ponere. Place into, imponere. Placid, placidus, a, um. Plain, planus, a, um; aequus, a, um: a plain, aequor, 327. Plan, consilium, i. Plant, planta, 83 ; to plant, serere. Plato, Plato, 334. Pleading, dictio, 333, R. Pleasant, jucundus, a, um. Please, placere (with dat.) ; it pleas- es, placet, 583. Pleasure, voluptas, (tat) is, 293. Plough, arare. Plunder, diripere : praedari, dep., 491. Poet, poeta, a? (m.). Pompey, Pompeius, i. Poor, aegens, inops, pauper, 107. Port, portus, us. Post, statio, 333, R. Possess one's self of, potiri (with gen. or abl.). Power, vis, vim, vi, 301, 1 ; potestas, (tat) is, 293. Powerful, potens, (potent) is, 107. Praise, laus, (laud) is, 293 ; to praise, laudare. Prayers, preces, um, pi. of prex. Precept, praeceptum, i. Preceptor, praeceptor, 319. Precious, cams, a, um. Prefer, antepon&re. Prepare, p arare. Present (to be), adesse ; interesse, 267. Preserve, servare ; preserve modera- tion, modum habere. Preside over, praeesse. Prevail upon, permovere. Prevent, prohibere, obstare. Principle, principium, i. Prisoner, captivus, i. Private information, indicium, L Proceed, pergSre, 447. Proclaimer, praeco, 331, a. Procure, comparare. Promise, fides, ei ; to promise, spon- dere, 395, IV. 396 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Property, res familia.ris : familia, 8B. Providence, Providentia, as. Province, provincia, ae. Prudence, prudentia, ae. Prudent, prudens, (prudent) is, 107. Ptolemy, Ptolemaaus, i. Punish, punire. Punishment, poena, ae : supplici- um, i. Pursue, persequi (dep.). Put-to-flight, fugare : dare in fugam. Pyrenees, Pyrenaei (montes). Pythagoras, Pythagoras, 83. a. Queen, regina, ae. Quickly, cito, adv. R. Race, genus, (gener) is, 344; gens, (gent) is. Rain, imber, bris. Raise, tollere : excitare. Rank, ordo, (ordin) is (m.). Rapidly, celeriter, adv. Rashly, temere. Rashness, temeritas, (temeritat) is, 293. Reach, pervenire. Read, legere. Reap, metere. Reason, ratio, 333, R. Rebellion, rebellio, 333, R. Recall, revocare. Receive, accipere ; receive back, re- cipere. Reckon, ducere. Recollection, naemoria, oe. Red, ruber, bra, brum, 77, a. Refrain, temperare. Refuse, recusare. Reign, regnum, i ; to reign, regnare. Rejoice, gaudere. Relate, narrare : commemorare. Relieve, levare. Religion, religio, 333, R. Remain, manere. Remains, reliquiaB, arum, 57, R. Remove, removere. Renew, renovare : redintegrare. Repair, reficere. Repel, propulsare (ward oif ). Repent, poenitere ; / repent, me pce- nitet, 579. Repress, opprimere. ^Reprove, increpare. Republic, respublica, 351, 3. Resist, resistere, with dat. Restrain, retinere. Retreat, recedere. Return (restore), reddere ; (go back), revertere, or reverti. Revenue, vectigal, (vectigal) is. Revere, venerare. Revoke, revocare, abrogare. Revjard, praemium, i. Rhine, Rhenus, i. Rhetoric, rhetoric a, ae. Rich, dives, (divit) is, 107. Riches, divitise, arum, 57, R. Ride (on horseback), equitare. Right, jus, (jur) is; rightly, jure (abl. of jus) : recte, adv. Rise, oriri, dep. River, fluvius, i ; flumen, (flumin) is. Robber, latro, 331, a. Rock, petra, ae. Roll, volvere. Roman, Romanus, a, um. Rome, Roma, ae. Rose, rosa, ae. Rouse up, excitare. Rout, fugare, pellere : fundere, 416, a. Royal-power, regnum, i. Rule, regere : imperare, with dat. Run, currSre. S. Sacred, sanctus, a, um: sacer, era, crum; sacred rites, sacra, orum; Sacred Way, Via Sacra ; Sacred Mount, Mons Sacer. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 397 Sadness, tristitia, se : moeror, 319. Safe, salvus, a, um; tutus, a, um. Safety, salus, (salut) is, 293. Sailor, nauta, ae, Sake— for the sake of, causa, abl., 135, II., b. Same, is, ea, id ; the very same, idem, 150. Sand, aridum, i. Say, dicere ; I say, aio, inquam. Scarcely, vix. Scatter, spargere. Scholar, discipulus, i. School, schola, ae. Scout, explorator, 319. Sea, mare, 312 ; aequor, 325. Secede, secedere. Second, secundus, a, um. Sedition, seditio, 333, H. See, videre ; (notice), conspicere. Seek, quaerere. Seize, occupare ; seize up, arripere. Self, ipse. Senate, senatus, us. Senate-house, curia, as. Senator, senator, 319. Send, mittere ; send aivay, dimit- tere; send for, arcessere. Senior, senior, (senior) is, 107 (comp. of senex), 370. Separate, separare : di videre. Sepulchre, sepulchrum, i. Sequanian, Sequanus, i. Serve (worship), colere. Set (as heavenly bodies), occidere. Set out, proficisci ; set forth, expo- nere ; set up, proponere. Setting (of heavenly bodies), occa- sus, us. Seven, septem ; seventh, septimus, a, um. Seventy, septuaginta. Severe, gravis, e, 104. Severity, severitas, (severitat) is, 293. Shadcno, umbra, as. L Sharp, acutus, a, um. Sharply, acriter, adv. Shine, micare, 389, |y ; shine forth, emicare. Ship, navis, 300. Shore, littds, (littor) is, 344. Short, brevis, e, 104. Show, monstrare, ostendere ; (noun), species, ei. Shower, imber, bris. Shun, vitare. Shut, claudere. Sick, aeger, gi-a, grum. Sign, signum, i. Sight, conspectus, us ; in sight of, conspectu. Silent (to be), tacere. Silver, argentum, i. Similar to, similis (dat.). Sin, peccatum, i ; to sin, peccare. Since, quum, quoniam. Sing, cantare. Singing, cantns, us. Sister, soror, (soror) is (f.). Sit, sedere, 394, V. Six, sex ; sixth, sextus, a, um. Slave, servus, i. Slay, occidere, interficere. Slayer, interfector, 319. Sleep, somnus, i ; to sleep, dormire. Slinger, funditor, 319. Small, parvus, a, um. Snatch up, arripere. So, ita, tarn ; so great, tantus ; so long, tamdiu ; so many, tot. Socrates, Socrates, is. Soldier, miles, (milit) is. Some (persons), nonnulli. Somebody, some, 178 ; some one, ali- quis. Sometimes, interdum, nonnunquam. Somewhat great, aliquantus, 184. Son, filius, i. Son-in-law, gener, i. Song, cannen, 344, a. Soul, animus, i. 398 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Spain, Hispania, ae. Spaniard, Hispanus, i. Spare, parcere (dat.). Sparta, Sparta, ae. Speak, dicere, loqui. Speech, sermo, 331. Spend, consumer e. Spiritedly, acriter. Splendid, splendidus, a, um. Spoil, praeda, 83. Spur, calcar, 325. Stag, cervus, i. Stain, maculare. Stand, stare ; stand in the way, ob- stare. Standard, signum, i. Star, sidus, (sider) is, 344; Stel- la, a?. State, civitas, (civitat) is ; respubli- ca, 351, 3. Station, statio, 333, R; to station. constituere, collocare. Stimulate, inducere. Stir up, instigare. Stoic, Stoicus, i. Stone, lapis, (lapid) is (m.). Stormy, turbidus, a, um. Strange, novas, a, um. Strength, vis, 301 ; robur, 344. Strengthen, confirmare. Strive after, persequi, 206. Strong, validus, a, um. Strong desire, cupiditas, 293. Study, studium, i. Subdue, subigere. Succour, subsidium, i. Such, talis, e, 184. Sudden, repentinus, a, um. Suddenly, subito, adv. Sufficiently, satis. Sum of money, pecunia, 89. Summer, aestas, (aestat) is, 293. Sun, sol, (sol) is (m.). Sup, caenare. Superior, superior, oris. Support, al6re. Surrender, deditio, 333, R. Surround, circ am venire ; circum- stare, 391 ; cingere, 401, 2. Sure, certus, a, um. Suspicion, suspicio, 333, R. Sustain, sustinere. Swallow, hirundo, 339. Sweet, dulcis, e, 104. Swift, celer, velox, 107. Swiftly, celeriter, 217. Swim, natare j swim across, trans- nare. Sword, gladius, i. Syracuse, Syracusae, arum. T. Take, sumere ; take away, eripere ; take back, recipere ; take captive, capere ; take care of, curare ; take by storm, expugnare ; take pos- session of, occupare. Talent, ingenium, i. Tame, domare. Teach, docere. Teacher, magister, tri. Tear, lacryma, 33. Tell, dicere. nuntiare. Tempest, procella, 89 : tempestas. Temple, templum, i. Tenacious, tenax, (tenac) is, 107. Tender, tener, a, um. Tent, pellis, 322. Tenth, decimus, a, um. Terrify, terrere. Territory, finis (m.). Than, quam. That (pron.), ille, is, iste. That, conj., in order that, ut ; that not, ne. Themselves, sui, 142. Then, turn, adv. There, ibi. Thick, densus, a, um. Thine, tuus, a, um. Thing, res, rei; this thing, hoc; these things, haec. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. 399 Think, putare, cogitare, existimare, sentire, censere. Third, tertius, a, um. Thirst, sitis, 300. Thirteen, tredecim. Thirty, triginta. This, hie, base, hoc. Thither, eo. Three, tres, ia. Through, per (prep, with ace.). Throw, jacere ; throw before, pro- jicere. Thunder (verb), tonare. Thus, ita. Thy, tuus, a, um. Tiber, Tiberis, is. Time, tempus, (temp or) is, 344. Timid, timidus, a, um. To, ad (prep, with ace). To-day, hodie. Together, una (adv.). Toil, labor, 319 : opera, ae. To-morrow, eras (adv.). Tongue, lingua, ae. Too much, nimius, a, um. Tooth, dens, (dent) is (m.). Top of, summus, 297, a. Touch, tangere ; touch upon, attin- gere. Tower, turns, 300 : castellum, i. Town, oppidum, i. Townsman, oppidanus, i. Treaty, foedus, (feeder) is, 344. Tree, arbor, (arbor) is (f.). Trial, judicium, i. Tribune, tribunus, i. Tributary, stipendiarius, a, um. Tribute, stipendium, i. True, verus, a, um. Truce, indutise, arum, 57, R. Trust to, credere (with dat.). Turbid, turbidus, a, um. Turn, vertere. Twenty, viginti. Two-a-piece, bini, 189. U. Ulysses, Ulysses, is. Uncertain, incertus, a, um. Under, sub, prep., 323. Understand, intelligere. Undertake, suscipere. Unfriendly, inimicus, a, um. Unjust, injustus, a, um. Unless, nisi (conj.). Unmindful of, immemor ( with gen.). Until, donee, dum (conj.). Use, usus, us ; to use, uti, dep. abl., 316, b. Useful, utilis, e, 104. Vacant (to be), vacare. Vain — in vain, frustra (adv.). Valour, virtus, (virtut) is, 293. Value, pretium, i ; to value, aesti- mare. Vast, vastus, a, um. Vaunt, ostentare. Vehemently, vehementer (adv.). Venetian, Venetus, i. Very, valde, admodum ; very easy, perfacilis, e ; very feiv, perpauci ; very near, proximus. Vice, vitium, i. Victory, victoria, se. Vile, vilis, e, 104. Village, vicus, i. Violate, violare. Virgin, virgO, 339. Virtue, virtus, (virtut) is, 293. Virtuous, probus, a, um. Voice, vox, (voc) is, 293. Vow, spondere, 395, IV. W. Wage (e. g., war), gerere : bfllum infen*e. Wagon, carrus, i. Wait for, expectftre. 400 ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. Walk, ambulare. Wall, murus, i ; walls, mcenia, urn. Wander, vagare, errare. Want, carere, 348. Wanting (to be), deesse, 267, b. War, bellum, i. Warlike, bellicosus, a, urn. Warn, monere. Wash, alluere. Watch, watching, vigilia, se ; to watch, vigilare. Water, aqua, 33. Wave, fluctus, us. Way, via, a? ; to make (their) way, iter facere. Wearied, defessus, a, urn. Weary of, taadet, 579. Weep, flere. Well (to be), valere. West, Occidens. What (in number) ? quotas ? what is the difference ? quid interest ? When, quum (conj.). Whence, unde (adv.). Whether, num, 174 : utrum. Where, ubi (adv.). Which of the two, uter, 194, R. 1. Whirlwind, turbo, (turbin) is (m.). Who, qui, qua?, quod ; who ? quis, quae, quid ? Whole, omnis, e ; universus, a, um ; totus, a, um ; cunctus, 441. Why? cur? Wicked, improbus, a, um. Wide, latus, a, um ; widely, late ; more widely, latius. Wild-beast, fera, as. Wind, ventus, i. Willingly, libenter. Wine, vinum, i. Wing, ala, 33. Winter, hyems, (hyem) is, 293 ; to winter, hiemare ; winter -quarters, hiberna, orum (pi.). Wisdom, sapientia, 83. THE Wise, sapiens, (sapient) is, 107; ivisely, sapienter. Wish, velle, cupere. With, cum (prep., abl.). Without, sine (prep., abl.) ; to be without, carere. Withstand, resistere, 390. Wolf, lupus, i. Woman, femina, 03 ; mulier, is (f.). Wonder at, admirari, dep. Wonderful, mirabilis, e, 104. Wood (a), sylva, se. Word, verbum, i ; word is brought, nuntiatum est. Work, opus, (oper) is, 344. World, mundus, i : orbis terrarum. Worse, pejus, adv. ; worst, pessi- mus, 370. . Worship, colere, adorare. Worthy, dignus, a, um (with abl.). Would-that, utinam, 526. Wound, vulnus, (vulner) is, 344 ; to vjound, vulnerare. Wretched, miser, 77, b. Write, scribere. Writer, scriptor, 319. X. Xenophon, Xenophon, (Xenophont) is. Y. Year, annus, adv. Yearly, quotannis, i. Yes, immo. Yesterday, heri. Yet, tamen. Yoke, jugum, i. Young-man, juvenis, is (m.) : ado- lescens. You, vos (sing., tu). Your, vester, tra, trum, 134. Youth, juventus, ( juventut) is, 293 ; a youth. See young man. Z. Zeal, stadium, i. END. Valuable Works recently published by Harper $f Brothers, Nexo York, designed for Colleges, Schools, 8fc. A/AA/ ^^y^v^~- I. LOGIC, RATIOCINATIVE AND INDUCTIVE. Being a connected View of the Principles of Evidence and Meth- ods of Scientific Investigation. By J. Stuart Mill. First American, from the new and revised London Edition. 8vo, Muslin gilt, $2 00. II. AIDS TO ENGLISH COMPOSITION, Prepared for the Student of all Grades, embracing Specimens and Examples of School and College Exercises, and most of the higher Departments of English Composition, both in Prose and Verse. By Richard Green Parker, A.M. A new Edition, with Additions and Improvements. 12mo, Muslin gilt, and Sheep extra, 81 00. III. ELEMENTS OF RHETORIC AND LITERARY CRITICISM, With copious practical Exercises and Examples. Including also a Succinct History of the English Language, and of British and American Literature from the Earliest to the Present Times. On the Basis of the recent Works of Alexander Reid and Robert Con- nell : with large Additions from other Sources. Compiled and ar- ranged by J. R. Boyd, A.M. 18mo, half bound, 50 cents. IV. NEW PICTORIAL SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY. By Sidney E. Morse, A.M. Embellished by nearly One Hundred and Fifty Engravings, and about Fifty Cerographic Maps, in Colours. Price 50 cents, neatly bound. v. PLATO AGAINST THE ATHEISTS; Or, the Tenth Book of the Dialogue on Laws, accompanied with Notes, critical and philosophical, with extended Dissertations on the main Points of the Platonic Theology, as compared with the Holy Scriptures. By Tayler Lewis, LL.D. 12mo, Muslin gilt, 81 50. VI. THE PRACTICAL ASTRONOMER, Comprising Illustrations of Light and Colors, Practical Descrip- tions of all Kinds of Telescopes, the Use of the Equatorial-Transit, Circular, and other Astronomical Instruments, a particular Account of the Earl of Rosse's large Telescopes, and other Topics connected with Astronomy. By Thomas Dick, LL.D. Illustrated with One Hundred Engravings. 18mo, Muslin gilt, 50 cents. VII. ELEMENTS OF MORALITY, Including Polity. By William Whewell, D.D. 2 vols. lSino. Muslin gilt, $1 00. 2 VALUABLE CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKS VIII. NOTES ON THE NEW TESTAMENT, Explanatory and Practical, for Bible-classes and Sunday-schools. By Rev. Albert Barnes. Revised and corrected. Maps and En- gravings. 9 vols. 12mo, Muslin gilt, 75 cents each. IX. THE CAPTIVES, A COMEDY OF PLAUTUS. With English Notes, for the Use of Students. By John Proudfit, D.D. 18mo, 371- cents. X. A CLASSICAL DICTIONARY, Containing an Account of the principal Proper Names mentioned in Ancient Authors, and intended to elucidate all the important Points connected with the Geography, History, Biography, Mythol- ogy, and Fine Arts of the Greeks and Romans, together with an Ac- count of the Coins, Weights, and Measures of the Ancients, with Tabular Values of the same. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. Royal 8vo, Sheep, $4 75. XL A DICTIONARY OF GREEK AND ROMAN ANTIQUITIES, From the best Authorities, and imbodying all the recent Discov- eries of the most eminent German Philologists and Jurists. Edited by William Smith, Ph.D. Illustrated by a large number of Engrav- ings. First American Edition, corrected and enlarged, and contain- ing also numerous Articles relative to the Botany, Mineralogy, and Zoology of the Ancients. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 8vo, Sheep, $4 75. The same Work abridged for the Use of Schools. XII. NEW GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON, Including Liddel and Scott's enlarged Translation of Passow's Greek and German Lexicon, with Additions from Greek and Eng- lish Lexicons. By Henry Drisler, A.M., under the Supervision of Professor Anthon. 8vo. [Nearly ready.] XIII. A GRAMMAR OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE. By C. G. Zumpt, Ph.D. From the Ninth revised Edition of the Original, and adapted to the Use of English Students, by Leonhard Schmitz, Ph.D., &c. Corrected and enlarged by Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. XIV. THE ECLOGUES AND GEORGICS OF VIRGIL With English Notes, critical and explanatory. By Charles An- thon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra. XV. THE ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. With English Notes, critical and explanatory. By Charles An- thon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra. PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS. 3 XVI. GREEK READER. I*' iticipally from Jacobs. With English Notes, critical and ex- planatory, a Metrical Index to Homer and Anacreon, and a copious Lexicon. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, Si 75. XVII. COMMENTARIES ON THE GALLIC WAR, And the First Book of the Greek Paraphrase. With English Notes, critical and explanatory, Plans of Battles, Sieges, &c, and Historical, Geographical, and Archaeological Indexes. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. Map, Portrait, &c. 12rno, Sheep extra, $1 40. XVIII. SYSTEM OF LATIN VERSIFICATION, In a Series of Progessive Exercises, including Specimens of Trans- lation from English and German Poetry into Latin Verse. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. XIX. THE /EN E J D OF VIRGIL With English Notes, critical and explanatory, a Metrical Clavis, and an Historical, Geographical, and Mythological Index. By C. Anthon, LL.D. Portrait and many Illustrations, 12mo, Sheep extra, $2 00. XX. THE WORKS OF HORACE, With English Notes, critical and explanatory. By Charles An- thon, LL.D. New Edition, with Corrections and Improvements. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 75. XXI. LATIN GRAMMAR, PART I. Containing the most important Parts of the Grammar of the Latin Language, together with appropriate Exercises in the translating and writing of Latin. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. XXII. LATIN GRAMMAR, PART II. An Introduction to Latin Prose Composition, with a Complete Course of Exercises, illustrative of all the important Principles of Latin Syntax. By C. Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. XXIII. SYSTEM OF LATIN PROSODY AND METRE, From the best Authorities, Ancient and Modern. By Charles An- thon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. XXIV. SELECT ORATIONS OF CICERO. With English Notes, critical and explanatory, and Historical, Ge- ographical, and Legal Indexes. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. An improved Edition, Portrait, 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 20. 4 VALUABLE CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKS XXV. SALLUST'S JUGURTHINE WAR AND CONSPIRACY OF CATILINE. With an English Commentary, and Geographical and Historical Indexes. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. Ninth Edition, corrected and enlarged, Portrait. 12mo, Sheep extra, 88 cents. xxvi. GREEK LESSONS, PART I. Containing the most important Parts of the Grammar of the Greek Language, together with appropriate Exercises in the translating and writing of Greek, for the Use of Beginners. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. XXVII. GREEK LESSONS, PART II. An Introduction to Greek Prose Composition, with a complete Course of Exercises illustrative of all the important Principles of Greek Syntax. By C. Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. XXVIII. SYSTEM .OF GREEK PROSODY ANDMETRE, For the Use of Schools and Colleges ; together with the Choral Scanning of the Prometheus Vinctus of ^Eschylus, and the Ajax and CEdipus Tyrannus of Sophocles ; to which are appended, Re- marks on the Indo-Germanic Analogies. By C. Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. XXIX. HOMER'S ILIAD, According to the ordinary Text, and also with the Restoration of the Digamma ; to which are appended, English Notes, critical and explanatory, a Metrical Index, and Homeric Glossary. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 50. xxx. GRAMMAR OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE, For the Use of Schools and Colleges. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. XXXI. NEW GRAMMAR OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE, From the German of Kuhner, Matthiae, Buttmann, Rost, and Thi- ersch ; to which are appended, Remarks on the Pronunciation of the Greek Language, and Chronological Tables explanatory of the same. By Charles Anthon, LL.D. 12mo, Sheep extra, 90 cents. XXXII. FAMILY CLASSICAL LIBRARY. Comprising Translations of the best Classics. 36 vols. 18mo, Muslin gilt, 45 cents each. XXXIII. FAMILY LIBRARY. A beautiful Series of Standard Works in the several Departments of General Knowledge. 173 vols. 18mo, Muslin gilt, 45 cents each. PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS. 5 XXXIV. ELEMENTS OF MENTAL PHILOSOPHY! Embracing the two Departments of the Intellect and the Sensi- bilities. By Professor Thomas C. Upham, of Bowdoin College. 2 vols. 12mo, Sheep extra, $2 50. The same Work abridged, and de- signed as a Text-book in Academies, &c. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 25. xxxv. A PHILOSOPHICAL AND PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE WILL. By Professor Thomas C. Upham. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 25. XXXVI. PSYCHOLOGY; Or, Elements of a new System of Mental Philosophy, on the Basis of Consciousness and Common Sense. By S. S. Schmucker, D.D., S.T.P. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 00. XXXVII. THE PHILOSOPHY OF RHETORIC. By George Campbell, D.D., F.R.S. Revised edition, 12mo, $1 25. XXXVIII. THE PRINCIPLES OF ELOQUENCE. By the Abbe Maury. With an Introduction by Rev. Dr. Potter. 18mo, half Sheep, 50 cents. xxxix. TREATISE ON ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. A Treatise on the Forces which produce the Organization of Plants. With an Appendix, containing several Memoirs on Capillary Attraction, Electricity, and the Chemical Action of Light. By John William Draper, M.D. Engravings, 4to, Muslin gilt, $2 50. XL. ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY: Including the most recent Discoveries, and Applications of thr Science to Medicine and Pharmacy, and to the Arts. By Robert Kane, M.D. Edited, with Emendations and Additions, by J. W. Draper, M.D. With about 250 Wood-cuts, 8vo, Muslin gilt, $2 00. XL1. FIRST PRINCIPLES OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY: Being a familiar Introduction to the Study of that Science. By James Renwick, LL.D. W T ith Questions. Engravings, ISmo, hall Sheep, 75 cents. XLII. FIRST PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY: Being a familiar Introduction to the Study of that Science. By James Renwick, LL.D. Engravings, 18mo, half Sheep, 78 oenta XLIII. ENGLISH SYNONYMES EXPLAINED, With copious Illustrations and Explanations, drawn from the beat Writers. By George Crabbe, MA 8vo, Sheep extn b VALUABLE CLASSICAL AND SCHOOL BOOKS. XLTV. ELEMENTS OF GEOLOGY FOR POPULAR USE; Containing a Description of the Geological Formations and Min- eral Resources of the United States. By Charles A. Lee, M.D. En- gravings, half Sheep, 50 cents. XLV. A NEW SYSTEM OF FRENCH GRAMMAR, Containing the First Part of the celebrated Grammar of Noel and Chapsal. Arranged with Questions, and a Key in English. By Sarah E. Seaman. Revised and corrected by C. P. Bordenave, Professor of Languages. 12mo, 75 cents. XL VI. ELEMENTS OF ALGEBRA: Embracing also the Theory and Application of Logarithms ; to- gether with an Appendix, containing Infinite Series, the General Theory of Equations, and the most approved Method of resolving the higher Equations. By Rev. Davis W. Clark. 8vo, Sheep, 1 00. XLVIL THE AMERICAN SYSTEM OF PRACTICAL BOOKKEEPING, Adapted to the Commerce of the United States, in its Domestic and Foreign Relations ; comprehending all the Modern Improve- ments in the Practice of the Art. To which are added. Forms of the most approved Auxiliary Books, with a Chart, exhibiting at one View the Final Balance of the Leger. By James Arlington Bennet, LL.D. Twenty-second Edition. Large 8vo, half Roan, $1 50. XL VIII. A GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE, Arranged into a new System on the Principle of Induction. By Charles Julius Hempel. 2 vols. 12mo, half Sheep, $1 75. XLIX. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY: Being the Work adopted by the University of France for Use in Colleges and High Schools. Translated, edited, and continued by Kev. Dr. Henry. 2 vols, in one, 18mo, half Sheep, $1 00. L. THE SCHOOL AND THE SCHOOLMASTER. Part I. : The School ; its Objects, Relations, and Uses. With a Sketch of the Education most needed in the United States, the Pres- ent State of Common Schools, the best Means of improving them, &c. By A. Potter, D.D. Part II. : The Schoolmaster. The proper Character, Studies, and Duties of the Teacher, with the best Meth- ods for the Government and Instruction of Common Schools, &c. By G. B. Emerson, A.M. Engravings, 12mo, half Sheep, $1 00. LI. PRACTICAL EDUCATION. By Richard Lovell Edge worth and Maria Edge worth. Engrav- ings, 12mo, Muslin gilt, 85 cents. BOOKS OF STERLING VALUE RECENTLY PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW-YORK ENCYCLOPEDIA OF DOMESTIC ECONOMY. A complete Repertory of all Matters connected with the Economy of Houselceeping. By T Webster, Esq. Edited, with Additions, &c, by an American Physician. Co- piously Illustrated. $3 50. This is decidedly a book for the million: it contains all that precise kind of information adapted to the use of families, and which- one may seek, for in vain elsewhere. — New-York Evening: Gazette. By far the most comprehensive and perfect yamt^y Encyclopedia ever presented to the public. Each household should have a copy of this sterling publication. — Courier *nd Enquirer, II. DICTIONARY OP PRACTICAL MEDICINE: Including General Pathology, the Nature and Treatment of Diseases, Morbid Structures. &c. By James Copland, M.D. Edited, with Additions, by Charles A. Lee, M.D., &c. Publishing in Numbers, price 50 cents each, about 25 to complete the work. The design and execution of this popular production evince the most consummate skiH and research ; every person who desires a thorough digest of medical science must appreciate its high value. — Broadway Journal. III. TRAVELS OP MARCO POLO, From valuable early Manuscripts recently published by the French Geographical Society: with copious Notes by Hugh Murray. 1 vol. 18mo. 50 cents. This well-known production has long been regarded as unique ingeograpbical science. Marco Pola has justly been styled the " Herodotus of the Middle Ages."— Evening Pott. IV. MISS BEECIIER'S DOMESTIC ECONOMY. A Treatise on Domestic Economy, for the Use of young Ladies at Home and > School. By Catherine E. Beecher. Revised Edition, with many Engraviugs. DM 75 cents. A volume of especial value to the domestic circle, comprising a large amount of r tion respecting the duties of domestic life and the educational training of lemaJe*— Lour.ar. V. THE DUTY OF AMERICAN WOMEN TO T1IEIK COUNTRY. 1 vol. 18mo. 37| cents. This aDDeal might well be in the hands of every female in I iSof abuses in several departments of popular ed.u-.it.on. \> ume to the eepecial notice of our reader*.- C»mme, > \ The work is Earnestly, vigorously, and luridly wntt.-n , we recomn,.,,! t 10 ,11 ■«*■ -Br~* *j)ay Journal. HARPER & BROTHERS RECENT PUBLICATIONS. VI. MISS BEECHER'S RECEIPT BOOK. The American Housekeeper's Receipt Book. By Catherine E. Beecher. 1 vol I2mo. VII. GENERAL GREEN'S TEXIAN EXPEDITION. Journal of the Texian Expedition against Mier ; subsequent Imprisonment of the Author, his Sufferings, and final Escape from the Castle of Perote, &c. With Re- flections upon the present political and probable future Relations of Texas, Mexico, and the United States. By General Thomas J. Green. With numerous Engravings. 1 vol. 8vo. $2 00. VIII. DR. GARDNER'S FARMER'S DICTIONARY. The Farmer's Dictionary ; being a Compendious Account of every Crop raised or suited to our Climate, with full Information on Breeding of Stock, Horses, Pigs, and Poultry ; the Management of Manures, Farming Implements, and all other Practical Matters, as well as an Explanation of all Technical Terms recently introduced into Agriculture from the Sciences. Abundantly illustrated by Engravings. [In Press.] IX. DR. ABERCROMBIE'S NEW ESSAYS. Miscellaneous Essays. By John Abercrombie, M.D., Author of " Inquiries into the Intellectual Powers," &c. 1 vol. 18mo. 50 cents. These essays will be read with pleasure and profit by all who will read them.— Anglo American. X. HUMBOLDT'S COSMOS. Cosmos : a Survey of the general Physical History of the Universe. By Alexander Von Humboldt. (Publishing in Numbers.) A renowned production, by the greatest of scientific writers. — Courier. XI. MACKENZIE'S LIFE OF PAUL JONES. A Life of Paul Jones. By Alexander Slidell Mackenzie. 2 vols. 12mo. $1 00. XII. PROF. WHEWELL'S MORALITY AND POLITY. Elements of Morality, including Polity. By William Whewell, D.D . 2 vols. 12tno $1 00. XIII. DR. KITCHINER'S COOK'S ORACLE. The Cook's Oracle and Housekeeper's Manual. Containing Receipts for Cookery and Directions for Carving. With a complete System of Cookery for Catholic Fam ilies By William KJtchiner, M.D. 12mo. 88 cents. VALUABLE STANDARD WORKS IN THE SEVERAL DEPARTMENTS OF LITERATURE, PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW-YORK. Agriculture, Domestic Economy , &c. ARMSTRONG'S TREATISE o>: AGRICULTURE: edited by BUEL, 50cts. BEECHER'S (Miss C. E.) DOMESTIC ECONOMY, 7 5 'cms. HOUSEKEEPER'S RECEIPT-!/ BUEL'S (Jesse) FARMER'S INSTRUCTOR, SI 00. CHAPTAL'S CHEMISTRY APPLIED TO AGRICULTURE, 50 cents. COCK'S AMERICAN POULTRY-BOOK, 35 cents. GARDNER'S FARMER'S DICTIONARY. Engravings, $1 50. GAYLORD AND TUCKER'S AMERICAN HUSBANDRY, $1 00. KITCHENER'S COOK'S ORACLE AND HOUSEKEEPER'S MANUAL, 88 cents. MORRELL'S AMERICAN SHEPHERD. Plates. Paper, 75 cents. Mus- lin, 90 cents. PARKES'S DOMESTIC DUTIES, FOR MARRIED LADIES, 75 cents. SMITH'S (Mrs.) MODERN AMERICAN COOKERY, 40 cents. WEBSTER and PARKES'S ENCYCLOPAEDIA of DOMESTIC ECON- OMY. Nearly 1000 Engravings. Muslin, $3 50. Sheep extra, $3 75. Biblical and Theological History. ABERCROMBIE'S MISCELLANEOUS ESSAYS, 38 cents. BAIRD'S (Dr.) VIEW OF RELIGION IN AMERICA, 63 cents. BARNES'S (Albert) NOTES ON THE NEW TESTAMENT, 9 vols.. each, volume sold separately, 75 cents. Questions on the above, 6 vols., each 15 cents. BELL'S (Sir Chari.es) MECHANISM OF THE HAND, 60 cents. BLAIR'S (Rev. Dr.) SERMONS, $1 50. BONNECHOSE'S HISTORY OF THE EARLY REFORMERS, 40 cents BOOK OF COMMON PRAYER, corrected Standard Edition, in about 30 va rieties of size and binding. BROWN'S DICTIONARY OF THE HOLY BIBLE, $1 75. POCKET CONCORDANCE to the HOLY BIBLE, 38 cents. BUNYAN'S PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, 75 cents. BUTLER'S ANALOGY OF NATURAL AND REVEALED RELIGION, 35 cents. CHALMERS ON THE POWER, WISDOM, AND GOODNESS OF God in the Creation, 60 cents. CHURCH (the) INDEPENDENT OF THE STATE, 90 <• COLTON ON THE RELIGIOUS STATE OF THE COUNTRY, 60 cents. COMFORTER (the) ; OR, CONSOLATIONS FOR MOURIS DAYS (the) OF QUEEN MARY, 20 cents. PICK'S SIDEREAL HEAVENS, 45 cents. CELESTIAL SCENERY: OR, PLANETARY SYSTEM, DWIGHT'S (Rev. Dr.) THEOLOGY EXPLAINED AND DEFENDED, 4 vols., 8vo, $6 00. GLEIG'S HISTORY OF THE BIBLE, 2 vols., 80 cents. HALL'S (Rev. Robert) COMPLETE WORKS, HAWKS'S HISTORY OF THE PROTESTANT EPIS< OPAL < HI K»'H in Virginia, $1 75. HOLY COAT (the) OF TREVES, 38 cents. HUNTER'S BIOGRAPHY OF THE PATRIARCHS, THE - I $1 75 ILLUM'lNATED AND PICTORIAL HI HI I JARVIS'S (Rev. S. F.) CHRONOLOGICAL [NTROD1 TH1 Church, $3 00. 2 VALUABLE NEW AND STANDARD WORKS JAY'S (Rev. William) COMPLETE WORKS, 3 vols., $5 00. KEITH'S LAND OF ISRAEL, $1 25. DEMONSTRATION OF CHRISTIANITY, $1 38. ON THE PROPHECIES, 60 cents. LE BAS'S LIFE OF WICLIF, 50 cents. LIFE OF ARCHBISHOP CRANMER, $1 00. M'lLVliNE'S (Bishop) EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY, $1 00. , ON THE DANGERS OF THE CHURCH, 10 cts MILMAN'S (Rev. H. H.) HISTORY OF THE JEWS, 3 vols., $1 20. HISTORY OF CHRISTIANITY, $1 90. MOSHEIM'S ECCLESIASTICAL HISTORY, by Murdoch., $7 50. The same Work, by Maclaine, $3 50. NEAL'S (Daniel) HISTORY OF THE PURITANS, 2 vols., $3 50. PALEY'S EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY, 38 cents. NATURAL THEOLOGY: edited by Brougham, 90 cents. PARKER'S (Rev. J.) INVITATIONS TO TRUE HAPPINESS, 38 cents. PISE'S (Rev. Dr.) LETTERS TO ADA, 45 cents. PRIDE AUX'S CONNECTION OF THE OLD AND NEW TESTA MENTS, $3 75. PROTESTANT JESUITISM, by a Protestant, 90 cents. SANDFORD'S (Rev. P. P.). HELP TO FAITH, 75 cents. SAURIN'S SERMONS : edited by Bishop Henshaw, $3 75. SCOTT'S (Rev. John) LUTHER AND THE REFORMATION, $1 00. SHOBERL'S HISTORY OF THE PERSECUTIONS OF POPERY, 20 cts SHUTTLEWORTH'S. CONSISTENCY OF REVELATION, 45 cents. SMEDLEY'S REFORMED RELIGION IN FRANCE, $1 40. SMITH (Rev. Hugh) ON THE HEART DELINEATED, 45 cents. STONE'S (Rev. John S.) MYSTERIES OPENED, $1 00. SUFFERINGS (the) OF CHRIST, by a Laymon, $1 00. SUMMERFIELD'S (Rev John) SERMONS, $1 75. TURNER'S (Rev. S. H.) ESSAY ON THE DISCOURSE AT CAPER naum, 75 cents. TURNER'S (S.) SACRED HISTORY of the WORLD, 3 vols., $1 35. UNCLE PHILIP'S EVIDENCES OF CHRISTIANITY, 35 cents. WADDINGTON'S HISTORY OF THE CHURCH, $1 75. WHEWELL'S ASTRONOMY AND GENERAL PHYSICS, 50 cents. Biography. APOSTLES AND EARLY MARTYRS OF THE CHURCH, 25 cents. BARROW'S (John) LIFE OF PETER THE GREAT, 45 cents. BANGS'S LIFE OF JAMES ARMINIUS, D.D., 50 cents. BELKNAP'S (Jeremy) AMERICAN BIOGRAPHY, 3 vols., $1 35. BELL'S LIFE OF MARY QUEEN OF SCOTS, 85 cents. BONAPARTE (Lucien), MEMOIRS OF, 30 cents. BREWSTER'S (David) LIFE OF SIR ISAAC NEWTON, 45 cents. LIVES OF GALILEO, TYCHO BRAHE, &c. BURR (Aaron), PRIVATE JOURNAL OF, $4 50. BUSH'S (Rev. George) LIFE OF MOHAMMED, 45 cents CALHOUN'S (John C.) LIFE AND SPEECHES, $1 13. CAMPBELL'S (Thomas) LIFE OF MRS. SIDDONS, 70 cents COBBETT'S (William) LIFE OF GENERAL JACKSON, 40 cents COOLEY'S LIFE OF HAYNES: edited by Sprague, 90 cents. «K)RNWALL'S (Barry) LIFE OF EDMUND KEAN, 65 cents. COURT (the) AND CAMP OF BONAPARTE, 45 cents. COWELL'S (Joe) LIFE, by Himself, 20 cents. CROCKETT (David), SKETCHES OF THE LIFE OF, 50 cents CROLY'S (George) LIFE OF GEORGE IV., 45 cents. CUNNINGHAM'S (Allan) LIVES OF EMINENT PAINTERS, $2 10 D'ABRANTES (Duchess), MEMOIRS OF, $1 38. DAVIS'S MEMOIRS OF AARON BURR, $3 80. DISTINGUISHED MEN OF MODERN TIMES, (Lives of), 90 cents. PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS. 3 DISTINGUISHED FEMALES (Lives of), 35 cents. DOVER'S (Lord) LIFE OF FREDERIC THE GREAT, 90 cents. DREW (Samuel), LIFE OF, by his Son, 75 cents. DWIGHT'S (N.) LIVES OF THE SIGNERS OF THE DECLARATION of Independence, 90 cents. FENELON'S LIVES OF ANCIENT PHILOSOPHERS, 45 cents. FORSTER'S (John) CELEBRATED STATESMEN of the ENGLISH Commonwealth. FORSYTH'S (Dr.) LIFE OF Dr. PROUDFIT, 75 cents. FRANKLIN (Dr.), LIFE OF, by Himself, 2 vols., 90 cents. GALT'S (John) LIFE OF LORD BYRON, 40 cents. GLASS'S LIFE OF WASHINGTON ; in Latin, $1 13. GODWIN'S LIVES OF THE NECROMANCERS, 65 cents. HEAD'S LIFE OF BRUCE, the African Traveler, 45 cts. HOGG'S (James) ANECDOTES OF SIR WALTER SCOTT, CO cents. HOLDICH'S LIFE OF Rev. Dr. WILLBUR FISK, $2 00. HOLMES'S LIFE OF MOZART, 50 cents. HORNE'S NEW SPIRIT OF THE AGE, 25 cents. HUNTER'S SACRED BIOGRAPHY, $1 75. IRVING'S LIFE OF OLIVER GOLDSMITH, 90 cents. JAMES'S LIFE OF CHARLEMAGNE, 45 cents. JAMESON'S MEMOIRS OF CELEBRATED FEMALE SOVEREIGNS, SO cents. JAY'S (John) LIFE, by his Son, $5 00. JOHNSON'S (Dr.) LIFE, AND SELECT WORKS, 90 cents- KENDALL'S (Amos) LIFE OF GENERAL JACKSON- LEE'S (Mrs.) LIFE OF BARON CUVIER, 50 cents. LE BAS'S (C. W.) LIFE OF WICLIF, 50 cents. LIFE OF CRANMER, 2 vols., $1 00. LOCKHART'S LIFE OF NAPOLEON, 90 cents. MACKENZIE'S (A. Slidell) LIFE OF PAUL JONES, $1 00. LIFE OF Com. O. H. PERRY, 90 cent*. MEMES'S MEMOIRS OF THE EMPRESS JOSEPHINE, 45 cents. M'GUIRE'S OPINIONS and CHARACTER of WASHINGTON, $1 13. MOORE'S (Thomas) LIFE, LETTERS, &c, OF BYRON, "$2 75. LIFE OF LORD EDWARD FITZGERALD, $1 00 NAVIGATORS (Early), LIVES OF, 45 cents. PARK'S (Mungo) LIFE AND TRAVELS, 45 cents. PAULDING'S (J. K.) LIFE OF GEORGE WASHINGTON, 90 cents. PELLICO'S (Silvio) MEMOIRS AND IMPRISONMENTS, 50 cents. PLUTARCH'S LIVES: translated by Langhorne, 1 vol., $2 00, The same Work in 4 vols., $3 50. RENWICK'S (James) LIFE OF DE WITT CLINTON, 45 cents. LIVES OF JOHN JAY AND ALEXANDER Hamilton, 45 cents. ROBERTS'S LIFE AND CORRESPONDENCE OF II. MORE, $1 50. RUSSELL'S (Rev. M.) LIFE OF OLIVER CROMWELL, 90 cents. SCOTT'S (John) LIFE OF LUTHER. $1 00. SEDGWICK'S (T.) LIFE AND LETTERS OF W. LIVINGSTON, $2 00. SOUTHEY'S (Robert) LIFE OF LORD NELSON, 45 cents. SPARKS'S (Jared) AMERICAN BIOGRAPHY, 10 vote., $7 50. The Volumes sold separately, if desired. STEWART'S ADVENTURES IN CAPTURING MURRELL, 90 cents. STILLING'S (Heinrich) AUTOBIOGRAPHY, 20 cents. STONE'S (W. L.) LIFE OF BRANT, the Indian Ch ISP, 90 cents. LIFE OF MATTHIAS THE IMPOSTOR, N, 90 cts. SWITZERLAND, HISTORY OF, 60 cents. TAYLOR'S HISTORY OF IRELAND, 90 cents. THATCHER'S HISTORY OF THE BOSTON TEA PARTY, 63 cents. TALES OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION, 35 cents. THIRLWALL'S HISTORY OF GREECE, 2v>ls., $3 50. THUOYDIDES' GENERAL HISTORY : translated by Smith, 90 cents TURNER'S SACRED HISTORY OF TPIE WORLD, $1 35. TYTLER'S UNIVERSAL HISTORY, 6 vols., $2 70. UNCLE PHILIP'S HISTORY OF VIRGINIA, 35 cents. HISTORY OF NEW YORK. 2 vols., 70 cents. HISTORY OF LOST GREENLAND. 35 cents. HISTORY OF NEW HAMPSHIRE, 2 vols.. 70 cents HISTORY OF MASSACHUSETTS, 2 vols., 70 cents XENOPHON'S HISTORY : translated by Spelman, 65 cents. College & School Books. ANTHON'S (Charles) LATIN LESSONS, 90 cents. LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION, 90 cenU. LATIN PROSODY' AND METRE, 90 LATIN VERSIFICATION, ZUMPT'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 90 COMMENTARIES 01 .ENEID OF VIRGIL ECLOGUES AND GEORGICS OF VIRGIL CICERO'S SELECT OR AT. SALLUST. With English x : HORACE. With En. |1 75. . FIRST GREEK LESSONS, 90 GREEK PROSE COMPOSITION, 90 © GREEK PROSODY AND METRE, 90 < GREEK GRAMMAR, 90 cent*. NEW CREEK GRAMMAR, b VALUABLE NEW AND STANDARD WORKS ANTHON'S (Charles) HOMER. With English Notes, $1 50. GREEK READER, FROM THE GERMAN OP Jacobs, $1 75. ANABASIS OF XENOPHON. GREEK AND ENGLISH LEXICON. CLASSICAL DICTIONARY, $4 75. SMITH'S DICTIONARY of GREEK and RO- MAN Antiquities, $4 75. The same work, abridged. BENNETT'S (J. A.) SYSTEM OF BOOK-KEEPING, $1 50. BOUCHARLAT'S ELEMENTARY TREATISE ON MECHANICS, $2 25. BOYD'S ELEMENTS OF RHETORIC, 50 cents. CAMPBELL'S PHILOSOPHY OF RHETORIC, $1 25. CLARK'S (D. W.) ELEMENTS OF ALGEBRA, &c, $1 00. EDWARDS'S (W.) BOOK-KEEPER'S ATLAS, $2 00. GRISCOM'S ANIMAL MECHANISM AND PHYSIOLOGY, 45 cents. HAZEN'S PROFESSIONS AND TRADES. 81 Engravings, 75 cents. HEMPEL'S GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE, $1 75 HENRY'S HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY, 90 cents. KANE'S ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY, $2 00. LEE'S ELEMENTS OF GEOLOGY, 50 cents. LEWIS'S PLATONIC THEOLOGY, &c, $1 50. MAURY'S PRINCIPLES OF ELOQUENCE, 50 cents. MORSE'S NEW SYSTEM OF GEOGRAPHY FOR SCHOOLS, 50 cents. NOEL AND CHAPSAL'S NEW SYSTEM OF FRENCH GRAMMAR, 75 cents. PARKER'S AIDS TO ENGLISH COMPOSITION, $1 00. POTTER'S (Bishop) POLITICAL ECONOMY, ITS USES, &c, 50 cents. PROUDFIT'S PLAUTUS, " THE CAPTIVES." English Notes, 38 cents RENWICK'S PRACTICAL MECHANICS, 90 cents. ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY, 75 cents. ELEMENTS OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, 75 cents. SCHMUCKER'S MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, $1 00. UPHAM'S TREATISE ON THE WILL, $1 25. MENTAL PHILOSOPHY. 2 vols., $2 50. Abridged, $1 25. *,-* Many other works in extensive use as text-books in schools may be found under the other heads of this catalogue. Essayists, Belles-JLettres, &c. ADDISON'S COMPLETE WORKS, 3 vols., $5 00. SELECTIONS FROM THE SPECTATOR, 2 vols., 90 cents. BACON AND LOCKE'S ESSAYS, 45 cents. BROUGHAM'S PLEASURES AND ADVANTAGES OF SCIENCE, 45 cents. BUCKE'S BEAUTIES AND SUBLIMITIES OF NATURE, 45 cents. BURKE'S COMPLETE WORKS, 3 vols., $5 00. ESSAY ON THE SUBLIME AND BEAUTIFUL, 75 cents. WISDOM AND GENIUS ILLUSTRATED BY EXTRACTS from ins Writings. CHESTERFIELD' S LETTERS TO HIS SON, and other Writings, $1 75. CICERO'S OFFICES, ORATIONS, AND CATO AND L^ELIUS, $1 25. COLERIDGE'S LETTERS, CONVERSATIONS, AND RECOLLEC- TIONS, 65 cents. , SPECIMENS OF THE TABLE-TALK OF, 12mo, 70 cents. COMBE'S PHYSIOLOGY APPLIED TO HEALTH AND MENTAL Education, 45 cents. DICK ON THE IMPROVEMENT OF SOCIETY BY THE DIFFUSION of Knowledge, 18mo, 45 cents. DEMOSTHENES' ORATIONS ; translated by Leland, 2 vols., 85 cents. DRV DEN'S COMPLETE WORKS, $3 75. DUTY (the) of AMERICAN WOMEN TO THEIR COUNTRY, 38 cents PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS. 7 EDGEWORTH'S TREATISE ON PRACTICAL EDUCATION, 85 cent*. FAMILY INSTRUCTOR; or, DUTIES OF DOMESTIC LIFE, 45 cents. GRAVES'S (Mrs. A. J.) WOMAN IN AMERICA, 45 cents. HORNE'S NEW SPIRIT OF THE AGE. With 7 Portraits, $1 50. JOHNSON'S (A. B.) TREATISE ON LANGUAGE, SI 75. LECTURES TO YOUNG MEN, 45 cents. LAMB'S ESSAYS OF ELIA, LETTERS, POEMS, &c, §2 00. MACKENZIE'S (Henry) COMPLETE WORKS, §1 25. MARTINEAU. HOW TO OBSERVE, 43 cents. MATHEWS'S (Cornelius) MISCELLANEOUS WRITINGS, $1 00. MAURY'S PRINCIPLES OF ELOQUENCE, 45 cents. MONTGOMERY'S LECTURES ON POETRY AND LITERATURE, 45 cents. MORE'S (Hannah) COMPLETE WORKS, 7 vols., §6 50. 1 vol., $2 50. MUDIE'S GUIDE TO THE OBSERVATION OF NATURE, 45 cents. NEELE'S (Henry) LITERARY REMAINS, $1 00. NOTT'S (Dr. Eliphalet) COUNSELS TO THE YOUNG, 50 cents. POTTER AND EMERSON'S SCHOOL AND THE SCHOOLMASTER, $100. PRESCOTT'S BIOGRAPHICAL AND CRITICAL MISCELLANIES, $2 00. PURSUIT OF KNOWLEDGE UNDER DIFFICULTIES, 90 cents. SANDS'S (Robert C.) WRITINGS, 2 vols. 8vo, S3 75. SEDGWICK'S (Miss) MEANS AND ENDS, 45 cents. SIGOURNEY'S (Mrs! L. H.) LETTERS TO YOUNG LADIES, 90 cents. LETTERS TO MOTHERS, 90 cents. SMITH'S (H- J.) PLAN OF INSTRUCTION AND HISTORY OF Ed- ucation, 45 cents. SOUTHEY (Robert). THE DOCTOR, &c, 45 cents. VERPLANCK'S DISCOURSES ON AMERICAN HISTORY, CO cents. INFLUENCE OF LIBERAL STUDIES, 25 cents. INFLUENCE OF MORAL CAUSES, 15 cents. WIRT'S (William) LETTERS OF THE BRITISH SPY, 60 cents. Natural Science, &c. BELL. THE HAND, ITS MECHANISM, &c, 60 cents. BIRDS. NATURAL HISTOHY OF, 45 cents. BRANDE'S ENCYCLOPAEDIA OF SCIENCE AND ART, $4 00. BREWSTER'S LETTERS ON NATURAL MAGIC, 45 cents. DANIELL'S ILLUSTRATIONS OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, 69 cents. DICK'S PRACTICAL ASTRONOMY, 50 cents. DRAPER'S TREATISE ON THE CHEMICAL ORGANIZATION OF Plants, $2 50. ELEPHANT (the). NATURAL HISTORY OF, 45 cents. EULER'S LETTERS ON NATURAL PHILOSOPHY: edited by Brew- ster and Griscom, 45 cents. GOOD'S BOOK OF NATURE, $1 25. HASWELL'S ENGINEERS' and MECHANICS' POCKET-BOOK, $1 50. HERSCHEL'S DISCOURSE ON THE STUDY OF NATURAL PHI- LOSOPHY, 60 cents. HIGGINS'S PHYSICAL CONDITION AND PHENOMENA OF THE Earth, 45 cents. HUMBOLDT'S COSMOS; A SURVEY of the PHYSICAL BIS of the Universe. INSECTS. NATURAL HISTORY OF, 90 cents. KANE'S ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY: edited l»v Draper. U LEE'S ELEMENTS OF GEOLOGY AND RONERAl RESOl ft the United States, 50 cents. MOSELEY'S ILLUSTRATIONS OF MECHANICS; ■ditcd MUuTe's' GUIDE TO THE OBSERVATION I QUADRUPEDS. NATURAL HISTOR1 01 S VALUABLE NEW AND STANDARD WORKS RENWICK'S FIRST PRINCIPLES OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY With Questions, 75 cents. - FIRST PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY. With Ques- tions, 75 cents.. . APPLICATIONS OF MECHANICS TO PRACTICAL Purposes, 90 cents. UNCLE PHILIP'S AMERICAN FOREST, 35 cents. TOOLS AND TRADES AMONG ANIMALS, 35 cents VEGETABLE SUBSTANCES USED FOR FOOD, 45 cents. WHITE'S NATURAL HISTORY OF SELBORNE. Plates, 45 cents. WYATT'S MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY according to Lamarck, $2 75. Mental and Moral Science, &c. rERCROMBIE'S PHILOSOPHY OF THE MORAL FEELLnGS, 40 cts ON THE INTELLECTUAL POWERS, 45 cents. ALISON ON THE NATURE AND PRINCIPLES OF TASTE, 75 cents BACON AND LOCKE'S ESSAYS, AND CONDUCT OF THE UN DERSTANDING, 45 cents. BOYD'S ELEMENTS OF RHETORIC AND LITERARY CRITICISM, 50 cents. BURKE'S ESSAY ON THE SUBLIME AND BEAUTIFUL, 75 cents. CAMPBELL'S (George) PHILOSOPHY OF RHETORIC, $1 25. COMBE'S CONSTITUTION OF MAN, 45 cents. DENDY'S PHILOSOPHY OF MYSTERY, 45 cents. DYMOND'S PRINCIPLES OF MORALITY: edited by G. Bush, $1 38. HENRY'S EPITOME OF THE HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY, 90 cents. MARTINEAU'S LETTERS ON MESMERISM, 5 cents. HAURY'S PRINCIPLES OF ELOQUENCE, 50 cents. MILL'S SYSTEM OF LOGIC, RATIOCINATIVE AND INDUCTIVE, $2 00. SCHMUCKER'S PSYCHOLOGY, OR MENTAL PHILOSOPHY, $1 00. SEERESS (the) OF PREVORST, 20 cents. TOWNSHEND'S FACTS IN MESMERISM. With Plates, 75 cents. UNCLE SAM'S RECOMMENDATIONS OF PHRENOLOGY, 45 cents. WHE WELL'S ELEMENTS OF MORALITY AND POLITY, %\ 00. UPHAM'S IMPERFECT and DISORDERED MENTAL ACTION, 45 cts. • ELEMENTS OF MENTAL PHILOSOPHY 5 $2 50. Abridged, §> 1 25 PHILOSOPHICAL AND PRACTICAL TREATISE ON THE Will, $1 25. Voyages and Travels. ANTHON'S (C. B.) TREVES, THE VALLEY OF THE MEUSE, &c, BARROW'S PITCAIRN'S ISLAND AND MUTINY OF THE SHIP Bounty, 45 cents. BUCKINGHAM'S TRAVELS IN AMERICA. Engravings, $3 50. CHANGE FOR THE AMERICAN NOTES, 10 cents. CIRCUMNAVIGATION OF THE GLOBE, FROM MAGELLAN TO Cook, 45 cents. COKE'S TRAVELS IN THE UNITED STATES, NOVA SCOTIA, AND Canada, 75 cents. COLTON'S (Rev. Calvin) FOUR YEARS in GREAT BRITAIN, 90 cts. COOK'S VOYAGES ROUND THE WORLD. With a Sketch of his Life, 38 cents. DANA'S TWO YEARS BEFORE THE MAST, OR LIFE AT SEA, 45 cts. DAVENPORT'S PERILOUS ADVENTURE BY LAND AND SEA, 45 cts DE KAY'S SKETCHES OF TURKEY IN 1831-2, $2 00. DICKENS'S AMERICAN NOTES FOR GENERAL CIRCULATION. 10 cents. PUBLISHED BY HARPER LADY OF LYONS; OR, LOVE AND PRIDE, 40oeal* - SEA CAPTAIN; OR, THE BIRTHRIGHT, 20 OMfa. - REBEL AND OTHER TALES, 50 cents. - RICHELIEU. A Play, 45 cents. - LIFE AND POEMS OF SCHILLER, 90 cents. Po 12 VALUABLE NEW AND STANDARD WORKS. EURIPIDES' TRAGEDIES : translated by Potter, $1 30. FORD'S DRAMATIC WORKS, 2 vols., 85 cents. HALLECK'S FANNY AND OTHER POEMS, $1 13. SELECTIONS FROM BRITISH POETS, 90 cents. ALNWICK CASTLE AND OTHER POEMS, $1 13 HOFFMAN'S VIGIL OF FAITH AND OTHER POEMS, 75 cents. HOMER'S ILIAD AND ODYSSEY: translated by Pope, $1 35. HORACE AND PHiEDRUS : translated by Francis and Smart, 90 cents, JAMES'S BLANCHE OF NAVARRE. A Play, 20 cents. JUVENAL AND PERSIUS'S SATIRES : translated by Badham, &c, 45 MASSINGER'S DRAMATIC WORKS, 3 vols.. $1 30. MORGAN'S DRAMATIC SCENES FROM REAL LIFE, 60 cents. OVID'S METAMORPHOSES AND EPISTLES : translated by Dryden, GO cents PELAYO; OR, THE CAVERN OF COVADONGA, 63 cents. PINDAR AND ANACREON'S ODES: translated by Wheelwright and Bourne, 45 cents. SCOTT'S DOOM OF DEVORGOIL ; a Melo-Drama. With AUCHIN- DRANE ; OR, THE AYRSHIRE TRAGEDY, 35 Cents. SHAKSPEARE'S DRAMATIC WORKS, 6 vols., $6 50. 1 vol., $2 50. Illustrated Edition: edited by Gulian -C. Verplanck. SIGOURNEY'S (Mrs.) POCAHONTAS AND OTHER POEMS, 90 cents. SMITH'S (Seba) POWHATAN; a Metrical Romance, $1 00. SOPHOCLES' TRAGEDIES : translated by Francklin, 45 cents. THOMAS'S (F. W.) BEECHEN TREE. A Tale, 50 cents. TYLER'S (Robert) AIIASUERUS, 45 cents. DEATH ; OR, MEDORUS' DREAM, 45 cents. VIRGIL'S ECLOGUES, GEORGICS, AND JENEID : translated by Dry- den, Wrangham, &c., 90 cents. Illustrated Works. BIBLE. Harper's Illuminated Edition. 1600 Engravings by Adams, prin- cipally from Designs by Chapman. BOOK OF COMMON PRAYER. 700 Engravings, $ 11 00. BOOK OF GEMS OF MODERN POETS, $6 50. BUNYAN'S PILGRIM'S PROGRESS, $1 38. AIKIN AND BARBAULD'S EVENINGS AT HOME, $1 20. FAIRY STORIES. With new Tales. 81 Wood-cuts, $1 30. PICTORIAL HISTORY of ENGLAND TO THE REIGN of GEORGE III. Numerous Engravings. In Numbers. LIFE OF CHRIST IN THE WORDS OF THE EVANGELISTS, $1 00. DEFOE'S ROBINSON CRUSOE. Complete, $1 25. SHAKSPEARE Verplanck's Illuminated Edition, 1400 Plates. SUE'S WANDERING JEW. Numerous Plates. Miscellaneous Works. GOLDSMITH'S VICAR OF WAKEFIELD, 35 cents. HOES AND WAY'S ANECDOTICAL OLIO, $1 13. LLOYD'S (M. B.) PARLOR MELODIES, for the PIANO FORTE, $1 00. / NOTE-BOOK OF A COUNTRY CLERGYMAN, 38 cents. PERCY ANECDOTES (the), $2 00. PHILOSOPHICAL EMPEROR (the), 38 cents. REED'S (Rev. Dr.) MARTHA. A Memorial of an only and beloved Sister, 75 cents. NO FICTION. A Narrative founded on Recent and Interesting Facts, 75 cents. SCHOOLCRAFT'S INDIAN TALES AND LEGENDS, $1 25. SCOTT'S INFANTRY TACTICS, $2 50. STANSBURY'S INTEREST TABLES AT SEVEN PER CENT., $1 50 WARREN'S DIARY OF A PHYSICIAN, $1 35. L&o- Deacidified using the Bookkeeper process Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide Treatment Date: July 2006 PreservationTechnologies A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATION 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive Cranberry Township, PA 16066 (724)779-2111 88811 » 1